Skip to main content

Full text of "Leading Manufacturers and merchants of the City of Boston : and a Review of the Prominent Exchanges"

See other formats 


<TeP.  F13.5.I.43  \sts 


BOSTON 
PUBLIC 
LIBRARY 


A- 


r 


mpliments  o 


See 


j>age^ 


V 


actupens^ercl|ant5 


). 


INTERNATIONAL     PUBLISHING   CO,  PUBLISHERS 
31    MILK    ST.  ROOM    44.  BOSTON,-  N  EW  YORK   &    CHK 


BRINE  &  NORGROSS'S  THREE  STORES. 


BRINE  &  NORCROSS 


(Successors  to  John  Harrington  &  Co.), 


DEALERS    IN 


Haierdashery,  Fancy  Goods,  Etc., 


17  &  18  Tremont  Row  ) 

^ztsro  BOSTON. 

70  &  72  Tremont  St.,  j 


■ 


* »  ,  t> 


-,l-|,,"*-i'SV.v,i  -^-*.> 


One  of  the  oldest,  if  not  the 
oldest,  haberdashery  es'ablish- 
ment  in  the  city  is  that  of 
Messrs.  Brine  &  Norcross,  Ye 
Old  Tremont  Thread  Store. 
This  well-known  establishment 
was  funded  in  1798,  by  J. 
Leach,  intheoldScollayBuild- 
ing  (formerly  located  where 
the  Statue  now  stands),  who 
was  succeeded  by  E.  &  J. 
Holmes,  and  afterward  by  J. 
Holmes&Co.,and  later  by  John 
Harrington  and  William  H. 
Ye~oid  Tremont  Tnread  Store,  18  Tremont  Bow.  Brine  under  the  firm-name  of 

John  Harrington  &  Co.        This  firm  carried  on  the   business  successfully 
for  twenty-two  years  when  the  firm  was  changed  to  that  of  Brine  &  Nor- 
cross_the  latter  gentleman,  Mr.  J.  Henry  Norcross,  having  been  a  member 
of  the  firm  of  Lewis  Coleman  &  Co.  for  fifteen  years.     The  Tremont  Row  Store  is  40x100  feet  in 
sions,  and  is  located  on  one  of  the  busiest  thoroughfares  in  the  city ;  is  admirably  fitted  up,  and 
to  repletion  with 

LACE,  TAPES,  PINS,  NEEDLES,  THREAD,  H0SIEH7,  JEWELRY,  AND  SHALL  WARES, 
AND  FANCY  GOODS  OF  EVER?  DESCRIPTION. 


WxfNi 


70  &  72  Tremont  St. 
Tremcnt  House 


,0pp. 


dimen 
isfillecf 


A  staff  of  one  hundred  assist- 
ant?  are   regularly  employed, 
and  the  store  is  a  great  resort  of 
ladies  of  every  class  of  society. 
The  trade  of  the  house  is  im- 
mense, and  this  arises  from  the 
fact  that  the  firm  is  ever  abreast 
of  the  times  in  the  introduc- 
tion   of  novelties    at  popular 
prices.    The  firm  have  also  a 
well-appointed     and    well- 
stocked  store  at  Nos.  70  and  72 
>emont  Street,  in  Burnham's 
ndsome  Tron  Block  opposite 
In  addition  to  these  popular 
Northern  New  England,  the 
purpose  of  supplying  the 


the  Tremont  House,  where 
full  line  of  the  finest  of  Habe; 
dashery  Goods,  Small  Ware) 
Fancy  Goods,  etc.,  are  alwaj 

kept  on  hand.     This  is  also 

much  frequented  and  popuh 

store.     A  large  force  of  assis 

ants  are  employed,  and  an  e 

tensive   trade   is    carried   o 

The    firm    have   thorough  I 

maintained    the  high    reputi 

tion  gained  by  their  predece 

sors  for  promptness, reliabi lit 

Springfield,  Mass.,  Branch.  and  integrity. 

and  much  frequented  stores,  which  are  patronized  by  ladies  of  Bosto 

firm  has  alno  a  large  and  attractive  branch  store  in  Springfield,  Mass 

trade  in  the  Western  part  of  the  State, 


.885. 


LEADING 


Manufacturers  and  Merchants 


OF    THE 


CITY  OF  BOSTON, 


AND    A 


Review  of  the  Prominent  Exchanges. 


ILLUSTRATED. 


PUBLISHED    BY 

INTERNATIONAL    PUBLISHING    COMPANY, 

J. 

31    Milk  Street,   Boston,   M 

LW  YORK  AND  cm 


f 


* 


3 


P 

■  5 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1885,  by 

International  Publishing  Company, 
in  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 


n 


. 


INTRODUCTORY. 


TN  presenting  this  work  to  the  public  only  a  few  words  need  be  written  to  explain  its 
J-  object  or  extol  the  city  whose  industries  it  reviews.  Devoted  to  the  manufacturing 
and  industrial  interests  of  the  city  of  Boston,  it  presents  in  an  intelligent  and  concise  a 
manner  as  possible  an  interesting  review  of  its  active  and  representative  business  houses 
and  its  recognized  importance  as  a  trade  centre. 

The  data  herein  contained  has  been  gathered  from  the  most  authentic  sources,  care- 
fully collated  and  judiciously  revised,  being  compiled  in  separate  and  distinct  forms, 
while  the  greatest  care  has  been  taken  to  render  the  information  thus  obtained  thoroughly 
reliable  and  accurate. 

Boston,  by  reason  of  its  peculiar  geographical  situation,  is  one  of  the  most  con- 
spicuously influential  and  important  commercial  cities  in  the  Union,  and,  as  a  natural 
consequence,  in  the  internal  process  of  business  expansion,  commanding  the  great  volume 
of  trade  in  the  New  England  States,  the  development  and  growth  of  its  mercantile  as 
well  as  its  manufacturing  establishments  during  the  last  decade  has  been  marvelous. 
As  an  evidence  of  its  recognized  prominence  in  the  commercial  world,  and  thevastness 
and  extent  of  its  import  and  export  trade,  it  may  be  stated  that,  while  there  has  been  a 
perceptible  decline  in  the  shipping  interests  of  the  country,  consequent  upon  a  protracted 
period  of  financial  depression  and  industrial  stagnation,  Boston,  in  comparison  with 
other  American  cities,  has  not  only  steadily  and  uninterruptedly  maintained  its  active 
business  intercourse  with  Russia,  India,  and  China,  but  has  augmented  and  extended  its 
trade  with  other  foreign  nations.  Occupying,  then,  such'  advantageous  and  influential 
ground  in  the  matter  of  its  maritime  relations  with  the  Old  World,  and  being  the  depot 
from  which  radiate  a  grand  system  of  railways,  the  great  avenues  though  which  the 
products  of  its  own  diversified  resources — cotton  and  woolen  goods,  leather  goods,  hard- 
ware, and  all  staple  articles  in  constant  demand — must  necessarily  be  distributed 
throughout  the  country,  it  is  obviously  true  that  Boston,  thus  embodying  all  the  intrinsic 
elements  of  value  that  contribute  to  its  material  advancement  and  prosperity,  is  second 
to  no  other  city  in  the  United  States  in  point  of  commercial  importance  and  industrial 
prominence. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  while  the  leading  houses  in  the  general  lines  of  business  are 
referred  to  in  length,  there  are  also  a  number  of  smaller  houses  mentioned,  each, 
probably,  as  important  in  their  special  departments  of  trade,  and  are  therefore  a  part 
of  the  general  industrial  interests  of  the  city. 

As  this  work  is  intended  for  general  circulation  it  will  undoubtedly  become  the 
medium  through  which  the  interests  of  Boston  will  be  promoted  by  establishing  more 
intimate  business  relations  with  other  parts  of  the  country.  To  this  end  it  is  respectfully 
requested  that  those  into  whose  hands  it  may  fall  will  place  it,  whenever  practicable,  in 
such  localities  where  the  best  results  may  emanate  from  its  perusal. 

In  conclusion,  the  publishers  acknowledge  the  valuable  aid  rendered  by  numerous 
gentlemen  in  the  onerous  task  of  compilation,  and  they  hereby  extend  their  most  cordial 
thanks,  collectively  and  individually,  for  the  assistance  thus  rendered. 

INTERNATIONAL  PUBLISHING   CO. 

Boston,  November  1st,  1885. 


GENERAL   INDEX. 


Abbott,  S.  K.,  pamphlet  binder 336 

Abbott,  G.  E.,  tailor 269 

Abbott,  G.  H.,  auctioneer,  etc 232 

Abbott,  L.  F.  &  Co.,  beef,  pork,  etc.  300 

Abington  Mutual  Fire  Ins.  Co 162 

Abraham,  F.,  cigars,  etc 200 

Acme  Paper  Box  Co 252 

Adams,  C.  H.,  painter 340 

Adams,   E.  A.  &  Co.,  ship  brokers, 

etc  122 

Adams,  Joseph  H.,  patent  solicitor.  160 

Adams,  T.  B.  &  Co.,  leather 190 

Adams   &    Spitz,   men's  furnishing 

goods 147 

Albee,  H .  L.  &  Co.,  mfrs.  beds,  etc.  187 

AlLmdale  Mineral  Springs  Co 261 

Allan  Line  Ocean  Steamships 116 

Allen,    Field  &    Lawrence,   hides, 

leather,  etc 142 

Allen,    I.  D.    &  Co.,   dress    trim- 
mings, etc -...  303 

Alta  Manufacturing  Co.,  lamps,  etc.  138 

Allen,  W.  H.,  trustee 313 

American  Art  Publishing  Co 242 

American  Carpet  Lining  Co... 133 

American  Insurance  Co 165 

American  Net  and  Twine  Co 179 

American  Rubber  Co 220 

American  Tool  and  Machine  Co 115 

Andrews,  A.   L.,  commission  mer- 
chant   272 

Andrews,  Barker  &  Benton,  whole- 
sale grocers 242 

Andrews,  J.  R.,  gilder 316 

Antrim,  L.  &  Co.,  commission  mer- 
chants   321 

Appleton.  W.  J.,  painter 315 

Arakelyan,  J.  J.,  printer 296 

Arnold,  C.  H.  &  Co.,  india  rubber, 

etc 185 

Astrom,  C.  G.,  photographer 301 

Athol  Silk  Co 325 

Atwood  &  Co.,  fish 280 

Audinot,  A.,  artist 320 

Austin,  G.  F.    &  Co.,  commission 

merchants 264 

Austin,  H.  O.  &  Co.,  carriage  build- 
ers   250 

Austin    &    Graves,   crackers,  ship 

bread,  etc 197 

Avery  Lactate  Co 232 

Babcock,   John   B.    &    Co.,    straw 

goods,  etc 134 

Babo,  L.,  apothecary 302 

Bailey,  J.    W.    &    Son,    moldings, 

brackets 131 

Baker,  T.  F.  &  Co.,  painters 248 

Baker  &  Co.,  patent  stove  lining 276 

Ballard,  V.,  ladies'  costumer..... 181 

Bamfard,  A.  J.,  real  estate,  etc 281 

Bancroft,  J.H.,  paperhangings,etc.  285 

Bancroft  &  Dyer,  furniture,  etc 168 

Barnard,  J.  P.,  stables 321 

Barnes,  W   S.,  paper  boxes 292 

Barney  Myroleum  Co.,  soaps 278 

Barrett  Bros.  &  Co.,  hides,  etc 339 

Barrett,  J.,  sanitary  specialties 337 

Barry,  F.  W.  stationery,  etc 305 

Barrieau,  L.  &  Co.,  harness 284 

Barrows   &   White,  insurance  and 

real  estate 207 

Bartlett,   Swadkins    &    Miller,   ho- 
siery, etc 164 

Bartlett  &  Brooke,  commission  mer- 
chants   248 

Bartlett  &  Handschumacher,  beef, 

mutton,  etc 266 

Bateman,  Justice  &  Co.,  wool 93 

Bates,  S   W.,  flour 251 

Battle  of  Gettysburg  Cyclorama....   141 

Bay  St;  te  Electrotype  Foundry 207 

Bay    v  iti    Smelting  and   Refining 

Works 177 

Beach,  E  ,  tailor 301 

iv 


Beal,  T.  M.,  manufacturer  of  tables  317 

Beebe,  L.  &  Co.,  cotton 137 

Belknap  &  Co.,  Boston  rubber  type 

foundry 203 

Bennett,  Rand  &  Co.,  produce 195 

Bense,  W.,  printer 328 

Bent  &  Bush,  hats,  furs,  etc 162 

Berlin  Mills  Co.,  lumber 310 

Berry,  A.  J.,  card  engraver,  etc 312 

Berry,  H.  W.,  pianos 304 

Berwick  &  Smith,  printers 281 

Bigelow,  A.  M.  &  Co.,  hides   and 

leather 101 

Bigelow,  Geo.  N.&  Co.,  furs,  etc....  161 
Bigelow,  H.  W.  &  Co.,  mattresses 

and  beds 218 

Bigelow  jk  de  Saptes,  furniture 147 

Bigwood,  Joseph,  job  printer 202 

Billings,  G.  ship  scores,  etc 313 

Bird,  F.  W.,  old  book  shop 312 

Bird,  H.  &  Co.,  provisions 193 

Binney,  George  H.,  insurance 202 

Bjorklund,  S.  T.  &  Co.,  printers 234 

Black,  J.  W.  &  Co.,  photographers.  309 
Blake,  C.   D.    &    Co.,   music  pub- 
lishers   327 

Blake  &  Page,  flour 189 

Blanchard,  0.  C   &  Co., furniture....  250 
Blanchard  &  Lambert,  butter,  cheese, 

etc 257 

Bliss,  W.  C.,  fruits,  etc 240 

Blodgett  &  Chany,  brokers 99 

Blue  Store  Clothing  House 169 

Blumenthal,  F.  &  Co.,  leather 192 

Bodwell,  W.,  boots  and  shoes 248 

Boise,  L.  D.  &Son,  tailors 183 

Boles,  Levi  &  Son,  importers  win- 
dow glass,  dealer  in  doors,  etc 139 

Bolton,  J.  B.,  engraver  316 

Boston  and  Sandwich  Glass  Co no 

Boston  Belting  Co  184 

Boston  Bird  Store 321 

Boston   Branch   Producers'  Marble 

Co ..., 124 

Boston  Brass  Co 135 

Boston  Button-Hole  Co 295 

Boston  China-Decorating  Works....  309 
Boston    Comfort  Corset  Co.,  The, 

corsets 137 

Boston  Co-operative  Molding  Co....  201 
Boston  Electric  Protective  Associa- 
tion, watches,  clocks, ..  326 

Boston  Fancy  Cabinet  Co 206 

Boston  Hat  and  Glove  Co 264 

Boston  Ice  Co 93 

Boston  Motor  Co . 189 

Boston  Oyster  Co 204 

Boston  Paste  Co 298 

Boston  Rubber  Co , 231 

Boston  Rubber  Type  Co 179 

Boston  Type  Foundry 153 

Boston  Woven  Hose  Co 155 

Boris,  R.  &  E.  &  Co.,  com.m'ch'ts.  209 

Boutwell,  J.  P.   &  Co.,  wool 92 

Boutelle,  N.  C,  furniture,  etc 234 

Boyce  Brothers,  furniture 133 

Braden  &  Fuller,  fruits,  etc..... 332 

Bradford,  Thomas  &  Co  .dry goods    98 
Bradlee,   Hastings    &  Co.,  heavy 

hardware 112 

Bradman,  F.  K.  &  Co.,  shirts 298 

Brecken,  Lockhart  &  Co.,  produce.  151 

Brett  (The  W.  H.)  Engraving 242 

Brewer,  G.,  empty  casks,  etc 234 

Bridgham    &    Co.,   importers    and 
jobbers      woolens     and      tailors' 

trimmings 139 

Bridgewater  Iron  Company 126 

Briggs,  A  W.,  engraver 261 

Bfiggs.  C.  C.  &  Co.,  pianos „  143 

Brigham,  Chas.  E.,  iron  and  steel...  102 

Brine,  R.,  tailor 299 

Brine  &  Norcross,  haberdashery..  Cover 
Brock  &  Nash,  beef,  pork,  etc 219 


Brocton  Last  Co , 226 

Brooks,  Henry  &  Co.,  hardware...  95 
Brooks,  H.  W.,  window  shade  mfr.  268 
Brooks,    L.    B.,    manufacturer    of 

check  books,  etc 245 

Brooks,  W.  P.  B.  &  Co.,  furniture 

and  carpets 248 

Brooks  &  Young,  shoe  mfrs.'  goods.  122 
Browne,  T.  L.,  butter,  cheese,  etc...  301 
Brown,  B.  F.  &  Co.,  manufacturers 

leather  dressing,  etc 224 

Brown,  F.  L.,  real  estate 276 

Brown,  Steese  &  Clark,  wool 103 

Brown,  Walter  &  Co.,  wool 124 

Brown  &  Hall,  machinists 334 

Brown's  Picture  Store 330 

Browne,  R.  G.  &  Co.,  steam  heating  340 

Bryant,  P.  &  Co.,  stables 331 

Buff  &    Berger,    surveying    instru- 
ments, etc 214 

Buerk's  watchman's  time  detector..  152 

Bugbee,  A.  V.,  engraver 317 

Burke,  G.  W.,  harness,  etc 309 

Burlen,  R.,  binder 299 

Burton   Stock  Car  Co 166 

Burt  &  Harris,  butter,  cheese,  etc...  307 
Burton     &      Lewis     Bali-Bearing, 

Roller-Skating  Co 200 

Butcher  Polish  Co 307 

Butchers,  W.  B.,  harness  manufac- 
turer    247 

Butler,  J.  T.,  lamps,  oil-stoves,  etc.  255 

Butman,  W.  W.,  tailor 283 

Butterfield,  A.  B.,  &  Co.,  produce 

commission 193 

Cable,  H.  M.,  publisher 246 

Callahan,  J.  F.,  &  Co.,  liquors 293 

Call  &  Tuttle,  tailors 245 

Canavan,  M.  J.,  real  estate 287 

Cannell.J.  H.,  real  estate,  etc 303 

Canning  &  Patch,  apothecaries 175 

Cannon,  W.  C,  printer....  293 

Campbell,  C  A.,  coal 231 

Carpenter  Cyrus,  &  Co.,  manufac- 
turers of  ranges,  furnaces,  etc 193 

Carter,  Dinsmore  &  Co.,  inks 140 

Carter,  John,  &  Co.,  paper 211 

Carter,  W.  B.,  cloaks  and  suits 244 

Carver  Cotton-Gin  Co 155 

Cavagnaro,  J.,  &  Co.,  fruits 234 

Central  Ornamental  Glass  Works...   171 

Chadwick  Lead  Works 186 

Chaffin,  John  C.,  &  Co.,  gents'  fur- 
nishing goods 161 

Chamberlain   Bros.  &  Co.,  wool 114 

Chandler,  F.  E.,  flour  and  grain 283 

Chapin,   Hiram   O.,  produce   com- 
mission merchant 202 

Chaplin,   H.,    &   Son,    boots    and 

shoes 314 

Chapman,  J.  N.,  &  Son,  glass 190 

Chase,  F.  D.,  patternmaker 298 

Chase,  L.  C,  &  Co.,  horse-clothing  2-6 

Chase,  W.  P.,  stamping 262 

Chemical  Ozone  Manuf'g  Co 312 

Cheney  &  Myrick,  American  drugs  182 
Chickering,  W.  E.,  photographer...  316 

Chickering  &  Sons,  pianos 104 

Childs,  A.  A  ,  &  Co  ,  picture  frames  105 

Child,  B.  W.  &  H.  S.,  pens,  etc 319 

Childs,  Chase   &  Co.,  manufactur- 
ers of  refrigerators 241 

Chipman,  Calley  &  Co.,  boots  and 

shoes 172 

Christian,  T.  &  Co.,  hosiery,  ete 237 

Claflin,  Allison  &  Co.,  teas  and  cof- 
fees   211 

Claflin,  Wm.,  Coburn  &  Co.,  boots 

and  leather 101 

Clapp,  D.  &  Son,  printers 254 

Clarke  W.  B.  &  Carruth,  booksel- 
lers, etc 238 

Clark,  Curtis,  Insurance 121 

Clark,  E.  E.,  art  stationer 186 


GENERAL    INDEX. 


Clapp,  C.  C.  C.  &  Co.,  embroidery 

stamper 333 

Clark,  E.  J.  &  Co.,  sculptors,  etc...  251 
Clark,  G.  A.,  O.  N.  T.    spool  cot- 
ton   237 

Clark,  J.  W.,  washstands,  etc 295 

Clark,  W.  T.,  real  estate,  etc 327 

Cleaves,  Macdonald  &  Co.,  book- 
sellers, etc 244 

Clifford  &  Co.,  mfg.  perfumers 176 

Cloos,  P.,  pocket-books,  etc 331 

Cloos,  W.  H.  musical  instruments..  292 
Clough  &  Shackley,  apothecaries...  295 

Cobb,  Bates  &  Yerxa,  grocers 100 

Cobb,  C.  D.  &  Bros.,  grocers 231 

Cochrane  Chemical  Co 127 

Coffin,  G.  S.,  locksmith,  etc 280 

Coffin,  J.  H.,  saddlery  hardware....  190 

Coffin  &  Browne,  mortgages,  etc 310 

Collins,  Miss  E.  B.,  millinery,  etc...  298 
Collins,  Q.  F.  &  Co.,  paper  rulers, 

etc 256 

Collins  <fe  Co.,  real  estate,  etc 264 

Collins  &  Fairbanks,  hatters 213 

Colman,  N.  H.   &   Co.,  fur,  wool, 

etc 301 

Comey,  S.  A.,  rope,  oakum,  etc 296 

Conant,  J.  S.,  engraver 296 

Conant  &  Newhall,  printers 263 

Conant  Rubber  Co 337 

Conrad,  laces,  gloves,  etc 235 

Conway,  J.,  Jr..  auctioneer,  etc 309 

Cook,  A.  N.  <fe  Co.,  hats  and  furs...  185 

Cook,  M.  &  Co.,  real  estate,  etc 316 

Coolidge  House 307 

Coolidge,  J.  B.,  dentist 276 

Co-operative  Boot  and  Shoe  Store..  277 
Cooper  &  Kelso,  auctioneers,  etc....  289 

Corse,  E.  A.,  paper-hangings 268 

Cosden,  J.  W.  &  Co.,  plumbers 277 

Costello,  P.  H.  &,  Co.,  furnaces 304 

Cotting  &  Packard,  wool  commis- 
sion merchants 96 

oventry  Machinists'  Co 130 

Jowdrey,    E.   T.   &    Co.,    pickles, 

canned  goods,  etc 131 

>eed,  Kellogg  &  Co.,  jewelry,  etc.  243 
Cressy  &  Noyes,  com.  grain,  etc....  240 
Crosby,  A.,  furnishing  goods,  etc...  334 

Jrosby,  C.  A.  W.,  watches,  etc 280 

Crowell,  W.  F.,  ventilators  294 

Cummings.J.  A.  &  Co.,  printers,  etc.  287 
Cummings,  J.  &  Co.,  trunks,  etc....  287 
Cummings  &  Howes,  cottonade.etc.  244 
Cummings    &    Simonds,    manufac- 
turers of  heel  tips,  etc 224 

Cunningham  Iron  Works  Cc m 

Cupples.Upham  &  Co.,  Old  Corner 

Bookstore 229 

Currier,  A.  B.,  hats,  gloves,  etc 290 

Curtis,  S.  P.,  knit  goods 185 

Curtis  &  Mitchell,  type  founders, 

etc i§i 

Cushing,  Olmsted  &  Snow,  clothing  222 

Cushman,  A.  W.,  wines,  liquors 319 

Cutler  Bros.  &  Co.,  wholesale  drug- 
gists   185 

Cutler,  E.  P.  &  Co.,  pig  iron 189 

Cutter  &  Parker,  doors,  blinds,  etc.  205 

Dakin,  J.  V.,  merchant  tailor 135 

Dale,  J.  P.  &  Co.,  publishers 201 

Dalton  &  Ingersoll,  plumbers'  sup- 
plies   178 

Dana,  T.  &  Co.,  wholesale  grocers..  250 
Dane,  J.  F.  Grinnell  &  Co.,  manu- 
facturers of  boots  and  shoes 94 

Daniels,  A.  G.,  printer 305 

Daniels,  J.  H.,  engraving 313 

Danielson,  G.,  coachmaker 325 

Davis,  C.  &  Co.,  soap 186 

Davis,  Stebbins    &    Co.,   builders' 

hardware,  mechanics'  tools,  etc...  137 
Davis,  W.  H.  H..  men's  neckwear..  274 
Davis,  W.  H.  &  Co.,  manufacturers 

of  candies 268 

Davis  &  Belcher,  butter,  cheese,etc.  267 

Davis  &  Farnum  Manf'g  Co 131 

Day,  Callaghan  &  Co.,  cloaks 102 

Day,  Neal  &  Morse,  woolen  jobbers  91 
Day.  Wilcox  &  Co.,   manufacturers 

of  leather 95 

Deane,  John  K.,  &  Co.,  merchant 

tailors,  clothing,  etc 197 

Deane  Steam  Pump  Co 235 

Dean,  J.  W.,  agent 164 


Dearing,  G.  W.,  &  Co.,  jewelers 310 

Dee  Bros.,  florists 247 

Deland  &  Barta,  printers 196 

Delano,  E.  F.,  musical  instruments  273 

DeLaski,  A.,  machinist 299 

DeLong    &    Seaman,  commission 

merchants 285 

Dempsey,  E.  C,  investment  securi- 
ties   221 

Denham   &   Howland,    boots    and 

shoes 109 

Dennison  Paper  Manufg.  Co 245 

Denny,  Rice  &  Co.,  wool 99 

Devens,  Richard,  agent  for  Russell 

&  Co 195 

DeWolfe,   Fiske   &  Co.,  Archway 

Bookstore 180 

Diaz,  R.  M.,  &  Co.,  cutlery....:; 181 

Dickey,  L.,  whips 333 

Dimond,  H.  C,  &  Co.,  self-inking 

stamps,  etc 282 

Dixon  Bros.,  liquors,  cigars,  etc 327 

Doane,  Francis,  &  Co.,  stationers...  127 
Dobson,  John  &  James,   manufac- 
turers of  carpets 103 

Dodd,  George  D.,  furs 212 

Dodge,  E.  S.,  druggist 320 

Donald,  W.  C,  &  Co.,  inks 289 

Donnelly,  J.  J.,  provisions 316 

Downer  Kerosene  Oil  Co 103 

Dows,  G.  D.,  &  Co.,  soda-water  ap- 
paratus   160 

Drake,  J.    B.,   &  Co.,  commission 

merchants 220 

Drew.  Silas  S.,  &  Co.,  dry  goods...   196 
Drost,  G.  A.,  manufacturers'  agent  14=; 
Duffield,  Mrs.  E.  P.,  clover  blossoms  326 
Dunbar,   G.,   &   Co.,    railway  sup- 
plies, etc 228 

Duncan,  W.  D.,  Nickerson  &  Co., 

divers 275 

Dunn,  Green  &  Co.,  leather,  etc....  184 

Dupee,  J.  E.,  mutton,  lamb,  etc 282 

Dupuy,  Riboul  &  Co.,  logwood 119 

Dwinnell,  Hayward  &  Co.,  coffees, 

teas,  etc 322 

Dyer,  L.  M.,  mutton,  lamb,  etc 271 

Dyer,  Taylor  &  Co.,  hats, furs,  etc. Adv. 

Eaton,  G.  E.,  auctioneer,  etc 239 

Eddy,  R.  H.,  solicitor  of  patents...  281 
Edmands,  C.  J.,  artists'  materials...  295 
Edmunds  &  Mayo,  boots  and  shoes.  115 
Edson,  W.,  expert  in  patent  causes.  249 

Elastic  Carpet  Lining  Co 194 

Elliot,  M.  P.,  hats,  etc 307 

Elliot,  W.  S.,  printer 311 

Ellis,  E.  S.  &  Co.,  com.  merchants..  278 

EUis,  F.  E.,  confectionery 279 

Ellis  &  Jones  Manufacturing  Co., 

water  filters 279 

Elite  Employment  Bureau 275 

Emery,  G.  N.  &  Co.,  foreign  and 

domestic  fruits 162 

Emery,  F.  F.,  manufacturer  of  boots 

and  shoes 226 

Emery  &  Hodges 336 

English,  W.,  boots  and  shoes 297 

Enterprise  Steam  Coffee  Mills 204 

Evans,  R.  A.,  marble 260 

Evans.  T.  B.,  produce 279 

Ewing    Bros.   &    Co.,   commission 

merchants 147 

Exeter  Machine  Works 221 

Fabens,  C.  E.  &  B.  H.,  shipping 124 

Fairbank,  N.  K.  &  Co.,  lard,  tallow, 

etc 192 

Fairbanks,  H.  O.,  millers'  agent....  257 
Fairbanks,  J.  L.  &Co.,  stationers..  114 

Fairmount  Manufacturing  Co 165 

Fanenil  Hall  National  Bank 339 

Farmer,  C.  H.  &  Co.,  manufactur- 
ers of  tape,  bands,  etc 246 

Farrell,  John  R.,  merchant  tailor...  156 
Farren,  D.,  lounge  manufacturer. ...  316 

Farrington  &  Co.,  tailors 189 

Farwell,  J.  E.  &  Co.,  printers 257 

Faunce,  G.  B.,  real  estate,  etc 323 

Favor,  F.  F.,  hay  and  grain 108 

Faxon,  J.  L.,  architect 299 

Faxon,  Williams  &  Faxon,  receivers 

of   flour 89 

Fay,  G.  H.  jeweler,  etc 272 

Fay,  T.  R..  East  India  goods 162 

Fenno,  Isaac  &  Co.,  clothing 93 

Fenno,  Wm.,  grocers' sundries 117 


Fenno  &  Manning,  wool 115 

Fera,  confectioner 214 

Ferguson,   T.  N.,  manufacturer  of 

boots  and  shoes 331 

Fern,  O.  L.,  liquors,  etc 208 

Fish,  D.  D.,  dining-rooms 290 

Fisher,  G.  P.,  tin-plate,  etc 241 

Fitch,    Nathan    A.,    poultry,   wild 

game,  etc 204 

Fitch  &  Joy,  shipsmiths 227 

Fitzemeyer,  A.,  jeweler 335 

Fitzpatrick,  D.  W.,  tailor 279 

Fleming,  E.  &  Co.,  bookbinders 293 

Fletcher.  J.  V.,  beef,  pork,  etc 277 

Fletcher  Manufacturing  Co 155 

Fletcher,  S.  T.  &  Co.,  commission 

merchants 320 

Flick,  G.  F.,  paper-box  manufacturer  263 
Flinn  &  Co.,  advertising  specialties  150 

Flynn,  J.,  iron  work,  etc 178 

Fobes,  Hayv/ard  &  Co.,  manufac- 
turing confectioners 109 

Fogg,  C.  H.,  harness,  etc 285 

Foley,  W.  G.,  photographer 281 

Follett,  George,  &  Co.,  wool 146 

Forbes    Lithograph   Manufacturing 

Co 337 

Ford,  P.  W.,  architect 275 

Ford  &  Skinner,  bankers 292 

Forest  City  Furniture  Co 305 

Fosgate,  L.  E.  &  Co.,  country  pro- 
duce    333 

Foss  &  Roby,  dentists 191 

Foster,  Francis  A.,  dry  goods 117 

Fowle,  John  A.,  wool  broker 138 

Franklin,  A.  B.,  pipe,  etc 246 

Franklin,  Ira  S.,  *'  Taulna  kid  " 173 

Frawley,  J.  H.,  livery  stable 234 

Freeman,  J.  H.,  fruits 285 

Freeman  &  Gray,  furnishing  goods.  225 

French,  Abram  &  Co.,  crockery 99 

French,  C.  E.,  art  stationer 286 

Frey,  G.,  furs 259 

Friedlander,  W.,  tobacco 218 

Friedman    Bros.,  jobbers   in   boots 

and  shoes 177 

Frost,    E.    S.    &   Co.,  Turkish   rug 

patterns 318 

Fuchs,     F.    D.,     commission    mer- 
chant   340 

Gallison,  W.  H.,  iron  and  brass 286 

Galloupe,  F.  E.,  engineer 240 

Ganzhorn  &   Co.,  dress  and  cloak 

makers 292 

Gardner,  F.  H.  &  Co.,  wool 128 

Garrett,  J.  C,  hardware 327 

Gaut,  S.  W.,  baker  and  caterer 289 

Gay,  A.  R.  &  Co.,  stationers 247 

Gibbs  &  Soule,  fruit,  etc 320 

Gibson,    R.  R.,  manufacturer  knit 

goods 238 

Gilbert,  John,   Jr.,  &   Co.,   whole- 
sale grocers 193 

Gillett,  O.  L.,  cigars 291 

Gilson,  F.  H.,  music  stenographr 335 

Globe  Buffer  Company 176 

Globe  National  Bank 91 

Goodale,  C.  I.,  taxidermist 248 

Gould,  A.,  arcbitect 252 

Granger,  George  G.,  wool 150 

Granite  Railway  Co 164 

Grant,  J  ,  manufacturers'  agent 243 

Grant,  G.  C,  butter,  cheese,  etc 293 

•Gray,  E.  W.,  beef,  lamb,  etc 281 

Gray,  Peter,  lanterns 202 

Gray,  T.  H.  &.  Co.,  wool  shoddies.  145 

Greeley,  J.,  flour  broker 186 

Gregerson,  Geo.  W.,  insurance 149 

Gridley,  Donahoe  &  Co.,  furniture..  255 
Groom,  Thomas  &  Co.,  stationers 

and  account  books 163 

Grundy.  J.  &  Co.,  brass  founders...  253 
Guild,  H.  &  Son,  manufacturers  of 

jewelry,  etc 221 

*  runn-Curtij  Co.,  color  printers 260 

Haberstroh,  L.  &  Son,  mural  deco- 
rators   249 

Hadley,  The,  Co.,  cotton  yarns, etc.   157 
Haley,  C.  E.  &  Co.,  druggists'  sun- 
dries, etc 280 

Hall,  1).  &  Co.,  t<-.i  importers 209    .59 

Hall,  G.  T.   &   Co.,  merchandise  207 

brokers 216     317 

Hall,  J.  G.  &  Co.,  commission  mer-  251 

chants 


\ 


VI 


GENERAL   INDEX. 


Hall,  J.  &  Son,  manufacturers  of 

carnages 219 

Hallowell  &  Coburn,  wool in 

Hall  &  Cole,  commission  merchants, 

fruit,  etc 255 

Holmes  &  Blanchard,  mill  furnish- 
ers   238 

Hamblin,  J.   B. ,  optician 318 

Hamilton,  A.  &  Co.,  manufacturers 

of  ladies'  clonks,  etc 211 

Hamilton,  O.,  harness 291 

Hamlin,  William,  wool 224 

Hammett,  J.  L.,  stationer,  etc 227 

Hammond,  E.  A.,  stationer 178 

Hammond,  Edward  J.  &  Co., lumber  143 

Hammond,  G.  P.,  hats,  etc 260 

Hammond,  W.  G.,  lumber 191 

Hanks,  W.  R.,  machinists 276 

Hannaford  Ventilated  Boot  Co 172 

Hanscom,  G  S.,  fruit,  etc 298 

Hanscom,  J.    F.,    manufacturers  of 

punches 202 

Hapgood,  W.,  tailor   266 

Harding,  G.  H.,  fruit,  produce,  etc.  329 
Harding,  Martin  &   Caverly,  com- 
mission merchants 97 

Hardy,  A.  N..  photographer 286 

Harlow  &  Angell,  sewing-machines  199 

Harriott,  J.,  engraver,  etc 319 

Harris,  H.  &  Co.,  auctioneers,  etc.  226 

Harris  &  Bulkeley.  tobacco,  etc 304 

Hartford   Bros.,   manufacturers    of 

shoe  patterns,  etc 180 

Hartley,  H.  A.  &  Co.,  carpets 154 

Hart  &  Young,  Upholstery  goods....  225 

Harvard  Pen  Co 165 

Harvey,  J.  W.,  machine  blacksmith.  266 
Hastings,  F.  C.  &  Co.,  artists'  mate- 
rials, etc 172 

Hastings  &  Co.,  produce 207 

Hatch,  H.  B.,  manufacturer  of  pa- 
per boxes 335 

Hatch,  N.  M.,  auctioneer 282 

Hatch,  T.  A.  &   Co.,  commission 

business 236 

Hathaway,    Soule    &     Harrington, 
manufacturers  of  boots  and  shoes.  215 

Hautin  Sewing-Machine  Co 123 

Hawkins  Machine  Co 209 

Hawley,   Folsom   &   Martin,  men's 

furnishing  goods 133 

Hayes,  J.  N.  &  Co.,  builders  and 

contractors 130 

Haywood,  W.  A.,  carriage  works...  291 

Hazen,  G.  W.,  watchmaker 298 

Heath,  E.  C,  &  Co.,  real    estate...  290 

Hecht  Bros.  &  Co.,  wool 97 

Hegerich,  George,  merchant  tailor  160 
Henry,  John  J.,  &  Fegan,  auction- 
eers and  commission  merchants, 

boots,  shoes,  and  rubbers 98 

Herman,  L.,  gents' furnishing  goods  297 
Hibbard,  A.   D.,  commission  mer- 
chant    283 

Highland  Foundry  Co 129 

Hilliard,   R.  W.,  insurance 287 

Hill,  B.,  show  cases 271 

Hill,  J.  E..  watches,  etc 267 

Hill,  T. ,  &  Sons,  hardware,  oils,  etc.  330 

Hill,  W.,  &  Co  ,  perfumes 134 

Hiscock  &  Prior,  mutton,  lamb,  etc.  248 
Hislop,  D.,  &  Co.,  upholstery,  etc.  330 

Hitchcock,  R.  W.,  tobacco,  etc 270 

Hodges,  L.  L.,  painting,  etc 285 

Hobbs,  Taft  &  Co.,  wool 175 

Holden,  F.,  &  Co.,  beef,  pork,  etc...  285 
Holmes  &  Blanchard,  mill  burnish- 
ers   238 

Holt,  A.,  &  Co.,  furnaces 272 

Holt,   Geo.    F.,   general   agent  for 

Baxter  steam-engines 139 

Holton,    E.    A.,    foreign    postage 

stamps 327 

Homer  &  Hughes,  importers 119 

Hook  &  Hastings,  organ-builders...  107 
Hooper,  Lewis  &  Co.,  stationers....  152 

Hopkins,  G.  J.,  leather 224 

Hopkinson    &    Marden,    wooden- 
ware,  etc 253 

Horan  Bros.,  hardware 331 

Horswell  &  French,  woolens.. 101 

Hosford,  O.,  &  Son,  meats 203 

jj.Hotel  Brunswick 336 

Hotel  Vendome 225 

loughton,  H.,  pork,  lard,  etc 329 


Household  and  Farm 227 

Hovey,    H.    A.,    &   Co.,    butter, 

cheese,  and  eggs 264 

Hub  Card  Co 247 

Huguley,  H.  W.,  &  Co.,  importers  95 
Hull,  C.  E.,  &  Co.,  empty  barrels...  267 
Hunt,  C,  &  Co.,  ship-brokers,  etc..  319 

Hurl  &  Havens,  platers 300 

Hutchinson,   Charles    E.,    nautical 

instruments,  etc 211 

Hutchinson,  J.  F.  &  Co.,  commis- 
sion merchants 313 

Hyde,  J.  F.  C,  auctioneer,  etc 311 

Hyde,  J.  S.  &  Co.,  commission  mer- 
chants   265 

Iasigi  &  Co.,  importers,  etc 310 

llsley,  B.  T.  &  Co  ,  weighers 315 

Ilsley,  D.  P.  &  Co.,  hatters 90 

International  Hotel 314 

International  Shoe  Dressing  Co 191 

Ives,   Bellamy  &  Co.,  fancy  goods, 

etc 119 

Jackson,  C.  E.,  real  estate 308 

Jackson,  Joseph  A.,  hats  and  furs..  120 

Jackson  &  Co.,  hats,  furs,  etc 194 

Jacobs,   Whitcomb    &    Co.,    fancy 

goods,  etc 228 

Jelleson,  J.,  stables 339 

James,    G.     &    Co.,    sole     cutters, 

leather,  etc 243 

Jameson    &     Co.,    importers     and 

manufacturers 117 

Jenkins,  O.,  watchmaker 323 

Jenness  &  Glover,  stables 319 

Jennings,  H.,  grain,  etc 239 

Jessop,  J.  H.,  confectioner 178 

Jewell,  Edward  &  Co.,  com.  mer. ...  145 
Johnson,  Mrs.  E.   M.,  undercloth- 
ing   205 

Johnson,  W.   M.,  draughtsman  on 

wood 282 

Johnson  &  Young,  lobsters 121 

Johnston,  C.  F.,  provisions 294 

Jones  Bros.,  granite 235 

Jones  &  Co.,  varnishes,  colors,  etc.  175 
Jordan,  C.  R.,  blue  and  black  pro- 
cess    295 

Jordan,  H.  G  &  Co.,  coal 138 

Jordan,  W.  H.,  tailor 218 

Jordan  &  Christie,  brushes 270 

Judkins,  C.S.,  insurance,  etc 331 

Keffenburgh,  I.,  leaf  tobacco...  ,....  136 
Kakas,    Edward,    manufacturer    of 

furs 105 

Kane,  P.  J.,   manufacturer  of  cyl- 
inder  brushes 212 

Kelley,  S.  D.,  architect 240 

Kent,    M.    A.,    manufacturer    and 
wholesale   dealer    in    gloves   and 

mittens 137 

Kern  &  Fitch,  conveyancers 315 

Kidder,  A.  B.  &  Son,  music  typog- 
raphers,   289 

Kiley,  M.  J.,  steam  printer 212 

Kimball,  L. ,  manufacturer  spoons, 

etc 297 

Kimball.  M.  C,  leather 244 

King,  Geo.  F.,  &  Merrill,  station- 
ers, etc 302 

Kingsley,  G.  P.,  real  estate,  etc 310 

King  &  Morse,  manufacturers  of  re- 
frigerators     192 

Knapp,  E.  R.,  wool 184 

Klipstein,  A.,  aniline  colors 134 

Koeller  Bros.,  cutlers,  etc 270 

Kohler,  J.  &  A.,  &  Co.,  stoves,  etc.  313 

Koop,  Christian,  tobacco 211 

Koopman  &  Co..  antique  furniture..  208 
Krey,  H.  A.,  wholesale  hats,  caps, 

etc 218 

Krogman,  S.  B.,  mutton,  lamb,  etc.  320 
Lally&  Collins,  hosiery,  gloves, etc.  218 
Lancaster,  C.  B.,  &  Co.,  boots  and 

shoes 221 

Lakin,  John  H.,  &  Co      194 

Langdon,  W.  G.,  watches,  etc 232 

Latimer,  J.,  picture  frames,  etc 280 

Lawrence,  B.  B.,  real  estate 217 

Lawrence,  Taylor  &  Co.,  dry  goods 

commission 210 

Lawrence,  T.   M.,  &  Co.,  poultry, 

etc 311 

Leach,  A.  A.,  musical  instruments..  300 
Leach,  S.  F.,  &  Co.,  patent  special- 
ties   288 


Leatheroid  Manufacturing  Co 118 

Leavitt,  J.  L.,  manufacturer  of  ex- 
tracts   313 

Lee,  C.  T.,  chemist 252 

Leeson,  J.  R.,  &  Co.,   thread  im- 
porters   187 

Lennon  &  Co.,  brass  founders... 252,  236 

Leonard,  H.  P.,  hair  goods 314 

Lewis    Bros.    &    Co.,    commission 

merchants  in  dry  goods 137 

Lewis,  Brown  &  Co.,  small  wares..  120 
Lewis,  D.  W.,  N.  E.  agent  Akron 

sewer  pipe 250 

Lewis,  G.  W.,  architect 281 

Lewis  &  Scott,  shipsmiths,  etc 245 

Libby,  H.,  &  Son,  real  estate 288 

Library  Bureau 119 

Lightning  Lamp    Co.,   lamps,   fix- 
tures, etc 337 

Lincoln  National  Bank 222 

Littlefield  &  Folsom,  lumber 251 

Littlefield  &  Hosmer,  fruits  203 

Little,  N.  &  Co.,  blank  book  manu- 
facturers   208 

Lodge,  J.  T.  &  Co.,  rags  and  old 

metals .. , ...  275 

Logan,  S.  B.  &  Son.  auctioneers 154 

Loughlin  Bros.,  grocers,  etc 330 

Lord,  J.  M.  &  Co.,  chamber  furni- 
ture   273 

Lord  &  Fuller,  architects 294 

Loring,  A.  K.,  newsdealer 334 

Loring,  G.  F., architect :.  229 

Loring,  Horace,  duck 151 

Lothrop,  D.  &  Co.,  publishers 96 

Lovewell,  S.  K.  &  Co.,  machinery..  208 

Lowell  Bros.  &  Co.,  fruits,  etc 266 

Lovell  Manufacturing  Co 196 

Lyman,  L.  B.,  stationer,  etc 306 

Lyons,  J.,  wines  and  liquors 331 

Macorquodale,  H.,  artist  and  pho- 
tographer   195 

Magee  Furnace  Co 109 

Magoun,  C.  J.,  portrait  artist 335 

Mahoney,  E.  J.,  chairs 284 

Mahoney,  J.,  wines 333 

Marden  &  French,  dressmaking 216 

Marshalls,  show  cards 280 

Marshall  &  Sparrell,  printers 291 

Marsh,  C.  A.,  printer 297 

Marsh's    Instantaneous    Disinfect- 
ant   299 

Martin,   A.   P.   &  Co.,  boots  and 

shoes 97 

Martin,  French  &  Co.,  manufactur- 
ers of  boots  and  shoes 336 

Martin  &  Hotchkiss,  groceries 332 

Marvin,  T.  R.  &  Son,  printers 329 

Mason,  J.  M,  engines 177  . 

Mass.  Mutual  Fire  Ins.  Co 131 

Mass.  Title  Ins.  Co 150 

Mass.  Trust  Co 324 

Mather,  L.  K.,  real  estate,  etc 324 

Mathews,  T.  R.,  &  Co.,  commis- 
sion merchants 253 

Mauger  &  Avery,  wool 127 

Maynard.  G.  H.,  jeweler 261 

Maynard  &  Noyes,  inks 198 

Mayo,  Dr.  N.  K.,  dentist 239 

McArthur,  A.,  &  Co.,  furniture,  etc.  234 

McCarthy,  J.,  leather,  etc 257 

McCormick  &  Sullivan,  cigars 191 

McCosker,  T.,  photographer 224 

McCrillis,  M.  C,  <fe  Co.,  beef,  pork, 

etc 301 

McDonald  Stone-Cutting  Machine 

Co 341 

McGraw,  Mrs.  C.  A.,  milliner ;..  279 

Mclntire,  Joseph,  job  printer 188 

Mclntire,  L.  J.,  optician 186 

Mcintosh,  J.  L.,  numbering,  etc 296 

McKay  &  Co.,  leather 286 

McLean,  W.  J.,  carpenter,  etc 320 

McMahon,  J.,  wines,  etc 250 

McQueeney,  F.  J.,  printer 284 

Mead,  Albert  G.,  machinist 158 

Mead,  J.   D.,  &  Co.,  commission 

merchants 316 

Melendez,  J.,  cigar  manufacturer...  260 
Mercer  &  Whittemore.  insurance....  209 

Merchants'  National  Bank 131 

Merriam,  M.  H.,  shoe  findings 228 

Merrill  Bros.,  tailors 313 

Merrow,  J.  F.,  hides,  etc 274 

Methot,  Dr.   E,  dentist 284 


1 


Miles,  C.  E.,  real  estate  and  insur- 
ance   334 

Miles,  J.  F.,  tobacco 255 

Miller,  A.  H.,  wool  shoddies 128 

Miller  &  Luce,  monumental  work...  158 

Mills  Bros.,  staves 242 

Mills,  B.  T.,  &  Co.,  meats 205 

Mills,  D.  T.,  &  Co.,  druggists'   al- 
cohol, Cologne  spirits,  etc 91 

Mills,  Knight  <fe  Co.,  steam  printers  174 

Mills,  Wm.,  &  Co.,  plumbers 146 

Miner,  Beal  &  Co.,  clothing in 

Minnesota  Loan  and  Trust  Co 181 

Minton,  A.  G.,  carpenter  and  builder  269 
Mitchell,  R.,  &.  Co.,  brass  finishers  156 

Mixer,  C.  E.,  starches : 334 

Moeller,  R.,  tobacco 239 

Moflfet,  Mrs.  E.  L.  D.,  modiste 239 

Moloney,  M.,  photographer 314 

Montague,  E.  M.,  fruits,  etc 297 

Moody,  Estabrook   &     Anderson, 

boots  and  shoes 135 

Moore  &  Doll,  sign  painters 294 

Moore,    Smith    &,    Co.,   wholesale 

hatters 336 

Moore  &  Sinnott,  distillers ,  233 

Morey  &  Willis,  hides  and  skins...  213 
Morgan  Bros.,  boots  and  slippers....  288 

Morrill,  G.  H.,  fruits,  etc 265 

Morrissey,  J.,  flour,  sugar,  barrels.  315 

Morse,  A.  P.,  banker 235 

Morse,  C.  F.,  lumber  broker 184 

Morse,  H.  D.,  diamond  cutter 215 

Morse,  L.,  &Co.,  clothing 322 

Morss,  A.  S.,  hardware 333 

Morss    &     Whyte,  wire  and    wire 

railing 168 

Mortell,  J.,  bags,  etc 234 

Moseley,   T.   E.,  &  Co.,  boots  and 

shoes .' 265 

Moses,  H.  C,  wools 210 

Moulton,  C.  R-,  &  Co.,  dress  goods, 

etc 233 

Mudge,  Alfred,  &  Son,  printers 94 

Mudge,  E.  &  A.,  &  Co.,  mfrs.  boots 

and  shoes 112 

Mullay,  W.  M.,  real  estate,  etc 244 

Mulloy,  H.,  pantaloons 272 

Munroe,  F.  W.  &  J.  M.,  manufac- 
turers shoes 237 

Munroe,  J.,  &  Son,  chronometers...  242 
Murch,  C.  H.,  &  Co.,  potatoes,  etc.  269 

Murch,  G.  O.,  hay,  straw,  etc ...  273 

Murdock  Liquid  Food  Co 199 

Murphy,  R.,  cutler 300 

Murray,  J.  &0.,  mfrs.  upper  leather  172 
Murray,     Robert     C,      importing 

tailor .. 212 

Myers,  D.,  tailor 300 

Myers,  S.,    rubber  goods 301 

Myers  &  Andrews,  mfrs.  clothing...  165 

Nahant  Fish  Market 307 

Nash,  M.  E.,  furnaces 127 

Nashua  Lock  Co 180 

Nash,  W.  G.,  cement,  etc 158 

Nash  &  Bowers,  choice  teas,  etc 249 

Nash  &  Cushing,  mortgages,  etc....  285 

National  Plating  Co 301 

National  Sewing-Machine  Co 148 

National  Tube  Works 108 

Neal,  Mrs.  C,  fringe  manufacturer..  332 
N.  E.  Agency  Remington  Electric 

Light  System 142 

Nelson  Bros.,  beef,  poultry,  etc 293 

Newcomb,  T.  C, boots  and  shoes. 267,234 
Newell.  R.  A.,  &  Co.,  commission 

mercnants 283 

Newell,  T.  C,  &  Co.,  fancy  goods, 

notions,  etc 125 

New  England  Metallic  Spring  Bed 

Co 315 

New  England  National  Bank 242 

New  England  Paint  and  Oil  Co 222 

New  England  Trust  Co 106 

New  England  Wiring  Co 238 

Newhall,  C,  real  estate 238 

Newman,  J.,  &  Sons,  floral  artists..  239 
New  York  and  iSJcw  England  Rail- 
road Co 197 

New  York  Loan  Co 311 

Nickerson,  F.  D.,  butter,  etc 298 

Niethamer,  Geo.,  cutler,  etc 296 

Noble,  Arthur,  decorator 156 

Noble,  H.  C,  manufacturer  ladies' 
wrappers,  etc 216 


GENERAL   INDEX. 


Norfolk  Oyster  Co 293 

Norman,  T.  W.,  &  Co.,  importers 
and  art  dealers 206 

North,  C.  H.,  &  Co.,  packers  of 
pork,  etc 352 

Norton,  M.  F.,  cigars 207 

Northern  Assurance  Co.  of  London  167 

Northwestern  Investment  Co 161 

Northwestern  Mutual  Life  Ins.  Co..  201 

Nowell,  J.  A.,  wholesale  grocer 319 

Noyes,  B.,  decorating  goods,  fire- 
works, etc 176 

Noyes  Bros.,  men's  outfitters 230 

Noyes,  E.  W.,  printer 191 

Noyes,  H.  D.,  &  Co.,  booksellers...  314 
Noyes,  I.  E.,  &  Co.,  mutton,  etc....  278 

Nutter,  N.  P.,  tailor 242 

Olney  Bros.,  oils 147 

Oriental  Lubricating  Co 146 

Oriental  Powder  Mills 132 

Ormsby  &  Sweeny,  dry  goods,  etc.  330 
Orne,  Charles  W.,  butcher  scales, 

saws,  etc 188 

Osgood,  F.  D.,   &   Son,  furniture, 

carpets,  etc 203 

Osgood,  G.  N.,  rotary  stripper  roller 

gin 294 

Oudinot,  A.,  artist 320 

Overman  Wheel  Co.,  Victor  bicy- 
cles   343 

Pacific  Rubber  Co 125 

Packard.  F.  A.,  &  Co.,  paper 192 

Page,  P.  C,  butter,  cheese,  etc 294 

Paine,  A.  W.,  tailor 299 

Paine,  H.  F.,  clothing 294 

Parcher,  J.  C.  S.,  ladies'  costumer...  170 
Parker,  Holmes  &  Co.,  boots  and 

shoes 102 

Parker  &  Ross,  dentists 260 

Parker  &  Wood,  agricultural  im- 
plements   344 

Parkin,  R.,  real  estate 251 

Parlor  Pride  Manufacturing  Co 292 

Patch.  C.  J.,  lumber 244 

Patch,  C.  J., printers'  detergent 287 

Patterson,  R.  A.,   &  Co..    tobacco 

manufacturers 242 

Peabody,  H.  W.,  &  Co.,  shipping..  120 
Peabody  &  Whitney,  wooden  and 

willow  ware 183 

Pearl,  Edward,  oil  finish  varnishes.  194 
Peck,  J.  E.,  &  Allen,  threads,  etc...  235 

Penn  Chemical  Works  of  Phila 140 

Pennock,   S.   M.,  hops,   malt,   and 

barley 243 

Percival,  E.  A.,  tailor 268 

Percival,  J.  P.  T.,  drugs 339 

Perry,  A.  B.,  &  Co.,  ship  brokers...  142 

Peters,  A.,  art  embroideries 206 

Petersilea  Academy  of  Music,  elo- 
cution, languages,  art,  etc 259 

Pevear  &  Co.,  morocco  mfrs 230 

Pfeffer,  S.  A.,  &  Co.,  grocers,  etc...  330 

Phelps.  A.  L.,  printer 333 

Phila.  Ice  Cream  Co 277 

Philbrook,  D.  S.,  fruits,  etc 312 

Phillbrook,  G.  H.,  &  Co.,  commis- 
sion merchants 267 

Philbrook,  W.  S.,  &  Co.,  coopers...  271 
Phillips,  G.,  &  Son,  manufacturers 

of  overalls,  etc 308 

Phipps,  S..  architect 227 

Phoenix  Brewing  Co 92 

Photo  Electrotype  Co 308 

Pierce,  W.  H.,&Co.,  solar  printers  333 
Pigeon,    H.,    &    Sons,    masts    and 

spars 273 

Pigott.  M.  M.,  &  Son,  paints,  etc...  167 

Pinkham,  C.  A.,  &  Co.,  printers 313 

Plume  &  Atwood  Mfg.  Co 136 

Plumer,  George,  &  Co.,  manufac- 
turers of  leather 128 

Plummer,  J.  B.,  A  Co.,  wooden- 
ware,  etc 310 

Poor,  Towne  &  Co.,  paints 145 

Pope,  Frederick,  architect 141 

Pope,  Ira  P.,  mfr.  boots  and  shoes..  213 
Pope  Manufacturing  Co..  bicycles...   106 

Pope,  W.  C,  teas  and  coffees 288 

Pope,  W.  C.,  &  Co.,  varnish,  gums.   143 
Porter,  S.,  &  Co.,  mfrs.  novelties....  299 

Powers,  E.  J.,  printer 247 

Power,  T.,  &  Co.,  boots  and  shoes..  217 
Pratt,  S.  B.,  &  Co.,  manufacturers 
of  knit  goods  221 


vii 

Pray,  Joseph  F.,  mfr.  of  carriages...  168 

Presby  Bros.,  glass I 162 

Prescott  Bros.,  wringers,  washers...  204 

Prescott  Manufacturing  Co 198 

Prentice,  H.  A.,  watches,  jewelry...  188 
Price  &  Amazeen,    designers   and 

engravers 188 

Proctor,  Albert  E.,  dry  goods 146 

Proctor,  Thomas  E.,  leather 94 

Putnam,  B.  C,  real  estate 315 

Putter,  N.,  feather  dusters 268 

Quinby,      B.    F.,    &    Co.,    patent 

brushes,  etc 282 

Quincy  &  Co.,  real  estate,  etc 228 

Quint,  W.  L.,  butter,  cheese,  etc....  303 
Randall,  E.  E.,  &  Co.,  commission 

merchants 306 

Randige,  Geo.  L.,  merchant  tailor..  157 

Rand  &  Taylor,  architects 126 

Read,  James  J.,   manufacturer    of 

Read's  patent  harness  bracket 195 

Read,  J.  M.,  stoves,  etc 317 

Read,  Wm.,  &  Sons,  firearms,  etc..  104 

Reddican,  F.  J.,  printer 327 

Redding,  Baird  &  Co.,  glass 323 

Reed  &Bro.,fire  insurance 233 

Remick,  T.,  cotton  and  wool 199 

Restein,  C.,  chromos,  etc 283 

Rice,  J.  S.,  &  Co.,  tin-can  mfrs 265 

Rice,    N.    W.,   &  Co.,   hides    and 

leather 12s 

Rice,  Samuel,  &  Savage,  real  estate  204 

Richardson,  C.  D.,  &  Co..  grocer 324 

Richardson,  Howe  &  Lovejoy,  mfrs. 

ladies'  underwear,  etc 220 

Richardson,    W.     H.,    boots      and 

shoes 318 

Rich,  I.,  &  Co.,  fish 263 

Rich,  L.  B.,  &  Co.,  flour,  etc 149 

Rich,  Reed  &  Atwood,  trunks 352 

Robbins,  C.  W.,  mfrs.  spring  beds..  314 

Robbins,  W.,  poultry,  etc 339 

Roberts,  F.  A.,  ship  brokers 241 

Roberts,  James  A.,  &   George   F., 

manufacturers  of  leather 173 

Robinson,  C.  W.,  paper  hangings...  182 

Robinson  Engraving  Co 217 

Robinson,  W.  F.,  mfrs'  agent 204 

Rockwell  &  Churchill,  printers 170 

Rodhff  &  Eaton,  wool 121 

Roebuck,  S.,  &  Co.,  wire  screens....  006 

Rogers,  Chas.  E.,  pianos no 

Rogers,  G..  &  Co.,  bagging 155 

Rogers,  W.  C. ,  mfrs'   agency 323 

Rogers,  Wood,  Loring  &  Co., bank- 
ers  97,  105 

Rogers,  W.  O.,  &  Co.,  commission 

merchants 306 

Rosenfeld,    Myer,  mfr.  ladies    and 

children's  garments no 

Rotch  &  Tilden,  architects 260 

Rothery,  J.  J.  E.,  insurance 302 

Roundy  &  Hobbs,  real  estate 178 

Rudd,  W.  H.,  &  Sons,  poultry  farm.  296 

Russell,  J.  M.,  music  publisher 312 

Russell,  L.  B.,  mfr.   of  waterproof 

stiffenings,  etc 302 

Russell.  T.  W.,  &Co.,  furniture 253 

Ryan,  J.,  monogram  stamps,  etc....  295 
Ryan  &  Co.,  brush  manufacturers.  290 
Sabin  &  Page,  saddlery  hardware.     98 
Safford,J.  A.,  leather  splitting  ma- 
chines   271 

Safford  &  Sargent,  hides,  leather 161 

Sage,  O.  F.,  trunks 209 

Sampson,  Edwin  H.,  leather  boards.  146 

Sampson,  G.  H.,  powder 222 

Sampson,  G.  T.,  caulkers,  etc 283 

Sampson,  O.  H.,  &  Co.,  agent  print 

works 228 

Sanborn,  C.  B.,  &   Co.,   com.  deal- 
ers, fruit,  etc 250 

Sanborn  &.  Mann,  manufacturers  of 

boots  and  shoes 126 

Sanford    Manufacturing   Co.,   heel 

protectors 306 

Sanger  &   Basch,  manufacturers  of 

hats  and  caps 333 

Sargent,  O.  N.,  engraver,  etc 264 

Savory,  T.  C,  banners  and  flags 265 

Sawyer,  George  A.,  men's  furnish- 
ing goods 159 

Sawyer,  Nathan  &  Son,  printers 207 

Sawyer's  Commercial  College 317 

Sawyer  &  Manning,  selling  agents..  251 


viii 


GENERAL  INDEX. 


Schaefer,  W.  R.,  &  Son,  guns,  etc...  114 

Schaffer,  C,  furrier 254 

Schayer,  J.  C,  coin  dealer 309 

Schell,  P.,  baker 331 

Schmidt,  S,  tortoise-shell  jewelry...  311    1 

Schrafft,  W.  F.,  confectionery 237 

Schwartz,  M.,  tailor 299 

Scott  Bros.,  mfrs.  ladies'  boots,  etc..  315 

Scripture's  Laundry 330 

Searle,  R.  P.,  taxidermist 334 

Sears,  E.  B.,  furs 308 

Sears,  W.  B.,  insurance 258 

Seccomb,  Kehaw  &  Sons,  oils 182 

Sehlbach,  E.,  &  Co.,  artificial  aliza- 
rine   : 128 

Sevey,  J.  A.,  mfrs.  whalebone 220 

Sewing-Machine  Supplies  Co 300 

Shattuck  &  Jones,  fish 266 

Shaw,  Applin  &  Co.,  furniture 123 

Shaw,  T.  J.,  «fe  Co.,  oars,  etc 328 

Shepard  &  Co.,  iron,  etc 153 

Shepard,  Norwell  &  Co.,  dry  goods.  338 
Sherman,  C.  F.  H.,  &  Son,  jewelry.  223 
Shoninger,  Moses,  &  Co.,  importers 

of  laces,  trimmings,  etc 125 

Short,  D.  S.,  manufacturer  of  shoes  178 

Soultz  Belting  Co 159 

Simmons,  Amsden  &  Co.,  fruits  and 

vegetables 263 

Simpson  Bros.,  asphalt  pavers 114 

Simpson  &  Co.,  hosiery  and  gloves  233 
Skilton,  N.  C.,  &  Co.,  produce  com.  270 

Skinner,  A.,  &  Son,  jewelers 279 

Sleeper,  John  K.  C,  &  Co.,  millinery 

goods 170 

Sleeper,   S.   S.,   &    Co.,  wholesale 

grocers 244 

Smith  American  Organ  Co 171 

Smith,  B.  F., undertaker 269 

Smith,  C.  A.,  carriage  manufacturer  175 
Smith,  C.  B.,  &  Bro.,  teas,  coffees...  286 

Smith,  C.  C,  tailor 305 

Smith,  C.  F.,  grocer 289 

Smith.  C.  R.,  stables 334 

Smith,  E.,  picture  frames 263 

Smith,  Dwight,  wool 153 

Smith,  J.  N.,  &  Co.,  truckmen 311 

Smith,  O.  F.,  architect 254 

Smith,  Richardson  &  Bates,  cloth- 
ing      95 

Smith, T.  E.,  tobacco,  etc 306 

Smith,  W.  A.,  diamonds 304 

Smith,  W.  B.,  &  Son,  fruit,  etc 241 

Smith,  W.  H.,  die  sinker,  etc 289 

Smith  &  Gierlings,  fruits,  etc 300 

Smith  &  Lovett,  machinists 205 

Smith  &  Thayer,  market 323 

Snelling,  Howard  &  Co.,  coal 113 

Snow,  B.  S.,  &  Co.,  fish 145 

Snow,  F.  O,  &  Co.,  windowscreens  340 

Somerset  Pottery  Works 326 

Soule  Photograph  Co 274 

Soule,  W.  H.   H.,  com.  merchants 

in  linen,  etc 293 

Sparrow,  B.  F.,  bread  mixer 332 

Spaulding,  F.  M.,  paper 134 

Spaulding  &  Taylor,  hats,  etc 236 

Speare,  Gregory  &  Co.,  oils,  starch,  no 
Spear,  G.   C.   &  Co..  leather  rem- 
nants      97 

Spitz  Bros.  &  Mork,  clothing 173 

Spooner,  W.,  printer 26Z 

Sprague,  C.  H.,  coal 114 

Springer  Bros.,  cloaks 113 

Springer,  E.  O.,  &  Co.,  manufac- 
turers of  shirts,  etc.'. 256 

Squire,  J.  &  Co.,  pork,  lard,  hams,  253 

Standard  Bottling  Co 305 

Staten  &  Co.,  art  embroidery 216 

Stearns  Bros.,  insurance 227 

Steel-Edge  Dustpan  Co 223 

Stemsky,  E.    E.,    lithographic  en- 
graver   273 

Stephenson,  L.,  &  Co.,  balances....  103 

Stevens  Furnace  Co 262 

Stevens,  G.  A.,  chemist 229 

Stevens,  J.  J.,  ladies'  furn.  goods...  277 
Stevens,  N.  B.,  ash  sifters,  cutlery,  254 
Stevens  &  Manchester,  engravers...  304 
Stewart,  S.  A.,  &  Co.,  carriages  and 

harness 222 

Stimpson  &  Co.,  wholesale  paper...  238 
Stimson,  Huntley  &  Co.,  embroid- 
eries, etc 183 


Stoddard  &  Co.,  real  estate,  etc 302 

Stone,  C..&  Sons,  shoe  findings 190 

Stone  &  Forsyth,  paper  and  twine..  231 

Storey,  J.  C,  &  Co 205 

Storrs,  A.,  &  Bement  Co.,  manufac- 
turers and  dealers  in  card-board...     91 
Stowe,   Bills  &   Hawley,  manufac- 
turers of  boots  and  shoes 99 

Strahan,  J.,  paper-hangings,  etc 262 

Straus,  Kinsley  &  Co.,  commission 

merchants 113 

Strauss,  A.  W.,  &  Co.,  paints,  etc...  278 

Stroh,  F.  E..  baker.. 329 

Sturges,  P.  F.,  butter,  cheese,  etc...  318 

Sturtevant  Bros.,  groceries,  etc 307 

Sturtevant,  L.  J.,  beef,  pork,etc 297 

Suffolk  Brewing  Co ....    149 

Sullivan.  J.,  &  Co.,  wines,  etc 334 

Swain,   Earle  &  Co.,  teas  and  cof- 
fees    116 

Swan  <fe  Newton,  poultry,  etc 328 

Sweatt  &  Chase,  metal 316 

Taff,  T.  F.  &  W.  W  ,  liquors 167 

Taunton  Iron  Works  Co 118 

Taylor,  C,  &  Son,  truckmen 267 

Taylor,  J.,  harness 294 

Territorial  Wool  Association 132 

Thacher,  H.  C,  &  Co.,  wool 136 

Thomas,  C,  &  Co.,  carriage  mfrs....  184 

Thomas,  F., candies 306 

Thomson,  C.   H.,   &  Co.,  agricul- 
tural implements 174 

Thomson,  J.,  &  Co.,  furniture 180 

Thompson,  Newell  A.,  coal 164 

Thompson,  William,  mfr.  jeweler...  170 
Timayenis,  D.  T.,  &  Co.,  rugs  and 

carpets 277 

Tisdale,  G.  W.,  &  Son,  auctioneers.  310 

Toby,  S.  Edwin,  architect 226 

Tompkins,  A.  G.,  &  Co.,  iron  and 

steel 210 

Tonks,  A.,gunmaker 320 

Tower,  E.  E.,  hair,  etc 298 

Tower,  Giddings  &  Co.,  bankers....  122 

Tower,  Wing  &  Co.,  wool 129 

Towne,  W.  L.,  photo,  artist 235 

Train,  Smith  &  Co.,  paper  stock...  105 
Traugott,  B.,  mfr.  of  pocket-books.  220 

Trefry,  T.,  &  Co.,  chairs,  etc 274 

Treworgy,  W.  H.,  &  Co.,  lumber....  192 

Trott,  W.  R.,  &  Co  ,  harness 233 

Tryon,  J.,  pork,  lard,  etc 297 

Turner  &  Ray,  tailors 290 

Turner,  J.,  &  Co.,  pavers  and  con- 
tractors   249 

Turton,  T.,  &  Sons,  steel 237 

Tuttle  &  Bailey  Manufacturing  Co..  319 
Tyler,  E.  W.,  agt.  Knabe's  pianos..  144 
Tyler.  J.  L.,  trunk  manufacturer....  256 

Ufford,  S.  N.,  forms 340 

Underwood  Weather  Strip  Co 183 

Union    Stone   Co.,    emery   wheels, 

etc 321 

United  States  Lloyds 240 

Upton,  Geo.,  glue 161 

Varney,  F.  A.,  wool 116 

Vaughan,  P.  J.,  tailor 239 

Verge.  J.  A.,  cooperage 301 

Viles  &  Smith,  real  estate,  etc 318 

Vinal,  Chas.  A.,  leather,  etc 143 

Vinal,  James  W.,  &  Co.,  hardware..  174 
Von  Laer,  J.  P.  W.,  lime  fruit  juice,  197 

Wadsworth,  A.,  surveyor 235 

Ward,  C.  M.,  &  Co.,  jewelers 309 

Ward  &  Gay,  stationers,  etc 105 

Wainwright  Manufacturing  Co 324 

Waldo   Bros.,   mfrs.,   builders,  and 

gas  works'  supplies 91 

Walker,  C.  P.,  produce,  etc 290 

Walker,   Geo.    F.,  boot    and    shoe 

lasts 94 

Walker,  Young  &  Co.,  printers 210 

Walther,  G.  J.,  laces,  etc 190 

Warner,  J.   R.,  &  Son,  funeral  di- 
rectors   329 

Warner  &  Freeman,  salt 101 

Warren,  E.  E.,  printer 290 

Warren,  M.  R.,  stationer,  printer, 

blank-book  manufacturer,  etc 91 

Warren  Soap  Manufacturing  Co 240 

Washburn,  I.,  insurance 286 

Waterhouse,  J.  T.,  apothecary 330 

Waterman,  J.  S.,  &  Son,  funeral  di- 
rectors   328 


Watson,  G.  B.,  printer 332 

Wax,  N.  S.,  florist 311 

Webber,  T.  H.,  dentist 269 

Webber,  J.  P.,  timber  lands,  etc 332 

Webster,  C.  N.,  printer 309 

Weeks  &  Potter,  drugs 163 

Weltch,    Humphrey   &    Co.,    ship 

brokers,  etc 310 

Wemyss  Bros.  &  Co.,  furniture 235 

Wenz,  H.  V.,  &  Bro.,  confectionery  305 
Wesley,  Dr.  C.  M.,  botanic  depot...  270 
West    Odorless    Vapor    Oil    Stove 

Co 326 

West,  W.,  &  Co.,  confectionery 276 

Wetherell  Bros.,  steel 106 

Wheeler,  A.,  paints,  etc 214 

Wheeler,  B.  F.,  machinist 199 

Wheeler,  G.  H.,  real  estate 328 

Wheeler,  W.,  civil  engineer 226 

Wheeler  &  Gurney,  sailmakers 247 

Wheelock,  F.  H.,  &  Co.,  manufac- 
turers of  minings,  etc 177 

Whicher,  T.  A.,  &  Co.,  manufac- 
turers of  boots  and  shoes 138 

Whitaker,  J.  E.,  &  Co.,  com.  mchts.  287 

Whitaker,  J.  H.,  shipowner 257 

Whitcomb,  H.  P.,  tailor- 217 

White,  C.  H.,  &   Co.,  hot-air  fur- 
naces    212 

White,  S.  A.,  mfr.  blacking 243 

White,  Smith  &  Co.,  music  publish- 
ers   130 

White,  The  S.  S.,  Dental  Manufac- 
turing Co 132 

White,  W.  B.,  designer  and  manu- 
facturer boot  and  shoe  patterns...  188 
Whitney  Bros  ,  Manila  paper,  twine, 

etc , 122,  194 

Whiting,   I.  O.,  &  Co.,  molasses, 

sirups,  etc 164 

Whitney,  W.  A.,  painter. 328 

Whitney,  W.  S.,  wholesale  liquors..  213 

Whittier,  A.  R.,  real  estate 200 

Whittle,  Charles  P.,  furniture 133 

Whorf,  W.  L.,  cigars,  etc 270 

Whyte's  Wire  Works 314 

Wilcox  &  Cordingley,  wool 147 

Wilder,  W.  P.,  &  Co.,  cigars 244 

Wildes,   J.  B.,  &   Co.,  ladies'  gar- 
ments    154 

Wildes,    J.    W.,    &    Co.,    window 

shades,  etc 288 

Wilkins,  W.  L.,  dressed  beef,  etc...  309 

Williams  &  Coburn,  wool 172 

Williams,  Page  &  Co.,  railroad  sup- 
plies   173 

Willis.  J.  D.  K.,  real  estate 254 

Willis   &  White,  printers   and   sta- 
tioners    295 

Wilson,   D.,  &  Co.,  military   and 

theatrical  goods 196 

Wilson  Line  of  Steamships 163 

Wilson  &  Allen,  shoe  mfrs.  goods  . ...  212 

Wilton  Mills,  wools 257 

Windram,  W.    J.,     &    Son,    shoe- 
tongues,  etc 271 

Wingate,  C.  W.,  diamonds 311 

Winnett,    J.    &    Co.,    real    estate, 

etc 219 

Winslow's  Skating  Rink 215 

Winsor,  A.,  &  Son,  produce ...  190 

Winther,  C.,  watchmaker,  etc 331 

Woodbury  &  Foss,  shades 210 

Word,  F.,  printer 223 

Woodman,     J.     H.,      mfr.     boots, 

shoes,  etc 175 

Wood,    Pollard    &   Co.,  wine    and 

spirits 169 

Woodward,  C.  W.,  &  Co.,  machin- 
ists   139 

Woodward,  H.  E-,  &  Co.,  fish 151 

Woodward  &  Brown,  piano  mfrs....  140 

Wood  &  Dodge,  tailors 200 

Worden,  photographer 317 

Wright  Bros.  &  Co .,  manufacturers 

of  umbrellas 221 

Wright  &  Baxter,  com.  grain  and 

provisions 219 

Wright  &  Moodey,  manufacturing 

confectioners 89 

Yenetchi,  G.  V.,  wines,  etc 318 

York  Safe  and  Lock  Co 142 

Young,  H.  A.,  &  Co.,  publishers....  303 
Young  &  Walton,  dye  stuffs 123 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Representative    Exchanges    and    Leading    Manufacturers 

and    Merchants. 


An  Epitome  of  the  City's  History  from  the  Settlement  to  the  Present 

Time. Boston  of  To-day. A  General  Review  of  its  Unrivalled 

Location  and  the  more  prominent  Industrial  Enterprises 
that  have  made  it  the  Metropolis  of  New  England. 


"YTTHENEVER  the  earlier  history  of  our  country  is  mentioned,  there  is  one  location  that  stands 
out  more  prominently  than  any  other,  and  within  it  and  about  it  centres  a  great  portion 
of  the  important  events  that  preceded  and  immediately  followed  the  War  of  the  Revolution.  The 
history  of  Boston  is  so  closely  interwoven  into  that  of  our  country  and  the  formation  of  the 
United  States,  that  no  historian  of  the  latter  can  fully  portray  the  events  coming  under  his  pen 
without  devoting  very  considerable  space  to  this  city. 

In  this  work  no  effort  has  been  made  to  go  into  the  detail  of  the  history  of  Boston,  the  writer 
confining  himself,  after  an  epitomized  review  of  the  more  important  events  of  the  city's  settle- 
ment and  growth,  to  the  present  appearance  of  the  "Metropolis  of  New  England,"  and  the  very 
superior  location  the  city  enjoys  for  trade  and  manufacturing  purposes,  coupled  with  more  minute 
details  of  those  business  interests  that  are  to-day  the  chief  instruments  in  advancing  the  city, 
commercially  and  otherwise.  With  no  attempt,  therefore,  to  correct  anything  previously  written, 
and  with  the  view  only  of  compiling  into  useful  and  convenient  form,  and  to  the  profit  of  all  con- 
cerned, much  data  scattered  about,  the  subject-matter  is  entered  upon. 

Early  Settlement. 

To  whom  belongs  the  credit  of  first  discovering  that  portion  of  the  New  England  coast  now 
known  as  Boston  Harbor  is  not  definitely  known;  though,  in  absence  of  more  positive  proof ,  his- 
torians have  conceded  that  it  was  the  Northmen.  The  first  authentic  settlement  of  Boston,  which 
was  originally  called  "  Shawmutt"  by  the  Indians,  was  in  the  year  1630,  by  the  colonists  from 
Salem,  who  named  the  site  of  the  present  city  Trimountain.  Two  years  previous,  1628,  the  district 
known  as  the  Massachusetts  Bay  Colony  was  bought  by  people  from  Dorchester,  England,  and  a 
year  later  Charlestown,  now  a  part  of  Boston,  was  first  settled.  The  necessity  for  good  water  in 
1630  caused  the  little  band,  under  the  leadership  of  Winthrop,  to  remove  across  to  the  peninsula, 
or  Trimountain — a  name  derived  from  the  three  peaks  afterward  known  as  Copp's,  Beacon,  and 
Fort  Hills. 


18  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Upon  this  strip  of  land  was  Mr.  William  Blaxton,  or  as  more  generally  accepted  Blaxstone,  an 
Englishman,  who  had  been  living  there  for  several  years,  and  held  an  unquestioned  proprietor- 
ship to  the  whole  peninsula  of  Boston.  This  tract,  with  the  exception  of  six  acres  where  his 
house  stood,  was  sold  to  Winthrop  and  his  associates  for  the  sum  of  £30,  and  the  colonists  began 
at  once  to  make  a  permanent  settlement,  the  site  being  selected  for  the  centre  and  metropolis  of 
the  Massachusetts  Bay  Colony.  During  1630  near  fifteen  hundred  persons  came  over  from  Eng- 
land, and  rapid  development  was  made. 

The  first  settlers  located  chiefly  within  the  limits  between  what  are  now  Hanover,  Tremontr 
Bromfield,  and  Milk  streets.  Pemberton  Hill  was  also  a  favorite  place  of  residence.  The  first 
buildings  were  rude  and  unsightly.  They  were  of  wood,  with  roofs  thatched,  while  the  chim- 
neys were  built  of  pieces  of  wood  placed  crosswise,  and  covered  with  clay.  Winthrop's  company 
found  Boston  sparsely  wooded ;  water,  however,  was  abundant  and  good.  In  addition  to  the 
springs  near  Blaxstone's  house,  mention  is  made  in  the  first  records  of  a  "  great  spring"  in  Spring 
Lane,  as  well  as  other  springs  on  the  Neck  and  elsewhere.  Economy  in  building  was  carried  so 
far  that  Governor  Winthrop  reproved  his  deputy,  in  1632,  for  nailing  clapboards  upon  his  house  ; 
saying,  "  that  he  did  not  well  to  bestow  so  much  cost  about  the  wainscoting,  and  adorning  his 
house  in  the  beginning  of  a  plantation,  both  in  regard  of  the  public  charges  and  for  example.'* 

The  First  Fifty  Years'  History. 

From  King's  Hand-book*  we  extract :  "  In  1630  the  first  General  Court  of  the  colony  was  held 
in  Boston.  John  Winthrop  was  the  first  Governor  elected  by  the  colonists,  and  Thomas  Dudley 
the  Deputy-Governor.  Had  these  two  carried  out  their  plan  of  fortifying  '  New-towne,'  the 
present  Cambridge,  the  result  would  have  been  that  either  the  latter,  or  some  other  town,  would 
have  become  the  New  England  metropolis,  instead  of  Boston.  Winthrop,  however,  after  he  and 
others  had  built  houses  at  New-towne,  saw  that  Boston  was  the  most  promising  site,  and  conse- 
quently abandoned  the  project,  causing  thereby  the  enmity  of  Dudley.  This  circumstance,  possi- 
bly combined  with  jealousy,  led  to  unfriendly  disputes  between  these  two  magnates,  which  had  to 
be  settled  by  arbitrators. 

"The  old  beacon  shown  in  all  the  early  plans  of  the  town,  and  which  gave  the  name  to 
Beacon  Hill,  was  erected  in  1634-35,  to  alarm  the  country  in  case  of  invasion.  It  stood  near  the 
present  State  House,  the  exact  spot  being  the  south-east  corner  of  the  reservoir  on  Temple  Street. 
It  was  a  tall  mast,  standing  on  cross  timbers  placed  upon  a  stone  foundation,  supported  by  braces, 
and  was  ascended  by  treenails  driven  into  it  ;  and  sixty-five  feet  from  the  base  projected  a  crane 
of  iron,  from  which  an  iron  skeleton  frame  was  suspended,  to  receive  a  barrel  of  tar  or  other  com- 
bustibles. When  fired  this  could  be  seen  for  a  great  distance  inland.  It  was  newly  erected  in 
1768,  having  fallen  from  some  cause  unknown  ;  and  in  1789  it  was  blown  down. 

' '  The  happiest  people  are  those  who  have  no  history  ;  and  there  is  not  much  of  moment  to 
record  concerning  this  thriving  town  during  the  first  century  of  its  existence.  A  few  interesting 
facts  from  the  quaint  records  of  the  early  day  will  show  the  state  of  society  and  public  opinion. 
From  1637  up  to  1676,  in  the  pages  of  local  history  can  be  found  cases  where  persons  were  either 
banished  from  Boston,  or  murdered  on  account  of  heresy,  hung  on  charges  of  witchcraft,  pun- 
ished for  petty  misdemeanors  by  imprisonments  in  the  stocks,  whipped  or  fined  for  being  Baptists, 
persecuted  in  various  ways  for  being  Quakers,  or  placed  in  cases  for  violating  the  Sabbath.  Up  to 
the  last  century,  too,  slavery  existed  in  Boston.     In  1655  times  were  very  hard  ;  and  many  inhabit- 

*  The  writer  is  indebted  to  King's  "  Hand-book  of  Boston"  for  much  useful  information.    This  publication  is 
believed  Jto  be  the  best  on  modern  Boston  now  issued. 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


19 


CITY   HALL,   SCHOOL   STREET. 


■20 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


ants  paid  their  taxes  with  produce,  grain,  and  other  articles.  The  town  also  suffered  from  exten- 
sive fires  in  1676,  1679,  1711,  and  1760  ;  over  350  dwellings  being  destroyed  in  the  latter  conflagra- 
tion. In  1686  there  was  trouble  between  the  colony  and  the  home  government  ;  and  Andros,  an 
unpopular  Governor,  was  imprisoned  by  the  people  in  1689  and  finally  forced  to  leave  the  country. 
The  colonial  charter  was  withdrawn  ;  but  in  1692  came  a  new  Governor,  with  an  olive  branch  in 

the  shape  of  a  new  charter,  and  the  troubles  temporarily  ceased 

"  The  first  attempt  to  establish  a  paper  was  made  in  1690,  and  the  first  number  is  held  by  the 
■Colonial  State  Paper  Office  at  London.  The  first  newspaper  in  America  was  issued  in  Boston,  its 
publication  beginning  on  April  24,  1704.  It  was  called  The  Boston  News  Letter.  Its  founder  was 
John  Campbell,  then  the  town  postmaster;  and  the  first  number  may  yet  be  seen  in  the  library  of 
the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society.  In  1706  Benjamin  Franklin  was,  it  is  very  generally  be- 
lieved, born  in  the  humble  little  house  which  stood  on  Milk  Street,  on  the  site  of  the  present 


THE   GRANARY  CHURCH-YARD. 

Boston  Post  building.     The  old  house  stood  a  hundred  and  twenty  years,  respected  as  one  of  the 
most  notable  landmarks;  and  its  destruction  by  fire  in  1811  was  keenly  regretted." 

The  Important  Events  that  preceded  the  Revolution. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth  century  Boston  was  becoming  an  important  trading  point, 
and  in  1715  the  town  was  divided  into  eight  wards.  In  1728  it  was  again  divided  into  twelve 
wards,  and  in  1740  mention  is  made  that  there  were  fifteen  churches  and  five  public  schools.  The 
twenty  years  preceding  the  War  of  the  Revolution  Boston  was  the  scene  of  the  more  important 
events  that  led  to  this  struggle.  Intense  feeling  was  created  in  1747  by  Commodore  Knowles  of 
the  British  Navy,  who,  being  short  of  men,  openly  impressed  sailors  in  the  streets  of  the  town, 
resulting  in  a  riot,  and  the  holding  of  some  British  officers  by  the  townspeople  until  the  release  of 
their  fellow-townsmen.  The  memorable  indignation  meeting  of  citizens  to  protest  against  the 
heavv  duty  levied  on  tea  and  other  articles  of  import  was  held  in  1750  and  in  1765  the  "  Sons  of 
Liberty"  were  organized  under  the  "  Liberty  Tree."  This  tree  stood  near  what  is  now  the  corner 
of  Essex  and  Warren  streets,  and  was  a  wide-spreading  beautiful  elm;  and  here  was  exposed  the 
effigies  of  those  men  who  had  favored  the  passage  of  .the  odious  Stamp  Act.  The  excitement  over 
the  tea  and  other  duties,  as  imposed  by  the  British  Crown,  continued,  and  in  1770  an  important 


CITY  OF  BOSTON.  21 


event  transpired  that  steeled  the  hearts  of  the  patriots  against  their  mother-country.  On  the  5th  of 
March  occurred  what  is  known  as  the  Boston  Massacre,  which  had  its  origin  from  the  following 
circumstance : 

A  barber's  boy  in  King  Street,  who  saw  an  officer  passing  by,  and  cried  after  him,  "There 
goes  a  mean  fellow,  who  has  not  paid  for  dressing  his  hair."  The  sentinel  at  the  Custom  House, 
hearing  this  insult,  left  his  post,  and  struck  the  boy  on  the  head  with  his  musket.  Another  disturb- 
ance occurring,  which  brought  together  a  crowd  of  men  and  boys,  the  soldier  was  pointed  out  by 
the  barber's  boy  as  being  the  one  that  struck  him.  The  crowd  threatened  to  kill  the  soldier,  who 
called  out  the  main  guard  to  his  assistance.  They  were  immediately  surrounded  by  a  mob  of  men 
and  boys,  who  began  to  throw  missiles  at  them,  and  dared  the  soldiers  to  fire.  At  last  they  did 
fire,  and  four  persons  were  killed.  This  painful  collision  illustrates  the  extreme  tension  that  the 
people's  feelings  had  reached,  and  was  the  forerunner  of  the  famous  "  Boston  Tea-party." 

A  writer  says:  "This  disturbance  was  still  fresh  in  the  minds  of  the  people  when  the  East 
India  Company  sent  several  vessels  to  Boston,  loaded  with  tea.  The  inhabitants  declared  that  they 
would  not  pay  any  duty  on  tea  imported  from  England;  and,  on  the  arrival  of  the  ships,  a  call  was 
made  to  citizens,  December  16,  1773,  by  Samuel  Adams  and  others,  for  a  public  meeting  at  Fan- 
euil  Hall,  to  put  into  action  plans  already  made  to  prevent  the  landing  of  the  tea.  On  account  of 
the  immense  crowd  which  more  than  filled  the  hall,  a  motion  was  made  to  adjourn  to  the  Old 
South  Church.  At  this  meeting  was  made  the  first  suggestion  to  dispose  of  the  tea  in  the  way 
finally  adopted.  John  Rowe,  who  lived  on  Pond  Street,  now  Bedford,  said,  'Who  knows  how 
tea  will  mingle  with  salt  water?  '  This  idea  was  received  with  great  laughter  and  approval.  It  is 
from  Rowe  that  Rowe  Street  (now  a  part  of  Chauncy  Street)  took  its  name. 

"A  signal  being  given,  the  simulated  Indians,  '  Mohawks,'  appeared  precisely  at  the  moment 
when  negotiation  had  failed  to  prevent  the  landing  of  the  tea;  and  when  the  deputation  returned 
with  their  unfavorable  report,  late  in  the  afternoon,  the  Indian  yell  was  heard  at  the  church  door, 
and  the  disguised  Mohawks,  since  so  famous,  filled  the  street,  and  made  their  way  through  Milk 
Street  directly  to  Liverpool  Wharf,  with  large  accessions  from  the  crowd  of  apprentice  lads  and 
idlers  from  the  meeting  of  the  Old  South,  swelling  the  number  to  more  than  a  hundred.  Some  sixty 
went  on  board.  Each  detachment  had  its  leader.  Everything  was  orderly,  systematic,  and  doubt- 
less previously  concerted.  The  leaders  demanded  of  those  in  charge  of  the  ships  the  keys  to  the 
hatches,  candles  and  matches;  which  were  produced.  The  contents  of  three  hundred  and  forty- 
two  chests  were  thrown  overboard.  The  women  of  Boston  were  not  behind  the  men  in  their 
opposition  to  the  tea- duty;  for  they  held  meetings,  and  resolved  to  make  no  use  of  it  whatever. 

Boston  in  the  War  for  Independence. 

'This  act  brought  the  King  and  Parliament  to  decide  that  their  rebellious  subjects  in  Boston 
should  be  subdued  by  force  of  armsvand  troops  in  large  numbers  were  the*n  sent  to  Boston.  On 
the  1st  of  September,  1774,  two  hundred  troops  went  up  the  Mystic  River,  and  took  from  the  pow- 
der-house two  hundred  and  twelve  barrels  of  powder  belonging  to  the  province,  and  brought  off 
two  field- pieces  from  Cambridge." 

In  1774  the  harbor  was  entirely  closed  as  a  port  of  entry,  and  in  1775  the  skirmishes  at  Lex-' 
ington  and  Concord  aroused  the  country  to  action,  and  a  war  of  a  few  weak  colonies  against  a  ■ 
strong  and  powerful  country  was  entered  into.     Within  a  short  time  a  large  body  of  American 
troops  collected  in  the  vicinity  of  Boston,  completely  blockading  the  British  within  the  town. 

On  the  17th  of  June,  1775,  occurred  the  battle  of  Bunker  Hill,  which,  though  resulting  in  the 
defeat  of  the  American  troops,  showed  with  what  courage  and  determination  they  could  fight,  even 


22 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


when  nearly  all  advantages  were  against  them.  The  forces  employed  by  the  British  numbered 
about  four  thousand  regulars,  besides  a  battery  on  Copp's  Hill,  in  Boston,  and  seven  vessels  of  war 
lying  in  different  directions  from  the  hill.  Their  loss  in  killed  and  wounded  was  about  one  thou- 
sand one  hundred.     The  number  of  American  forces  was  about  one  thousand  eight  hundred,  and 

their  loss  in  killed,  wounded,  and  taken  prisoners  was 
about  four  hundred  and  fifty.  Among  the  killed  was 
General  Warren,  who  was  shot  after  the  American 
forces  were  driven  from  the  breastworks. 

General  Washington  took  command  of  the  Ameri- 
can forces  at  Cambridge,  July  2,  1775,  to  where  they 
retreated  after  the  battle  of  Bunker  Hill;  and  every 
pass  to  Boston  was  effectually  guarded,  and  the  town 
placed  in  a  state  of  siege.  On  the  night  of  March  4, 
1776,  Washington  took  possession  of  Dorchester  Heights, 
a  part  of  which  is  now  known  as  South  Boston.     On 


THE   2SKW    OLD    SOUTH   CHUKCH. 

these  heights  earthworks  were  thrown  up  during  the  night,  and  in  the  morning  the  British  found  the 
enemy  intrenched  in  a  strong  position,  both  for  offence  and  defence,  and  which  virtually  com- 
manded the  town. 

During  the  winter  of  1775-76  the  British  occupied  Boston,  but  owing  to  the  strong  position 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


that  Washington  had  secured,  they  evacuated  the  city  on  March  17,  1776,  taking  with  them  many 
of  the  most  prominent  residents,  who  had  remained  true  to  the  King.  The  fleet  eventually  sailed 
from  the  harbor,  and  the  complete  recovery  of  Boston  from  the  control  of  the  British  was  the 
cause  of  much  rejoicing  throughout  the  colonies — second  only  to  the  successful  promulgation  of  the 
Declaration  of  Independence.  The  reading  of  this  instrument  on  July  18,  from  the  balcony  of 
the  Town  Hall,  enlisted  the  greatest  favor  and  rejoicing.  Though  the  war  continued  until  1781, 
.  before  peace  was  declared,  Boston's  important  connection  with  it  was  principally  embraced  within 
the  first  two  years. 

At  this  time  Boston  was  the  most  influential  town  in  the  country,  and  it  at  once  entered  upon  a 
period  of  rapid  growth,  the  latter  part  of  the  eighteenth  century  showing  a  very  marked  improve- 
ment in  the  city.  In  1790  the  population  exceeded  18,000,  and  in  its  importance  throughout  the 
new  United  States  was  probably  greater  than  either  New  York  or  Philadelphia.  The  last  twenty 
years  of  the  eighteenth  century  was  an  era  of  advancement.  The  Charles  River  Bridge,  the  first  of 
the  numerous  avenues  connecting  the  town  with  its  northern  and  western  surburbs,  was  completed; 
the  New  State  House  was  finished,  and  the  first  two  theatres — the  Boston  and  the  Haymarket — 
opened  their  doors. 

Incidents  of  History  during  the  Present  Century. 

The  century  closed  with  Boston  on  the  highway  to  greater  commercial  importance,  and  rapid 
increase  in  population.  From  King's  Hand-book  we  trace  the  principal  events  of  the  city  to  the 
present  time: 

"  During  the  autumn  of  1804  a  terrific  gale  visited  Boston,  blowing  down  several  church- 
steeples,  and  doing  much  damage.  The  news  of  the  declaration  of  war  against  England  in  1812  was 
received  by  Bostonians  with  indignation.  Her  influential  men  had  opposed  the  embargo  laid  upon 
commerce  with  England,  which  was  a  heavy  blow  to  the  interests  of  Boston  and  Massachusetts,  one 
third  of  the  shipping  of  the  United  States  being  at  that  time  owned  in  the  State,  and  they  pro- 
nounced the  war  a  serious  mistake.  Nevertheless,  at  the  call  for  troops  a  regiment  was  raised  here; 
and  in  1814  when  a  British  fleet  was  reported  to  be  off  the  coast  extensive  preparations  were  made 
to  give  it  a  warm  reception  should  it  come  this  way.     Peace  was  gladly  welcomed  the  next  year. 

"  In  1816  Webster  came  to  Boston.  He  lived  first  in  Mount  Vernon  Street,  on  the  summit  of 
Beacon  Hill,  a  few  rods  northwest  of  the  State  House;  later  in  the  house  standing  at  No.  37 
Somerset  Street;  and  afterward  at  the  corner  of  High  and  Summer  streets,  where  he  entertained 
Lafayette  in  magnificent  style  during  the  visit  of  the  latter  in  1824.  Webster's  residence  in  Summer 
Street,  now  numbered  136  and  138,  was  long  marked  by  a  splendid  block  of  stores,  known  as  '  The 
Webster  Buildings.'  This  went  down  in  the  great  fire  of  1872,  but  was  soon  replaced  by  a  sub- 
stantial iron-front  building  erected  as  a  warehouse  for  Wm.  Claflin,  Coburn  &  Co.,  one  of  the  oldest 
and  most  prominent  boot-manufacturing  firms  in  the  United  States.  In  1821  the  West  Point  Cadets, 
under  command  of  Major  Worth,  U.  S.  A.,  marched  to  Boston  and  encamped  on  the  Common. 

"On  Feb.  22,  1822,  after  many  years'  agitation  of  the  subject,  the  first  petition  having  been 
made  as  early  as  the  year  1709,  an  act  establishing  the  city  of  Boston  was  passed  by  the  Legislature, 
and  accepted  by  the  citizens,  and  May  1  Boston  became  a  city.  John  Phillips  was  the  first  Mayor. 
He  was  succeeded  by  Josiah  Quincy,  who  was  in  office  six  successive  years.  The  other  Mayors  of 
Boston,  in  the  order  of  their  services,  were:  Harrison  Gray  Otis,  three  terms;  Charles  Wells,  two; 
Theodore  Lyman,  Jim.,  two;  Samuel  T.  Armstrong,  one;  Samuel  A.  Eliot,  three;  Jonathan  Chap- 
man, three;  Martin  Brimmer,  two;  Thomas  A.  Davis,  one;  Josiah  Quincy,  Jun.,  three;  John  P. 
Bigelow,  three;  Benjamin  Seaver,  two;  Jerome  V.  C.  Smith,  two;  Alexander  H.  Rice,  two;  Fred- 
eric W.  Lincoln,  Jun.,  three;  Joseph  M.  Wightman,  two;  Frederic  W.  Lincoln,  Jun.,  again,  four; 


24  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 

Otis  Norcross,  one;  Nathaniel  B.  Shurtleff,  three;  William  Gaston,  two;  Henry  L.  Pierce,  one; 
Samuel  C.  Cobb,  three;  Frederick  O.  Prince,  one;  Henry  L.  Pierce,  one;  F.  O.  Prince,  three; 
Samuel  A.  Green,  one;  Albert  Palmer,  one;  Augustus  P.  Martin,  one  year;  and  Hugh  O'Brien,  the 
present  incumbent.  .  .  . 

"In  1824  Lafayette  occupied  part  of  the  double  house  standing  at  the  corner  of  Park  and  Bea- 
con streets,  the  other  part  afterward  becoming  the  residence  of  George  Ticknor,  the  distinguished 
historian  of  Spanish  Literature,  and  one  of  the  great  benefactors  of  the  Boston  Public  Library. 
Among  the  early  occupants  of  this  mansion  were  Gov.  Christopher  Gore,  in  honor  of  whom  the 
Harvard  College  Library  has  been  named;  Edward  G.  Malbone,  the  portrait-painter;  Hon.  Samuel 
Dexter,  an  eminent  lawyer  and  statesman,  who  had  been  Secretary  of  War,  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury,  Acting  Secretary  of  State,  and  the  first  President  of  the  earliest  Massachusetts  Temper- 
ance Society.     Mr.  Ticknor  was  an  occupant  of  the  house  from  1830  until  his  death  in  1870. 

"In  1824  the  population  of  the  city  was  58,000.  During  the  next  few  years  numerous  public 
improvements  were  made;  among  them  the  opening  of  the  East  Boston  and  Chelsea  ferries;  the 
completion  of  the  Warren  Bridge,  connecting  Charlestown  with  Boston;  the  laying  of  gas-pipes; 
and  the  erection  of  many  notable  public  and  private  buildings,  including  a  new  court-house,  custom- 
house, and  three  theatres — the  Tremont,  Federal,  and  Warren. 

"In  1830  the  population  had  grown  to  61,000,  and  the  city  celebrated  the  second  centenary  of 
its  settlement.  In  1833  the  old  hero  Andrew  Jackson  visited  Boston,  and  was  received  with  great 
popular  enthusiasm.  The  Whig  Party  was  formed  about  this  time.  It  was  in  1834  that  the  Ursu- 
line  Convent  in  Charlestown  was  burned  by  a  mob. 

"  In  1837  a  large  delegation  of  the  Sacs  and  Fox  Indians  arrived  from  the  far  West,  and,  in  all 
the  gorgeousness  of  paint  and  feathers,  exhibited  on  the  Common  their  war-dances  and  other  feats 
before  interested  thousands.  Boston  suffered,  in  common  with  other  parts  of  the  country,  in  the 
panic  of  this  year,  and  its  banks  suspended  specie  payments;  but  in  good  time  it  recovered,  and 
entered  upon  another  season  of  prosperity.  In  1840  the  first  steamship  line  between  Boston  and 
Liverpool  was  established.     In  1843  President  Tyler  and  Gen.  Scott  visited  Boston. 

"  In  1844,  after  a  period  of  intense  cold,  the  harbor  was  firmly  frozen  as  far  down  as  the  light- 
house; and  its  surface  was  enlivened  with  skating,  coasting,  sledding,  and  sleighing.  Cargoes 
were  discharged  on  to  teams,  and  transported  to  the  warehouses.  Booths,  as  on  high  holidays,  filled 
with  eatables  and  drinkables,  added  to  the  gayety  of  the  scene.  It  was  during  this  ice-embargo  that 
the  enterprising  Boston  merchants,  aided  by  the  Fresh  Pond  ice-cutters,  cut  a  channel  seven  miles 
long  to  enable  the  imprisoned  Cunard  steamship  to  prosecute  her  voyage  to  England. 

"In  1847  President  Polk  was  the  guest  of  the  city.  During  this  year  there  was  a  great  fire  at 
the  North  End,  which  consumed  more  than  one  hundred  buildings,  with  their  contents.  In  1848  the 
Cochituate  water  was  introduced,  and  the  event  celebrated  with  an  imposing  display.  In  1849  there 
was  unexampled  mortality  from  Asiatic  cholera.  In  1850  Professor  John  W.  Webster  was  hung  for 
the  murder  of  Dr.  George  Parkm an— one  of  the  most  extraordinary  cases  in  the  history  of  American 
crime.  The  advent  of  Jenny  Lind  was  a  notable  event  of  the  same  year;  the  great  Swedish  vocalist 
singing  to  audiences  of  upward  of  4000  people.  At  this  period  the  anti-slavery  agitation  became 
intense;  and  in  1854  the  Burns  riot  occurred,  caused  by  efforts  to  liberate  Anthony  Burns,  a  fugitive 
slave,  one  man  being  killed  and  several  seriously  hurt.  In  1860  the  Prince  of  Wales  with  his  suite 
visited  Boston. 

The  Past  Twenty-five  Years. 

"  The  opening  of  the  civil  war  in  1861  found  Boston  in  a  state  of  patriotic  ferment.  Great  out- 
door war-meetings  were  held,  and  recruiting  was  early  begun,  and  carried  on  vigorously.    During 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


25 


the  war  the  city  responded  promptly  to  every  call  for  men  or  money,  and  sent  into  the  army  and 
navy  26,119  men,  685  of  whom  were  commissioned  officers.  In  the  sanitary  work  the  Boston 
people,  prominently  the  women,  were  among  the  foremost.  In  1863  a  draft-riot  occurred  at  the 
North  End,  but  it  was  soon  overcome  by  the  authorities. 

"  In  1863  the  old  Hancock  House,  a  stone  building,  one  of  the  noblest  private  mansions  of  the 
colonial  period,  and  one 
of  the  unique  features  of 
this  part  of  the  city,  was 
removed.  It  stood  just 
beyond  the  State  House 
on  Beacon  Street,  facing 
the  Common.  Private 
residences  now  occupy 
the  site  of  the  house. 

"In  1865  the  rejoic- 
ings over    the   Emanci- 


FORT  WARREN.  BOSTON  HARBOR* 

pation  Proclamation  and 
the  end  of  the  war  were 
sharply  turned  to  mourn- 
ing by  the  news  of  the 
assassination  of  the  beloved 
President  Lincoln.  Bos- 
ton, in  common  with  the 
other  large  cities  of  the 
North,  gave  expression  to 
the  universal  feeling  of 
Fort  Independence  grief  by  a  funeral  proces- 

sion of  vast  length.  The  history  of  Boston  since  the  war  has  been  crowded  with  noteworthy 
events,  at  which  the  limits  of  this  sketch  allow  us  the  merest  glance.  In  1867  Gen.  Sheridan 
paid  a  visit  to  the  city.  In  the  same  year  Gov.  Andrew  died  suddenly  at  his  city  home. 
In  1868  Gen.  Grant  visited  the  city  for  the  first  time  since  the  war,  and  was  received  with  warm 
demonstrations  of  welcome.  The  ensuing  year  was  marked  by  a  grand  event,  which  could  only  have 
been  carried  out  by  the  enterprise  of  a  city  like  Boston  combined  with  the  talent  of  a  man 
like  P.  S.  Gilmore —  the  National  Peace  Jubilee.     It  took  place  from  June  15  to  19,  in  the  huge 


36  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Coliseum,  temporarily  erected  for  the  purpose  between  the  Back  Bay  and  the  South  End,  and  was  a 
remarkable  success,  drawing  thousands  of  visitors  from  all  sections  of  the  country,  and  exciting  the 
most  unrestrained  enthusiasm,  both  on  account  of  its  musical  features  and  of  its  patriotic  tendency. 
In  1870  Prince  Arthur  visited  Boston.  The  same  year  the  city  was  called  upon  to  mourn  the  death 
of  George  Peabody,  the  philanthropist,  and  of  the  Hon.  Anson  BurliDgame,  whose  remains  lay  in 
state  in  Faneuil  Hall.  In  1871  the  old  building  standing  in  the  middle  of  Court  Street,  nearTremont 
and  Cornhill,  known  as  Scollay's  Building,  was  removed,  leaving  an  open  area,  now  called  Scollay 
Square.  This  year  the  Grand  Duke  Alexis  of  Russia  visited  the  city,  and  was  treated  to  a  round  of 
brilliant  gayeties.  The  year  1872  was  eventful.  From  June  17  to  July  7  the  second  grand  musical 
festival  was  held,  and  was  attended  by  from  30,000  to  100,000  people  daily.  It  also  was  held  in  a 
temporary  Coliseum  of  vast  size;  and  special  national  musical  features  were  introduced  by  bands 
from  England,  France,  Germany,  and  other  countries.  Johann  Strauss  led  the  orchestra  while  it 
played  his  own  waltzes.  A  grand  ball  was  given,  Gen.  Grant  being  present.  The  enterprise  was 
regarded  as  a  grand  success,  although  it  was  not  remunerative  to  the  shareholders.  During  the 
following  autumn  came  the  epizootic  epidemic,  rendering  almost  all  the  horses  useless  for  the  time 
being,  and  causing  great  inconvenience. 

The  Great  Fire. 
"On  Nov.  9,  this  year,  at  7.15  o'clock  in  the  evening,  the  great  Boston  Fire  broke  out.  The 
flames  started  at  the  corner  of  Summer  and  Kingston  streets,  and  spread  with  terrible  speed.  In 
spite  of  the  efforts  of  the  firemen,  the  flames  sped  northeast  and  north  into  the  very  heart  of  the 
substantial  business  district  of  the  city,  where  a  great  proportion  of  the  buildings  wTere  of  solid 
granite,  and  used  for  wholesale  business.  Aid  was  summoned  from  the  surburban  and  even  from 
distant  cities;  and  special  trains  bearing  fire-engines  came  hastening  into  the  panic-stricken  city 
from  all  sides.  Buildings  were  blown  up  in  the  hope  that  the  gaps  thus  left  would  not  be  bridged 
by  the  furious  on-sweeping  flames,  and  the  gas  was  cut  off,  leaving  the  city  almost  in  darkness. 
The  militia  went  on  duty  to  aid  the  police  in  preventing  the  wholesale  lawlessness  that  threatened 
to  add  to  the  tenors  of  the  time.  When  the  fire  finally  stopped,  it  had  spread  over  65  acres,  and 
destroyed  about  $80,000,000  worth  of  property  and  many  lives,  leaving  the  entire  district  bounded 
by  Summer,  Washington,  Milk,  and  Broad  streets  a  smoking  chaos  of  ruins.  Boston  recovered 
with  almost  incredible  elasticity  and  pluck  from  this  terrible  blow ;  and  the  '  burnt  district '  is  to-day 
a  section  of  imposing  and  substantial  business  warehouses,  its  appearance  greatly  improved,  and 
the  wealth  and  convenience  of  this  part  of  the  city  thereby  increased.  In  1873  another  serious  fire 
destroyed  several  squares  of  buildings.  Subsequent  calamities  have  not  been  infrequent.  Within 
a  few  years  there  have  been  numbers  of  those  startling  and  often  unaccountable  accidents  so  com- 
mon in  American  cities.  Among  these  may  be  mentioned  extensive  fires  in  1874,  1877,  and  1878; 
the  blowing  up  of  a  building  on  the  corner  of  Washington  and  La  Grange  streets;  the  explosion 
under  the  sidewalk  near  the  Federal  Street  Bridge  in  South  Boston,  by  which  several  lives  were  lost; 
and  the  explosion  of  Jenney's  oil  establishment  in  South  Boston.  The  burning  of  a  tenement-house 
on  Shawmut  Avenue,  in  which  several  of  the  unfortunate  occupants  lost  their  lives  or  wTere  terribly 
injured,  will  be  remembered  as  a  comparatively  recent  occurrence.  So  also  has  Boston  of  late  years 
had  an  unpleasant  notoriety  from  a  peculiar  class  of  criminals:  notably  the  boy  Jesse  Pomeroy,  con- 
fined for  life  in  the  State  Prison,  who  murdered  a  boy  and  a  girl,  and  tortured  several  children, 
making  himself  the  terror  of  the  neighborhood  in  wThich  he  lived;  and  Piper,  who  one  Sunday  after- 
noon murdered  the  little  six-year-old  girl,  Mabel  Young,  in  the  belfry  of  the  Warren  Avenue  Baptist 
Church,  of  which  he  was  sexton.  According  to  his  confession  just  before  his  execution,  May  26, 
1876,  he  had  also  murdered  one  Bridget  Landregan,  whose  death  up  to  that  time  had  been  a 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


27 


mystery,  and  he  had  almost  fatally  assaulted  one  Mary  Tyner  on  Oxford  Street.  The  Rev.  E.  D. 
Winslow,  among  the  foremost  of  the  long  line  of  prominent  and  trusted  men  of  Massachusetts  who 
have  fallen  from  their  high  places  to  the  level  of  the  criminal,  was  a  Boston  business-man, 
managing  two  daily  newspapers,  The  Daily  News,  now 
out  of  existence,  and  The  Boston  Post,  purchased  from 
its  former  proprietors  a  few  months  before  his  flight, 
which  occurred  on  the  19th  of  January,  1876.  He  had 
committed  forgeries  for  very  large  amounts,  by  which 
several  of  the  most  prominent  banks  and  many  indivi- 
duals were  heavy  losers.  Winslow  was  captured  in 
London  on  the  15th  of  February;  but  the  British  Govern- 
ment refused  to  surrender  him  unless  the  United  States 
should  guarantee  that  he  should  not  be  tried  for  any 
other  offence  than  that  set  forth  in  the  extradition  papers. 


odd-fellows'  monument. 

After  long  and  labored  discussion  by  rep- 
resentatives of  both  governments,  "Winslow 
was  released,  and  soon  left  London. 

"In  1874  Charles  Sumner  died.  His 
early  home  was  the  old-fashioned  painted- 
brick  house,  of  generous  width,  standing 
at  No.  20  Hancock  Street.  It  was  pur- 
chased by  his  father  in  1830,  and  was  in 
the  possession  of  the  family  from  that  time 
until  1867,  when  it  was  sold  to  Judge 
Thomas  Russell,  Collector  of  the  Port  of 
Boston,  afterward  Minister  to  Venezuela, 
and  subsequently  a  State  Railroad  Commis- 
sioner. Sumner's  law-office  was  at  No.  4 
statue  of  gen.  john  glover.  Court  Street'  at  the  corner  of  Washington. 

The  Bunker  Hill  Centennial. 
'The  Bunker  Hill  centennial  celebration  is  something  extremely  agreeable  in  the  recent  history 
<of  Boston.     Preceded  as  it  was  by  the  celebration  of  the  battles  of  Lexington  and  Concord  on  the 


28  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


19th  of  April,  1875,  popular  enthusiasm  had  been  gradually  increasing  for  weeks  before  the  mem- 
orable 17th  of  June — the  date  of  one  of  the  grandest  demonstrations  ever  seen  in  this  or  any  other 
country.  The  city,  the  State,  and  the  private  citizens  vied  with  each  other  in  their  efforts  to  make 
the  event  a  glorious  success.  The  celebration  was  begun  by  an  official  reception  in  the  Music  Hall 
on  the  evening  of  June  16,  given  by  the  city  to  its  guests,  many  of  whom  were  from  the  South. 
The  affair  was  made  memorable  especially  by  the  spontaneous  expressions  of  good-will  and  of  a 
desire  for  reconciliation  on  the  part  of  the  late  Confederates  who  participated;  and  a  tone  of  lofty 
and  heartfelt  patriotism  pervaded  the  meeting.  The  hall  was  brilliantly  decorated,  and  hundreds  of 
distinguished  guests  were  present,  besides  military  bodies  from  South  Carolina,  Virginia,  Maryland, 
New  York,  and  many  other  States.  The  speaking  was  by  Mayor  Cobb,  Gov.  Gaston,  Col.  A.  O. 
Andrews  of  South  Carolina,  Gen.  Fitz-Hugh  Lee  of  Virginia,  Gen.  Judson  C.  Kilpatrick,  Gen. 
W.  T.  Sherman,  Gen.  A.  E.  Burnside,  and  Vice-President  Wilson.  The  enthusiasm  cannot  be  de- 
scribed, and  was  entirely  unusual  in  its  character.  The  next  morning  the  city  woke  up  to  find  its 
streets  filled  with  vast  crowds  of  visitors;  flags  floated  from  almost  every  building,  the  streets  were 
gay  with  banners,  and  the  entire  town  was  in  gala  array.  After  a  military  review  in  the  morning, 
the  great  procession  started  on  its  long  march  at  1.15  p.m.,  under  Chief-Marshal  Gen.  Francis  A. 
Osborn.  The  procession  included  the  whole  militia  force  of  Massachusetts;  regiments  from  New 
York,  Baltimore,  Philadelphia,  Providence;  companies  from  Pennsylvania,  Rhode  Island,  Connec- 
ticut, Virginia,  "Washington,  New  York,  South  Carolina,  and  New  Hampshire;  hundreds  of  gov- 
ernors, generals,  and  distinguished  guests  from  all  parts  of  the  country;  civic  associations,  secret 
societies,  veteran  bodies,  benevolent  and  temperance  societies,  and  a  trades  division  in  which  were 
421  vehicles  drawn  by  1587  horses.  The  number  of  men  marching  in  the  parade  has  never  been 
approximately  estimated,  but  may  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  the  time  occupied  by  the  proces- 
sion in  passing  a  given  point  (all  delays  being  deducted)  was  three  hours  and  fifty  minutes.  The 
railroads  alone  brought  140,000  people  into  the  city  on  that  day.  Exercises  at  the  Bunker  Hill 
Monument  in  the  afternoon  were  presided  over  by  Judge  G.  W.  Warren;  and  the  oration  was  de- 
livered by  Gen.  Charles  Devens,  Jun. 

"On  March  17  following  this  memorable  celebration  the  one  hundredth  anniversary  of  the 
evacuation  of  Boston  by  the  British  was  observed  in  a  somewhat  elaborate  fashion.  Historic 
points  and  buildings  were  noted  and  decorated,  speeches  were  made  in  the  Old  South  Church,  and 
an  oration  was  delivered  in  Music  Hall. 

"  Jan.  25,  1877,  the  Moody  and  Sankey  Tabernacle,  a  large  brick  building,  well  constructed, 
though  built  for  a  temporary  purpose,  and  capable  of  seating  6000  persons,  situated  at  the  junction 
of  Tremont  Street  and  Warren  Avenue,  was  dedicated ;  and  on  the  28th  began  the  season  of  daily 
revival  meetings  that  continued  without  interruption  until  May  27.  Dwight  L.  Moody  preached 
and  held  prayer-meetings  daily,  both  afternoon  and  evening,  with  few  exceptions;  and  Ira  D.  San- 
key sang,  supported  by  a  vast  choir  under  the  direction  of  Eben  Tourjee.  Great  crowds  were 
attracted,  not  only  from  the  city,  but  from  the  surrounding  country,  excursion  trains  running  on 
the  railroads.  The  meetings  created  a  profound  sensation.  On  March  9  of  this  year  there  was  one 
of  the  severest  gales  ever  known  in  this  vicinity.  The  velocity  of  the  wind  was  seventy-two  miles 
an  hour.  The  storm  area  was  of  great  extent,  striking  the  whole  Atlantic  seaboard,  and  extending 
west  beyond  the  Mississippi.  On  the  evening  of  April  9  the  social  event  of  the  season  occurred— 
the  Old  South  Ball,  in  aid  of  the  preservation  fund,  which  was  given  in  Music  Hall.  June  26-27 
President  Hayes,  with  Evarts,  Sherman,  Key,  and  Devens,  of  his  Cabinet,  visited  the  city.  There 
was  a  procession  and  review  in  their  honor,  and  a  civic  banquet  at  the  Hotel  Brunswick.  The 
President  attended  Commencement  at  Harvard,  and  the  degree  of  LL.D.  was  conferred  upon  him. 
On  September  17,  on  the  occasion  of  the  dedication  of  the  Army  and  Navy  Monument,  there  was  a 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


29 


great  procession,  the  military  feature  being  the  most  conspicuous.  The  entire  militia  of  the  State 
was  in  line,  the  principal  posts  of  the  Grand  Army  of  the  Republic,  and  many  distinguished  veter- 
ans of  the  War  of  the  Rebellion.  There  was  also  a  large  representation  of  civic  organizations,  and 
children  of  the  public  schools.  Gen.  Devens  was  the  orator  of  the  day.  On  September  19  Gen. 
McGlellan  was  given  a  reception  in  Faneuil  Hall. 

"The  first  place  of  business  in  this  country  to  make  use  of  the  electric  light  was  the  Continen- 
tal Clothing  House,  at  the  southwest  corner  of  Washington  and  Harvard  streets;  the  proprietors, 
Freeland,  Loomis  &  Co.,  successfully  making  the  experiment  November  14,  1878.  In  1881  the 
light  was  introduced  in  illuminating  Scollay  Square  and  a  section  of  Court  Street  at  night;  and  it 


NEW  MUSEUM   OF   FINE   ARTS,    ST.    JAMES  AVE. 

was  also  employed  in  a  number  of  hotels,  shops,  and  large  establishments.  Its  general  introduction 
in  the  street-lighting  of  the  city  has  since  been  carried  forward. 

"An  impressive  ceremony  took  place  on  the  28th  of  May,  1879,  when  the  funeral  rites  of 
William  Lloyd  Garrison,  one  of  Boston's  most  illustrious  citizens,  were  performed.  The  services 
took  place  in  the  church  in  Eliot  Square,  Roxbury  district,  and  comprised  an  eloquent  oration  by 
Wendell  Phillips,  and  addresses  by  Lucy  Stone,  Theodore  D.  Weld,  and  the  Revs.  Samuel  May  and 
Samuel  Johnson.  A  fitting  poetical  tribute  was  paid  by  John  G.  Whittier,  and  music  was  appro- 
priately furnished  by  a  quartet  of  colored  people. 

"On  the  third  day  of  December,  1879,  a  notable  gathering  took  place  at  the  Hotel  Brunswick. 
It  was  a  '  breakfast '  given  by  the  proprietors  of  The  Atlantic  Monthly  in  honor  of  Oliver  Wendell 


30 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Holmes,  who  a  short  time  previous,  August  29,  had  attained  his  seventieth  birthday.  The 
gathering  included  many  of  the  representative  literary  men  and  women  of  this  country.  The 
seventieth  birthday  of  Whittier  was  celebrated  in  a  similar  way  two  years  before. 

"Anniversary  celebrations  of  important  dates  are  numerous,  and  no  people  take  greater  pride 
in  recalling  noteworthy  events  and  illustrious  people  than  do  the  Bostonians.  It  was  peculiarly  fit- 
ling,  therefore,  that  the 
citizens  should  enthusiasti- 
cally celebrate  the  250th 
anniversary  of  the  settle- 
ment of  their  own  famous 
city.  Accordingly  on  Sep- 
tember 17,  1880,  after 
several  months  prepara- 
tion, a  celebration  took 
place  that  will  be  vividly 
remembered  for  many 
years.  The  day  was  '  one 
of  the  most  favorable  that 
Providence  ever  granted 
for  an  out-door  display 
— one  of  the  pearls  of  our 


LONG     ISLAND  LICHT 


BOSTON   LIGHT. 
THE   PRINCIPAL   LIGHTS   OF   BOSTON   HARBOR. 


New  England  climate.'  From  early  in  the  morning  till  past  midnight  the  city  was  all  aglow; 
a  new  statue  of  Gov.  John  Winthrop,  its  founder,  erected  in  Scollay  Square,  was  unveiled; 
there  were  exercises  in  the  Old  South  Church,  including  an  historical  oration  by  Mayor  Prince;  a 
civic,  military,  and  trades  procession ;  and  an  evening  procession  with  illuminated  tableaux.  Here, 
as  well  as  elsewhere,  appropriate  services  took  place  on  the  one  hundredth  anniversary,  June  27, 
1880,  of  the  establishment  of  Sunday-schools,  and  the  five-hundredth  of  the  translation  of  the  Bible 
into  the  English  language. 

"In  October,  1882,  President  Arthur  visited  Boston,  and  was  escorted  through  the  streets  by 
the  splendidly  disciplined  brigades  and  batteries  of  the  State  militia,  after  which  he  held  a  great 


CITY  OF  BOSTON.  31 


reception  at  the  Hotel  Brunswick  in  the  evening,  and  was  introduced  to  thousands  of  citizens. 
Gov.  Long,  Mayor  Green,  and  several  cabinet  officers  were  present. 

The  Changes  of  a  Century. 

"Of  old  Boston  a  hundred  years  ago  the  following  pleasing  sketch  is  condensed  from  the 
address  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  George  E.  Ellis,  on  the  occasion  of  the  celebration  of  the  hundredth  anni- 
versary of  the  evacuation  of  Boston  by  the  British:  '  "Well-to-do,"  "fore-handed,"  were  the  local 
phrases  by  which  the  general  condition  of  the  people  would  have  been  described.     There  was  real 
wealth,  too,  in  the  hands  of  some,  with  complacency,  luxury,  and  display.     There  were  stately  and 
substantial  dwellings,  with  rich  and  solid  furnishings  for  parlor,  dining-room,  hall,  and  chamber, 
with  plate  and  tapestry,  brocades  and  laces.     There  were  portraits,  by  foreign  and  resident  artists, 
of  those  who  were  ancestors,  and  those  who  meant  to  be  ancestors.     There  were  formal  costumes 
and  manners  for  the  gentry,  with  parade  and  etiquette,  a  self-respecting  decorum  in  intercourse 
with  their  own  and  other  classes,  warm  hospitality,  good  appetites,  and  abundant  viands,  liquid 
and  solid,  for  all.     The  buildings  were  detached,  none  of  them  in  blocks.     The  homes  of  many  of 
the  merchant-princes  and  high  magistrates  were  relatively  more  palatial  than  are  any  in  the  city 
to-day.     They  stood  conspicuous  and  large,  surrounded  by  generous  spaces,  with  lawns  and  trees, 
with  fruit  and  vegetable  gardens,  and  fields  for  pasture,  and  coach  and  cattle  barns.     There  were 
fine  equipages,  with  black  coachmen  and  footmen.      There  were  still  wide  unfenced  spaces,  and 
declivities  and  thickets,  where  the  barberry-bush,  the  flag,  and  the  mullein-stalk  grew  undisturbed. 
There  were  many  quaint  old  nooks  and  corners,  taverns  and  inns,  "  coffee-houses,  "—the  drinking- 
vessels  in  which  were  not  especially  adapted  to  that  beverage,— shops  designated  by  emblems  and 
symbols,  loitering-places  for  news  and  gossip,  resorts  of  boys  and  negroes  for  play  or  roguery, 
and  some  dark  holes  on  wharf  or  lane.  .  .  .  There  were  some  two  thousand  buildings,  four  being 
of  stone,  of  which  King's  Chapel  alone  remains.    Between  Beacon  and  the  foot  of  Park  Street  stood  . 
the  workhouse,  the  poorhouse,  and  the  Bridewell— all  facing  the  Common.     On  the  site  of  the 
Park  Street  Church  stood  the  Granary;  opposite,  a  large  manufactory  building,  used  by  the  British 
for  a  hospital.    The  jail  occupied  the  site  of  the  present  Court-House.    King  and  Queen,  now  State 
and  Court  streets,  were  the  most  compactly  covered,  and  lined  with  taverns,  dwellings,  marts,  and 
offices  of  exchange.    The  house  provided  by  the  Province  for  the  British  Governor  was  opposite  the 
Old  South,  standing  far  back,  stately,  commodious,  with  trees  and  lawn  up  to  Washington  Street. 
The  Old  State  House,  with  a  dignity  which  it  has  not  now,  held  the  halls  of  the  council  and  the 
representatives,  with  royal  portraits  and  adornings.     How  little  is  there  here  now  which  the  patriots 
and  citizens  of  the  old  days,  if  they  came  back,  would  recognize!' 

"  Such  was  Boston  a  hundred  years  ago.  A  great,  far-reaching,  imposing  modern  city  has  taken 
the  place  of  the  bustling,  quaint,  picturesque  town  of  that  day.  Even  during  the  past  half-century 
Boston  has  changed  marvellously  in  appearance,  customs,  and  manners.  Few  of  the  historic  old 
landmarks  remain,  and  these  few  are  evidently  doomed  soon  to  disappear  before  the  onward  march 
of  the  utilitarian.  It  has  lost  much  of  its  homely  quaintness;  but  with  this  loss  it  has  gained 
greatly  in  other  directions.  To  the  older  citizen  much  of  its  charm  has  gone  forever,  and  in  many 
parts  it  has  to  him  an  unfamiliar  look.  Its  odd  old  streets,  so  incomprehensible  to  the 
stranger,  have  been  untwisted  and  untangled,  widened  and  straightened  and  cut  away,  and  their 
peculiar  characteristics  almost  entirely  effaced.  A  new  and  modern  architecture  in  its  buildings 
has  largely  superseded  the  old,  and  radical  changes  have  been  made  in  every  direction.  Pictur- 
esque and  attractive  in  many  ways  as  was  old  Boston,  the  new  Boston,  with  its  wealth  of  magnifi-  . 
cent  buildings  in  the  busy,  bustling  '  down  town'  section,  its  rows  of  elegant  and  costly  residences 
in  the  Back  Bay  and  other  districts,  its  countless  refined  homes,  its  artistic  adornments,  and  its 


32 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


many  stately  structures,  public  and  private,  is  a  most  attractive  modern  city,  frankly  accorded  to 
be — even  by  those  of  other  places  proud  of  their  own  cities — the  finest  in  the  country.  The  Boston 
of  to-day  is  a  city  -well  finished  and  well  furnished,  richly,  and  to  a  large  degree  tastefully, 
adorned;  but  the  work  of  improvement  and  change  is  perceptibly  going  on. 

Territorial  Increase  and  Present  Area. 

"Up  to  the  beginning  of  the  last  half  century  the  territorial  area  and  aspect  of  the  city  had 
changed  but  little.  It  was  then  a  pear-shaped  peninsula,  in  its  extreme  length  less  than  two  miles, 
and  its  greatest  breadth  a  little  more  than  one.  '  It  hung  to  the  mainland  at  Roxbury,'  says  one 
writer,  'by  a  slender  stem,  or  neck,  of  a  mile  in  length,  so  low  and  narrow  between  tide-washed 
flats  that  it  was  often  submerged.'     But  now  the  original  783  acres  of  solid  land  have  become  1829. 


YOUNG  MEN'S   CHRISTIAN  ASSOCIATION   NEW   BUILDING. 

The  broad,  oozy  salt-marshes,  the  estuaries,  coverts,  and  bays,  once  stretching  wide  on  its  northern 
and  southern  bounds,  have  been  reclaimed;  and  where  then  the  area  was  the  narrowest,  it  is  now  the 
widest.  The  hills  have  been  cut  down,— one,  Fort  Hill,  entirely  removed;  the  whole  surface  of  the 
original  ground  has  been  levelled  and  graded,  and  every  square  inch  turned  over  and  over;  new 
territory  has  been  added  by  annexing  adjoining  suburban  cities  and  towns,  until  now  the  area  of 
the  city,  with  all  its  districts,  is  23,661  acres  (36T7o  square  miles)— more  than  thirty  times  as  great 
as  the  original  area.  The  area  of  the  districts  is  as  follows:  South  Boston,  1002  acres;  East  Boston, 
836;  Roxbury,  2700;  Dorchester,  5614;  West  Roxbury,  7848;  Brighton,  2277;  Charlestown,  586; 
Breed's  Island,  785;  Deer  Island,  184." 

The  following  islands  in  the  Harbor  of  Boston  belong  to  the  city,  viz. :  Deer  Island,  contain- 
ing 184  acres  upland,  and  50  acres  flats,  conveyed  to  the  inhabitants  of  Boston,  March  4,  1634-35; 
Thompson's  Island,  annexed  to  Boston  by  act  of  March  15,  1834;  Great  Brewster  Island,  contain- 
ing 16  acres,  was  purchased  in  1848  for  $4000;  Gallop's  Island,  containing  16  acres,  purchased  in 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


S3 


ARMY  AND  NAVY  MONUMENT,    BOSTON   COMMON. 


84 


CITY  OF  BOSTOtf. 


1860  for$6G00;  Apple  Island,  containing  9£  acres,  purchased  1867  for  $3750;  Rainsford  Island, 
containing  11  acres,  was  purchased,  together  with  all  hospital  buildings  and  dwellings  thereon,  in 
1871,  for  $40,000.  Male  paupers,  whose  settlement  is  established  in  this  city,  are  now  located  in 
the  large  hospital  building  upon  this  island.  Moon  Island,  containing  about  30  acres,  was  taken 
by  right  of  eminent  domain  from  the  heirs  of  James  Huckins  and  others  in  1879,  and  constitutes 
the  point  of  discharge  of  the  great  sewer  of  the  city  of  Boston. 

The  Growth  in  Population. 
The  increase  in  population  from  1820  to  the  present  has  been  as  follows: 


Year.  Population. 

1810 40,386 

1820 51,097 

1830 70.713 

1840 107,347 


Year.  Population. 

1850 163,214 

I860 212,746 

1870 % 292,499 

1880 362,839 


The  present  population,  September,  1885,  will  probably  reach  to  400,000,  and  when  it  is  taken 
into  consideration,  that  the  city  of  Cambridge,  that  is  almost  entirely  surrounded  by  the  territory 
of  the  city  of  Boston,  and  a  distinct  corporation,  and  yet  admittedly  one  in  business,  with  its  popu- 
lation of  over  60,000,  is  not  included  in  the  above  estimate  of  Boston's  present  population,  it  is 
quite  safe  to  say  that  the  city  should  have  the  credit  of  possessing  over  half  a  million  people. 
Beyond  this  limit  of  area  the  country  within  a  few  miles  of  Boston  is  thickly  covered  with  pros- 
perous and  growing  towns  and  cities,  all  of  whom  are  very  closely  related  with  Boston  in  business 
enterprise.  The  cities  of  Lynn,  Lowell,  Salem,  Haverhill,  and  others  are  but  the  outposts  or  manu- 
facturing districts  for  Boston,  and  as  such  have  a  distinct  bearing  upon  the  New  England  Metro- 
polis. No  city  in  the  country  is  so  situated,  and  certainly  none  can  lay  claim  to  greater  enterprise, 
or  more  enduring  and  substantial  growth.  The  population  of  the  city  by  wards  is  as  follows,  the 
ceusus  of  1880  being  the  last  official  compilation: 


Ward  1 14,773 

"  2 15,153 

"  3 11,515 

"  4 11,258 

*'  5 10,961 

"  6 16,904 

"  7 12,550 


Ward  8 12,795 

"      9 12,322 

"    10 11.503 

"    11 16,601 

"    12 14,697 

".    13 21,462 

"    14 20,005 


Ward  15 14,903 

"     16 15,184 

"     17 14.445 

"     18 13.141 

"     19 19.973 

"     20 17,391 

"     21 14,712 


Ward  22 12,715 

44      23 14.008 

"      24 16.871 

"      25 6,693 


Total 362,535 


Boston's   Industrial   Importance. 

In  this  work  unstinted  space  is  devoted  to  the  importance  of  Boston  as  an  industrial  centre, 
and  it  is  the  desire  of  the  publishers  to  promote  the  city's  advancement  in  this  direction  by  a 
judicious  dissemination  throughout  the  world  at  large  of  such  information  as  will  tend  to  this  end. 
With  this  in  view,  the  well-written  and  timely  article  on  "New  England's  Metropolis  as  a 
Manufacturing  Centre,"  from  the  Boston  Herald,  is  inserted  in  full.  That  it  pointedly  and  very 
acceptably  handles  the  subject,  all  readers  will  admit;  and  as  it  shows  the  early  development  and 
growth  of  the  city's  industries,  we  offer  no  apologies  for  the  space  it  occupies. 

"By  all  the  world  the  city  of  Boston  is  recognized  as  a  conspicuous  source  of  manufacturing 
capital,  but  it  would  require  a  demonstration  to  convince  some  even  intelligent  Bostonians  that  the 
Hub  is  a  veritable  manufacturing  centre.  The  demonstration  is  at  hand,  and  shows  a  most  gratify- 
in^  condition  of  that  channel  through  which  the  capital  and  labor  of  the  Commonwealth  have  borne 
its  increasing  populations  onward  in  a  steady  prosperity.  Industrially,  Boston  presents  two  faces 
to  the  business  world.  She  is  the  mother  of  a  vast  number  of  the  most  important  and  successful 
manufacturing  ventures  in  different  portions  of  the  land.     She  also  actually  produces  a  remarkable 


CITY  OF  BOSTON.  35 


.  variety  and  a  large  quantity  of  goods,  as  will  be  shown.  But  first  a  brief  glance  at  the  industrial 
influences  which,  originating  in  this  city,  have  floated  out  in  every  direction,  multiplying  the  re- 
sources and  augmenting  the  wealth  of  the  entire  country. 

What  the  World  Owes  to   Boston's   Inventive  Genius. 

"  The  building  up  of  one  of  the  first  and  the  most  successful  sewing-machines  was  done  in  Bos- 
ton. In  the  manufacture  of  paper,  textiles,  watches,  and  shoes,  this  city  has  furnished  to  every 
community  in  America  the  springs  of  prosperity.  In  the  stitching  and  pegging  of  boots  and  shoes 
Boston  invention  and  capital  have  revolutionized  the  industry  throughout  the  world.  The  most 
important  machinery  now  employed  in  this  great  industry  was  invented  here.  Dennison  &  How- 
ard, with  the  financial  backing  of  their  own  city,  made  a  machine-made  watch  and  a  watch-factory 
possible  and  actual.  Modern  architecture  in  great  cities  has  been  entirely  remodelled  through  a 
Boston  invention — the  elevator.  In  the  matter  of  musical  instruments,  pianos,  and  reed  organs,  the 
ideas  and  triumphs  and  names  of  Boston  have  gone  all  over  the  earth.  The  first  complete  woollen 
factory  ever  set  running  was  established  in  1830  by  Boston  capital,  when  the  Middlesex  Mills  were 
erected  at  Lowell.  In  1814  Francis  C.  Lowell  of  Boston  first  applied  the  power-loom  to  the  manu- 
facture of  cotton,  and  the  development  of  the  great  factory  system  of  the  country  in  all  of  its  bene- 
ficial features  has  devolved  in  a  great  measure  upon  Boston  capital. 

Is  Boston  a  Manufacturing  Centre  ? 

"  Suffolk  County  presents  a  greater  and  more  diversified  variety  of  manufactured  pro- 
ducts than  any  other  county  in  the  Commonwealth,  and  gives  employment  to  more  help.  In 
1875  the  manufactures  of  Suffolk  County  exceeded  any  other  county  by  more  than  $40,000,000. 
In  1875  there  were  employed  46,977  persons  in  the  manufacturing  of  this  city,  and  in  1880  the  num- 
ber was  56,813.  At  the  present  time  there  must  be  considerably  over  60,000  people  who  live  on  the 
wages  earned  in  Boston  manufactories.  The  earnings  of  the  help  employed  in  Boston  have  been 
conspicuously  greater  than  in  other  sections  of  the  State.  In  1875  the  average  in  the  State  was 
$475.76,  while  the  average  in  Boston  was  $616.23.  One  hundred  years  ago  the  annual  value  of  the 
manufactured  products  of  Boston  was  less  than  $4,000,000;  in  1870  it  amounted  to  $106,000,000; 
in  1875,  $135,931,504,  and  in  1880  to  $155,805,422.  It  is  expected  that  the  manufactures  of  Boston 
the  present  year  will  reach  the  value  of  $175,000,000.  Comparing  these  figures  with  the  values  in 
other  counties,  the  pre-eminence  of  Boston  will  be  at  once  perceived.  In  1880  Worcester  County 
produced  in  manufactures  $79,372,529;  Essex  County,  $93,008,271 ;  Middlesex  County,  $115,040,661 ; 
while  the  entire  State  aggregated  $581,983,449.  In  1880  there  were  3521  manufacturing  establish- 
ments in  Boston — a  gain  of  488  in  five  years.  There  were  37,831  males,  17,753  females,  and  1229 
youths  and  children  furnished  employment.  There  was  paid  out  that  year  in  wages  $23,715,140, 
with  an  invested  capital  of  $42,750,134.     The  value  of  the  stock  consumed  was  $77,586,607. 

The   Early   Business  Enterprises. 

"Nothing  in  the  whole  scope  of  industrial  history  is  more  substantial  than  has  been  the  develop- 
ment of  manufactures  in  the  metropolis  of  New  England.  Before  1650  those  industries  which  to 
day  include  more  than  one  half  of  the  entire  products  of  the  Commonwealth  were  well  established 
in  Boston  and  the  immediate  vicinity.  Paper  was  manufactured  early  and  extensively.  So  was 
rope.  During  the  Revolutionary  War  manufactures  were  prosperous,  and  although  for  a  decade 
after  the  war  there  was  a  natural  decline,  the  revival  followed  swift  and  healthy.  In  1789  the 
General  Court  encouraged  the  manufacture  of  cotton  duck,  so  that  the  annual  product  in  Boston 
rose  to  120,000  yards,  and  the  finest  quality  was  made.     Here  it  was  that  the  first  Workingmau's 


36 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Union  was  formed  'for  mutual  improvement  and  support.'  One  of  the  industrial  eccentricities  of 
the  town  of  Boston  in  1794  was  a  chocolate-mill,  which  would  turn  out  2500  pounds  a  day.  In  the 
same  year  Colonel  llevere  made  brass  cannon  and  bells.  A  calico  print-works  and  a  large  glass- 
factory  were  in  full  blast  at  the  same  time.  More  than  seventy  years  earlier,  before  the  era  of  wool- 
len mills,  over  2000  people  in  Boston  were  employed  in  making  cards  for  house  use  throughout  New 
England.  In  view  of  the  present  great  sugar  interests  of  Boston,  it  is  interesting  to  know  that  before 
the  beginning  of  the  present  century  there  were  seven-sugar  refineries  in  Boston,  with  a  capacity  of 
750,000  pounds  annually.  There  was  a  time  when  Boston  could  boast  of  over  80  distilleries  within 
her  boarders,  but  before  1800  this  important  industry  had  dwindled  to  15,  and  those  were  not  espe- 
cially prosperous.     When  John  Adams  went  into  the  Presidential  chair,  he  left  fourteen  good  rope- 


COMMONWEALTH  AVENUE,  SHOWING  THE  BRATTLE -SQUARE  CHURCH  AND  THE  VENDOME. 


walks  in  this  city  in  full  blast.  Rolled  copper,  carriages  of  the  modern  style,  the  first  patent  planer, 
nail-machines,  etc.,  were  made,  and  made  only,  about  this  time  in  Boston. 

"An  examination  of  the  industries  of  Boston  for  the  first  quarter  of  the  present  century  shows 
the  wonders  of  Yankee  invention  and  pluck.  The  Census  of  1810  revealed  the  following:  The 
manufactures  of  Boston  amounted  to  about  $9,000,000.  Here  are  some  of  the  items:  Hats,  $56,000; 
clocks  and  watches,  $21,000;  gold  and  silver  work,  $95,000;  copper  and  brass  goods,  $21,000;  but- 
tons, $20,000;  candles,  $40,000;  soap,  $30,000;  boots  and  shoes,  $131,000;  saddlery,  $91,000;  spirits, 
$765,000;  beer,  $58,000;  metals,  mixed,  $152,000;  cabinet-work,  $115,000;  sugar,  refined,  $64,000; 
glass,  $36,000;  cordage.  $545,000;  musical  instruments,  $17,000;  spectacles,  $10,000. 

"In  1811  the  first  flint  glass  produced  in  this  country  was  made  in  South  Boston  by  Thomas 
Cains.  One  of  the  most  prominent  names  connected  with  the  great  industries  of  this  city  is  Cyrus 
Alger.     Away  back  in  1811  Mr.  Alger  obtained  a  patent  on  an  important  iron-rolling  machine.     He 


CITY  OF  BOSTON.  37 


was  one  of  the  great  men  of  Boston,  and  superior  to  almost  any  of  the  American  iron-workers  of 
the  generation.  Upon  the  foundations  which  he  laid  some  of  the  most  solid  industrial  structures 
of  this  city  stand  to-day.  The  largest  gun  ever  cast  in  America  before  the  late  war  was  cast  at  Mr. 
Alger's  foundry.  The  first  quarter  of  this  century  had  just  turned  when  Boston  became  famous  as 
the  centre  of  the  manufacture  of  musical  instruments,  and  in  the  production  of  pianos  and  organs 
she  leads  the  world.  Boston  pianos  and  reed  organs  have  an  unsurpassed  reputation  wherever  the 
art  of  music  is  carried  to  its  best  achievements,  and  the  industry  of  musical  instruments  appears  to 
be  one  of  those  whose  prosperity  and  enlargement  in  the  future  is  fully  assured. 

The  Advancement  of  the  Last   Half  Century. 

"The  glory  of  Boston's  shipbuilding  has  come  and  gone.  It  came  soon  after  John  Quincy 
Adams  was  made  President  of  the  United  States  and  it  ended  with  the  Mexican  War.  Between  1830 
and  1840  the  two  industries  saw  and  glass  manufacturing  were  brought  to  great  perfection  in  Bos- 
ton, the  only  black  glass-bottle  factory  in  the  United  States  being  located  here.  The  New  England 
Crown  Glass  Company  had  a  capital  of  $450,000.  The  manufacture  of  India-rubber,  which  in  its 
various  forms  has  so  largely  contributed  to  the  wealth  of  this  community,  took  its  rise  in  the  early 
thirties,  and  very  soon  hundreds  of  women  and  scores  of  men  were  employed  in  this  industry, 
which  since  the  war  has  increased  to  colossal  proportions.  Boston  has  furnished  one  of  the  best 
known  and  standard  printing-presses  to  the  book-making  world — this  industry  aiding  much  for  many 
years  in  bringing  Boston  into  manufacturing  prominence.  In  the  year  1837  this  city  manufactured 
products  to  the  value  of  nearly  $25,000,000.  One  of  the  celebrities  of  the  Hub  in  the  manipulation 
of  metals  was  the  biggest  bell  ever  cast  in  this  country,  the  industry  getting  its  initial  impetus  in 
1843. 

"  The  life  of  the  whole  country  to-day  must  trace  back  the  inception  of  some  of  its  most  essential 
comforts  to  Boston  invention  and  manufacturing  enterprise,  as  exhibited  in  1842  by  Walworth  & 
Nason.  It  was  here  that  gas,  steam,  and  water -fittings  as  a  separate  industry  was  first  inaugurated. 
Just  about  the  time  when  General  Frank  Pierce  was  shipping  his  New  England  contingent  for  a 
sanguinary  exploration  of  the  halls  of  the  Montezumas,  a  work  was  begun  whose  continuation  and 
results  are  at  this  very  time  doing  more  to  conquer  Mexico  than  all  the  United  States  bayonets  could 
do  on  the  limited  scale  of  '46.  The  manufacture  of  locomotives  was  then  begun  in  South  Bos- 
ton, and  has  ever  since  been  pressed  with  vigor  and  success  by  different  corporations.  So,  too, 
the  manufacture  of  stationary  and  marine  engines  made  Boston  famous.  It  was  in  this  city  that 
the  system  of  steam-heating  was  first  introduced.  The  material  for  the  building  of  iron  steamships 
was  largely  manufactured  here  before  1850.  For  ten  years  following  the  latter  date,  the  watch  and 
the  sewing-machine  were  attractive  to  the  capital  of  Boston.  The  first  successful  sewing-machine 
was  made  here,  and  the  inventions  of  several  men  received  their  practical  test.  Quite  a  number  of 
different  patents  found  capital  and  manufactories  in  Boston,  and  the  immense  industry  of  sewing- 
machine  making  gained  its  conspicuous  headway  in  Boston.  The  third  State  Census  was  taken  in 
1855,  and  the  products  of  Boston  were  shown  as  $58,301,028.  A  single  item  shows  the  development 
of  a  leading  Boston  industry:  there  were  twenty  pianoforte  manufactories,  turning  out  in  that 
year  6122  instruments,  valued  at  $1,984,700. 

"In  1857  a  severe  blow  was  inflicted  upon  the  industries  of  this  city,  but  the  war  quickly  obliter- 
ated the  signs  of  depression,  and  stimulated  them  to  an  abnormal  and  somewhat  dangerous  activity. 
The  close  of  the  war  found  Boston  with  an  annual  industrial  production  which  had  nearly  doubled 
in  ten  years.  For  six  years  following  1873  the  manufacturers  of  Boston  were  under  a  cloud,  but 
in  1879  they  recovered,  and  were  again  in  a  healthy  condition.  While  the  actual  products  of 
Boston,  territorially,  in  1880  reached  the  value  of  about  $150,000,000,  the  production  from  Boston 


38  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


capital  for  that  year  has  been  estimated  at  not  less  than  $300,000,000.     In  no  other  town,  nor  in  any 
whole  county  of  the  Commonwealth,  is  there  such  a  diversity  of  industries  as  in  Boston. 

The  City's  Present  Claim  as  a  Manufacturing  Centre. 

"  While  there  were  3521  manufacturing  establishments  in  Boston  in  1880,  it  is  expected  that  the 
census  of  the  present  year  will  reveal  nearly  4000  different  establishments,  though  it  is  not  believed 
that  for  the  year  past  the  industries  of  the  city  as  a  whole  can  show  any  growth.  On  the  basis  of 
the  last  census  there  are  in  Boston  107  establishments  devoted  to  the  boot-and-shoe  industry.  Nearly 
1900  hands  are  employed,  who  receive  considerably  more  than  $500,000  in  wages.  The  capita] 
behind  the  industry  is  $550,000,  the  manufactured  products  being  valued  at  $2,670,823.  There  are 
103  leather  establishments,  employing  1200  help,  paying  more  than  $500,000  in  wages,  having  a 
capital  of  $1,500,000,  and  turning  out  products  valued  at  $3,381,156.  There  are  37  manufactories 
of  musical  instruments,  employing  nearly  2000  hands.  The  employes  earn  good  pay,  for  their 
wages  amount  to  nearly  $1,100,000.  The  capital  invested  is  a  good  deal  more  than  $2,000,000;  and 
the  sales  reach  about  $3,250,000.  In  the  matter  of  fertilizers,  $1,250,000  is  added  to  the  wealth  of 
Boston  by  five  establishments  and  250  employes.  In  rubber  and  elastic  goods  there  are  10  manu- 
factories, turning  out  $2,100,000  worth  of  products,  having  $1,000,000  capital  and  employing  1000 
hands.  In  cordage  and  twine  about  a  million  and  a  quarter  in  value  is  produced.  In  iron  and 
steel,  the  production  reaches  nearly  $2,250,000,  and  in  metals  of  all  kinds,  $7/250,000,  with  261 
manufactories,  and  more  than  4000  hands,  over  $4,000,000  capital,  and  about  the  same  amount 
of  stock  consumed.  In  machinery,  the  product  reaches  in  value  $6,000,000.  There  are  125 
establishments,  employing  3448  hands,  who  earn  $1,867,207.  There  are  145  printing  and  publishing 
establishments,  which  enrich  the  community  to  the  amount  of  $5,469,518,  and  pay  out  to  2900  em- 
ployes the  sum  of  nearly  $1,800,000.  The  capital  invested  in  this  industry  is  about  two  and  a  half 
millions.  The  furniture  manufacturers  number  130,  and  they  employ  2500  hands,  who  earn  nearly 
a  million  and  a  quarter  in  wages.  The  capital  involved  is  a  million  and  a  half,  while  the  manufac- 
tured product  foots  up  $4,125,155. 

"In  the  food  realm,  Boston  can  boast  the  heaviest  pork-packer  in  the  country  outside  of 
Chicago.  The  value  of  the  meats  put  up  is  well  rising  $7,000,000.  The  four  sugar-refineries  do  a 
business  of  more  than  sixteen  and  a-half  millions,  consuming  stock  valued  at  $15,544,084.  There 
are  213  establishments  altogether  engaged  in  turning  out  food  preparations.  These  employ  nearly 
2500  hands,  and  have  an  invested  capital  of  $4,500,000.  The  value  of  their  products  reaches  the 
heavy  figures  of  $30,574,120. 

"  One  of  the  most  conspicuous  industries  in  Boston  is  its  manufacture  of  clothing.  In  this  she 
has  been  pre-eminent  and  still  excels,  although  powerful  Western  rivals  threaten  this  industry.  In 
1880  there  were  311  clothing  manufactories,  giving  employment  to  12,661  hands,  who  earned  $4,- 
206,768.  The  product  reached  in  value  almost  $20,000,000.  In  the  department  of  men's  clothing 
the  product  was  valued  at  more  than  $16,000,000. 

"  As  to  the  present  condition  of  Boston's  industries,  it  is  to  be  observed  that  while  most  of  the 
great  establishments  have  suffered  from  the  business  depressions  of  the  past  year,  some  of  them 
have  measurably  recovered.  Others  have  the  certainty  of  a  prosperous  revival  before  them.  A  few 
are  permanently  crippled.  It  appears  to  be  doubtful  whether  some  of  the  greatest  industries  of  this 
city  are  to  maintain  the  ratio  of  growth  which  has  marked  their  career  for  the  past  decade,  or 
whether  they  are  to  grow  at  all.  That  the  industries  of  Boston  as  a  whole  are  to  increase  steadily 
and  profitably  no  one  questions,  but  that  the  ground  of  prosperity  is  to  be  shifted  is  believed  by 
many  and  by  some  of  the  shrewdest  observers.  As  coal  and  iron  are  the  foundation  of  all  industry, 
and  as  Boston  is  increasing  in  its  relative  disadvantage  with  the  industrial  centres  of  the  Southwest 
in  its  facilities  for  procuring  both  coal  and  iron,  it  is  considered  that  those  establishments  in  this 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


39 


p 
p 
B 

P 
i> 
<1 

O 
H 
C 

H 

ft 

P 

w 

s 
H 

P 

P 

W 

Q 

M 

o 
p 

p 

H 

P 

o 
H 

P 
ft 

g 
W 


city  chiefly  dependent 
upon  these  prime  com- 
modities are  to  bo 
somewhat  jeopardized. 
It  is  expected  that  by 
new  adaptations  of  capi- 
tal, by  fresh  exhibitions 
of  inventive  genius,  the 
manufacturing  of  Bos- 
ton will  receive  a  fresh 
impulse  and  secure  its 
happy  enlargement. 
One  of  the  best  econo- 
mists in  Massachusetts 
remarked  to  the  writer: 
'  The  manufactures  of 
Boston  will  succeed  in 
spite  of  legislation  and 
by  the  aid  of  it.  Gov- 
ernment and  municipal 
taxation  are  sore  ene- 
mies of  our  industries. 
The  small  manufacturer 
here  finds  the  assessor 
after  him  to  cripple 
his  infant  industry, 
while  he  may  go  to 
Philadelphia  and  re- 
ceive every  encourage- 
ment.' 

"There  are  some 
growing  and  most  pro- 
mising industries  in  this 
city  which  are  calling 
for  more  and  more  capi- 
tal, and  which,  while 
the  results,  in  bulks,  are 
not  impressive  at  pres- 
ent, are  sure  to  each 
year  swell  the  volume 
of  productive  values, 
and  become  constantly 
more  potent  factors  in 
Boston's  prosperity. 
The  manufacture  of  fer- 
tilizers is  increasing  to 
a  marked  degree.  The 
manufacture  of  brushes 
of   the  most  improved 


40  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


kinds  and  finest  quality  is  being  "wonderfully  developed,  founded  upon  recent  and  valuable 
inventions.  Several  important  foundations  are  at  the  present  time  being  quietly  laid,  upon 
which  will  be  reared  colossal  industries,  and  which  will  enable  Boston  to  dispense  with  some 
of  those  establishments  which  have  heretofore  contributed  to  her  industrial  fame,  but 
which  may  not  in  the  far  future  avail  her.  In  the  manufacture  of  artistic  and  costly 
stained  glass  work  Boston  has  within  a  few  years  made  great  strides,  so  that  the  best  judges 
throughout  the  country  send  their  orders  here.  When  such  careful  critics  as  the  committee  of  the 
Trinity  Church  in  Providence  and  the  Old  Centre  Church  in  Hartford  turn  away  from  New  York 
and  select  in  Boston  the  finest  memorial-windows  for  their  sanctuaries,  it  is  a  tribute  to  Boston  art 
and  enterprise  quite  satisfactory.  The  finest  furniture  manufactured  in  New  England  is  produced 
in  Boston,  and  these  establishments  are  now  rapidly  recovering  from  the  temporary  stagnation 
which  has  prevailed.  The  establishments  which  turn  out  house-building  materials,  particularly  of 
wood,  have  been  busy  hives  of  late,  and  the  outlook  is  excellent.  In  the  line  of  boots  and  shoes 
the  reports  are  most  encouraging.  It  is  no  doubt  true  that  the  manufactures  of  Boston  have  suf- 
fered by  the  existing  depression,  but  not  altogether  in  the  volume  of  business.  The  biggest  pork- 
packing  establishment  in  the  city,  John  P.  Squire  &  Co.,  reports  that  its  bulk  of  business  will  be  a 
little  larger  than  last  year,  but  the  prices  being  lower,  the  cash  amount  of  business  is  considerably 
less.  This  industry  and  all  related  ones  are  in  better  condition  than  ever  before  for  future  growth 
and  success. 

"  Altogether,  every  indication  signifies  that  Boston  must  continue  to  be  what  she  has  been  ever 
since  1650 — the  manuf  during  centre  of  the  Commonwealth,  while  at  the  same  time  her  surplus 
capital  is  now  readier  thrn  at  any  period  of  the  past  to  fill  and  control  those  new  channels  of  enter- 
prise which  the  growth  and  necessities  of  the  country  may  open  up." 

City  Government. 

The  corporation  of  the  city  is  derived  from  Legislative  enactment,  and  the  charter  already  in 
existence  is  subject  to  amendments  from  the  same  authority.  The  legislative  power  of  the  city  is 
vested  in  the  City  Council,  chosen  annually  on  the  Tuesday  after  the  second  Monday  of  December, 
consisting  of  the  Mayor,  twelve  Aldermen  chosen  by  districts,  and  seventy-two  Common  Councilmen 
chosen  by  the  twenty-five  wards.  The  executive  power  is  vested  in  the  Mayor  and  Aldermen.  The 
municipal  year  commences  on  the  first  Monday  in  January. 

The  public  buildings  of  the  city  are  notably  substantial.  The  City  Hall,  fronting  on  School 
Street,  is  a  handsome  structure,  and,  though  closely  hemmed  in  by  its  surroundings,  thus  robbing 
its  beauty  of  much  of  its  effect,  it  is  without  doubt  the  most  elaborate  municipal  structure  in  Bos- 
ton. The  style  in  which  the  building  has  been  erected  is  the  Italian  Renaissance,  with  modifica- 
tions and  elaborations  suggested  by  modern  French  architects,  and  its  cost  reached  about  $500,000. 
The  faces  of  the  front  and  west  sides  are  of  white  Concord  granite;  those  of  the  Court  Square  and 
City  Hall  Avenue  facades  are  of  stone  from  the  old  City  Hall,  which  stood  on  the  same  spot.  The 
Louvre  dome,  which  is  surmounted  by  an  American  eagle  and  a  flagstaff,  is  occupied  within  by 
some  of  the  most  important  offices  of  the  city.  Here  is  the  central  point  of  the  fire-alarm  tele- 
graph. Most  of  the  offices  of  the  city  have  commodious  and  comfortable  quarters  within  the 
building,  but  it  is  not  large  enough  for  all,  and  the  pressing  necessity  for  more  room  has  been  met 
by  placing  some  of  the  city  offices  in  other  buildings. 

Within  the  neat  area  on  the  School  Street  front  stand  the  bronze  statues  of  Franklin  by 
Richard  S.  Greenough,  erected  in  1856,  and  of  Josiah  Quincy,  one  of  the  earliest  Mayors  of  Bos- 
ton, which  was  placed  in  its  position  September  17,  1879.  These  two  statues  are  among  the  finest 
in  the  city— a  city  that  should  be  noted  for  fine  statues. 


CITY  OF  BOSTON.  41 


The  County  Court-House  is  back  of  the  City  Hall,  in  Court  Square,  fronting  on  Court  Street, 
and  was  erected  in  18^3.  It  is  a  substantial  but  plain-looking  building,  with  a  massive  Doric  por- 
tico in  front,  supported  by  huge  columns  of  fluted  granite. 

The  principal  Departments  of  the  city  are  Assessors',  Financial,  Health,  Registrar's,  Water, 
Fire,  and  Police. 

The  Assessors'  Department  comprises  five  assessors,  thirty-three  first-assistants,  and  the  same 
number  of  second-assistants.  There  is  one  each  of  the  first  and  second  assistant-assessors  to  each 
of  the  twenty-five  wards,  with  the  exception  of  the  Sixth,  Tenth,  Eleventh,  Twelfth,  Thirteenth, 
Twentieth,  Twenty-first,  Twenty-third,  Twenty-fourth,  and  Twenty-fifth,  which  have  two  each. 

The  Financial  Department  comprises  the  City  and  County  Treasurer,  City  and  County  Collec- 
tor, Deputy-Collectors,  and  City  Auditor.  There  is  also  a  Sinking  Fund  Commission,  consisting 
of  the  Mayor,  an  Alderman,  a  Councilman,  two  Members  at-Large,  City  Treasurer,  and  a  Secretary. 

The  Water  Supply. 

The  Water  Department  has  its  office  in  the  City  Hall,  and  is  managed  by  three  commissioners. 
There  are  two  sources  of  supply  for  water,  viz.,  the  Cochituate  Water  Works  and  the  Mystic 
Water  Works. 

From  King's  Hand-book  of  Boston  the  following  extract  is  made  in  reference  to  the  city's 
water-supply  and  the  origin  of  the  system: 

"  The  system  for  supplying  the  city  with  water  is  elaborate,  and  the  water-works  form  one  of 
the  most  interesting  features.  One  of  the  advantages  of  the  peninsula  which  attracted  the  early 
settlers  was  its  abundance  of  pure  water:  the  Indian  name,  Shawmutt,  it  is  said,  signifies  'Living 
Fountains.'  But  early  in  its  history  the  wants  of  the  town  had  increased  beyond  its  internal  re- 
sources. As  early  as  1795  a  company  was  incorporated  to  introduce  water  from  Jamaica  Pond.  In 
1845  this  company  had  laid  about  15  miles  of  pipe,  conveying  water  to  nearly  3000  of  the  10,370 
houses  the  city  then  contained.  Pipes  were  at  first  of  pine  logs*.  The  elevation  of  this  pond,  how- 
ever, was  too  low  to  bring  the  water  into  the  higher  portions  of  the  city,  and  its  capacity  was  not 
sufficient  for  the  portions  it  did  reach.  For  many  years  the  subject  of  a  better  supply  had  been 
agitated;  and  at  length,  in  the  year  1845,  Long  Pond,  or  Lake  Cochituate,  as  it  was  afterward 
called,  situated  in  the  towns  of  Framingham,  Natick,  and  Wyland,  about  twenty  miles  west  from 
the  city  proper,  was  selected.  In  August  of  the  next  year  ground  was  formally  broken  for  the 
new  works  by  John  Quincy  Adams  and  Josiah  Quincy,  Jr.,  and  in  1848  the  works  was  completed. 
But  the  growth  of  the  city  was  so  great  that  in  less  than  twenty  years  the  source  was  insufficient; 
and  the  waters  of  Sudbury  River  have  been  made  tributary,  the  city  having  been  given  the  necessary 
authority  in  1872. 

"  The  extreme  length  of  Lake  Cochituate,  in  a  direct  line,  is  three  and  a  half  miles;  and  the 
breadth  of  the  widest  part  is  about  1800  feet,  with  a  water  surface  of  800  acres  at  high-water  mark. 
In  addition  to  the  supply  in  the  lake,  «  Dug  Pond,'  containing  44£  acres,  and  *  Dudley  Pond,'  con- 
taining 81  acres,  are  connected  with  and  form  important  tributaries  to  it.  The  whole  circuit  of  the 
lake,  measuring  at  its  verge  when  within  two  feet  of  high-water  mark,  is  about  16  miles;  and  the 
city  owns  an  average  width  of  five  rods  around  it  which  is  held  free  from  taxation,  also  one  and  a . 
quarter  acres  at  the  outlet  of  Dudley  Pond-  the  whole  line  of  the  water-works  extending  from 
Lake  Cochituate,  and  continuing  through  a  brick  aqueduct,  iron  pipes,  and  stone  tunnel,  14£  miles, 
to  a  reservoir  in  Brookline  of  about  23  acres  of  water  surface  and  119,583,960  gallons  capacity. 
The  Brookline  reservoir  is  a  beautiful  structure  of  irregular  elliptical  shape. 

"Another  receiving  reservoir— Chestnut  Hill— is  situated  in  the  Brighton  district  a  very exten 


42 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


sive  and  attractive  work.  Its  construction  was  begun  in  1865,  and  the  city  became  possessed  of 
212£  acres  of  land,  costiug  about  $120,000  before  it  was  finished.  It  is  5£  miles  from  the  City 
Hall,  and  one  mile  from  the  Brookline  reservoir.  It 
is,  in  fact,  a  double  reservoir,  divided  by  a  water-tight 
dam  into  two  basins  of  irregular  shape.  Their  capa- 
city is  730,000,000  gallons,  and  their  water  surface 
123£  acres.  A  magnificent  driveway,  varying  from  60 
to  80  feet  in  width,  surrounds  the  entire  work  ;  in  some 
parts  the  road  runs  quite  close   to   the   embankment, 


The  Water  Supply.— 1.  Drive  around  the  Old  Reservoir.— 
2.  Gate  house,  Chestnut  Hill.— 3.  Drive,  showing  the  large 
reservoir. 

separated  from  it  by  only  a  smooth  gravelled  walk 
with  green  tuft  on  either  side. 

"The  high-service  pumping-works  are  situated 
in  the  Roxbury  district.  The  Parker  Hill  reser- 
voir, on  Parker  Hill,  built  especially  for  the  high-service  supply,  will  hold  7,200,000  gallons 
above  a  plane  of  2£  feet  above  the  bottom  of  the  outflow  pipe.  The  area  of  the  water  surface 
when  at  high-water  mark  is  64,033  square  feet,  and  its  elevation  219  feet  above  tide-mark  level. 
The  Beacon  Hill  reservoir,  originally  built  as  a  distributing  reservoir,  was  abandoned,  owing  to  the 
connection  of  the  Beacon  Hill  district  with  the  high-service  works  on  Parker  Hill;  and  in  1882-8a 


CITY  OF  BOSTON.  43 


its  magnificent  masonry  was  torn  down,  to  give  a  place  for  new  public  buildings.  The  South  Bos- 
ton reservoir,  on  the  east  side  of  Telegraph  Hill,  South  Boston,  covers,  with  its  embankments,  an 
area  of  about  126,000,  square  feet.  It  resembles  in  shape  the  segments  of  an  ellipse,  and  has  a  water 
area,  when  at  high- water  mark,  of  70,041  square  feet,  and  a  capacity  of  7,508,246  gallons.  This 
reservoir  is  not  now  used.  The  East  Boston  reservoir,  on  Eagle  Hill,  East  Boston,  has  a  water  area, 
when  at  high-water  mark,  of  44,100  square  feet,  and  a  capacity  of  5,591,816  gallons.     It  is  used  in 

connection  with  high-service  works,  which  supply  the  higher  portions  of  the  district 

"Through  annexation  with  Charlestown,  the  city  became  possessed  of  the  'Mystic  Water 
Works.'  Mystic  Lake,  which  is  the  source  of  supply,  is  situated  in  the  towns  of  Medford,  Arling- 
ton, and  Winchester,  6£  miles  from  Charlestown  Square.  It  has  an  area  of  about  200  acres,  when 
flowed  to  the  level  authorized  by  the  act  to  take  water,  and  a  storage  capacity,  at  that  level,  of  380,- 
000,000  gallons  of  water.  The  area  of  country  forming  the  drainage-basin  is  27.75  square  miles. 
The  conduit  is  7453  feet  long.  The  reservoir  is  on  Walnut  Hill  in  Medford,  near  Tufts  College* 
Its  water-surface  covers  an  area  of  4£  acres;  being  nearly  a  parallelogram  in  shape,  with  a  length  of 
560  feet  and  a  width  of  350  feet.  It  is  25  feet  in  depth,  the  top  line  of  bank  being  three  feet  above 
high-water  mark.  At  this  level  its  capacity  is  26,244,415  gallons.  The  top  water-line  is  147  feet 
above  high-water  level  of  the  harbor.  The  embankments  are  laid  out  with  a  concrete  walk.  A 
roadway  passes  around  three  sides  of  the  reservoir,  at  the  foot  of  the  embankment,  and  the  grounds 
about  it  are  handsomely  laid  out." 

Police,  Fire,  and  other  Departments. 

The  Police  Department  is  under  the  supervision  and  control  of  three  Commissioners,  who  have 
their  office  at  7  Pemberton  Square.  There  are  fifteen  police  divisions  in  the  city,  as  follows: 
First,  No.  209  Hanover  Street;  Second,  No.  21  Court  Square;  Third,  Joy  Street;  Fourth, 
No.  56  La  Grange  Street;  Fifth,  East  Dedham  Street;  Sixth,  Broadway,  South  Boston; 
Seventh,  Paris  Street,  above  Maverick  Square,  East  Boston;  Eighth,  Commercial,  ■  corner 
Battery  Street;  Ninth,  Dudley,  corner  Mt.  Pleasant  Avenue;  Tenth,  Tremont,  corner  Pynchon 
Street;  Eleventh,  Adams  Street,  Fields  Corner;  Twelfth,  Fourth  Street,  near  K;  Thirteenth, 
Seaverns  Avenue,  Jamaica  Plain;  Fourteenth,  Washington  Street,  near  Brighton  Centre;  Fif- 
teenth, Harvard  Street,  corner  City  Square,  Charlestown. 

There  is  a  Street  Railway  Service,  under  the  charge  of  a  sergeant.  The  Eighth  Division  includes 
the  harbor  and  wharves,  and  has  charge  of  the  steamboat  Protector,  with  its  men  and  row-boats. 

There  has  been  an  effort  made  to  establish  the  police  under  the  Metropolitan  system,  and  a  bill 
to  that  effect  was  introduced  into  the  last  Legislature. 

Fire  Department.— The  business  enterprise  and  character  of  a  city  can  be  well  tested  by 
the  protection  that  the  corporation  vouchsafes  public  and  private  property  against  destruction  by 
fire.  In  this  respect  Boston  is  without  a  peer  in  the  country,  her  fire  department  being  thoroughly 
well-organized  and  equipped  with  the  very  superior  facilities  that  modern  science  and  skill  have 
given  to  battle  with  this  destructive  element.  In  seeking  a  location  for  active  business  enterprise  or 
the  investment  of  capital  in  property,  the  fact  that  the  location  has  superior  advantages  in  a  thor- 
oughly efficient  fire  department  is  of  prime  importance,  and  with  the  energetic  tradesman  or  the 
prudent  capitalist  it  ofttimes  decides  the  query. 

To  the  credit  of  Boston,  it  was  the  first  city  to  put  into  practical  use  the  magnetic  fire-alarm 
system.  With  Dr.  William  F.  Channing  of  this  city  and  Moses  G.  Farmer  of  Salem  the  idea 
originated;  Dr.  Channing  in  1845,  in  a  lecture  before  the  Smithsonian  Institute,  Washington,  hav- 
ing  suggested   the   employment   of   the   telegraph  as  a  means  of   giving  alarms  of  fire.     Three 


44  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


years  later  Boston  experimented  with  the  idea,  and  in  1851  $10,000  was  appropriated  to  test  the 
system,  resulting  in  its  successful  operation  the  }rear  following. 

This  department  is  managed  by  three  Commissioners,  who  are  nominated  by  the  Mayor  and 
confirmed  by  the  City  Council,  holding  their  office  for  three  years,  Subordinated  to  them  is  the 
Chief  Engineer  and  the  ten  Assistant  Engineers.  The  department  has  thirty-two  steam  fire  engines, 
six  chemical  engines,  twelve  hose  companies,  fourteen  ladder  companies,  and  one  water-tower. 

The  headquarters  of  the  fire-alarm  telegraph  is  in  the  cupola  of  the  City  Hall,  where  a  constant 
watch  is  kept,  night  and  day,  by  the  operators.  An  accurate  account  is  kept  of  the  time  of  giving 
each  alarm,  and  of  the  station  from  which  it  originates.  The  police-officers,  and  one  other  person 
resident  near  each  station,  have  keys  to  the  boxes.  Alarms  are  usually  given  in  about  half  a 
minute  from  the  time  the  box  is  operated. 

The  striking  of  the  bells  and  the  engine-house  gongs  each  denote  the  number  of  the  station 
from  which  the  alarm  originated :  thus,  one  blow,  a  pause,  three  blows,  another  pause,  and  two 
blows  (1 — 3 — 2)  indicates  that  the  alarm  came  from  Box  No.  132.  Second  alarms  are  sounded  by 
striking  ten  blows  followed  by  the  box  number.  Third  alarms  are  sounded  by  striking  ten  blows 
three  times;  if  the  entire  department  is  wanted,  alarms  are  sounded  by  striking  twelve  blows  three 
times;  return  signal,  notice  will  be  given  on  the  bells  and  gongs,  one  blow  four  times,  thus: 
(1 — 1 — 1 — 1,)  hearing  which  the  several  apparatus  on  the  way  to  the  fire  will  return  to  their  quar- 
ters; (2 — 2)  indicates  no  School;  eleven  blows  indicates  Police  calls;  189  indicates  a  call  from  Deer 
Island;  198  indicates  a  call  from  Chelsea. 

Fifty-one  bells,  one  hundred  and  one  gongs,  sixty  tappers,  and  fifteen  vibrators,  at  various 
locations,  on  churches,  school-houses,  engine-houses,  and  railroad  depots,  are  struck  from  the 
Fire-alarm  Office  precisely  at  noon  every  day.  Correct  time  is  furnished  by  telegraph  from  Cam- 
bridge Observatory,  so  that  absolute  accuracy  is  secured. 

An  important  department  of  the  city  is  that  devoted  to  the  city's  health,  which,  like  nearly 
all  other  divisions  of  Boston's  government,  is  under  the  charge  of  three  commissioners.  The  Board 
of  Health,  as  they  are  more  correctly  termed,  has  the  superintendence  of  all  burial-grounds,  except 
those  under  the  control  of  trustees.  The  Quarantine  Grounds  comprise  those  portions  of  Boston 
Harbor  lying  between  Deer  Island  and  Gallop's  Island,  the  hospital  for  the  department  being 
located  on  the  latter  island, 

The  department  has  very  wisely  provided  numerous  public  bathing-places  on  the  water-front 
of  the  city,  which  are  opened  daily,  Sundays  included,  from  June  1  to  September  30;  those  for 
men  and  boys,  from  5  a.m.  to  9  p.m.,  and  women  and  girls  from  6  a.m.  to  8  p.m.  They  are  located 
as  follows: 

For  Men  and  Boys.— West  Boston  Bridge,  foot  of  Cambridge  Street;  Cragie's  Bridge,  foot 
of  Leverett  Street;  Charles  River  Bridge,  near  Causeway  Street;  East  Boston  Sectional  Dock,  96 
Border  Street;  Mt.  Washington  Avenue  Bridge,  near  Federal  Street;  South  Boston,  foot  of  L 
Street,  Dorchester  Bay;  Dover  Street  Bridge,  at  South  Pier;  Maverick  Street,  Jeffries  Point  (East 
Boston);  Chelsea  Bridge  (Charlestown)  and  Maiden  Bridge  (Charlestown). 

For  Women  and  Girls. — Warren  Bridge,  near  Causewa}'  Street;  East  Boston,  Sectional 
Dock,  96  Border  Street;  South  Boston,  foot  of  Fifth  Street;  Dover  Street,  at  South  Pier;  Com- 
mercial Point,  Dorchester;   Chelsea  Bridge  (Charlestown);  Maiden  Bridge  (Charlestown). 

The  Board  of  Directors  for  Public  Institutions  has  charge  of  the  House  of  Industry  and  Refor- 
mation, Almshouse  at  Deer  Island,  Almshouses  at  Charlestown,  Rainsford  Island,  Austin  Farm, 
the  House  of  Correction,  Lunatic  Hospital,  and  Marcella  Street  Home  for  paupers  and  neglected 
boys  and  girls,  and  steamer  J.  Putnam  Bradlee. 

Under  the  charge  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Buildings  are  the  public  buildings  of  the 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


45 


g 


> 

a 

W 

d 

CD 

m 

H 
H 

OB 

O 

W 

► 

M 

► 

td 
F 
H 

g 

8 
o 
W 


o 


o 

bd 

d 

P 
b 

G 

H 

© 
C 

► 

< 
ft 

a 


46  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


city  and  county,  comprising  the  City  Hall,  the  Registry  of  Deeds,  the  Court-House,  Faneuil  Hall 
and  Faneuil  Hall  Market-House,  the  Jail,  the  Institutions  at  South  Boston  and  Deer  Islanjl,  the 
Old  State  House,  all  Police  Stations,  City  Hospital,  Public  Library  Building,  all  the  Grammar 
and  Primary  Schoolhouses,  and  all  the  Engine,  Hydrant,  and  Hook-and-Ladder  houses  in  the  city, 
including  Roxbury,  Dorchester,  West  Roxbury,  Brighton,  and  Charlestown,  besides  other  buildings' 
used  for  public  purposes. 

The  Department  of  Survey  and  Inspection  of  Buildings,  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the 
Commonwealth  and  ordinances  of  the  city,  has  the  complete  control  and  supervision  of  all  buildings 
erected  in  this  city.  It  regulates  the  foundations,  walls,  roofs,  dimensions,  and  materials  of  every 
structure.  Among  other  restrictions  imposed  by  the  law  and  ordinances  on  the  erection  of  build- 
ings, it  is  provided  that  no  wooden  building  shall  be  hereafter  erected  within  the  following  limits: 

Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the  centre  line  of  Dover  and  Albany  Streets,  thence  running 
eastwardly  through  the  centre  of  Dover  Street  to  the  Harbor  Commissioners'  line;  thence  around 
the  northerly  portion  of  the  "  City  Proper,"  by  the  said  Harbor  Commissioners'  line,  to  a  point  on 
Charles  River  at  the  intersection  of  said  line  with  a  boundary-line  between  Brookline  and  Boston; 
thence  along  said  boundary-line  to  a  point  opposite  the  centre  of  Longwood  Avenue;  eastwardly  to 
the  ceutre  of  Bumstead  Lane  ;  thence  through  the  centre  of  Bumstead  Lane  to  the  centre  of  Ward 
Street;  thence  through  the  centre  Of  Ward  Street  to  the  centre  of  Parker  Street;  thence  through 
the  centre  of  Parker  Street  to  Ruggles  Street;  thence  through  the  centre  of  Ruggles  Street  east- 
wardly to  the  centre  of  Washington  Street;  thence  through  the  centre  of  Washington  Street  to  a 
point  opposite  the  centre  of  Palmer  Street;  thence  through  the  centre  of  Palmer  and  Eustis  streets 
to  the  centre  of  Hampden  Street;  and  thence  through  the  centre  of  Hampden  and  Albany  streets 
to  the  point  of  beginning. 

Bridges  and  Harbor. 

The  city  contains  many  bridges  over  the  water-ways  that  separate  the  city  proper  from  the  an- 
nexed districts.  They  are  as  follows:  Broadway  Bridge,  over  Fort  Point  Channel  to  South  Boston; 
Cambridge  Bridge,  Western  Avenue  and  North  Harvard  Street  bridges,  from  Brighton  to  Cam- 
bridge; Canal  or  Craigie's  Bridge,  Leverett  Street  to  East  Cambridge ;  Charles  River  Bridge,  Charles- 
town  Street  to  Charlestown;  Chelsea  bridges  (North  and  South),  Charlestown  to  Chelsea;  Chelsea 
Street  Bridge,  East  Boston  to  Chelsea;  Commercial  Point  Bridge;  Congress  Street  Bridge,  over  Fort 
Point  Channel;  Dover  Street  Bridge,  to  South  Boston;  Essex  Street  Bridge,  Brighton  to  Cambridge; 
FederaJ,  Street  Bridge,  to  South  Boston;  Granite  Bridge,  Dorchester  to  Milton;  Maiden  Bridge, 
Charlestown  to  Everett;  Meridian  Street  Bridge,  East  Boston  to  Chelsea;  Mount  Washington 
Avenue  Bridge,  to  South  Boston;  Neponset  Bridge,  Dorchester  to  Quincy;  North  Beacon  Street 
Bridge,  Brighton  to  Watertown;  Prison  Point  Bridge,  Charlestown  to  East  Cambridge;  Warren 
Bridge,  Beverly  Street  to  Charlestown;  West  Boston  Bridge,  Cambridge  Street  to  Cambridgeport; 
Western  Avenue  Bridge,  to  Watertown;  Winthrop  Bridge,  Breed's  Island  to  Winthrop. 

The  harbor  of  Boston  is  one  of  the  most  picturesque  on  the  entire  coast,  it  containing  more 
•than  fifty  islands  and  masses  of  rocks,  while  its  commercial  advantages  are  universally  conceded. 
A  report  to  the  U.  S.  authorities  thus  describes  the  harbor:  "Its  great  merit  lies  in  a  happy  con- 
junction of  many  favorable  elements,  among  which  are  the  facility  and  safety  of  its  approaches, 
the  ample  width  and  depth  of  its  entrances,  and  above  all  the  shelter  and  tranquillity  of  its  road- 
steads. Perhaps  there  is  no  other  harbor  in  the  world  where  the  inlets  of  the  ocean  are  belter  ad- 
justed to  the  amplitude  of  the  interior  basins,  or  whose  excellent  holding-grounds  are  so  easy  of 
access,  and  yet  so  landlocked.     Her  interior  water-space  is  large,  but  is  divided  by  chains  of 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


47 


islands  into  basins  which  offer  sufficient  room  for  the  heaviest  ships  to  ride  freely  at  anchor,  and 
sufficient  tranquillity  for  the  frailest  fishing-boat.  Her  moles  are  promontories  and  islands  rising 
from  20  to  100  feet  above  the  sea.  Her  basins  are  so  ample  that  500  ships  of  the  largest  class  may 
anchor  within  them.  The  term  '  inner  harbor'  is  commonly  applied  to  that  portion  lying  between 
the  bridges  about  the  city  and  Governor's  and  Castle  Islands,  on  which  are,  respectively,  Forts 
Winthrop  and  Independence;  and  the  part  beyond  these  islands,  through  Broad  Sound  to  the  sea, 
and  the  Main  Ship  Channel  to  the  entrance  from  Massachusetts  Bay,  is  designated  as  the  outer 
harbor.  According  to  this  division,  the  inner  harbor  contains  about  1150  acres,  but  the  harbor- 
commissioners  regard  as  really  the  inner  harbor  the  general  area  which  comprises  the  water-spaces, 
including  this  upper  basin,  which  are  enclosed  and  protected  by  the  high-grounds  of  East  Boston 
and  Winthrop  on  the  north,  Deer  Island  and  Long  Island  on  the  east,  and  Spectacle  Island,  Moon 
Head,  and  Squantum  on  the  south — a  nearly  landlocked  basin  capable  of  an  improved  area  of  not 
less  than  about  6300  acres.     This  includes  President  Roads,  which  itself  contains  nearly  1000  acres 


OLD  COLONY  AND  BOSTON  AND  ALBANY  DEPOTS. 


of  anchorage-grounds  of  the  first  order  as  to  depth  of  water, — 23  to  50  feet  at  mean  low-tide, — 
'holding-ground'  and  'shelter.'" 

The  entrance  from  Massachusetts  Bay  is  by  the  Main  Ship  Channel,  lying  between  the  project- 
ing promontory  in  the  town  of  Hull  known  as  Point  Allerton,  and  The  Brewsters,  and  is  about 
one  mile  wide.  The  entire  harbor  contains  about  seventy-five  square  miles.  The  wharves  of  the 
city  are  numerous,  and  those  running  into  the  harbor  have  been  constructed  at  great  expense. 
Upon  several  of  these  are  extensive  warehouses— a  commercial  feature  unlike  any  other  American 
city.  During  the  last  twenty  years  very  great  improvements  have  been  made  along  the  entire 
water-front,  and  Boston  of  to-day  is  very  much  in  advance  of  her  sister  cities  on  the  coast  in  this 
important  adjunct  of  commerce.  The  terminal  facilities  of  her  great  railroads  for  foreign  ship- 
ment have  in  a  like  degree  been  very  much  enhanced,  and  Boston  is  in  a  position  to  handle  much 
of  the  western  shipping  trade,  in  a  more  satisfactory  manner  than  at  any  time  previous  in  her 
history.  Better  adapted  than  New  York  for  foreign  trade,  Boston  will  in  the  near  future  gain 
not  only  the  trade  that  was  lost  by  the  decline  of  the  American  shipping  interests,  but  a  considera- 
ble proportion  of  the  increase  that  the  country's  rapid  growth  in  population  has  given  to  New  York. 


48  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


The  City's  Commercial  Importance. 

The  commerce  of  Boston  began  with  the  settlement  of  the  town,  and  has  continued  to  be  one  of 
its  leading  and  most  important  interests.  Its  situation  at  the  head  of  a  splendid  bay,  with  a  capa- 
cious and  secure  harbor,  unobstructed  at  all  seasons  of  the  year,  and  a  channel  deep  enough  to 
float  the  largest  vessels,  gave  it  an  advantage  which  the  earliest  settlers  were  quick  to  appreciate, 
and  it  speedily  assumed  a  commercial  lead.  Shipbuilding  began  before  the  town  was  a  year  old, 
and  irade  was  soon  after  begun  with  Virginia.  The  first  ship  built  was  launched  on  the  Mystic — 
a  bark  of  30  tons,  which  Governor  Winthrop  named  The  Blessing  of  the  Bay.  The  second  ship 
built  was  the  Rebecca,  of  60  tons,  and  her  first  voyage  was  to  Narragansett  Bay,  to  buy  corn 
from  the  Indians.  Subsequently  she  went  to  the  Bermudas,  bringing  back  potatoes,  oranges,  and 
limes.  In  1641  trade  was  begun  by  Boston  merchants  with  the  "Isle  of  Sable,"  the  return  cargoes 
consisting  of  walrus  teeth  and  oil.  During  the  next  year  considerable  commerce  with  England 
sprang  up,  ten  ships  sailing  from  Boston  laden  with  pipe-staves  and  other  produce.  A  vessel 
arrived  from  Madeira,  bringing  wine  and  sugar.  In  1643  a  trade  with  Fayal  began,  the  pioneer 
ship  being  the  Trial,  of  Boston.  Her  cargo  consisted  of  pipe-staves  and  codfish,  for  which  a 
good  market  was  found.  The  ship  returned  with  wine,  sugar,  and  cotton.  During  the  following 
year  the  people  began  to  manufacture  their  own  goods.  Cotton  brought  from  Barbadoes,  and 
hemp  and  flax,  were  the  raw  material  of  these  early  manufacturers.  The  coastwise  trade  was  also 
extended,  vessels  going  to  the  Delaware  to  buy  furs,  and  to  New  York  to  trade  with  the  Dutch. 
A  Spanish  voyage  of  the  ship  Trial  proved  very  successful,  and  greatly  encouraged  the  Boston 
merchants  of  that  early  day.  In  1645  eleven  ships  arrived  from  England,  bringing  linen,  woollens, 
shoes  and  stockings,  and  other  useful  goods,  and  taking  back  for  their  return  cargoes,  wheat,  rye, 
and  peas.  So  early  began  the  shipping  of  grain  to  the  mother-country.  The  same  year  an  at- 
tempt was  made  to  bring  slaves  from  Africa,  but  only  two  arrived  at  Boston.  One  of  these 
negroes  being  sold  here,  the  owner  was  compelled  to  deliver  him  up,  "  that  he  might  be  returned  to 
Ms  native  country."  Ship-building  thrived  apace.  The  ship  Seafort,— so  named  out  of  compli- 
ment to  her  strength,— of  400  tons,  was  built  here,  and  so  elegant  was  her  ornamentation  of  carven 
wood,  that  she  was  for  years  pointed  out  as  an  instance  of  the  splendid  work  done  in  Boston  ship- 
yards. In  1660  began  the  attempts  of  England  to  restrict  the  commerce  of  the  colonies:  exporta- 
tions  to  America  were  forbidden  except  in  English  vessels  navigated  by  Englishmen,  and  the 
colonists  were  required  to  send  their  products  only  to  England;  duties  to  be  imposed  on  the  pro- 
ductions of  one  another  equal  to  the  duties  collected  at  English  ports.  But  the  Boston  merchants 
and  ship  owners  determined  not  to  obey  such  tyrannical  laws.  Before  the  close  of  the  seventeenth 
century  our  products  were  shipped  to  Portugal,  Spain,  and  Madeira,  as  well  as  to  the  other  colon- 
ists, the  West  Indies,  and  Great  Britain,  in  exchange  for  the  fruits,  wines,  and  manufactures  of 
those  countries,  and  the  construction  of  wharves  on  a  systematic  scale  was  begun. 

In  1710  Long  Wharf— a  great  undertaking  in  its  time — was  built.  Ship-building  continued  to 
thrive.  In  1714  there  was  at  one  time  on  the  stocks  here  40  topsail  vessels,  measuring  altogether 
7000  tons.  Up  to  the  period  of  the  Revolution  Boston  continued  to  flourish  commercially.  There 
were  27  dock-yards  here,  and  at  one  yard  12  ships  were  built  in  a  single  year.  The  conclusion  of 
the  Revolution  found  the  merchants  ready  to  renew  their  extensive  commerce.  A  temporary 
check  was  met  from  too  heavy  importations,  that  glutted  the  market  and  occasioned  some  bad 
failures  among  merchants. 

The  British,  still  jealous  of  our  maritime  importance  as  a  nation,  continued  their  illiberal 
legislation.     One  law,  designed  to  injure  our  shipbuilding  industry,  then  supplying  British  mer- 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


49 


chants  with 
after  1776. 


good  and  cheap  vessels,  prohibited  British  subjects  from  owning  American  ships  built 
This  law  inflicted  much  damage  upon  our  builders.     Our  law-makers  replied  with 

retaliatory  measures,  and  the  Bos- 
ton merchants,  whose  energy  could 
not  be  repressed,  sought  new  and 
more  distant  fields.     The  discovery 
of  the  sea-otter  on  the  Oregon  coast 
brought  into  the  control  of  Boston 
merchants   a    profitable  business, 
which    they  continued  to  control 
for   many    years.     The    trade    of 
China  was  entered  upon,  and  be- 
came a  very  lucrative  one,  and  com- 
mercial enterprises  were  opened  in 
other   directions.       "Those    were 
the  days  of  great  enterprises,"  says 
Mr.    William  H.   Lincoln,  in   his 
"Boston's  Commerce — Past,  Pres- 
ent, and  Future," 
and    the .  business 
abilities     of     our 
great      merchants 
found    ample 
scope.      The  pro- 
fits of  the   China 
voyages  sometimes 
ran  into  the  hun- 
dreds of  thousands 
of  dollars.     A  ship 


1.  Washington  Elm,  Cambridge. 

3.  Residence  of  Henry  W.  Longfellow. 


2.  Gore  Hall,  Harvard  College. 

3.  Memorial  Hall,  Harvard  College. 


50 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


would  frequently  go  to  Oregon,  take  a  cargo  of  otter-fur,  go  thence  to  China,  load  with  tea,  run 
across  to  Valparaiso  and  exchange  part  of  the  tea  for  copper,  and  then,  after  voyaging  to 
England,  return  home.  Those,  too,  were  days  of  adventure  on  the  ocean.  There  were 
huccaneers    lying    in    wait  for  the    richly   freighted  merchantmen;    the  cruisers  of    nations  at 


o 

H 

BO 

O 


a 

O 

a 

« 

a 

te 

H 

sa 
Q 

s* 

q 

«« 

H 

yj 

"A 

a 

s 

&« 

a 
5 

a 

< 

W 
&« 

0 

a 
a 

o 

Q 

Q 

a 
o 

> 

a 

3 


war  with  one  another  preyed  on  commerce,  and  danger  lurked  everywhere.  Our  great 
sea-captains  were  native-born  boys,  frequently  beginning  their  nautical  careers  'before  the 
mast.'  In  1790  there  were  455  arrivals  here  of  ships  from  abroad;  and  1200  of  coastwise  craft. 
On  a  single  day,  in  1791,  seventy  vessels  left  Boston  for  all  parts  of  the  world.     Then  came  the 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


51 


period  of  the  Napoleonic  wars,  the  Milan  decree,  and  the  War  of  1812  and  1815 — so  disastrous  to 
commerce.  On  the  restoration  of  peace  ships  were  again  fitted  out  for  China  and  the  East  Indies, 
and  a  large  trade  was  carried  on  with  the  West  Indies  in  molasses  and  sugar." 

A  most  prosperous  period  was  that  between  the  years  1820  and  1840.  Great  fortunes  were 
during  that  time  amassed  by  Boston  merchants  engaged  in  the  shipping  interests,  and  many  spent 
their  money  freely  in  building  their  fine  "mansion-houses."  In  1840  Enoch  Train  began  his  cele- 
brated line  to  Liverpool,  Donald  McKay  building  at  East  Boston  several  monster  packet-ships  for 
it.  In  the  same  year  also  the  first  Cuuard  steamship  was  put  on  for  Boston,  the  Acadia,  whose 
arrival  in  Boston  Harbor  was  a  great  event.  The  line  was  maintained  exclusively  to  Boston  until 
1848,  when  a  line  was  also  established  in  New  York.  About  this  time  came  the  decline  of  Boston's 
commerce  with  China  aud  the  East  generally,  and  its  transfer  to  New  York.  This  occasioned  a 
feeling  of  despondency,  and  discouraged  endeavors  to  extend  our  commercial  relations  in  other 


HOTEL   BRUNSWICK,  BOYLSTON  STREET,  COR.  CLARENDON. 


directions.      Another   thing  unfavorable  to  Boston  was  the  establishment   of   branch.  European 
houses  in  New  York,  which  l>egan  in  1846. 

From  1850  to  1860  commerce  throve  in  some  respects,  but  still  Boston  was  losing  ground  com- 
mercially. New  York  with  her  railways  and  canals  was  monopolizing  the  business  of  the  country. 
The  most  dismal  period,  however,  was  from  I860  to  1870.  It  was  then  freely  predicted  that  New 
York  would  soon  do  all  the  importing  of  the  country,  and  the  croaker  was  abroad  with  the  doleful 
cry  that  Boston  had  seen  her  best  days.  Vessels  would  not  come  to  Boston  except  at  high  rates  of 
freight,  because  outward  cargoes  could  not  be  obtained  here.  Those  who  did  come  were  obliged 
to  leave  in  ballast  for  other  ports.  In  1867  a  strong  effort  was  made  to  establish  a  direct  line  of 
American  steamships  to  Liverpool;  but  though  backed  by  large  capital  and  experienced  men  it 
failed.  The  enterprise  was  abandoned  and  the  vessels  sold  at  a  sacrifice.  The  Cunard  line  con- 
tinued its  service  durfng  this  period,  but  high  freight  rates  were  demanded,  and  the  line  was 
inadequate  to  develop  the  business  of  the  city.  The  Boston  merchants  found  it  impossible  to  com- 
pete with  the  lower  rates  paid  by  New  York  importers.     In  1870  a  turn  in  the  tide  began.     In  that 


5a 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


year  the  Boston  and  Albany  road  built  its  great  grahi-elevator  at  E  ist  Boston,  making  it  possible 
to  load  steamships  here,  and  also  secured  an  equality  of  freight  rates  from  the  West  on  goods 
intended  for  export.  It  was  in  the  early  part  of  this  period  that  Thayer  &  Lincoln  and  Warren  & 
Co.  began  to  load  steamships  here.  This  work  was  one  of  immense  difficulty:  there  were  the 
prejudices  of  shippers  to  overcome  and  the  co-operations  of  railways  to  secure.  The  change 
which  has  at  last  enabled  Boston  to  become  a  great  shipping-port  has  been  brought  about  by  the 
railway  companies  so  reducing  their  rates  as  to  successfully  compete  with  the  water-routes  termi- 
nating at  New  York  City.  The  securing  of  cotton  from  the  South  for  light  freights  for  the  steam- 
ship lines  was  another  important  step  forward.  This  was  accomplished  by  offering  low  rates  of 
freight,  which  diverted  the  cotton  from  New  York.  In  1870  the  exports  of  cotton  from  Boston 
were  valued  at  $135,000,  and  ten  years  later  the  value  was  raised  to  $7,268,000.  Another  important 
improvement  is  the  system  of  through  billing  from  interior  points  to  Europe.  These  through  bills 
given  to  shippers  in  the  South  and  West  are  negotiable  at  the  banks.  The  foreign  commerce  of 
the  city  in  recent  years  has  come  to  be  fed  by  other  railroad  trunk-lines  and  through  the  Hoosac 
Tunnel;  and  Boston  now  holds  direct  communication  with  the  great  trunk-lines  of  the  country, 
and  possesses,  through  recent  improvements,  the  best  terminal  facilities  of  any  port  on  the  coast. 
At  the  present  time  Boston  occupies  the  position  of  the  second  port  in  the  Union. 


REVERE   HOUSE,    BOWDOIN    SQUARE. 


Street  Improvements. 

A  stranger  landing  in  this  city  for  the  first  time  is  at  once  impressed  with  the  fact  that  ihe 
early  citizens  of  Boston  either  had  no  regard  for  the  future,  or  else  gratified  whims  of  street 

topography  that  appear  entirely  at  variance  with  the 
common  idea  of  the  present.  The  streets  of  Boston, 
HI  in  the  lower  part,  are  in  many  instances  narrow  and 
crooked;  but  since  the  great  fire  even  these  were 
somewhat  straightened,  and,  taken  as  a  whole,  the 
city  has  spacious  thoroughfares.  To  the  old  resident 
of  Boston  the  crooked  streets  have  their  uses,  and 
with  their  "short  cuts"  are  more  than  convenient  in 
getting  quickly  from  one  point  to  another.  The 
work  of  improving  the  streets  has  been  gradually 
going  along,  and  among  the  most  noticeable  instances 
of  improvement  in  this  direction  may  be  mentioned  the  lengthening  and  widening  of  Washington 
Street;  the  building  of  Atlantic  Avenue,  along  the  water-front,  at  an  expense  of  two  and  a  half 
millions;  the  widening  and  straightening  of  the  principal  streets  in  the  burnt  district  of  the  fire  of 
1872;  and  many  handsome  streets  and  avenues  in  the  newer  portion  of  the  city,  notably  Common- 
wealth Avenue,  in  the  wealthy  Back  Bay  district. 

Boston,  at  an  enormous  expense,  has  added  to  her  territory,  taking  in  large  water  areas,  and, 
by  a  system  of  judicious  filling,  brought  into  the  market  thousands  of  acres  of  available  building 
sites,  the  most  noticeable  improvement  being  that  portion  of  the  city  now  known  as  the  Back  Bay 
district.  This  section  is  now  the  centre  of  the  wealth  and  fashion  of  Boston,  and  has  few  equals 
in  the  country  for  handsome  and  stately  residences. 

Before  entering  upon  the  subject  of  public  parks  and  suburban  towns,  as  the  Back  Bay 
improvement  seems  naturally  to  suggest,  mention  will  be  made  of  the  city's  financial  and  educa- 
tional institutions,  places  of  amusement,  etc. 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


53 


Banks  and  Savings  Institutions. 

The  Banks  of  Boston  are  very  generally  recognized  as  being  thoroughly  organized,  and 
founded  upon  solid  and  substantial  bases.  The  panics  of  1837,  1857,  and  1873,  though  severely  felt 
throughout  the  entire  country,  did  not  permanently  cripple  but  a  few  banks  of  this  city — that  of 
1857  causing  only  one  bank  to  succumb.  In  1856  the  Clearing-House  was  established,  the 
exchanges  of  that  year  amounting  to  $1,000,000,000.  At  the  present  time  there  are  sixty-seven 
banks  and  trust  companies  doing  banking  business,  as  follows: 


Atlantic  National,  Kilby,  cor.  Doane  Street. 
Established  1828. 

Atlas  National,  8  Sears  Building.  Established 
1833. 

Bank  of  Deposit,  84  Devonshire  Street,  cornei 
Water. 

Blackstone  National,  132  Hanover,  cor.  Union 
Street.     Established  1851. 

Blue  Hill  National,  Washington  Street,  cor. 
Richmond,  Dorchester. 

Boston  National,  95  Milk  Street.  Established 
1853. 

Boston  Safe  Deposit  and  Trust  Company,  Post 
Office  Square. 

Boylston  National,  616  Washington  Street. 
Established  1845. 

Broadway  National,  Milk,  cor.  Arch  Street. 
Established  1853. 

Bunker  Hill  National,  21  City  Square,  Charles- 
town.     Established  1825. 

Central  National,  121  Devonshire  Street.  Es- 
tablished 1873. 

Collateral  Loan  Company,  328  Washington  St. 

Columbian  National,  65  State  Street.  Estab- 
lished 1822. 

Continental  National,  51  Summer  Street.  Es- 
tablished 1860. 

Eliot  National,  95  Milk  St.     Established  1853. 

Everett  National  Bank  of  Boston,  Milk,  cor. 
Congress  Street.     Established  1865. 

Faneuil  Hall  National,  3  South  Market  Street. 
Established  1851. 

First  National,  17  State  St.     Established  1863. 

First  Ward  National,  1  Winthrop  Block,  East 
Boston.     Established  1664. 

Fourth  National,  34  Blackstone  Street.  Estab- 
lished 1875. 

Freeman's  National,  111  Summer  Street.  Es- 
tablished 1836. 

Globe  National,  40  State  St.     Established  1824 

Hamilton  National,  60  Devonshire  Street.  Es- 
tablished 1832. 

Howard  National,  19  Congress  Street.  Estab- 
lished 1853. 

International  Trust  Company,  45  Milk,  cor. 
Devonshire  Street. 


Lincoln  National,  150  Devonshire  Street.  Es- 
tablished 1882. 

Manufacturers'  National,  Summer,  cor.  Devon- 
shire Street.     Established  1873. 

Market  National,  86  State  St.    Established  1832. 

Massachusetts  Loan  and  Trust  Company,  18 
Post  Office  Square. 

Massachusetts  National,  95  Milk  Street.  Estab- 
lished 1784. 

Maverick  National,  50  Water,  cor.  Congress 
Street.     Established  1854. 

Mechanics'  National  Bank  of  Boston,  115  Dor- 
chester Avenue.     Established  1836. 

Merchandise  National,  70  Kilby  Street.  Es- 
tablished 1875. 

Merchants'  National  Bank  of  Boston,  28  State 
Street.     Established  1821. 

Metropolitan  National,  cor.  Water  and  Con- 
gress streets.     Established  1875. 

Monument  National,  Thompson  Square, 
Charlestown.     Established  1854. 

Mount  Vernon  National,  43  Chauncy  Street. 
Established  1860. 

National  Bank  of  Brighton,  Washington  Street,. 
cor.  Chestnut  Hill  Avenue. 

National  Bank  of  Commerce,  9  Sears  Building, 
Washington,  cor.  Court.     Established  1850. 

National  Bank  of  North  America,  106  Frank- 
lin, cor.  Devonshire.     Established  1850. 

National  Bank  of  the  Commonwealth,  Devon- 
shire, cor.  Water  Street.     Established  1871. 

National  Bank  of  Redemption,  85  Devonshire 
Street.     Established  1858. 

National  Bank  of  the  Republic,  95  Milk  Street. 
Established  1859. 

National  City,  61  State  St.     Established  1822. 

National  Eagle,  95  Milk  St.     Established  1822. 

National  Exchange,  28  State  Street.  Estab- 
lished 1847. 

National  Hide  and  Leather,  87  Milk  Street. 
Established  1857. 

National  Market  Bank  of  Brighton,  Washing- 
ton Street,  opposite  Cattle  Fair  Hotel.  Estab- 
lished 1854. 

National  Revere,  100  Franklin  Street.  Estab- 
lished 1859. 


04 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


National  Rockland,  2343  Washington  Street. 
Established  1864. 

National  Security,  79  Court,  cor.  Brattle  Street. 
Established  1867. 

National  Union,  40  State  St.    Established  1792. 

National  Webster,  Congress,  cor.  Milk  Street. 
Established  1853. 

New  England  National,  67  State  Street.  Es- 
tablished 1813. 

New  England  Trust  Company,  85  Devonshire 
Street. 

North  National,  109  Franklin,  cor.  Devon- 
shire Street.     Established  1825. 

Old  Boston  National,  60  Devonshire  Street. 
Established  1803. 

People's  National,  114  Dudley,  cor.  Washing- 
ton Street.     Established  1832. 

Second  National  Bank  of  Boston,  199  Wash- 
ington Street.     Established  1832. 

-  Shavvniut  National,  60  Congress  Street.      Es- 
tablished 1836. 

Shoe  and  Leather  National,  150  Devonshire 
Street.     Established  1836. 

State  National,  40  State  St.     Established  1811. 

-  Suffolk  National,  60  State  Street.     Established 
1818. 

Third  National  Bank  of  Boston,  8  Congress 
Street.     Established  1864. 

Traders'  National, 91  State  St.  Established  1831. 

Tremont  National,  8  Congress  Street.  Estab- 
lished 1814. 

Washington  National,  47  State  Street.  Estab- 
lished 1825. 


The  Savings  Banks  include  the  following: 

Boston  Five  Cents,  38  School  Street.  Incor- 
porated 1854. 

Boston  Penny,  1371  Washington.  Incorpo- 
rated 1861. 

Brighton  Five  Cents,  Washington  Street,  cor. 
Che-tnut  Hill  Avenue,  Brighton.  Incorporated 
1861. 

Charlestown  Five  Cents,  Thompsou  Square, 
Charlestown. 

Dorchester,  Exchange  Street,  Harrison  Square. 

East  Boston  Savings,  16  Maverick  Square.  In- 
corporated 1849. 

Eliot  Five  Cents,  114  Dudley,  cor.  Washing- 
ton.    Incorporated  1864. 

Emigrant,  590  Washington  Street. 

Franklin  Savings  Bank,  20  Boylston  Street. 
Incorporated  1861. 

Home  Savings,  Masonic  Temple,  cor.  Tremont 
and  Boylston  streets.     Incorporated  1869. 

Institution  for  Saving,  in  Roxbury,  2343  Wash- 
ington Street.     Incorporated  1825. 

North  Eud  Savings  Bank,  37  Court  Street. 

Provident  Institution  for  Savings,  36  Temple 
Place.     Incorporated  1816. 

South  Boston  Savings,  368  Broadway,  cor.  E 
Street.     Incorporated  1863. 

—  Suffolk  Savings  Bank,  47  and  49  Tremont  St. 
Incorporated  1833. 

Union  Institution  for  Savings,  37  Bedford  St. 
Incorporated  1865. 

Warren  Institution  for  Savings,  25  Main  Street 
Charlestown.     Incorporated  1829. 


Hotels,  Theatres,  and  Public  Halls. 

The  Hotels  of  Boston  are  not  numerous,  though  there  are  several  that  rank  with  the  best  in 
the  country,  notably  the  Vendome,  Brunswick,  Parker's,  Youngs,  Revere,  Adams,  and  Tremont. 
The  United  States,  Quincy,  and  American  are  widely  known  for  their  comfort  and  excellent  ser 
vice,  at. moderate  prices.     The  list  includes — 


Adams,  555  Washington  Street. 
American,  56  Hanover  Street. 
Arlington,  Causeway,  cor.  Canal  Street. 
B  ly  State,  382  Hanover  Street. 
Beach  House,  City  Point. 
Bellevue,  17  Beacon  Street. 
Boston,  Harrison  Avenue,  cor.  Beach  Street. 
-Brunswick,  Boylston,  cor.  Clarendon  Street. 
Carleton,  5  Hanover  Street. 
Clarendon,  "521  Tremont  Street. 
Centre,  Washington,  junction  Friend  Street. 
City,  Atlantic  Avenue,  cor.  India  Street. 
Colonnade,  164  Tremont  Street. 
Common  wealth,  1697  Washington  Street. 


Coolidge,  Bowdoin  Square. 

Crawford,  83  Court  and  17  Brattle  streets. 

Creighton,  245  Tremont  Street. 

Diecherts,  33  Essex  Street. 

Dunbar's,  831  East  Sixth  Street. 

Dooley's,  57  Portland  Street. 

Early,  14  Le  Grange  Street. 

Evans,  175  Tremont  Street. 

Falmouth,  70  Causeway  Street. 

Germania,  10  Pynchon  Street. 

Hampton,  191  Blackstone  Street. 

International.  623  Washington  Street. 

Jefferson,  18  North  Street. 

Lowell,  73  Causeway  Street, 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


55 


56 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Maverick  House,  East  Boston,  24  Maverick  Sq. 
Mem  mac  House,  Merrimac  St.,  cor.  Frie'nd. 
Merchants',  13  'Change  Avenue. 
Metropolitan,  1166  Washington  Street. 
Miller,  1135  Washington  Street. 
Milliken,  347  Washington  Street. 
*     New  England,  Clinton,  cor.  Blackstone  Street. 
New  Marlboro,'  736  Washington  Street. 
Norfolk,  Eliot  Square,  B.  H. 
Park,  4  and  5 'Montgomery  Street. 
Parker,  60  School  Street. 
Point  Pleasant,  foot  East  Fourth  Street. 


Quincy  House,  Brattle  Square. 

Revere,  Bowdoin  Square,  cor.  Bulfinch  Street. 

Sea  Side  House,  East  Sixth  Street,  near  P, 
City  Point. 

Sherman  House,  Court  Square. 

St.  James,  East  Newton. 

Tremont,  cor.  Tremont  and  Beacon  streets. 

United  States,  Beach,  cor.  Lincoln  Street. 

Vendome,  Commonwealth  Avenue,  cor.  Dart- 
mouth Street. 

Winthrop  House,  34  Bowdoin  Street. 

Young's,  Court  Avenue. 


The  theatres  of  the  city  are  of  a  high  order,  and  upon  the  stage  are  introduced  all  the  better 
class  of  plays.      These  places  of  amusement  include  Boston  Theatre,    Globe  Theatre,   Boston 
Museum,  Park  Theatre,  Bijou  Theatre,  Howard  Athenaeum,  and  Boylston  Museum. 
The  public  halls  are — 


Amory,  503  Washington  Street. 

Bacon's,  2185  Washington  Street. 

Bowdoin  Square. 

Boylston,  over  Boylston  Market. 

Bumstead,  15  Winter  Street. 

Caledonian,  15  Chauncy  Street. 

Chauncy,  259  Boylston  Street. 

City,  School  Street. 

Codman,  176  Tremont  Street. 

Concord,  65  West  Concord  Street. 

Faneuil,  Merchants'  Row  and  F.  H.  Square. 

Freemason's,  Thompson  Square,  Charlestown. 

Grand  Army,  616  Washington  Street. 

Gray's,  Broadway,  cor.  I. 

Highland,  191  Warren  Street. 

Horticultural,  100  Tremont  Street. 

Investigator,  Appleton,  near  Tremont. 

John  A.  Andrew,  Chauncy,  cor.  Essex  street. 

Meionaon,  78  Tremont  Street. 


Music,  15  Winter  Street. 

New  Era,  176  Tremont  Street. 

Odd-Fellows,  Tremont,  cor.  Berkeley  street, 

Palladio,  54  W,  152  Dudley. 

Paine,  Appleton,  near  Tremont  Street. 

Parker  Memorial,  Berkeley,  cor.  Appleton  St. 

Preble,  176  Tremont  Street. 

Pythian,  176  Tremont  Street.  . 

Quincy,  over  Faneuil  Hall  Market. 

Revere,  7  Green  Street. 

Stacy,  186  Washington  Street. 

Tremont  Temple,  78  to  86  Tremont  Street. 

Turnhalle,  29  Middlesex  Street. 

Union,  18  Boylston  Street. 

Wadman,  176  Tremont  Street. 

Wait's,  390  West  Broadway. 

Waverley,  16  Waverley  Block,  Charlestown. 

Wesleyan,  36  Bromfield  Street. 


Churches. 


BAPTTST. 

Baptist  Bethel,  Hanover,  cor.  North  Bennet. 

Bowdoin  Square  Church,  Bowdoin  Square. 

Brighton  Avenue  Baptist,  Brighton  Avenue, 
junction  Cambridge,  Allston. 

Bunker  Hill  Baptist  Church,  Bunker  Hill,  cor. 
Mystic,  Charlestown. 

Central  Square  Church,  Central  Square,  E.  B. 

Clarendon  Street  Church,  Clarendon,  cor. 
Montgomery. 

Day  Star  Baptist  Church,  84  West  Springfield. 

Dearborn  Street  Church,  Dearborn  Street. 

Dudley  Street  Baptist  Church.  137  Dudley  St. 

Ebenezer  B.iptist  Church,  85  West  Concord  St. 

First  Baptist  Church,  Clarendon,  cor.  Com- 
monwealth Avenue. 


First  Baptist  Church,  Lawrence  Street,  cor. 
Austin,  Charlestown. 

First  Baptist  Church,  South,  opp.  Poplar,  Ros- 
lindale. 

First  Free  Baptist  Church,  Shawmut  Avenue, 
cor.  Rutland. 

Fourth  Street  Baptist  Church,  Fourth,  cor.  L 
Street. 

First  German  Church,  Vernon,  cor.  Cabot. 

Harvard  Street  Church,  Harrison  Avenue,  cor. 
Harvard. 

Independent  Baptist  Church,  Joy  Street. 

Jamaica  Plain  Baptist  Church,  Centre,  cor. 
Myrtle,  Jamaica  Plain. 

Neponset  Avenue  Church,  Oiiickatawbut  St., 
Neponset. 


CITY  OF  BOSTQtf. 


5? 


Ruggles  Street  Baptistt^hurch,  Ruggles  Street. 

South  Baptist  Church,  Broadway,  cor.  F 
Street,  S.  B. 

Stoughton  Street  Church,  Stoughton,  cor. 
Sumner,  Dorchester. 

Trinity  Baptist  Church,  Trenton  Street,  E.  B. 

Twelfth  Baptist  Church,  45  Phillips  Street. 

Union  Temple  Church,  Tremont  Temple. 

Warren  Avenue  Church,  Warren  Avenue,  cor. 
7  West  Canton. 

CHRISTIAN. 

First  Christian  Church,  Tyler,  cor.  Kneeland. 

CONGREGATIONAL  TRINITARIAN. 

Berkeley  Street  Church,  Berkeley,  cor.  War- 
ren Avenue. 

Boylston  Congregational  Church,  Danforth 
Street,  near  Boylston  Station. 

Brighton  Congregational  Church,  Washington, 
cor.  Winship  Place,  Brighton. 

Central  Church,  Berkeley,  cor.  Newbury. 

Central  Congregational  Church,  Elm,  cor.  Sea- 
verns  Avenue,  Jamaica  Plain. 

Church  of  the  Puritans,  176  Tremont. 

Congregational  Chapel,  Western  Avenue,  cor. 
Waverley,  Brighton. 

Dorchester  Second  Church,  Washington,  cor. 
Centre,  Dorchester. 

Eliot  Church,  Kenilworth  Street. 

E  Street  Church,  E  Street,  South  Boston. 

First  Parish  Church  and  Society,  Harvard 
Square,  Charlestown. 

Highland  Church,  Parker  Street,  near  Tremont. 

Immanuel  Church,  Moreland,  cor.  Copeland. 

Lenox  Street  Chapel. 

Maverick  Church,  Central  Square,  East  Bos- 
ton. 

Mount  Yernon  Church,  Ashburton  Place. 

Old  Colony  Chapd,  Tyler  Street,  near  Harvard. 

Old  South  Church,  Dartmouth,  cor.  Boylston. 

Olivet  Church,  W.  Springfield  Street. 

Park  Street  Church,  Tremont,  cor.  Park. 

Phillips  Church,  Broadway,  near  Dorchester, 
S.  B. 

Pilgrim  Church,  Stoughton  Street,  Upham's 
Corner. 

Shawmut  Chapel,  642  Harrison  Avenue, 

Shawmut  Church,  Tremont,  cor.  Brookline. 

South  Evangelical,  Centre,  cor.  Mt.  Vernon. 

Trinity  Church,  Walnut  Street,  Neponset. 

"Union  Church,  485  Columbus  Avenue. 

Village  Church,  River,  near  Temple,  Lower 
Mills,  Dorchester. 

Walnut  Avenue  Church,  Walnut  Avenue,  cor. 
Dale. 

Winthrop  Church,  Green  Street,  Charlestown. 


CONGREGATIONAL   UNITARIAN. 

Appleton  Street  Chapel,  Paine  Building. 

Arlington  Street  Church,  Arlington,  cor.  Boyl- 
ston. 

Bulfmch  Place  Chapel,  Bulfinch  Street. 

Church  of  Our  Father,  54  Meridian  Street. 

Church  of  the  Disciples,  West  Brookline,  cor. 
Warren  Avenue. 

Church  of  the  Unity,  91  West  Newton  Street. 

Church  of  the  Unity,  Walnut  Street,  Neponset. 

First  Congregational  Society,  Centre,  cor.  Eliot 
Street,  Jamaica  Plain. 

First  Parish,  Centre,  cor.  Church,  W.  Rjx- 
bury. 

First  Parish,  Washington,  cor.  Market,  Brigh- 
ton. 

First  Parish,  Winter,  cor.  East,  Meeting  House 
Hill,  Dorchester. 

First  Religious  Society,  Eliot  Square. 

Hanover  Street  Chapel,  175  Hanover  Street. 

Harrison  Square  Unitarian  Church,  Neponset 
Aveuue,  cor.  Mill,  Dorchester. 

Harvard  Church,  Main,  cor.  Green,  Charles- 
town. 

Hawes  Place  Congregational  Society,  K,  cor. 
East  Fourth,  South  Boston. 

Hollis  Street  Church,  Union  Hall,  18  Boylston 
Street. 

King's  Chapel,  Tremont,  cor.  School. 

Mt.  Pleasant  Congregational,  221  Dudley. 

New  South  Free  Church,  Camden,  cor.  Tre- 
mont. 

Second  Church,  Boylston  Street,  near  Dart- 
mouth. 

Second  Hawes  Congregational,  E  Broadway, 
between  G  and  H  streets. 

South  Congregational,  Union  Park  Street. 

Third  Religious  Society,  Richmond  Street, 
Lower  Mill,  Dorchester. 

Washington  Village  Union  Chapel,  Dorchester 
Street. 

CONGREGATIONAL. 

First  Church,  Marlboro',  cor.  Berkeley. 
Twenty-eighth  Congregational  Society,  Berke- 
ley, cor.  Appleton. 
West  Church,  Cambridge,  cor.  Lynde. 

EPISCOPAL. 

All  Saints  Church,  Dorchester  Avenue,  near 
Lower  Mills,  Dorchester. 

Christ  Church,  Salem  Street. 

Church  of  the  Advent,  Bowdoin  Street  and 
Mt.  Vernon,  cor.  Brimmer. 

Church  of  the  Good  Shepherd,  Cortes  Street. 

Church  of  the  Messiah,  Florence  Street. 


58 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Emmanuel  Church,  Newbury  Street. 

Grace  Church,  Dorchester  Street,  Washington 
Village. 

Reformed  Episcopal  Church,  Harwich,  cor. 
Dartmouth  Street. 

St.  Anne's  Chapel,  Cottage,  near  Dudley. 

Si.  James  Church,  St.  James  Street. 


St.  Mark's  Church,  West  Newton,  cor.  New- 
land. 

St.  Mary's  tJhurch,  Bowdoin  St.,  Dorchester. 

St.  Mary's  Church,  Parmenter  Street. 

St.  Matthew's  Church,  408  Broadway,  South 
Boston. 

St.  Paul's  Church,  134  Tremont, 


St.  John's  Church,  Bow  Street,  cor.  Ruther- 
ford Avenue,  Charlestown. 

St.  John's  Church,  Centre,  Jamaica  Plain. 

St.  John's  Church,  Paris,  cor.  Decatur,  East 
Boston. 

St.  John's  Church,  1262  Tremont  Street. 

St.  Margaret's,  Washington,  cor.  Church, 
Brighton. 

Trinity  Church,  Boylston,  cor.  Clarendon. 


ST.    AUGUSTINE   ROMAN   CATHOLIC  CHURCH. 

FRIENDS. 


Friends'  meeting  at  Wesleyan  Hall,  Bromfield 
Street.  Sunday  a.m.,  and  Wednesday  p.m.  ;  also, 
Highland  Hall.     Sunday  evening. 


JEWISH. 


Beth  Abraham,  193  Hanover. 
Congregation  Har  Moriah,  72  Westminster. 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


59 


Mt.  Sinai  Congregation,  Shawmut  Avenue, 
cor.  Madison. 

Gates  of  Prayer,  Paine  Memorial  Building. 

Mishkan  Israel,  Ash  Street. 

Ohabei  Sholom,  76  Wairenton  Street. 

Sliomrey  Sbabos,  9  Elm. 

Temple  Adath  Israel  (German),  139  Pleasant. 

Zion's  Holy  Prophet  of  Israel  (Orthodox) 
Church,  cor.  Winchendon. 

LUTnERAN. 

Emmanuel's  (Swedish),  Emerald  Street. 

Evangelical  Lutheran  Zion  Church,  Shawmut 
Avenue,  cor.  Waltham. 

First  Scandinavian  Evangelical  Lutheran,  Par- 
menter  Street. 

Immanuers German  Lutheran  Church,  77  Chel- 
sea Street,  East  Boston. 

Trinity  Church  (German),  Parker  Street,  near 
Tremont. 

METIIODIST  EPISCOPAL. 

Allston  M.  E.  Church,  Harvard  Avenue,  cor. 
Farrington,  Allston. 

Appleton  Church,  Walnut,  near  Neponset 
Avenue,  Neponset. 

Broadway  Church,  Broadway,  nearF,  S.  B. 

City  Point  Mission,  Emerson,  cor.  L. 

Dorchester  Church,  Washington  Street,  near 
Sanford,  Dorchester. 

Dorchester  Street  Church,  Dorchester,  cor. 
Silver,  South  Boston. 

Egleston  Square  Church,  Washington,  cor. 
Beethoven. 

German  M.  E.  Church,  777  Shawmut  Avenue. 

Grace  Church,  Temple  Street. 

Harrison  Square  M.  E.  Church,  Parkman  St. 

Highlands  Church,  160  Warren  Street. 

Jamaica  Plain  M.  E.  Church,  Elm,  cor.  New- 
born, Jamaica  Plain. 

Meridian  Street  M.  E.  Church,  Meridian  Street, 
cor.  Decatur,  East  Boston. 

Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  Norfolk  Street, 
Mattapan. 

Munroe  Memorial  Church,  Main  Street, 
Charlestown. 

Monument  Square  M.  E.  Church,  Charlestown. 

Mt.  Pleasant  Church,  Howard  Avenue. 

People's  Church,  Columbus  Avenue,  cor. 
Berkeley. 

Revere  Street  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  79 
Revere. 

Roslindale  M.  E.  Church,  Ashland,  cor.  Shel- 
don. 

Ruggles  Street  Church,  Ruggles,  cor.  Windsor. 

Saratoga  Street  M.  E.  Church,  Saratoga  Street, 
E.  B. 


Second  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  Brom- 
field  Street. 

Swedish  M.  E.  Church,  10  Tremont  Row. 

Tremont  Street  Methodist  Episcopal,  Tremont 
Street,  cor.  W.  Concord. 

Trinity  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  High 
Street,  Charlestown. 

Washington  Village  Church,  Washington  Vil- 
lage. 

Winthrop  Strret  Methodist  Episcopal,  Win- 
throp  Street,  Roxbury. 

METHODIST. 

African  Union,  35  Anderson  Street. 
First  African  Church,  68  Charles  Street. 
First  Independent  Methodist  Church,  87  Shaw- 
mut Avenue. 
Zion  Church,  North  Russell  Street. 

NEW  CHURCH   (SWEDENBORGIAN). 

First  New  Jerusalem  Church,  Bowdoin  Street. 
Roxbury  New  Jerusalem  Church,  St.  James, 
cor.  Regent. 

PRESBYTERIAN. 

First  Presbyterian,  Berkeley,  cor.  Columbus 
Avenue. 

First  Presbyterian  of  E.  B.,  Meridian,  cor. 
London. 

First  Reformed  Presbyterian,  Ferdinand,  cor. 
Isabella. 

United  Presbyterian,  Berkeley,  cor.  Chandler. 

Fourth  Presbyterian,  Fourth,  between  G  and 
H,  S.  B. 

Second  Reformed  Presbyterian, 33  Chambers  St. 

Springfield  Street  Presbyterian  Church,  W. 
Springfield. 

REFORMED   CriURCFT. 

German  Reformed  Church,  13  Shawmut  St. 

ROMAN   CATHOLIC. 

Cathedral  of  the  Holy  Cross,  Washington,  cor. 
Maiden. 

Church  of  Gate  of  Heaven,  I,  near  Fourth  St. 

Church  of  the  Holy  Trinity,  140  Shawmut 
Avenue.     (German.) 

Church  of  the  Immaculate  Conception,  Harri- 
son Avenue,  cor.  East  Concord. 

Church  of  the  Most  Holy  Redeemer,  Maverick, 
cor.  London,  East  Boston. 

Church  of  the  Sacred  Heart,  Brooks,  cor. 
Church,  E.  B. 

Notre  Dame  des  Victoires  (French),  Freeman 
Place,  off  15  Beacon  Street. 

Our  Lady  of  the  Assumption,  Sumner  Street, 
E.  B. 

Star  of  the  Sea,  Saratoga  Street,  E.  B. 


60 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


St.  Ann's,  Minot,  near  Neponset  Avenue, 
Dorchester. 

St.  Augustine,  Dorchester,  near  Eighth. 

St.  Columbkille,  Arlington,  cor.  Market, 
Brighton. 

St.  Francis  de  Sales,  Bunker  Hill  Street, 
Charlestowm 

St.  Francis  de  Sales,  103  Vernon  Street. 

St.  Gregory,  Dorchester  Avenue,  near  Rich- 
mond. 

St.  James,  Harrison  Avenue,  near  Kneeland. 

St.  John  the  Baptist,  N.  Benuet  Street  (Portu- 
guese). 

St.  Joseph's,  Chambers  Street. 

St.  Joseph's  of  Roxbury,  Circuit  Street. 

St.  Leonard's  of  Port  Morris,  Prince  Street 
(Italian). 

St.  Mary's,  Endicott,  cor.  Thacher  Street. 

St.  Mary's.  Rutherford  Avenue,  Charlestown. 

St.  Patrick's,  Dudley,  cor.  Magazine. 

St.  Peter  and  St.  Paul,  Broadway,  S.  B. 

St.  Peter's,  Church  Street,  Meeting  House  Hill, 
Dorchester. 

St.  Stephen's,  Hanover  Street,  cor.  Clark. 

St.  Theresa,  Spring  Street,  West  Roxbury. 

St.  Thomas,  South,  cor.  Jamaica,  Jamaica 
Plain. 

St.  Vincent  de  Paul,  E,  cor.  Third. 

Our  Lady  of  the  Rosary,  Sixth  Street,  S.  B. 

SECOND  ADVENT. 

Christian  Advent,  87  Shawmut  Avenue. 
Messiah's    Church,    Shawmut    Avenue,    near 
Williams. 


UNION. 

Beacon  Hill  Church,  2  Beacon  Hill  Place. 

Cottage  Street  Church,  cor.  Pond,  Dorchester. 

Grove  Hall  Church,  Warren,  cor.  Blue  Hill 
Avenue. 

Lewis  Street  Mission,  Lewis,  cor.  Commercial. 

Mariners'  Bethel,  North  Square. 

North  End  Mission  Church,  201  North  Street. 

North  Street  Union  Mission,  144  Hanover. 

Portland  Street  Chapel,  146  Friend. 

South  Boston  Church  of  Christ,  Howe's  Hall, 
376  Broadway. 

Union  for  Christian  Work,  Centre,  cor.  Wal- 
den,  Roxbury. 

Warren  Street  Chapel,  10  Warrenton  Street. 

UNIVERSALIST. 

Central  Square  Universalist,  Central  Square, 
East  Boston. 

Church  of  Our  Father,  Broadway,  S.  B. 

First  Universalist  Church,  Warren  Street, 
Charlestown. 

First  Universalist,  Guild  Row,  cor.  Dudley. 

Grove  Hall  Universalist  Church,  Blue  Hill 
Avenue,  cor.  Schuyler. 

Murray  Chapel,  Bunker  Hill,  opposite  Walnut. 

Second  Universalist,  Columbus  Ave,  cor.  Clar- 
endon. 

Shawmut  Universalist,  Shawmut  Avenue,  be- 
low Brookline. 

St.  John's  Universalist  Church,  Adams,  cor. 
Gibson. 

Universalist  Church,  Centre,  near  Greenough 
Avenue,  Jamaica  Plain. 

Universalist  Church,  Union  Square,  Brighton. 


The   Educational   Institutions. 

About  two  hundred  and  fifty  years  ago  Boston  first  established  free  schools,  open  alike  to  nil, 
and  with  this  early  beginning  the  most  excellent  public-school  sj'stem  of  to-day  had  its  origin. 
Throughout  the  country  this  city  enjoys  a  reputation  for  the  superiority  of  its  educational  facilities 
second  to  no  other.  It  is  a  recognized  centre  of  learning,  and  throughout  the  private  and  public 
institutions  devoted  to  this  very  important  department  of  life  there  has  been  displayed  a  constant 
care  and  attention,  a  wise  and  liberal  management,  and  a  generous  and  intelligent  expenditure  of 
money.  During  the  present  year  the  Latin  School  celebrated  its  250th  anniversary  of  continued 
existence,  and  is  probably  the  oldest  public  educational  institution  in  the  country.  The  public 
schools  of  the  city  are  under  the  control  and^management  of  a  School  Committee,  the  offices  being 
located  on  Mason  Street.  The  Committee  is  composed  of  twenty-four  members,  and  the  Mayor 
President  ex-officio.  The  term  of  service  of  eight  of  the  members  expires  each  year,  while  that  of 
the  Mayor  continues  during  his  term  of  office.  In  addition  there  is  a  Superintendent,  Secretary, 
and  six  Supervisors.     The  schools  are: 


Normal.  Dartmouth  Street,  for  girls.     Estab- f 
lished  1854. 
Latin,  Warren  Avenue,  for  boys.     Est.  1635, 


Girls'  Latin,  West  Newton  Street.     Est.  1878. 
English  High  School,  Montgomery  Street,  for 
boys.    Established  1821. 


CITY   OF  BOSTON. 


61 


Girls'  High,  West  Newton  Street.  Established 
1852. 

Roxbury  High,  Kenil worth  Street. 

Dorchester  High,  Centre  Street,  cor.  Dorchester 
Avenue. 

West  Roxbury  High,  Elm  St.,  Jamaica  Plain. 

Brighton  High,  Academy  Hill. 

Charlestown  High,  Monument  Square,  cor. 
Bartlett  Street, 


Brimmer,  Common  Street,  for  boys.  Estab- 
lished 1844. 

Bunker  Hill,  Baldwin  Street,  Charlestown. 

Central,  Burroughs  Street,  Jamaica  Plain,  for 
boys.     Established  1849. 

Chapman,  Eutaw  Street,  East  Boston.  Estab- 
lished 1849. 

Charles  Sumner,  Ashland  Street,  Roslindale. 
Established  1862. 


East  Boston  High,  Public  Library  Buildings, 
Paris  and  Meridian  streets. 

Adams,  Belmont  Square,  East  Boston.  Estab- 
lished 1856. 

Allston,  Cambridge  Street,  Allston.  Estab- 
lished 1848. 

Andrew,  Dorchester  Street,  Washington  Vil- 
lage.    Established  1873. 

Bennett,  Chestnut  Hill  Avenue,  Brighton. 
Established  1847. 

Bowdoin,  Myrtle  Street,  for  girls.  Established 
1821. 

Bigelow,  E,  cor.  Fourth  Street,  South  Boston, 
for  boys.     Established  1849. 


5GpT0f\fQFJV\USlG 

praijklii/Sipre  Boston 


Comins,  1432  Tremont  Street. 

Dearborn,  Dearborn  Place. 

Dillaway,  Kenilvvorth  Street,  for  girls. 

Dorchester — Everett,  Sumner  St.,  Dorchester. 

Dudley,  Dudley  Street,  cor.  Putnam,  for  boys. 

D wight,  115  W.  Springfield,  for  boys.  Es- 
tablished 1844. 

Eliot,  N.  Bennett  Street,  for  boys.  Estab- 
lished 1713. 

Emerson,  Prescott  Street,  E.  B.  Established 
1865. 

Everett,  232  Northampton  Street,  for  gi'ls. 
Established  1860. 

Franklin,  Ringgold  St.,  for  girls.     Est.  1785. 


62 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Frothingham,  Prospect  Street,  Charlestown. 

Gaston,  Fifth,  cor.  L  Street,  for  girls.  Es- 
tablished 1873. 

George  Putnam,  Seaver  Street,  Roxbury. 

Gibson,  Columbia  Street,  Dorchester.  Estab- 
lished 1636. 

Hancock,  Parmenter  Street,  for  girls.  Estab- 
lished 1822. 

Harris,  Adams  Street,  Dorchester. 


Lowell,  310  Centre  Street.     Established  1874. 
Lyman,  Paris,  cor.   Decatur  Street,  East  Bos- 
ton.    Established  1837. 
Mather,  Meeting  House  Hill. 
Minot,  Walnut  Street,  Neponset. 
Mount  Vernon,  West  Roxbury.     Est.  1862. 
Norcross,  cor.  D  and  Fifth  streets,  for  girls. 
Phillips,  Phillips  Street,  for  boys.     Est.  1844. 
Prescott,  Elm  Street,  Charlestown. 


THE   FIRST   SPIRITUAL   TEMPLE,    NEWBURY   AND  EXETER   STREETS. 


Harvard,  Devens  Street,  Charlestown.  Estab- 
lished 1636. 

Hillside,  Elm  Street,  Jamaica  Plain,  for  girls. 
Established  1858. 

Lawrence,  B,  cor.  Third  Street,  South  Boston, 
for  boys.     Established  1844. 

j/ewis,  Dale,  cor.  Sherman  Street. 

Lincoln,  No.  648  Broadway,  for  boys.  Es- 
tablished 1859. 


Prince,  Exeter  Street.     Established  1880. 

Quincy.  Tyler  Street,  for  boys.     Est.  1847. 

Rice,  Dartmouth,  cor.  Appleton  Street,  for 
boys.     Established  1867. 

Sherwin,  Madison  Square.     Established  1870. 

Shurtlett,  No.  215  Dorchester  Street,  for  girls. 
Established  1869. 

Stoughton,  River  St.,  Dorchester.     Est.  1856. 

Tileston,  Norfolk  Street  (Mattapan.) 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


63 


Warren,  Pearl,  cor.  Summer  Street,  Charles- 
town.     Established  1840. 

Wells,  Blossom,  cor.  McLean  Street,  for  girls. 
Established  1833. 

Schools  for  Licensed  Minors,  N.  Margin  St. 


Winthrop,  No.  246  Tremont  Street,  for  girls. 
Established  1836. 

School  for  Deaf  Mutes,  Warrenton  Street. 

Roxbury  Latin  School,  Kearsarge  Avenue. 
Founded  1645. 


o 

u 

CD 

> 

H 

W 
O 
0 

CO 

8 

5 


CO 


There  are  also  a  number  of  very  excellent  private  schools,  prominent  among  which  are  the 
Institute  of  Technology,  and  Chauncey  Hall  School. 


64  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


The  Public  Library. 

No  institution  of  Boston  is  more  widely  known  throughout  the  country  than  the  Public  Library. 
It  is  a  public  library  in  fact  as  well  as  name,  the  only  restriction  being  that  the  privilege  of  taking  books 
for  home  use  is  limited  to  the  inhabitants  of  Boston  above  the  age  of  sixteen  years.  The  applicant  for 
its  volumes  must  subscribe  to  an  agreement  to  obey  its  rules,  and  give  as  reference  the  name  of  some 
one  citizen.  There  are  now  over  four  hundred  thousand  volumes  upon  its  shelves.  The  library  was 
instituted  in  1852,  and  the  company  incorporated  in  1878.  It  has  received  a  number  of  private  libraries 
of  prominent  citizens,  in  addition  to  liberal  gifts  of  money.  The  library  building,  on  Boylston  street, 
was  completed  in  1858,  at  a  cost  of  $365,000,  and  since  that  time  its  utility  and  influence  has  been 
steadily  widening,  it  having,  at  the  present  time,  branches  in  all  portions  of  the  city.  The  following 
gentlemen  comprise  the  Board  of  Trustees :  Alderman  Charles  V.  Whitten,  Councilman  Edward  J. 
Jenkins,  S.  A.  B.  Abbott,  J.  Freeman  Clarke,  William  W.  Greenough,  Henry  W.  Haynes,  and  William 
W.  Whitmore.  President,  W.  W.  Greenough;  Librarian  and  Clerk  of  the  Trustees,  Mellen  Chamber- 
lain. 

The  branches  are  located  as  follows :  East  Boston  branch,  Lyman  school-house,  Meridan  street ; 
South  Boston  branch,  Broadway,  corner  E  street ;  South  End  branch,  High  School  bui.ding,  Montgomery 
street;  Roxbury  branch,  Millmont  street,  corner  Lambert  avenue;  Charlestown  branch,  City  Hall, 
City  square  ;  Brighton  branch,  Rockland  street,  Brighton  ;  Dorchester  Branch,  Arcadia,  corner  Adams 
street ;  Jamaica  Plain  branch ;  North  End  branch,  Cushman  school-house,  Parmenter  street ;  West 
Roxbury  branch.  In  audition  to  the  branches  there  are  four  deliveries :  Roslindale,  Lower  Mills, 
Matapan,  and  Neponset. 

Among  other  libraries  in  the  city  is  that  of  the  State,  located  in  the  State  House,  and  containing 
over  fifty  thousand  volumes.  Established  in  1826,  it  now  comprises  many  valuable  works,  including 
United  States,  State,  and  Territorial  statute  books,  legal  documents,  political  economy,  education,  social 
science,  etc. 

In  the  Court-House,  on  Court  square,  is  the  Social  Law  Library,  of  about  sixteen  thousand  volumes, 
for  professional  use.     Its  incorporation  dates  back  to  1814. 

Boston  as  a  Railroad  Centre. 

Not  only  is  Boston  the  starting-point  of  eight  extensive  railway  lines  having  important  connec- 
tions with  every  section  of  the  country,  but  it  is  the  headquarters  of  many  great  railroad  corporations 
operating  in  the  Northwest  and  Southwest  and  other  distant  parts';  while  many  of  Boston's  capitalists 
have  large  investments  in  and  control  railroads  in  different  sections  of  the  Union  and  also  in  Mexico. 
The  railroads  centering  in  Boston  are  noticed  in  the  order  of  their  charter. 

Boston  and  Lowell  Line. 

This  was  the  first  line  of  railway  formed  in  Massachusetts,  the  company  receiving  its  charter  from 
the  State  in  1830.  This  line  was  largely  promoted  by  the  Lowell  manufacturing  establishments,  and 
to-day  it  is  one  of  the  most  substantial  and  successful  railway  organizations  in  the  State.  The  hand- 
some depot  of  the  company  is  in  Causeway  street,  and  is  700  feet  long  with  a  frontage 
of  205  feet.  The  Boston  and  Lowell  road  is  now  part  of  a  system  connecting  with  the 
leading  railroads  of  New  Hampshire,  the  Central  Vermont,  and  the  Grand  Trunk,  and  forming  a 
continuous  line  to  Montreal  and  other  parts  of  Canada  and  the  West.  In  1857  the  Boston  and  Lowell 
amalgamated  with  the  Nashua  and  Lowell  for  the  joint  operation  of  the  main  roads  and  their  branches. 
The  length  of  line  controlled  after  this  alliance  was  one  hundred  and  thirty-three  miles.  In  1878  this 
combination  terminated,  but  in  October,  1880,  the  Nashua  road  was  leased  for  ninety -nine  years  by  the 
Lowell.  In  1880  a  lease  of  the  Massachusetts  Central  was  contemplated  to  the  Boston  and  Lowell  for 
twenty-five  years.  The  Massachusetts  Central,  under  a  special  charter  granted  in  1869,  and  subsequent 
acts,  has  for  a  long  period  been  engaged  in  extending  their  line  so  as  to  make  a  connection  with  the  Troy 


CITY  OF  BOSTON.  65 


and  Greenfield  railroad,  and  thus  connect  with  the  Hoosac  Tunnel.  In  1882  the  Lowell  and  Concord 
lines  entered  into  an  operating  contract  for  five  years,  terminated  March  1st,  1883.  June  18th,  1884, 
the  Northern  New  Hampshire  railroad,  and  June  19th,  1884,  the  Boston,  Concord  and  Montreal  rail- 
roads were  leased  for  ninety-nine  years  from  May  31st,  1884.  April  1st,  1885,  the  Boston  and  Lowell 
commenced  to  operate  St.  J.  and  L.  C.  railroad  under  traffic  contract.  September  28th,  1885,  the 
Central  Massachusetts  opened  for  travel,  operated  by  Boston  and  Lowell  railroad.  The  road  controls  a 
terminus  at  tide  water  on  the  Mystic  river,  where  there  are  piers,  wharves,  elevators,  and  facilities  for 
steam  vessels.  The  officers  of  this  company  are :  Messrs.  Edwin  Morey,  president ;  C.  S.  Mellen,  gen- 
eral superintendent ;  C.  E.  A.  Bartlett,  treasurer ;  B.  F.  Kendrick,  auditor ;  Lucius  Tuttle,  general 
passenger  and  ticket  agent ;  George  W.  Storer,  assistant  general  passenger  agent ;  H.  N.  Turner, 
general  freight  agent ;  W.  F.  Simons,  assistant  general  freight  agent ;  W.  R.  Brackett,  general 
baggage  agent ;  J.  F.  Crockett,  superintendent  Southern  Division,  all  of  Boston.  George  E.  Todd, 
superintendent  Northern  Division,  Concord,  N.  H. ;  W.  A.  Stowell,  superintendent  White  Mountain 
Division,  Woodsville ;  A.  B.  Jewett,  superintendent  Vermont  Division,  St.  Johnsbury,  Vt. 

Boston  and  Providence  Railroad. 

This  was  the  second  line  of  railway  opened  from  Boston,  and  it  is  one  of  the  best-equipped  rail- 
roads in  the  country.  This  road  was  promoted  chiefly  by  New  York  capitalists  interested  in  the  direct 
communication  with  Boston,  which  a  road  from  Providence  would  give,  the  latter  being  reached  by 
the  water  lines  from  New  York.  As  already  stated,  the  charter  for  this  road  was  granted  in  1831,  and 
the  road  was  opened  for  traffic  in  June,  1835.  The  route  proper  from  Boston  to  Providence  is  forty- 
four  miles,  and  the  branches  and  leased  lines  are  tAventy-three  and  one-half  miles  in  length.  The  com- 
pany run  many  trains  daily  and  are  noted  for  keeping  perfect  time.  The  6.30  p.  M.  express  train 
carries  a  large  number  of  passengers  nightly  to  Stonington,  where  they  take  the  famous  Stonington 
line  of  Sound  steamers  for  New  York.  These  steamers  are  the  Narragansett  and  Stonington,  and  are 
handsomely  furnished  and  equipped  throughout.  The  steamers  arrive  in  New  York  every  morning  in 
time  for  the  early  trains  South  and  West.  The  steamers  also  leave  pier  No.  36  North  river,  New 
York,  at  five  o'clock  every  evening,  the  passengers  arriving  in  Boston  next  morning  in  ample  time  to 
connect  with  the  early  eastern  and  northern  trains.  The  Boston  and  Providence  is  an  important  part 
of  the  all-rail  ''  shore  line  "  route  to  New  York,  via  Providence,  New  London,  and  New  Haven,  the 
terminal  stations  being  the  two  finest  in  the  country.  The  Boston  depot,  in  Park  square,  stands  on 
historic  ground.  It  was  from  this  point  that  the  British  soldiers  embarked  for  their  raid  on  Lexington 
and  Concord.  The  depot,  built  at  a  cost  of  $800,000,  is  one  of  the  finest  buildings  in  the  Back  Bay 
district,  and  is  800  feet  from  end  to  end.  The  building  is  a  handsome  one  from  an  architectural  point  of 
view,  is  furnished  with  every  convenience  for  passengers,  and  the  large  illuminated  clock,  in  its  lofty 
and  finely  proportioned  tower,  can  be  seen  at  a  considerable  distance.  The  officers  of  the  company  are 
Messrs  H.  A.  Whitney,  president;  W.  H.  Morrell,  general  freight  agent;  A.  A.  Folsora,  superintend- 
ent ;  J.  Daily,  general  ticket  agent.     All  these  gentlemen  are  of  Boston. 

The  Old  Colony  Railroad. 

This  company  was  chartered  Mnrch  16th,  1844,  to  build  and  operate  a  railroad  from  Boston  to  Ply- 
mouth, and  the  road  was  opened  for  traffic  the  following  year.  Since  then  the  company  has  absorl  ed  the 
Old  Colony  and  Fall  River  Railroad  Companies,  the  Fall  River  and  Newport,  the  Cape  Cod,  the 
South  Shore,  the  Duxbury  and  Cohasset.  the  Middleboro  and  Taunton,  the  Dorchester  and  Milton,  the 
Boston,  Clinton,  Fitchburg  and  New  Bedford,  and  Framingham  and  Lowell  roads.  The  present  so- 
called  main-line  from  Boston  to  Plymouth  in  one  direction,  along  Cape  Cod  to  Provincetown,  and 
from  Fall  River  to  Newport,  is  249.89  miles  in  length,  and  with  its  various  branches  the  company 
controls  and  operates  in  all  four  hundred  and  seventy-five  miles  of  railroad  and  two  hundred  and 
twenty-five  miles  of  steamboat  routes,  making  a  grand  total  of  seven  hundred  miles  of  land  and  water 


66 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


PAINE   MEMORIAL   BUILDING,    APPLETON   STREET. 


CITY  OF  BOSTON.  67 


routes.  In  addition  to  what  has  been  mentioned,  the  company  have  just  completed  second  tracks  from 
Foxboro'  to  Mansfield,  and  are  just  about  finishing  an  extension  of  same  from  the  latter  place  to  Wal- 
pole.  Have  also  completed  second  tracks  from  Boston  to  Middleboro,  and  nearly  completed  from 
Boston  to  Fall  Kiver  via  Taunton.  The  main  line  runs  through  some  of  the  largest  manufacturing 
towns  of  Eastern  Massachusetts,  among  them  Brockton,  the  Bridgewaters,  Easton,  Taunton,  New 
Bedford,  and  Fall  River.  One  terminus  of  the  main  line  is  at  Provincetown,  the  farthest  seaward 
point  of  Cape  Cod.  The  northern  division  extends  from  Taunton  to  Attleborough,  Mansfield, 
Framingham,  Clinton,  Fitchburg,  and  Lowell.  A  branch  extends  to  Wood's  Holl,  whence  steamboat 
connection  is  made  with  Martha's  Vineyard  and  Nantucket.  Branches  from  the  South  Shore  division 
of  the  main  line,  which  passes  through  Higham  and  continues  to  Cohasset,  Duxbury,  and  Plymouth, 
summer  resorts  of  the  South  Shore,  extend  to  the  popular  Nantasket  Beach.  The  Duxbury  and 
Cohasset  branch  passes  through  Marshfield,  the  old  home  of  Daniel  Webster,  and  leads  to  Duxbury, 
where  the  American  end  of  one  of  the  Atlantic  cables  is  laid.  Another  terminus  of  the  line  is  Fall 
River,  between  which  place  and  New  York  the  famous  Fall  River  line  of  steamboats  are  run. 

In  1876  the  Old  Colony,  in  connection  with  the  Boston  and  Providence,  acquired  control  of 
the  Union  Freight  railway,  extending  from  the  Boston  and  Lowell  to  the  Old  Colony,  and  running 
along  Atlantic  avenue  and  Commercial  street  to  Constitution,  T,  Lewis',  Eastern  avenue,  Commercial, 
Union,  and  Central  wharves.  The  Union  Freight,  which  is  2.45  miles  long,  was  first  operated  in 
1872.  The  Old  Colony  is  a  distributor  of  freight  from  the  railways  to  the  principal  wharves  of  the 
city  for  loading  steamships  and  other  vessels  the  charge  for  transportation  being  four  dollars  per  car. 
The  Old  Colony  line  of  railways  and  the  Fall  River  line  of  steamboats  form  the  great  route  between 
Washington,  Baltimore,  Philadelphia,  New  York,  Boston,  Lowell,  Fitchburg,  Taunton,  Portland, 
Bangor,  Me.,  St.  John,  N.  B.,  Halifax,  N.  S.,  White  Mountains,  Mount  Desert,  and  all  the  mountain, 
seashore,  and  island  resorts  of  New  England  and  the  Provinces.  Annex  steamers  run  from  the 
Pennsylvania  railroad  pier  at  Jersey  City  and  from  the  Fulton  Ferry  slip,  Brooklyn,  in  connection 
with  the  Fall  River  line  ferry  at  New  York,  carrying  passengers  by  this  route  free.  The  superb  new 
iron  steamer  "  Pilgrim  "  and  the  world-renowned  steamer  "  Bristol,"  the  most  luxuriously  equipped 
and  the  most  palatial  vessels,  without  exception,  afloat,  leave  Pier  No.  28,  North  river,  New  York, 
every  evening,  and  land  at  Newport  or  Fall  River  at  an  early  hour  in  the  morning,  where  pas- 
sengers can  be  transmitted  by  express  trains, of  well-appointed  cars  to  Boston  or  other  places  on  the 
various  divisions  of  the  Old  Colony  railway,  and  there  establish  connection  with  other  railways 
to  reach  their  several  destinations.  Passengers  from  Boston  to  New  York  and  beyond  leave  the  Old 
Colony  depot,  corner  of  South  and  Kneeland  streets,  by  train  known  as  the  Steamboat  Express,  at  six 
o'clock  in  the  evening  on  every  week  day,  and  at  seven  o'clock  on  Sundays  ;  and  after  forty -nine  miles 
of  travel  on  rail  between  Boston  and  Fall  River  they  are,  at  the  latter  place,  run  alongside  the  steam- 
boat wharf,  and  on  board  they  are  afforded  the  means  of  entertainment  in  creature  comforts,  music,  and 
rest,  and  are  landed  in  New  York  at  a  seasonable  hour  in  the  morning,  and  in  time  for  early  connections 
for  points  beyond.  The  officers  of  the  company  are:  Messrs.  Charles  F.  Choate,  president;  J.  M. 
Washburn,  treasurer ;  J.  R.  Kendrick,  general  manager,  Boston ;  J.  H.  French,  superintendent  Main 
Line  Division,  Boston  ;  S.  A.  Webber,  superintendent  Northern  Division,  Fitchburg ;  C.  H.  Nye, 
superintendent  Cape  Cod  Division,  Hyannis ;  E.  T.  Pierce,  agent  N.  B.,  V.  &  N.  S.  Co.,  New  Bedford ; 
J.  Sprague,  Jr.,  general  passenger  agent  and  ticket  agent,  Boston ;  G.  S.  Morrill,  chief  engineer, 
Boston  ;  S.  C  Putnam,  general  freight  agent,  and  E.  F.  Wetherell,  general  baggage  agent. 

New  York  and  New  England  Railroad. 

This  railroad  company  is  the  successor  of  the  old  Boston,  Hartford  and  Erie  railroad,  which  had 
been  an  amalgamation  of  various  roads,  the  oldest  being  the  New  York  and  Hartford  Railway  Com- 
pany, incorporated   in  1845.     On  the  17th  of  April,  1873,  was  organized  the"  New  York  and  N- 


G8  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


England  Railroad  Company."  The  proceedings  whereby  this  corporation  was  formed  were  ratified  the 
same  year  by  the  Legislatures  of  New  York,  Connecticut,  Massachusetts,  and  Rhode  Island,  and 
authority  was  given  the  new  company  to  mortgage  its  railroad  property  and  franchises  in  a  sum  not 
exceeding  $10,000,000.  The  capital  stock  of  the  company  is  $20,000,000,  and  is  issued  in  exchange  for 
the  Berdell  bonds.  This  property  was  transferred  to  the  new  company  by  deed  in  July,  1875.  The 
company  purchased  of  the  assignees  in  bankruptcy  of  the  Boston,  Hartford  and  Erie  Railroad  Com- 
pany all  the  rights  of  redemption  by  that  company,  and  all  the  stocks  and  bonds  of  pre-existing  com- 
panies held  by  it.  The  New  York  and  New  England  Company  also  came  into  control  of  the  Norwich 
and  Worcester  Railroad,  extending  from  Worcester  to  Allyn's  Point,  under  the  terms  of  a  ninety-nine 
years'  lease  made  to  the  Boston,  Hartford  and  Erie  Railroad  Company. 

This  lease  also  gave  the  New  York  and  New  England  Railroad  Company  the  control  of  a  fine  line 
of  steamers  running  from  Norwich,  Allyn's  Point,  and  New  London  to  New  York,  the  Norwich  and 
Worcester  Railroad  Company  owning  a  majority  of  the  stock  of  the  steamboat  company.  During  the 
fall  of  1878  the  company  raised  the  mortgage  of  the  Hartford,  Providence  and  Fishkill  Railroad 
Company,  and  on  the  18th  of  October,  1878,  obtained  the  complete  control  of  that  railroad.  Thus  the 
New  Y'ork  and  New  England  railroad,  as  at  present  existing,  is  the  result  of  the  amalgamation  of  sev- 
eral railroads  organized  at  different  times  and  for  different  purposes,  some  being  started  for  purely  local 
business,  while  others  were  originally  intended  for  through  lines.  The  following  lines  are  operated  by 
this  company  : 

Boston  to  Fishkill,  on  Hudson  river,  two  hundred  and  twenty-eight  miles;  Providence,  R.  1.,  to 
Willimantic,  Conn.,  fifty-nine  miles;  Cook  street,  Newton,  Mass.,  to  Woonsocket,  R.  I.,  twenty-eight  miles ; 
Worcester,  Mass.,  to  Norwich,  Conn.,  and  Allyn's  Point,  sixty -six  miles ;  East  Hartford,  Conn.,  to  Spring- 
field, Mass.,  twenty-nine  miles  ;  sundry  branches  to  "  Providence,  R.  I.,"  "  South  Bridge,  IV '  ass,"  etc., 
sixty -one  miles ;  New  London  and  Allyn's  Point  to  New  York,  Norwich  and  New  York  Trans.  Co.'s 
steamers,  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  miles — making  a  total  of  five  hundred  and  ninety -six  miles.  Too 
much  space  would  be  occupied  to  describe  the  docks,  great  freight  houses,  the  grain  elevator,  and  the 
other  buildings  owned  by  the  company  in  this  city.  It  is  sufficient  to  say  that  the  largest  steamer  or 
ship  can  lie  at  the  wharves  and  discharge  its  freight  at  once  into  the  cars  to  carry  it  onward  to  its  des- 
tination. The  accommodations  for  handling  foreign,  through  or  local  freight  are  excellent,  and  the 
road's  connection  with  the  Pennsylvania  and  Erie  railroads  gives  the  through  business  an  impetus 
felt  in  other  directions. 

By  means  of  a  transfer  steamer  plying  between  Harlem  river  and  Jersey  City,  sleeping-cars  are 
run  through  from  Boston  to  Philadelphia  and  Washington  daily,  and  thus  a  large  amount  of  Western 
business  is  done  over  the  road.  The  road  starts  from  three  of  the  largest  cities  in  New  England- 
Boston,  Providence,  and  Worcester— with  good  connections  for  the  Wrest,  and  maintains  all  rail  and 
Sound  lines  for  passengers  and  freight  to  New  York,  the  company  operating  what  is  known  as  the 
Norwich  line  of  steamers  between  New  London  and  New  York.  The  company  have  lately  put  on 
some  fast  express  trains,  running  right  through  from  Boston  to  New  York  via  Willimantic.  The 
depot  of  the  company  is  on  Atlantic  avenue  at  the  foot  of  Summer  street,  and  the  officers  of  the  com- 
pany are  Messrs.  Charles  P.  (lark,  receiver,  Boston  ;  J.  W.  Perkins,  assistant  to  receiver,  Boston ;  W. 
H.  Turner,  general  superintendent,  Boston ;  George  B.  Phippen,  cashier,  Boston  ;  H.  M.  Kocher- 
sperger,  auditor,  Boston ;  E.  G.  Allen,  superintendent,  Boston  ;  E.  Holbrook,  superintendent  Hartford 
L.  W.  Palmer,  superintendent,  Providence;  P.  St  M.  Andrews,  superintendent,  Norwich;  E.  H. 
Tucker,  superintendent,  Needham  ;  C.  H.  Piatt,  superintendent,  Fishkill  Landing ;  G.  H.  \YTilliams, 
general  freight  agent,  Boston;  A.  C.  Kendall,  general  passenger  agent,  Boston;  L.  B.  Bidwell,  chief 
engineer,  Boston;  W.  W.  McKim,  purchasing  agent,  Boston,  and  J.  B.  Henney,  superintendent  motive 
power,  Boston. 


CITY  OF  BOSTON.  09 


Boston  and  Fitchburg  Railroad. 

This  company  was  incorporated  March  3d,  1842,  and  the  line  was  opened  for  travel,  first  to 
Walthain,  on  December  20th,  1843,  next  to  Concord,  on  June  17th,  1844,  and  to  Fitchburg  on  March 
5th,  1845.  The  company  now  operates  a  continuous  line  to  the  Hoosac  Tunnel,  and  has  under  a  lease 
for  nine  hundred  and  ninety-nine  years  the  line  of  the  Vermont  and  Massachusetts,  extending  from 
Fitchburg  to  Greenfield.  The  Troy  and  Greenfield  line,  from  Greenfield  to  North  Adams,  is  also 
operated  by  the  Fitchburg  under  a  contract  with  the  State  for  a  period  of  seven  years,  dating  from 
1880.  In  1878  great  improvements  were  effected  at  this  end  of  the  line  to  give  greater  accommodation 
to  the  increased  freight  business  resulting  from  the  road's  direct  connection  with  the  tunnel,  and  the 
completion  of  the  Hoosac  Tunnel  and  Western  Railway,  owned  chiefly  by  Boston  capitalists,  and  con- 
necting with  the  Erie  system.  The  main  line  of  the  Fitchburg  Company,  extending  from  Boston  to 
Fitchburg,  is  49.60  miles  in  length,  and  that  of  the  Vermont  and  Massachusetts,  practically  a  continu- 
ation of  the  main  line,  from  Fitchburg  to  Greenfield,  is  fifty-six  miles.  The  Fitchburg  operates  of 
its  own  and  leased  lines  227.32  miles  in  all.  The  unique  depot  of  the  company  is  in  Causeway  street, 
and  the  chief  officers  of  the  line  are :  Messrs.  E.  B.  Phillips,  president,  Boston  ;  John  Adams, 
general  superintendent,  Boston  ;  E.  K.  Turner,  chief  engineer,  Fitchburg ;  Mason  D.  Benson,  treasurer, 
Boston  ;  H.  F.  "Whitcomb,  chief  clerk  and  auditor,  Boston ;  J.  Whitmore,  traffic  manager,  Boston ; 
C.  L.  Hartwell,  general  freight  agent,  Boston ;  W.  E.  Locke,  general  agent ;  H.  H.  Marshall,  general 
agent,  Worcester ;  H.  A.  Phillips  division  superintendent,  Worcester ;  J.  R.  Watson,  general  passenger 
agent,  Boston ;  F.  O.  Heald,  general  ticket  agent,  Boston ;  W.  M.  Anthony,  assistant  general  passenger 
agent,  Worcester  ;  G.  F.  Foye,  general  baggage  agent,  Boston  ;  F.  S.  Pratt,  purchasing  agent,  and  A.  V. 
Fisher,  traveling  passenger  agent,  Boston. 

At  Boston  the  Hoosac  Tunnel  Dock  and  Elevator  Company,  an  auxiliary  corporation,  was  chartered 
April  29th,  1879,  for  the  construction  of  docks,  wharves,  elevators,  warehouses,  etc.,  for  the  handling 
and  storage  of  freight.  They  are  at  present  used  for  the  export  business,  and  three  lines  of  European 
steamships,  the  "  Leyland,"  "Allen,"  and  "  Furness,"  receive  and  deliver  their  cargoes  at  these  premises. 

Boston  and  Maine  Railroad. 

The  Boston  and  Maine  railroad,  as  now  constructed,  was  constituted  by  the  amalgamation  of  the 
Boston  and  Portland  railroad,  chartered  in  1833  ;  the  Boston  and  Maine,  chartered  in  New  Hampshire 
in  1835,  and  the  Maine,  New  Hampshire,  and  Massachusetts,  chartered  in  Maine  in  1836.  This  alliance 
occurred  January  1st,  1842,  and  the  line  was  opened  to  the  junction  with  the  Portland,  Saco,  and  Ports- 
mouth, at  South  Berwick,  Me.,  in  1843.  Up  to  1871  the  latter  road  was  jointly  leased  and  operated  by 
the  Boston  and  Maine  and  the  Eastern  companies,  but  the  former,  in  1873,  opened  a  direct  line  to 
Portland.  The  main  line  from  Boston  to  Portland  is  one  hundred  and  fifteen  miles  long,  and  the  com- 
pany also  operate  eighty -three  miles  of  branches  and  leased  lines.  The  main  line  runs  through  forty- 
two  cities,  towns,  and  villages,  all  largely  populated,  and  many  of  them  devoted  to  manufacturing 
interests.  In  summer  this  road  does  a  large  business  in  carrying  passengers  to  the  White  Mountain 
resorts  by  its  connections  at  Winnepesaukee  and  Portland.  The  depot  is  in  Haymarket  square. 
Recently  the  company  leased  the  lines  of  the  Eastern  Company,  and  the  project  is  on  foot  for  abolishing 
the  present  Boston  and  Maine  depot  and  utilizing  only  the  depot  of  the  Eastern,  thus  doing  away  with 
the  vexatious  crossings  between  Haymarket  square  and  Causeway  street,  and  converting  to  other  uses  a 
vast  area  of  valuable  property. 

The  present  officers  of  the  company  are  Geo.  C.  Lord,  president,  Boston ;  Amos  Blanchard  treas- 
urer, Boston;  J.  T.  Furber,  general  manager,  soston;  William  J.  Hobbs,  auditor,  Boston;  D.  J. 
Flanders,  general  passenger  and  ticket  agent,  Boston ;  W.  J.  C.  Kenney,  general  freight  agent, 
Boston;  W.  F.  Berry,  assistant  general  freight  agent,  Boston ;  Wil'iam  Merritt,  Jr.,  superintendent 
Western  Division,  Boston;  D.  W.  Sanborn,  superintendent   Eastern  Division,  Boston;  G.  J.  Fisher, 


70  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


purchasing   agent,  Boston  ;  Win.  Smith,  superintendent  motive  power,  Boston ;  J.  W.  Sanborn,  super- 
intendent Northern  Division,  Wolfboro1  Junction,  N.  H. 

The  Eastern  Railroad. 

The  Eastern  railroad,  as  above  stated,  has  been  leased  to  the  Boston  and  Maine  Railroad  Com- 
pany, and  its  lines  are  now  operated  by  the  latter  company  under  its  own  name,  the  style  of  the  Eastern 
having  been  dropped,  but  the  depot  will  for  some  time  to  come  be  still  known  as  the  Eastern  as  dis- 
tinguished from  the  Boston  and  Maine  depot,  in  Hay  market  square.  The  Eastern  depot  is  a  fine, 
handsome  structure  on  Causeway  street.  The  Eastern  company  was  chartered  April  14th,  1836,  to  build 
a  road  from  Boston  to  the  New  Hampshire  line,  and  this  was  completed  on  November  9th,  1840.  The 
main  line  runs  from  Boston  to  Portland,  and  from  Conway  Junction  to  North  Conway,  N.  H.,  connecting 
there  with  the  Portland  and  Ogdensburg,  running  through  the  favorite  resorts  in  the  White  Mountains. 

The  main  stem  is  one  hundred  and  eighty  miles  in  length,  and  its  branches  one  hundred  and  two 
miles.  The  total  length  of  lines  owned,  leased,  and  operated  were  281. 09  miles.  The  length  of  the  road 
in  Massachusetts  is  120.79  miles;  in  New  Hampshire,  107.63  ;  and  in  Maine,  53.55  miles.  It  has  a  close 
alliance  with  the  Maine  Central  system,  and  thus  substantially  controls  all  the  traffic  to  the  east  of 
Portland  with  the  Maritime  Provinces.  Passing  along  the  North  Shore,  the  main  line  and  branches 
touch  the  principal  summer  resorts  of  that  region.  The  Gloucester  branch,  from  Beverly,  through 
Beverly  Farms,  Manchester-by-the-Sea,  Magnolia,  Gloucester  to  Rockport,  is  a  busy  route  in  the  summer. 

Boston  and  Albany  Railroad. 

This  company  succeeded  the  Boston  and  Worcester  railroad  above  referred  to,  and  it  was  chartered 
in  1867,  upon  the  consolidation  of  the  Worcester  and  Western  railroads,  with  all  their  branches  and 
leased  lines,  the  Western  line  having  been  opened  from  Worcester  to  the  Connecticut  rivpr  eight  years 
after  the  opening  of  the  Worcester  road,  which  was  chartered  in  1831,  and  two  years  later  to  the  State 
line.  The  Boston  and  Albany  line  now  forms  one  continuous  road  to  the  Hudson  river,  a  desideratum 
long  wished  for  by  Bostonians.  The  length  of  the  main  line,  all  double  tracked,  is  201.65  miles,  and 
the  total  length  of  road  owned,  leased,  and  worked  by  the  company  is  323.66  miles.  The  company  also 
own  and  operate  the  Grand  Junction  railroad  and  its  extensive  wharves  at  East  Boston.  This  line  is 
connected  with  the  company's  main  road  and  a  deep  water  connection  thus  secured.  For  unloading 
freight  steamers  and  moving  large  numbers  of  immigrants  in  a  speedy  and  comfortable  manner  through 
the  city  ample  facilities  are  provided.  The  company  also  own  and  operate  a  large  grain  elevator  at 
East  Boston,  having  a  capacity  of  one  million  bushels,  and  another  at  the  corner  of  Chandler  and  Berk- 
ley streets,  in  the  city,  the  capacity  of  which  is  about  half  a  million  of  bushels.  The  company  have 
lately  built  two  additional  lines  of  track  as  far  as  Auburndale  Station,  in  Newton.  The  car  shops  of 
the  company  are  at  Allston,  in  the  Brighton  district. 

A  large  part  of  the  stock  of  the  Boston  and  Albany  company  was  owned  by  the  State  until  1882,  when 
it  was  sold  to  the  company,  whose  magnificent  depot  is  in  Kneeland  street,  adjoining  the  Old  Colony 
depot.  The  headquarters  of  the  company  are  at  Springfield,  and  the  company  run  fast  trains  to  New 
York  and  have  direct  communication  with  the  West.  The  officers  of  the  company  are  :  Messrs.  Win. 
Bliss,  president,  Boston  ;  J.  A.  Rumrill,  vice-president,  Springfield  ;  W.  H.  Barnes,  general  manager, 
Boston ;  A.  L.  Soule,  general  counsel,  Boston  ;  C.  E.  Stevens,  treasurer,  Boston  ;  E.  Gallup,  general 
superintendent,  Springfield  ;  W.  H.  Russell,  Jr.,  division  superintendent,  Albany  ;  C.  E.  Grover,  division 
superintendent,  Springfield ;  H.  B.  Chesley,  division  superintendent,  Boston  ;  A.  B.  Underhill,  superin- 
tendent of  motive  power,  Springfield ;  Arthur  Mills,  general  traffic  manager,  Boston  ;  H.  T.  Gallup, 
general  freight  agent,  Boston ;  J.  M.  Griggs,  general  ticket  agent,  Springfield ;  A.  S.  Hanson,  general 
passenger  agent,  Boston  ;  George  A.  Morton,  general  baggage  agent,  Boston  ;  W.  H.  Rucsell,  chief  engi- 
neer, Springfield  ;  F.  D.  Adams,  master  car  builder,  Allston ;  M.  E  Barber,  auditor,  Springfield ;  A.  S. 
Bryant,  cashier  Springfield  ;  Albert  Holt,  paymaster,  Springfield. 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


71 


Boston,  Revere  Beach  and  Lynn  Railroad. 
This  company's  works  consist  of  a  ferry,  starting  from  the  depot  in  Atlantic  avenue,  at  the  foot  of 
High  street,  and  running  across  to  East  Boston,  and  of  a  line  of  railroad  thence  along  the  crest  of  Revere 
Beach  to  Lynn.  The  road  is  a  three-feet  gauge,  and  trains  are  run  half-hourly,  mornings  and  after- 
noons, and  hourly  from  9  A.  M.,  to  3  p.  M.  The  Boston,  Winthrop  and  Shore  road  connects  with  the 
main  line  at  Winthrop  Junction,  and  runs  thence  to  the  watering  place  of  Ocean  Spray,  Winthrop. 
The  road  is  a  largely  patronized  one,  and  the  officers  of  the  road  are  :  Messrs.  Edwin  Walden,  president ; 
C.  A.  Hammond,  superintendent ;  John  A.  Fenno,  general  ticket  agent  and  treasurer.  The  general 
offices  of  the  company  are  at  No.  350  Atlantic  avenue. 

Public  Parks,  Gardens,  Squares,  Etc. 

Bostonians  have  ever  been  alive  to  the  necessity  of  having  "  breathing  spaces  "  in  their  midst, 
where  they  could  have  pleasure  walks  and  places  for  recreation.  Situated  right  in  the  heart  of  the  city, 
and  easy  of  approach  from  every  district,  is  the  famous 

Boston  Common, 

which  is  the  admiration  not  only  of  our  own  citizens  but  of  every  visitor  to  the  city,  American  and 
foreigner.     When  Blackstone,  the  first  inhabitant,  sold  the  town  of  Boston,  about  two  hundred  and  fifty 


UNITED   STATES   HOTEL,    BEACH   STREET,    COR.   LINCOLN. 

years  ago,  for  thirty  pounds,  or  about  $150,  to  Governor  Winthrop's  colony,  then  at  Charlestown,  the 
purchasers  laid  out  a  place  for  a  "training  field,"  and  "  for  the  feeding  of  cattle."  Cattle  continued  until 
1830  to  be  grazed  on  the  Common,  which  is  still  sometimes  used  as  a  training  field.  The  Common 
originally  extended  as  far  as  the  Tremont  House  in  one  direction  and  to  Mason  street  in  another, 
bordering  westerly  on  the  Back  Bay,  then  a  marshy  tract,  the  waters  of  the  ocean  then  flowing  up  to 
Charles  street  and  to  the  foot  of  the  Roxbury  Hills.  Where  Park  street  now  is  an  almshouse,  a 
bridewell,  and  a  granary  stood,  and  was  called  Sentry  Field.  In  1835  the  Common  was  partly  inclosed 
— forty-three  and  three-fourth  acres  of  it— at  a  cost  of  over  $80,000,  and  later  the  remainder  was 
inclosed.  The  Common  as  it  now  exists  is  forty -eight  and  one-fourth  acres  in  extent,  and  it  is  one  of  the 
most  attractive  parks  to  be  found  in  the  country,  rich  in  its  greensward,  its  thousands  of  trees  with  their 
wide  spreading  branches,  its  p«nds,  monuments  and  lovely  walks.     It  is  not  valued  by  Bostonianfi  for 


72  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


its  beauties  alone  and  for  the  opportunities  for  out-door  recreation  it  affords,  but  for  its  historic  associa- 
tions. In  the  old  granary  we  have  spoken  of  were  made  the  sails  of  the  frigate  "  Constitution,"  which 
made  itself  famous  in  the  war  of  1812.  The  troops  that  captured  Lewisburg,  the  troops  enlisted  by 
Amherst  and  which  conquered  Quebec,  and  the  soldiers  whose  fights  brought  about  the  American 
Revolution  mustered  here.  Whitfield  preached  here,  Quakers  were  hanged  here  for  their  religious 
opinions,  famous  duels  have  been  fought  here,  British  soldiers  camped  and  built  earthworks  here,  the 
repeal  of  the  Stamp  Act  was  celebrated  here,  military  and  naval  victories,  and  the  glories  of  statesmen 
warriors,  and  scientists  are  commemorated  here  by  monuments  and  statues,  and  it  is  here  that  military 
bodies  yet  muster  on  anniversary  days  and  public  events.  The  Common,  which  is  inclosed  by  an  iron 
fence  five  thousand  nine  hundred  and  thirty-two  feet  in  length,  is  still  the  scene  of  jollity  and  merri- 
ment, eatables  and  drinkables  on  high  festivals,  just  as  it  has  been  through  all  the  generations  since 
Governor  Winthrop's  colony  came  over  from  Charlestown. 

The  Public  Garden, 

separated   from  the  Common  by  Charles  street,  is  twenty-four  and  one-fourth  acres  in  extent.     It  is 

bounded  by  Charles,  Boylston,  Arlington,  and  Beacon  streets.     It  was  at  one  time  the  "  Marsh  at  the 

Bottom  of  the  Common  ;"  in  1862  the  marsh  was  filled  up  and  graded,  and  to-day  the  Public  Garden, 

with  its  handsome  walks,  beautiful  flower-beds,  water  fountains,  statues,  and  artificial  pond,  on  which 

pleasure-boats  ply  and   water  birds  find   enjoyment,  is  one  of  the  most  attractive  resorts  to  be  found  in 

the  country.     Lit  up  by  electric  lights  in  the  evenings,  it  is  a  much  frequented  spot  both  by  night 

and  day. 

Back  Bay  Park. 

In  1881  the  City  Council  adopted  a  scheme  for  making  an  extensive  range  of  park  ways  and  parks, 
stretching  from  Back  Bay  into  the  West  Roxbury  district.  In  1877  the  City  Council  authorized  the 
purchase  at  a  cost  not  over  ten  cents  a  foot  of  one  hundred  acres  of  lands  or  flats  in  the  Back  Bay  dis- 
tricts for  a  public  park.  Since  then  grants  of  $49 1,000  have  been  made  for  land,  and  for  filling,  grading, 
surveying,  and  laying  out  this  park.  Mr.  Fred.  Law  Olmstead,  landscape  architect,  prepared  the  plan 
for  this  new  park.  From  this  plan  it  seems  that  an  irregularly  shaped  basin  thirty  acres  in 
extent  is  to  be  formed  by  the  waters  of  Stony  Brook.  In  the  basin  will  be  a  surface  of  level 
land  equal  in  area  to  that  of  the  water,  and  a  few  inches  higher,  which  will  be  covered  with  sedges, 
rushes,  and  salt  grasses,  relieved  by  golden  rods  and  asters.  This  is  to  be  made  attractive  by  a  collec- 
tion of  wild  fowl.  Around  the  entire  basin  of  sixty  acres  will  be  a  wide  promenade,  including  a  walk 
twenty-five  to  forty  feet  wide,  a  drive  forty  feet  wide,  and  a  riding  pad  twenty -five  feet  wide.  This  sec- 
tion of  the  promenade  will  be  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  long,  the  rest  to  consist  of  a  wide  walk  and 
driveway  connecting  with  Beacon,  Parker,  and  Boylston  streets,  and  also  with  Commonwealth,  West- 
land,  Longwood,  Huntington,  and  Brookline  avenues.  There  is  to  be  but  little  artificial  ornamentation. 
The  shore  will  have  a  long,  sedgy  slope,  overhung  with  foliage.  The  park,  when  completed,  will,  in 
addition  to  its  own  attractions,  have  a  surrounding  of  beautiful  scenery.  The  work,  however,  will  take 
many  years  to  complete.  * 

Charles  River  Embankment,  Etc. 

In  1881  the  city  acquired  powers  to  take  land  along  the  flats  known  as  the  Charles  River  Embank- 
ment, beginning  at  Leverett  street,  near  Craigie's  bridge,  and  extending  to  Cottage  Farms  bridge,  for  park 
purposes.  Later  the  Arnold  Arboretum  at  West  Roxbury  was  purchased,  and  in  connection  with  these 
and  other  park  projects  in  the  city  the  Council  appropriated  $1,310,000.  The  chain  of  parks  from  Back 
Bay,  practically  a  continuation  of  the  Common  and  Public  Garden,  will  be  through  Commonwealth 
avenue  along  the  Muddy-river  improvement,  Jamaica  Pond,  the  Arnold  Arboretum,  and  ending  in  the 
large  and  attractive  natural  park  at  West  Roxbury.     The  Charles  River  embankment  will  be  separated 


CITY  OF  BOSTON.  73 


from  the  Back  Bay  Parkway  by  Beacon  street,  now  a  popular  driveway.  When  completed,  the  Em- 
bankment will  furnish  a  parkway  two  hundred  feet  in  width,  with  a  continuous  water  front  two  and 
three-fourth  miles  in  length,  crossing  Cambridge  street  to  the  proposed  new  bridge  across  Charles 
river.  It  will  be  laid  out  with  walks,  drives,  saddle  pads,  and  boat  landings,  and  ornamented  with 
shrubbery  and  turf.     This  parkway  will  connect  with  a  proposed  park  at  Brighton. 

West  Roxbury  Park. 

In  1842  the  late  Benjamin  Bussey  bequeathed  his  beautiful  estate  at  West  Roxbury  to  the  Harvard 
University  for  a  school  of  agriculture,  horticulture,  and  veterinary  science,  but  the  estate  did  not  pass 
into  the  hands  of  the  college  until  1870.  In  that  year  a  building  containing  lecuire  and  collection 
rooms,  laboratory,  library,  and  office  was  built  and  the  school  opened.  In  1872  the  university  received 
$100  000  from  the  late  James  Arnold,  of  New  Bedford,  to  establish  here  a  professorship  in  tree  culture 
ind  to  create  an  arboretum,  with  ample  facilities  for  the  study  of  arboriculture.  This  was  called  the 
Arnold  Arboretum.  The  great  fire  of  1872  affected  seriously  the  resources  of  the  Bussey  estate.  The 
entire  estate  comprises  three  hundred  and  sixty  acres,  of  which  one  hundred  and  thirty-seven  were 
assigned  for  the  Arboretum,  and  are  laid  out  with  walks  and  roadways.  In  188 1  the  City  Council  decided 
to  acquire  one  hundred  and  twenty  acres  of  the  Arboretum  portion  of  the  estate  for  a  public  park,  the 
condition  being  that  about  forty-four  acres  of  additional  land  be  purchased  by  the  city,  at  the  cost  of 
about  $50,000,  two-thirds  of  the  estate  to  be  free  to  the  public,  the  other  one-third  as  free  as  the 
Public  Garden  now  is— that  is,  it  will  be  under  cultivation  by  Harvard  College  between  the  drives  and 
walks. 

In  18S1  the  City  Council  appropriated  $600,000  for  the  West  Roxbury  Park,  which  is  now  a  great 
favorite  resort.  The  park  affords  the  varied  landscape  effects  obtained  in  an  extensive  undulating 
tract,  such  as  groups  of  forest,  woodland  glades,  and  picturesque  groupings  of  shrubbery.  It  has  a 
charming  valley,  winding  between  wood-clad  slopes  for  about  a  mile  in  length.  This  will  form  a  suit- 
able terminus  of  the  chain  of  parks  biginning  at  Back  Bay  and  already  spoken  of. 

Proposed  Park  at  City  Point,  South  Boston. 

City  Point  is  now  and  has  long  been  a  favorite  resort,  and  it  is  contemplated  to  form  a  marine 
park,  or  esplanade,  as  recommended  by  the  park  commissioners  in  1876.  The  point  chosen— the 
Battery — commands  a  fine  view  of  the  lower  harbor  and  a  distant  outlook  over  the  ocean.  In  1881  the 
City  Council  appropriated  $100,000  for  this  work,  and  since  then  there  has  been  some  talk  of  the  island 
on  which  Fort  Independence  stands  being  obtained  from  the  Government  for  recreative  purposes,  the 
island  being  immediately  opposite  to  City  Point. 

East  Boston  Park. 

In  1881  the  City  Council  appropriated  $50,000  for  a  park  for  East  Boston,  and  this  necessarily  will 
be  of  an  upland  character,  commanding  a  wide  range  of  view. 

In  different  parts  of  the  city — in  the  city  proper,  in  South  Boston,  East  Boston,  Roxbury,  Dorchester, 
Charlestown,  and  Brighton  districts — there  are  many  small  parks  and  squares,  all  tending  to  the  health 
and  beautifying  of  the  city,  rendering  it  attractive  to  both  dwe'lers  and  visitors. 

Boston  Newspapers. 

The  city  of  Boston  has  eight  daily  newspapers,  forty-four  weeklies,  exclusive  of  the  weekly  editions 
of  daily  papers  and  the  purely  Sunday  papers — that  is,  newspapers  published  on  Sunday  mornings 
only — three  bi-weeklies,  forty-eight  monthlies,  two  bi-monthlies,  and  three  quarterlies.  The  daily 
newspapers,  taken  in  the  order  of  seniority,  are : 

The  Advertiser,  which  was  established  in  1812,  the  first  publisher  being  Mr.  W.  W.  Clapp,  father 


74 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


of  Colonel  W.  W.  Clapp,  the  present  managing  editor  of  the  journal.  In  its  early  years  the  Advertiser 
bought  up  the  property  of  several  contemporaries,  among  them  being  the  Patriot,  established  in  1809, 
and  the  Repertory,  first  published  in  1803  by  the  founder  of  the  Advertiser.  The  Advertiser  has  changed 
hands  two  or  three  times,  and  it  is  now  owned  by  a  company,  the  publisher  being  Mr.  Edward  P.  Call 
and  the  managing  editor  Mr.  Bacon.  It  is  Republican.  The  publishing  office  is  at  Nos.  246  and  218 
Washington  street. 

The  Boston  Post  wras  founded  by  Colonel  Charles  G.  Greene,  and  the  first  number  was  issued  No- 
vember 9th  1831.  It  directly  succeeded  the  American  Statesman,  started  in  February,  1821,  and  which 
was  incorporated  with  the  Post.  The  Statesman  was  founded  by  True,  *  eston  &  Greene,  the  latter 
bein«-  Nathaniel  Greene,  brother  of  the  founder  of  the  Post.  The  paper  has  several  times  changed 
hands.  In  1875  it  became  the  property  of  a  corporation,  which  was  reorganized  in  1885,  Mr  Andrews 
being  appointed  treasurer.  The  price  of  the  paper  was  reduced  in  October,  1885,  from  three  to  two 
cents.  The  Post  is  thoroughly  Democratic.  The  office  is  on  Milk  street,  and  stands  on  the  site  of  the 
birthplace  of  Benjamin  Franklin. 

The  Boston  Evening  Transcript  was  founded  July  24th,  1830,  by  Mr.  Lynde  M.  Walter.  The  paper 
is  the  property  of  a  company,  the  heirs  of  Henry  W.  Dutton  being  the  principal  shareholders.  Mr. 
William  Durant  is  the  business  manager  and  treasurer,  Mr.  S.  P.  Mandell  is  the  president,  and  Mr. 
Edward  H.  Clement  is  the  managing  editor.     A  weekly  edition  of  the  Transcript  is  published.     In 


ONE   OF   BOSTON'S   POPULAR   SUMMER   EESORTS — HOTEL   NANTASKET. 

politics  the  Transcript  is  Independent  Republican.     The  office  is  on  the  corner  of  Washington  and 

Milk  streets. 

The  Daily  Evening  Traveler  made  its  first  appearance  on  the  first  of  April,  1845,  the  founders  being 
Upton,  Ladd  &  Co.  After  undergoing  a  few  changes  in  proprietorship  it  became  the  property  of  Roland 
Worthington  &  Co.,  Colonel  Worthington  having  been  associated  with  the  paper  from  the  time  when 
it  had  been  published  for  about  two  months.     It  is  Republican  in  its  politic  ,  and  the  publishing  office 

is  on  State  street. 

The  Boston  Daily  Journd  was  founded  about  fifty  years  ago  by  Messrs.  Ford  &  Damrell.  Origi- 
nally a  Whig  paper  in  politics,  it  is  now  thoroughly  Republican.  Colonel  W.  W.  C'app,  son  of  the 
founder  of  the  Saturday  Evening  Gazette  and  the  Advertiser,  is  now  at  the  head  of  the  journal.  The 
office  is  at  No.  264  Washington  street. 

The  Boston  Herald  is  the  leading  da'ly  paper  in  Boston,  commanding  the  largest  circulation  and 
the  greatest  advertising  patrona-e.     It  was  began  as  a  penny  evening  paper,  August  31st,  1S4G,  by 


CITY  OF  BOSTON 


75 


William  O.  Eaton.  It  started  out  as  an  '  independent  paper,"  and  that  is  its  character  to-day.  In  April. 
1S69,  the  then  proprietor,  Mr.  Edwin  C.  Bailey,  sold  his  interest  to  Royal  M.  Pulsifer,  Edwin  B.  Has- 
kell, Justin  Andrews,  Charles  H.  Andrews,  and  George  C.  Bailey,  all  of  whom  had  been  in  his  employ. 
In  187  L  George  C.  Bailey,  and  in  1873  Justin  Andrews  sold  their  interests  to  their  co-partners,  the 
present  proprietors  being  Messrs.  E.  M.  Pulsifer,  E.  B.  Haskell,  and  Charles  H.  Andrews.  Mr  Johi 
H.  Holmes  is  the  managing  editor.     The  office  is  at  No.  225  Washington  street. 

The  Boston  Daily  Globe  was  started  March  4th,  1872,  by  a  company  of  gentlemen,  prominent 
among  whom  was  Maturin  M.  Ballon,  its  originator  and  iirst  editor.  After  conducting  the  paper  for  a 
year  he  retired,  and  Colonel  Charles  H.  Taylor  became  the  general  manager.  The  paper  started  as 
Independent,  but  in  1878  became  Democratic  in  politics,  The  office  is  at  Nos.  236  and  238  Washing- 
ton street. 


THE   CHAUNCY   HALL   SCHOOL,   BOYLSTON   STREET. 


The  Boston  Evening  Record  is  a  bright,  lively  penny  paper  that  has  rapidly  won  a  large  circula- 
tion. It  was  established  during  the  Presidential  campaign  of  1884,  and  advocated  the  election  of 
President  Cleveland.  It  is  independent,  however,  in  politics.  The  business  manager  is  Mr.  Georg< 
II.  Ellis,  and  is  published  at  the  office  of  the  Advertiser  in  Washington  street. 

All  the  daily  papers,  with  the  exception  of  the  Herald  and  Record,  publish  weekly  editions. 
Among  the  principal  weekly  papers  are  the  Saturday  Evening  Gazette,  the  Courier,  the  Sunday  Budget, 
the  Saturday  Evening  Express,  the  Times,  the  Pdot,  the  Republic,  the  Commercial  Bulletin,  Journal  oj 
Commerce,  Manufacturers'  Gazette,  American  Architect  and  Building  News,  the  Commonwealth,  Banner  oj 
Light,  Woman's  Journal,  LittelVs  Living  Age.  Of  the  week'y  and  monthly  literary  and  story  papers, 
the  variety  is  great,  but  even  the  cheapest  and  least  meritorious  are  creditably  conducted. 

Boston's  newspapers  and  periodicals  will  compare  favorably  with  those  of  any  city  in  the  country 
and  have  circulations  that  make  them  of  national  interest  and  importance. 


70 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Gross  funded 

Annual 

Tax 

Valuation. 

Debt. 

Appropriation. 

Kate. 

1875  .    . 

.  |T93,9G1,895 

$43,414,829  99 

$11,104,805 

$13  70 

1876  .   . 

.    748,990,210 

43,848,S35  73 

10,180,887 

12  70 

1877.   . 

.    686,840,586 

43,590,497  30 

10,267,258 

13  10 

1878  .   . 

.    030,44G,SG6 

42,457,022  47 

9,555,892 

12  80 

1879. 

.    013,322. G92 

42,359,816  23 

9,133,429 

12  50 

1880. 

.    639,462,495 

42,030,125  36 

10,190,387 

15  20 

1881  . 

.     065.554,597 

40,949,332  18 

10,475,817 

13  90 

1882. 

.    672,407,062 

40,079,312  04 

11.054,535 

15  10 

1883  . 

.    6S4,432,671 

41,184,358  12 

11,214,209 

14  50 

1884. 

.    682,648,000 

43,1S5,669  07 

12,66G,095 

17  00 

1885  . 

42,962,180  02 

10,608,100 

.   . 

The  City's  Valuation,  Tax  Rate,  Etc. 

The  following  tables  show  the  valuation  of  the  city,  gross  funded  debt,  annual  appropriations,  and 
tax  rate  since  1S7"> ;  the  highest  valuation  and  annual  appropriation,  previous  to  1884,  were  reached  in 
1874,  the  valuation  being  6798,755,050,  and  the  appropriations  $12,146,643  :  ? 

THE  DEBT  OF  THE  CITT. 

The  amount  of  the  debt  of  the  city,  of  all  kinds, 

April  30th,  1884,  was, $43,277,669  07 

Add  amount  of  bonds  issued  on  account  of  city 

during  the  year  1884-85, 440,200  00 

Less  amount  of  funded  debt  paid  during 

the  year  1884-85, $663,689  05 

Less  amount  of  temporary  loan,  1884, 

paid  during  the  year, 92,000  00 

755,689  05 

Total  funded  debt,  April  30th,  1885, $42,962,180  02 

Total  debt,  April  30th,  1884 43,277,669  07 

Total  debt,  April  30th,  1885 42,962,180  02 

Showing  a  decrease  of  the  debt  in  1884-85 $315,480  05 


Summary  of  Municipal  Receipts  and  Expenditures. 

The  annual  report  of  the  receipts  and  expenditures  of  Boston  and  Suffolk  county,  from  May  1st, 
1884,  to  April  30th,  18S5,  shows  the  following  condition  of  the  city's  finances  : 


Balance  belonging  in  the  treasury  April  30th,  1884,  $4,041,433  73 

RECEIPTS  DURING  THE   YEAR. 

From  the  collector $10 

Temporary  loan  of  1884, 1, 

Board  of  Commissioners  on  the  Sink- 
ing Funds : 

For  payment  of  debt, 

Refunded  betterments, 

Refunded  costs  on  betterments,  . 

Sales  of  bonds, • 

Interest  on  tank  deposits 

Pay-roll  tailings, 

Tax  titles, 

Total $19,164,994  71 

$23,206,428  44 


127,397  41 

.'00,000  00 

681,770  27 

5,588  18 

179  09 

440,200  00 

84,183  56 

25,626  05 

50  15 

PAYMENTS  DURING  THE  YEAR. 

On  warrants' of  the  mayor,    .   .    .    $17,443,363  45 

Bank  tax— to  State, 776,727  53 

State  tax, 770,740  00 

County  payments. 393,782  27 

Board   of  Commissioners  on    the 

Sinking  Funds: 

Sales  of  land,  betterments,  etc.,  271,003  71 

Liquor  licenses,  proportion  paid 

to  State, 129,637  25 

Investment  of  trust  fundi  : 

Police  charitable, 12,000  00 


Overseers  of  the  poor,  Goodnow 

bequest, 

City  Hospital,  Goodnow  bequest, 
Cedar  Grove  Cemetery,  .... 

Gibson  School, 

Mt.  Hope  Cemetery, 

Evergreen  Cemetery, 

Martin  Milmore  bequest,   .   .   . 
Stoughton  School, 


Pay-roll  tailings, 

Refunded  taxes,  betterments,  costs, 
etc., 

Debt  due  1883-84, 

Old  claims,  amounts  drawn  in  pre- 
vious years,  but  not  paid  until 
this 

Residue  tax  sales, 

Tax  titles 


Cash  in  the  hands  of  Alfred  T, 
Turner,  treasurer,  .... 

Deficiency  in  balance  transferred 
by  Charles  H.  Dennie,  treasurer, 
July  15th,  1881,  caused  by  Wood- 
ward defalcation,  October,  1880, 


$5,000  00 

4,500  00 

3,000  00 

2,500  00 

1,500  00 

500  00 

500  00 

371  00 

$29,871  00 

23,759  50 

21,245  19 

9,000  00 

833  43 

217  34 

50  15 

$19,870,230  82 

$3,336,197  62 

$3,328,963  24 

7,234  88 


3,336,197  62 


The  receipts  of  the  Cochituate  Water  Works  were  $120,129.12  in  excess  of  the  running  expenses  and 
interest  on  the  debt,  and  this  amount  was  §75,495.88  less  than  the  requirements  of  the  sinking  fund  for 
the  year. 

The  receipts  of  the  Mystic  Water  Works  were  $65,192.99  in  excess  of  the  running  expenses  and 
interest  on  the  debt,  and  this  amount  was  $1,375.01  less  than  the  requirements  of  the  sinking  fund  for 
the  year. 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


PROMINENT    EXCHANGES. 


THE  NEW  ENGLAND  SHOE  AND  LEATHER  ASSOCIATION. 

Business  at  this  day,  though  built  upon  the  old  standard  rules  of  barter  and  trade,  has  be- 
come more  flexible,  and  the  present  generation  are  more  closely  allied  with  each  other  in  the 
same  or  kindred  departments  of  activity.  Representative  men  in  leading  avenues  of  trade  now 
see  the  necessity  for  a  closer  relationship,  a  more  defined  dissemination  of  trade  news,  and  a 
more  frequent  co-mingling  of  all  whose  interests  are  to  be  benefited  by  such  a  condition.  The 
marked  changes  in  the  conduct  of  many  departments  of  trade  during  the  past  quarter  of  a  century 
have  been  so  emphatic,  that  it  is  subject  of  favorable  comment,  and  a  matter  that  has  resulted  in 
great  profit  to  all  interested.  The  successful  organization  of  associations  and  exchanges  has  been 
most  beneficial,  and  so  universally  recognized  are  these  institutions,  that  they  are  found  embrac 
ing  nearly  all  the  more  important  channels  of  commercial  activity. 

It  is  a  recognized  fact  that  Eastern  Massachusetts  is  the  great  centre  of  the  shoe  and  leather 
trade,  and  from  Boston,  the  metropolis  of  New  England,  radiate  the  colossal  interests  that  are 
connected  with  this  branch  of  our  commonwealth's  industrial  activity.  The  New  England  Shoe 
and  Leather  Association  is  to-day  one  of  the  leading  trade  organizations  of  the  country,  and  is 
widely  recognized  for  the  advanced  and  honorable  position  it  occupies.  Of  the  early  attempts  to 
meet  for  business  purposes,  we  make  the  following  extract  from  an  article  quite  recently  published 
in  the  Slwe  and  Leather  Reporter: 

Origin  of  the  Association. 

"Since  the  time — only  about  half  a  century  ago— when  the  shoe  and  leather  trade  of  Massa- 
chusetts began  its  marvellous  development,  an  exchange,  or  place  of  meeting  for  buyer  and  seller, 
has  been  a  desideratum.  In  the  early  days  goods  were  made,  as  now,  in  the  shoe  towns,  and  the 
buyers  had  to  go  there  to  procure  their  supplies.  About  1830  the  larger  manufacturers  began  to 
open  offices  and  stores  in  Boston,  and  within  the  next  twenty  years  many  of  the  leading  merchants 
in  the  shoe  and  leather  trade  established  places  of  business  there.  The  exceptions  were  the  shoe 
manufacturers  of  Lynn  and  Haverhill,  and  the  tanners  of  Salem  and  Peabody:  they  came  in  at  a 
much  later  period. 

"The  manufacturers  were  accustomed  then,  as  they  have  been  ever  since,  to  congregate  in  the 
city  on  Wednesdays  and  Saturdays.  The  buyers  were  most  generally  to  be  found  at  t lie  noon  hour 
at  their  hotel.  Wilde's,  in  Elm  Street,  was  for  many  years  their  head  quarters.  Sol.  Wildes  was 
the  Boniface  of  the  hostelry,  and  a  very  popular  and  agreeable  host  he  was.  Before  the  days  of 
railroads  the  stages  were  all  driven  to  and  from  the  place.  The  stores  of  shoe  and  leather  dealers 
were  grouped  around,  in  North  and  South  Market,  Fulton.  Blackstone.  and  Shoe  and  Leather 
streets.  In  1854,  when  Lewis  Rice  rebuilt  the  American  House,  he  fitted  up  a  vestibule  large 
enough  to  accommodate  several  hundred  people,  and  invited  the  shoe  men  to  come  there.  They 
all  went,  the  dealers  going  as  guests,  and  the  manufacturers  met  them  on  'shoe  days.'  " 

The  advantages  that  were  derived  from  a  stated  place  of  meeting  for  those  connected  with  the 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


trade,  made  the  Hotel  Exchange  popular,  though  some  dissensions  in  the  year  1859  led  to  a  new 
room  being  provided.  The  shoe  and  leather  men,  for  some  few  years  prior,  had  been  gradually 
occupying  a  new  district,  and  Pearl  Street,  then  the  centre  of  the  dry-goods  interests,  was  the  loca- 
tion chosen  by  many  of  the  more  prominent  houses.  Those  interested  in  real  estate  in  the  North 
End  endeavored  to  check  the  migratory  movement,  and  at  the  completion  of  the  Codman  block, 
adjoining  the  American  House,  in  1859,  fitted  up  the  first  floor  as  an  Exchange.  Notwithstanding 
that  the  new  room  was  taken  possession  with  considerable  eclat,  within  a  year's  time  the  opposi- 
I'ioti  of  the  Pearl  Street  dealers  put  an  end  to  the  movement,  and  the  building  was  cut  up  into 
offices.  For  the  next  ten  years  the  trade  had  no  regular  place  of  meeting,  except  in  the  hall  of  the 
American  House.  In  point  of  geographical  situation  it  was  inconvenient.  Many  shoe  merchants 
put  up  at  the  Revere,  others  at  Parker's.  Pearl,  High,  and  Congress  Street  dealers  could  not  spare 
the  time  to  go  to  the  American  twice  a  week,  and  the  project  of  an  association  holding  its  meeting 
near  the  centre  of  the  trade  began  to  be  agitated. 

A  plan  for  the  formation  of  the  "Boston  Union  Merchants'  Exchange"  was  formulated  early 
in  1869,  and  a  meeting  of  the  different  mercantile  bodies  was  called  in  April  of  that  year.  The 
Board  was  incorporated.  It  was  proposed  to  erect  an  Exchange  to  be  used  by  all  the  wholesale 
merchants  in  the  city,  irrespective  of  the  class  of  merchandise  they  dealt  in.  It  was  proposed  to 
erect  a  building  on  the  site  of  the  "  Old  South  Church,"  but  the  scheme  was  not  carried  out. 

On  the  evening  of  July  3,  1869,  a  number  of  active  members  of  the  trade  met  at  a  dinner  at 
the  Revere  House.  It  was  an  initiatory  movement  toward  forming  a  "Board  of  Trade,"  or  some 
similar  organization.  At  the  meeting,  the  following  committee  were  appointed  to  devise  a  plan  for 
the  formation  of  an  association:  Warren  Sawyer,  Wm.  Claflin,  Wm.  B.  Spooner,  S.  R.  Spauld- 
ing,  John  Cummiugs,  Albert  L.  Coolidge,  Benj.  E.  Cole,  Dan'l  Harwood,  Chas.  F.  Parker,  Geo. 
W.  Mudge,  Augustus  P.  Martin,  Lewis  W.  Nute,  Chas.  W.  Kimball,  Wm.  Atherton. 

At  a  meeting  held  December  15,  1869,  this  committee  reported,  and  their  report,  together  with 
a  constitution  and  by-laws,  was  adopted.  The  first  Board  of  Officers  comprised  the  following 
gentlemen:  President — Wm.  B.  Spooner.  Vice-Presidents — John  Cummings,  Woburn;  Wm.  Claflin, 
Newton;  A.  C.  Mayhew,  Mil  ford;  Francis  Dane,  Boston;  J.  Henry  Walker,  Worcester.  Treas 
urer — Warren  Sawyer,  Boston.  Fifty  directors  were  also  chosen.  The  name  adopted  was  the  New 
England  Shoe  and  Leather  Manufacturers'  and  Dealers'  Association. 

Organization  and  Incorporation  by  State  Charter. 
The  early  meetings  of  the  Association  were  held  at  the  stores  of  members.  The  first,  after 
organizing,  was  in  the  store  of  Wm.  Claflin  &  Co.,  Dec.  29,  1869,  at  which,  on  motion  of  John 
Cummings,  a  committee  of  three  were  appointed  to  nominate  a  Committee  of  Credits,  to  consist  of 
seven  members.  Mr.  Cummings  stated  it  had  been  proposed  for  the  Association  to  establish  a  sort 
of  bureau  of  information  as  to  the  commercial  standing  and  solvency  of  shoe  and  leather  buyers, 
the  information  to  be  accessible  to  all  who  contributed  to  the  support  of  the  Association.  This 
was  the  beginning  of  the  Bureau  of  Credits.  The  name  of  the  organization  was  altered  in  Febru- 
ary, 1870,  to  the  New  England  Shoe  and  Leather  Association.  Rooms  were  taken  at  the  same 
time  on  the  first,  second,  and  third  floors  of  iso.  107  Pearl  Street,  corner  of  High.  The  number  of 
members  six  months  after  organizing  was  over  500.  Wm.  B.  Spooner  was  the  first  President,  and 
Edward  P.  Bond  its  first  Secretary.  The  new  rooms  were  formally  opened  on  Saturday,  May  14, 
1870.  by  a  banquet,  at  which  over  400  members  of  the  trade  participated.  Congratulatory  speeches 
were  made  by  Governor  Claflin,  Mayor  Shurtleff,  U.  S.  Senator  Wilson,  and  prominent  shoe  and 
leather  men  of  the  city  and  country.  In  February,  1871,  the  Association  was  incorporated  by  a 
special  act,  as  follows: 


CITY  OF  BOSTON 


79 


NEW  ENGLAND   SHOE  AND  LEATHER  ASSOCIATION   BUILDING, 


81  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


An  Act  to  Incorporate  the  New  England  Shoe  and  Leather  Association. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives,  in  General  Court  assembled,  and  by  the 
authority  of  the  same,  as  follow.-*: 

Sec.  1.  William  B.  Spooner  of  .boston,  J.  Henry  Walker  of  Worcester,  Moses  How  of 
Haverhill,  Lyman  B.  Frazikr  of  Lynn,  their  associates  and  successors,  are  hereby  made  a  corpo- 
ration by  the  name  of  the  New  England  Shoe  and  Leather  Association*,  for  the  purpose  of  pro- 
moting the  general  welfare  of  the  hide  and  learner  and  boot  and  shoe  interests  of  New  England, 
with  all  the  powers  and  privileges,  and  subject  to  ail  the  duties,  restrictions,  and  liabilities,  set 
forth  in  all  general  laws  which  now  arc  or  hereafter  may  be  in  force  concerning  such  corporations; 
provided,  that  nothing  in  this  Act  contained  shall  be  construed  to  authorize  said  corporation  to 
traffic  in  goods,  wares,  or  merchandise  of  any  description. 

Sec.  2.  Said  corporation  may  hold  real  and  personal  estate  to  an  amount  not  exceeding 
fifty  thousand  dollars,  to  be  devoted  exclusively  to  the  purposes  of  said  corporation. 

Sec.  3.     This  Act  shall  take  effect  upon  its  passage. 

The  great  fire  of  November,  1872,  destroyed  the  quarters  of  the  Association,  and  for  a  time 
the  trade  was  scattered.  The  Exchauge  secured  temporary  rooms  at  No.  91  State  Street,  where 
they  remained  until  1874,  when  they  located  at  No.  24  Federal  Street.  Two  years  later  another 
removal  was  made,  they  at  this  time  taking  possession  of  rooms  on  Church  Green,  corner  of 
Summer  and  Bedford  Streets. 

The  Association  now  seemed  to  take  a  new  lease  of  life,  and  the  great  utility  of  the  Exchange 
was  such  that  the  membership  largely  increased,  and  the  influence  it  spread  about  throughout  the 
trade  demonstrated  that  the  early  promoters  were  none  too  sanguine  in  expectations  of  its  benefits. 

Steadily  it  grew,  and  in  1883  the  present  very  commodious  and  convenient  building  at  Nos. 
79  to  87  Bedford  Street  was  occupied.  The  rooms  have  an  area  of  12,500  square  feet  on  ground 
floor,  the  Exchange  room  being  very  elegantly  arranged,  with  official  and  committees  conveniently 
adjacent.     The  Shoe  and  Leather  Reporter  thus  concludes  its  article  on  the  Association's  growth. 

"  It  will  be  seen  that  this  Association,  now  so  flourishing  and  popular,  owes  its  life  and 
strength  to  the  public  spirit  and  perseverance  of  the  leaders  in  the  trade.  The  men  who  projected 
it  and  the  men  who  have  since  sustained  it  were  almost  all  so  well  established  in  respect  of  busi- 
ness, and  so  independent  as  to  means,  that  it  was  personally  no  great  object  to  them  to  build  up 
such  an  organization.  Nevertheless,  they  recognized  its  importance,  and  generously  responded  to 
the  solicitations  of  their  brethren  of  the  trade  that  they  should  co  operate  in  accomplishing  an 
object  so  commendable.  The  Association  has  numbered  among  its  officers,  from  first  to  last,  the 
very  elite  of  the  order,  and  the  influence  of  their  names  has  been  highly  effective.  It  is  a  fact  well 
worthy  of  note  and  of  gratulation,  that  the  shoe  and  leather  merchants  have  always  cultivated  sen- 
timents of  mutual  fellowship  and  good-will.  New-comers  receive  cordial  welcome  to  the  ranks; 
the  oldest  and  strongest  are  ready  to  give  a  cheerful  greeting  and  a  helping  hand  to  the  freshest 
beginners,  whose  limited  resources  admonish  them  to  move  cautiously.  This  kindliness  of  feeling 
has  not  only  been  promotive  of  the  interests  of  the  trade,  but  it  lias  lightened  the  cares  and  sweet- 
ened the  labors  of  business  life  among  these  neighbors  and  friends. 

The  Presidents  from  the  inception  to  the  present  time  were  Wm.  B.  Spooner,  1869  to  1871 ;  John 
Cummings.  1872  to  1873;  Thomas  E.  Proctor,  1874  to  1875;  Chas.  A.  Grinnell,  1876  to  1879;  Gen. 
Augustus  P.  Martin,  1880.  The  officers  of  the  New  England  Shoe  and  Leather  Association  for 
1885  are:  President—  Augustus  P.  Martin.  Vice-Presidents— Alfred  H.  Batcheller,  William  Claflin, 
John  Cummings.  Charles  A.  Grinnell,  Thomas  E.  Proctor.  Secretary— Charles  S.  Ingalls.  Treas- 
urer— Daniel  W.  Wilcox, 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


81 


The  Wool  Trade. 

Next  to  London,  the  Boston  wool  market  is  the  most  important  in  the  world,  New  York  and  Phila- 
delphia having  taken  second  and  third  places  after  Boston,  and  their  principal  houses  having  their 
headquarters  here.  The  whole  wool  trade  is  concentrating  here  from  all  parts  of  the  country.  Com- 
paratively speaking,  there  is  little  wool  business  in  New  York  and  less  than  half  a  dozen  wool  dealers 
of  note.  On  Federal  street  alone,  in  Boston,  one  firm  sold  over  five  million  dollars  worth  of  wool  last 
year. 

The  following  table  shows  the  total  production  of  domestic  wool  in  the  United  States,  and  the  re- 
ceipts of  domestic  wool  in  Boston  each  year  since  1865  : 


Total  Product,  Boston  Receipts, 

Year.                                    Pounds.  Bales  and  Bags. 

18GG 137,000,000 177.34G 

18G7 100,000,000 19G  431 

1868 177,000,000 23G.970 

18G9 162,250,000 216,320 

1870 163,000,000 185,015 

1871 14G.000,000 204.G97 

1872 100,000,000 157,741 

1873 174,700,000 221,159 

1874 178,000,000  .....*....  272,724 


Total  Product,  Boston  Receipts, 

Year.                                     Pounds.  Bales  and  Bags. 

1875 193,000,000 262,174 

1876 198,250,000 262,524 

1877      208,250,000 2G2,169 

1878 211,000,000 255,931 

1879 232,500,000 360,411 

1880 264,000,000 323,608 

1881 290,000,000 394,142 

1882 300,000,000 425,30G 

1883 320,400,000 509,731 


The  above  table  takes  cognizance  only  of  domestic  wool.  Of  the  foreign  wool  brought  into  the 
United  States  by  far  the  larger  portion  is  now  imported  at  Boston. 

The  following  table,  giving  the  number  of  bags  and  bales  of  both  domestic  and  foreign  wool  received 
in  Boston  for  seventeen  years  previous  to  1866,  shows  how  largely  the  movement  of  wool  to  this  city 
began  to  increase  after  1860  : 


Year. 
18G5  . 
1864  . 
1863  . 
1862  . 
18G1  . 
18G0  . 
1859  . 
1858  . 
1857. 


Bomestic  Foreign. 

.  180,750 21,001 

.  157,262 35,341 

.  112,681 22,041 

.    90,603 39,799 

.    65,900 31,578 

.48  974 30,160 

.    48.858 39,708 

.    32,306 19,882 

.    28,733 37.G80 


Year. 
1856. 
1855  . 
1854. 
1853  . 
1852  . 
1851  . 
1850. 
1849. 


Bomestic  Foreign. 

.    33,711 14,478 

.    39,620 14,999 

.    19,690 24,925 

.    22,770 27,374 

.    30,336 12,749 

.    28,535 26,656 

.    26,247 .18,174 

.    23,808 14,815 


The  Great  West. 

The  following  table  shows  the  total  production  of  wool  west  of  the  Mississippi  rirer,  and  in  the 
Southern  and  Southwestern  States  of  the  Union  each  year  since  1865  : 


California, 

Southern  <fe 

Year. 

Oregon,  etc. 

Texas. 

Territories. 

So' western. 

18G6  . 

.     9,000,000 

6,000,000 

.... 

3,000,000 

1867  . 

.  11,000,000 

7,000,000 

.... 

2.000,000 

1868  . 

.  16,000,000 

8,000,000 

.... 

3,000,000 

1869  . 

.  17,250,000 

7,000,000 

.... 

3,000,00c 

1870. 

.  23,000,000 

7,000,000 

.... 

3  000,000 

1871  . 

.  25  000,000 

8,000,000 

3,000,000 

1872. 

.  24,000,000 

9  000,000 

3.000,000 

4,000  000 

1873. 

.  33,200,000 

9,000,000 

4,000,000 

3,500,000 

1874. 

.  39,500,000 

10,000,000 

5,000,000 

3,500,000 

Year. 

1875. 
1876. 
1877. 
1878  . 
1879. 
1880. 

1881  . 

1882  . 
1883. 


California, 
Oregon,  etc. 
.  46,000,000 
.  61,250,000 
.  59,250,000 
.  49,000,000 
.  54,000,000 
.  53,000,009 
.  50.000,000 
.  47,000  000 
.  50,900,000 


Texas. 

12,000,000 
13,000  000 
14,000,000 
17,000,000 
16,000,000 
22,000,000 
26.000,000 
31,000,000 
31.000.000 


Territories. 

6,000,000 

6,500.000 

8,000,000 

12,000,000 

20,600  000 

30,000  000 

37  200,000 

43,100.000 

48,500,000 


Southern  & 

So'western- 

4,000.000 

5  000  000 

7  000.000 

8,000,000 

9,500,000 

11,000,009 

12  200,000 

12.300,000 

12,500,000 


An  immense  amount  of  capital  is  invested  in  the  Boston  wool  business,  and  the  names  of  the  mer- 
chants that  appear  in  these  pages  represent  many  millions  in  value,  and  existence  as  firms  dating  back 
half  a  century  in  some  instances,  and  names  that  hpve  been  promi  ient  in  the  political  history  and 
literature  of  the  country. 


82 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Boston  Commercial  Exchange. 

Among  the  several  mercantile  exchanges  in  Boston  that  of  the  Boston  Commercial  Exchange  occu- 
pies no  unimportant  place.  Though  this  institution  dates  its  organization  only  as  far  back  a3  thirty 
years,  it  was  in  reality  originated  forty-six  years  ago.  In  1839  sixty-nine  persons,  engaged  in  the  flour 
and  grain  business  in  the  city,  formed  an  organization  under  the  title  of  the  u  Corn  Exchange.''  Mr. 
Robert  Vinal  and  Mr.  Otis  Munroe  were  respectively  elected  president  and  secretary  of  this  body,  and 
the  latter  is  still  an  honored  and  respected  as  well  as  an  active  member  of  the  exchange  as  it  exists 
to-day.  The  times,  however,  were  then  not  apparently  ripe  for  exchanges,  and,  owing  to  lack  of  interest 
and  attendance,  the  exchange  died  after  a  few  months'  existence.  Of  the  old  members  of  this  organi- 
zation four  are  still  numbered  among  the  members  of  the  exchange  as  it  now  exists,  and  these  are 
Messrs.  Otis  Monroe,  Barnabas  Dairs,  George  W.  Hagar,  and  Josiah  B.  Hagar.  In  1855  the  two 
hundredth  anniversary  of  the  passage  by  the  Massachusetts  Colony  of  the  first  law  relative  to  the  sale  of 
grain  was  deemed  a  fitting  opportunity  for  making  a  second  effort  to  establish  a  Corn  Exchange  on  a 


CYCLORAMA — BATTLE  OF  GETTYSBURG,   TREMONT  STREET. 

firm  and  enduring  basis.  A  meeting  of  the  members  of  the  flour  and  grain  trade  in  the  city  was  called 
by  seventy-four  firms  and  twenty-two  individuals,  and  the  gathering  took  place  in  the  warehouse  of 
Horatio  Harris  &  Co.,  then  located  on  India  street.  This  was  on  the  6th  of  March,  and  it  was  resolved 
to  establish  the  "  Boston  Corn  Exchange."  On  the  9th  of  March,  1868,  the  Legislature  passed  an  act 
incorporating  the  Boston  Exchange  "  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  and  increasing  the  facilities  of  trade 
in  flour,  grain,  and  other  produce  in  the  city  of  Boston  and  its  vicinity,"  and  by  an  act  passed  on  the 
5th  of  May,  1871,  the  style  of  the  exchange  was  altered  to  "Boston  Commercial  Exchange."  Mr. 
Alpheus  Hardy  was  the  first  president,  and  Mr.  Thomas  P.  Ayer  the  first  secretary.  Of  the  original 
board  of  officers  Mr.  Avery  Plumer  is  the  only  representative  who  is  to-day  a  member  of  the  exchange. 
There  were  one  hundred  and  eighty  original  subscribers,  of  which  number  ninety -eight  have  died  since 
the  organization  of  the  exchange,  in  1855.  Sixty  of  its  members  are  still  alive,  while  the  fate  of  twenty- 
two  is  unknown.  Of  the  original  members  seventeen  are  now  members  of  the  exchange,  ramely, 
Messrs.  Timothy  Baker,  J.  L.  Brigham,  William  Bowdlear,  Person  Davis,  Samuel  M.  Davis,  Barnabas 
Davis,  George  W.  Hagar,  Josiah  B.  Hagar,  T.  D.  Heathfield,  W.  S.  Hills,  Asa  P.  Hathaway,  Avery 
Plumer,  George  A.  Taylor,  Leonard  Towne,  Nathan  Tufts,  H.  W.  Vinal,  and  Q.  A.  Vinal.     In  1871, 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


83 


when  the  present  title  of  the  Boston  Commercial  Exchange  was  adopted,  it  was  done  with  a  view  to 
make  the  institution  sufficiently  broad  to  comprehend  other  interests  besides  those  of  grain  and  flour, 
and  several  leading  provision,  fish,  and  salt  dealers  joined  the  organization  at  about  this  time  ;  but  after 
a  while  they  gradually  withdrew,  the  fish  dealers  forming  an  independent  organization,  and  now  the 
only  interests  represented  in  the  Boston  Commercial  Exchange  are  flour,  grain,  and  hay,  the  members 
numbering  three  hundred. 

The  exchange  is  held  in  the  Merchants'  Exchange  building,  State  street,  and  the  exchange  room, 
a  spacious  hall,  is  reached  through  the  Merchants'  Exchange  by  a  short  flight  of  marble  steps  at  the 
rear.  Sample  tables  are  provided,  with  large  blackboards  for  quotations ;  a  case  of  "  standards"  for  the 
different  grades  of  flour  and  grain,  which  are  established  with  much  care,  after  approval  by  a  majority 
of  the  members  of  the  exchange  ;  books  for  the  record  of  daily  receipts  of  flour  and  grain,  etc.  The 
"  'change  "  hours  are  from  twelve  M.  to  half-past  one  p.  m.,  every  business  day,  and  the  business  is  con- 


FREE  SURGICAL  HOSPITAL  FOR  WOMEN,  HUNTINGTON  AVENUE  AND  CAMDEN  STREET.      See  page  1 99. 

fined  to  the  buying  and  selling  of  flour  or  grain,  and  other  produce,  at  wholesale,  for  cash,  unless  other- 
wise provided  for. 

The  functions,  however,  of  the  exchange  embrace  other  matters  than  the  providing  of  an  exchange 
for  mere  buying  and  selling  of  grain.  It  takes  under  its  control  the  fixing  of  standards,  the  settlement 
of  disputes  in  the  trade,  the  register  of  business  transactions,  mutual  aid  among  its  members,  etc.  Ac- 
cording to  the  rules  governing  the  exchange,  the  number  of  members  is  limited  to  five  hundred  ;  until 
the  membership  reaches  three  hundred  the  admission  fee  is  to  be  one  hundred  dollars ;  when  four  hun- 
dred, two  hundred  and  fifty  dollars,  and  afterward  five  hundred  dollars.  There  is  an  annual  assessment 
of  five  dollars  per  member.  Until  the  present  year  a  sick  member  could  be  represented  on  'change  by 
his  clerk,  but  by  a  new  by-law  all  persona  now  doing  business  upon  the  floor  must  be  actual  members 
of  the  exchange. 

The  officers  of  the  exchange  consist  of  a  president,  vice-president,  a  secretary,  a  treasurer,  and 
seven  managers.    These  officers,  with  the  exception  of  the  secretary,  constitute  a  board  of  directors. 


84  CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


The  Boston  Produce  Exchange,  Quincy  Market. 

This  exchange  was  organized  in  1877,  and  included  in  its  membership  the  leading  firms  in  the  city 
engaged  in  the  wholesale  trade  in  produce,  provisions,  fruit,  and  vegetables,  flour  and  grain,  groceries, 
besides  several  other  interests,  notably  butter,  cheese,  fresh  fish,  etc.  The  exchange  was  held  in  the 
hall,  Quincy  Market,  directly  under  the  dome.  A  "call"  for  the  sale  of  produce  was  held  daily. 
Standards  of  grades  of  produce  were  established,  and  inspectors  and  weighers  were  appointed,  while 
there  were  committees  on  complaints,  arbitration,  on  trade,  on  prices,  on  information  and  statistics,  and 
on  transportation.  Disputes  were  determined  by  the  committees,  and  connected  with  the  exchange 
was  a  gratuity  fund  for  the  relief  of  families  of  deceased  members. 

The  Boston  Chamber  of  Commerce,  Quincy  Market. 

The  Boston  Chamber  of  Commerce  is  the  outcome  of  an  amalgamation  of  the  Boston  Commercial 
Exchange  and  the  Boston  Produce  Exchange,  described  in  the  foregoing  pages.  This  amalgamation 
was  effected  on  the  24th  of  September,  1885,  and  on  the  6th  of  October  the  following  officers  were 
elected :  President,  Hersey  P.  Goodwin  ;  vice-president,  William  H.  Lincoln ;  treasurer,  Fred.  N. 
Cheney  ;  directors — three  years,  R.  H.  Chamberlain,  Edmund  Reardon,  Jacob  P.  Bates,  John  P.  Hilton  ; 
two  years,  Otis  Hinman,  Chas.  A.  Rand,  Chas.  A.  Plumer,  John  C.  Paige ;  one  year,  Alfred  S.  Brown, 
Freeman  J.  Doe,  Geo.  H.  Knowles,  and  J.  V.  Fletcher.  The  secretary  is  W.  K.  Pearson,  who  was  secre- 
tary to  the  Produce  Exchange  from  1883.  The  new  organization  took  possession  of  the  quarters  of  the 
Produce  Exchange  under  the  dome  of  Quincy  Market.  The  objects  of  the  association  are  identical  with 
those  heretofore  described  of  the  Commercial  and  Produce  Exchanges,  namely,  to  promote  just  and 
equitable  principles  of  trade  ;  to  establish  and  maintain  uniformity  in  commercial  usages ;  to  correct 
any  abuses  which  may  exist ;  to  acquire,  preserve,  and  disseminate  valuable  business  information  ;  to 
adjust  controversies  and  misunderstandings  between  its  members  ;  and  generally  to  advance  the  interests 
of  trade  and  commerce  in  the  city  of  Boston.  The  membership  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  is  limited 
to  one  thousand  five  hundred  members. 

There  are  standards  of  produce,  etc.,  committees  on,  inspectors  of,  and  weighers  of  flour,  grain, 

provisions,  butter  and  cheese,  eggs,  beans,  and  fruit ;  committees  for  managing  the  rooms  and  the 

finances,  settling  trade  disputes  between  members,   arranging  transportation  charges  with  carrying 

companies,  and  adjusting  grievances  with  respect  to  freight,  regulating  the  call  board,  and  keeping  a 

record  of  the  proceedings,  and  for  preparing  statistics  of  daily  receipts  of  produce,  etc.    There  is  a 

gratuity  fund,  like  that  of  the  Commercial  Exchange,  and  there  are  two  public  "calls"  each  business 

day,  one  at  twelve  M.  and  the  second  at  one  P.  M.    There  is  a  suite  of  fine  offices  for  the  officers  of  the 

association. 

Miscellaneous  Business  Associations. 

In  addition  to  the  several  exchanges  mentioned  in  these  pages,  the  following  business  associations 

are  worthy  of  being  placed  on  record : 

Boston  Board  of  Marine  Underwriters,  No.  18  Merchants'  Exchange.  Isaac  Sweetzer,  president ; 
George  H.  Folger,  secretary  and  treasurer. 

Boston  Board  of  Trade,  No.  53  State  street.  Alpheus  H.  Hardy,  president ;  Edward  Sands,  treas- 
urer ;  Edward  J.  Howard,  secretary  and  superintendent. 

Boston  Fire  Underwriters'  Union,  No.  70  Kilby  street.  Osborne  Howes,_Jr.,  secretary ;  Charles 
E.  Guild,  treasurer. 

Boston  Grocers'  Association,  No.  10  Broad  street.  W.  J.  Seaver,  Jr.,  secretary  ;  Geo.  C.  Powers, 
treasurer. 

Boston  Merchants'  Association,  No.  40  Bedford  street.  Wm.  B.  Wood,  president;  Beverly  K. 
Moore,  secretary ;  J.  B.  Rice,  Jr.,  treasurer. 

Fire  Notification  Association,  No.  5  Hamilton  street.    James  H.  Ryan,  manager. 

Firemen's  Exchange,  No.  242  Washington  street. 


CITY  OF    BOSTON.  85 


Master  Builders'  Association,  No.  164  Devonshire  street.     B.  D.  Whitcomb,  president ;  W.  H. 

Sayward,  secretary  and  treasurer. 
National  Association  Wool  Manufacturers,  No.  70  Kilby  street.     W.  Whitman,  president ;  J. 

L.  Hayes,  secretary. 
New  England  Cotton  Manufacturers'  Association,  No.  68  Sears'  Building.    Ambrose  Eastman, 

secretary  and  treasurer. 
New  England  Retail  Grocers'  Association,  No.  52  South  Market  street.  A.  J.  Lovell,  president ; 

J.  C.  McCready,  secretary. 
New  England  Saddlery  Hardware  Association,  No.    90  Federal    street.    John    M.   French, 

president ;  Wm.  P.  Hill,  secretary  and  treasurer. 
Mechanics'  Exchange,  Nos.  33  and  35  Haw  ley  street. 
Merchants'  Exchange  and  Heading-Room,  Old  Merchants'  Exchange  building,  State  street. 

New  England  Furniture  Exchange. 

The  magnitude  of  the  interests  involved  in  the  trade  of  New  England,  and  especially  of  Boston,  its 
capital  city,  transacted  annually  by  her  manufacturers  of  and  dealers  in  furniture,  rendered  the  forma- 
tion of  an  exchange  to  cover  these  interests  an  event  of  considerable  importance,  not  only  to  the  citizens 
of  the  "  Hub,"  but  to  the  people  of  a  large  section  of  the  country,  who  look  to  Boston  for  quotations  and 
to  a  large  extent  for  their  supplies  of  furnishing  goods.  The  object  of  the  organization  of  the  exchange 
was  to  afford  manufacturers  and  furniture  dealers  mutual  protection.  Before  the  founding  of  this  insti- 
tution the  furniture  men  of  Chicago  had  established  an  exchange  in  that  city,  that  event  taking  place 
in  1872.  Boston  was  then  the  second  to  enter  the  list  with  a  furniture  exchange,  and  now  nearly  every 
city  of  importance  in  the  country  has  a  similar  institution.  The  origin  of  the  Boston  Furniture  Ex- 
change was  in  the  main  due  to  the  exertions  of  our  well-known  and  respected  citizen,  Mr.  F.  M.  Holmes, 
of  the  F.  M.  Holmes  Furniture  Company.  His  proposal  to  found  an  exchange  for  the  common  protection 
of  the  interests  of  all  was  readily  seconded  by  the  other  leading  furniture  manufacturers  and  dealers  in 
Boston  and  in  other  New  England  cities,  and  the  result  was  that  on  the  19th  of  June,  1874,  the  New 
England  Furniture  Exchange  was  formally  organized  and  suitable  premises  opened  in  Hanover  street, 
two  doors  away  from  the  building  now  occupied.  On  the  6th  of  March,  1879,  the  exchange  was  incor- 
porated under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Massachusetts,  the  idea  of  incorporation  being  to  make  the  ex- 
change a  permanent  organization.  The  first  president  of  the  exchange  was  Mr.  F.  Geldowsky,  the 
wealthy  furniture  manufacturer  of  East  Cambridge  ;  the  second  was  Mr.  F.  M.  Holmes,  the  "  father  of 
the  exchange  ;"  the  third  was  Mr.  James  Wemyss,  Jr.,  of  the  firm  of  Wemyss  Brothers  &  Co. ;  the  fourth 
was  Mr.  Levi  S.  Gould,  of  the  F.  M.  Holmes  Manufacturing  Company,  and  the  fifth  and  present  presi- 
dent is  Mr.  Charles  H.  Gilman,  of  the  firm  of  Gilman,  Tuttle  &  Co.  and  of  C.  H.  Gilman  &  Co.  Mr. 
James  J.  Monroe,  the  corresponding  secretary,  has  held  his  present  position  since  the  organization  of 
the  exchange.  It  was  in  this  exchange  that  the  seeds  were  first  sown  that  grew  and  ripened  into  the 
present  Merchants'  Exchange. 

The  Furniture  Exchange  is  now  located  at  No.  182  Hanover  Street,  and  here  are  rooms  for  the 
officers  of  the  organization,  and  a  large  room  utilized  as  a  reading-room  for  business  transactions  and 
for  meetings  of  committees.  The  exchange  is  in  a  very  flourishing  position.  It  has  a  paid-up  capital 
of  $100,000,  and  has  never  had  occasion  to  issue  any  stock.  The  membership  now  numbers  one  hun- 
dred, and  it  includes  all  the  leading  furniture  firms  in  the  New  England  States,  and  is,  therefore,  a 
representative  institution. 

The  exchange  is  in  direct  communication  with  the  furniture  exchanges  of  other  leading  cities, 
which  are  combined  for  the  purpose  of  keeping  each  other  informed  of  the  financial  standing  of  fur- 
niture firms  and  traders  in  all  parts  of  the  country.  In  this  combination  the  Boston  Exchange  man- 
ageswhat  is  called  the  '"  Boston  section,"  and  this  includes  Massachusetts,  Maine,  Vermont,  New  Hamp- 
shire, Rhode  Island,  Connecticut  east  of  the  Connecticut  river,  and  the  Provinces  of  New  Brunswick, 
Nova  Scotia,  and  (Quebec.     The  Boston  Exchange  furnishes  to  its  own  members  and  other  exchanges 


86 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


a  book  of  ''credits"  of  much  value  to  the  trade  generally.  The  exchange  does  not  attempt  to  control 
prices,  but  it  fixes  the  rate  of  cash  discounts,  and  to  a  considerable  extent  regulates  the  length  and 
condition  of  credits,  and  in  this  way  serves  a  very  useful  purpose  to  the  trade  generally. 

The  Boston   Fish  Bureau. 

In  these  days  of  commercial  exchanges,  when  every  branch  of  commercial  enterprise  has  its  organi- 
zation for  promoting  its  interests  and  settling  its  trade  disputes,  it  is  most  fitting  that  Boston's  oldest, 
and  still  one  of  its  most  important,  branches  of  enterprise,  that  of  the  fish  trade,  should  also  have  its 
exchange.  Boston  takes  the  lead  of  all  other  cities  in  the  country  in  the  extent  of  its  traffic  in  fish, 
and  there  are  many  interests  common  to  all  engaged  in  the  trade  that  it  is  highly  desirable  to  conserve, 
to  do  which  it  is  necessary  that  there  should  be  unity  of  action  and  thoroughly  understood  methods 
and  practices  in  the  trade.  Boston  is  the  great  centre  to  which  fishermen  in  all  sections  of  the  New 
England  States  forward  their  "  catches,"  and  it  is  to  this  great  fish-mart  that  dealers  and  consumers  in 


ABITH   ISRAEL. 

all  parts  of  the  country  look  for  the  bulk  of  their  supplies.  The  report  for  1884  of  the  Fish  Bureau 
of  Boston,  after  alluding  to  the  fact  that  last  year  there  was  in  fish,  as  in  all  other  food  products,  an 
unprecedented  yield,  resulting  in  a  low  range  of  values,  says  that  "  Working  generally  on  low 
values,  the  quantities  moved  have  been  large,  and  business  in  this  line  has  been  done  with  a  fair 
share  of  profit.  Low  prices  have  encouraged  consumption,  which  has  taken  off  stocks  as  they  have 
been  placed  on  the  markets,  and  with  but  few  exceptions  stocks  are  well  reduced  and  fairly  in  hand  for 
the  coming  season.  Beginning  with  large  and  successful  Southern  herring  fisheries,  we  have  had  it 
followed  by  most  successful  mackerel  and  codfish  fisheries  as  regards  yield  or  product  that  have  ever 
been  recorded.  While  the  foregoing  is  true  as  pertains  to  the  work  of  our  New  England  fishermen, 
and  in  some  lines  to  those  of  Nova  Scotia,  the  Prince  Edward  Islands,  Newfoundland,  and  Labrador 
fisheries  may  be  considered  as  partial  failures.  In  some  lines  the  yield  has  been  far  below  an  average, 
but  in  the  general  heavy  catch  or  production  these  shortages  have  been  more  than  made  up." 


CITY  OF  BOSTON.  '  87- 


As  already  remarked,  Boston  commands  the  largest  fish  trade  in  the  country.  The  quantities  of 
fish  received  by  Boston  dealers  in  1884  were : 

Home  Total.  Foreign  Total.  Grand  Total. 

Mackerel,  bbls., 46,763  60,426  \  ... 

Boston  Fleet,  ins.  bbls., 72.184  .     .    .   /  179,373 

Herring,  bbls.,  pick  led,      7,855  55,093  62,948 

-     •'            "     frozen, 10,970  2,850  13,829 

Salmon,  bbls., 80  1,803  1,883 

Alewives,  bbls., .      1,606  8,675  10,281 

Trout,  bbls., 994  994 

Shad,  bbls.,      ._ ..'...    .  320  320 

Herring  boxes,  smoked, 394,276  398,968  793,244 

Bloaters,     "            "          32,083  4,490  36,573 

Boneless  Fish,  boxes, 16,281  150  16,431 

Mackerel,  canned,  boxes, .    15,672  1,375  17,047 

Lobsters,         "            " 673  13,474  14.147 

Codfish,  quintals, 122,254  77,201  199^455 

Hake,  quintals, 7,443  2,047  9,490 

Haddock,  quintals, 1,290  1,342  2,632 

Pollock,  quintals, 1,344  3,191  4,535 

Cusk,  quintals,  ....       722  15  737 

The  fish  dealers  of  Boston  are  a  large  and  important  body,  and  constitute  a  prominent  element  in 
the  mercantile  interests.  The  leading  fish  merchants,  finding  it  essential  to  their  common  interests  to  have 
some  organization  among  them  by  which  they  could  secure  general  standards  or  grades  of  fish,  settle- 
ments of  trade  disputes  without  having  recourse  to  the  law  courts,  improved  transportation  facilities, 
etc.,  joined  the  Boston  Commercial  Exchange  on  the  occasion  of  its  reorganization  in  1871.  In  1875, 
however,  the  fish  merchants  concluded  that  they  were  a  strong  enough  body  to  found  and  continue  an 
exchange  of  their  own,  and  forthwith  proceeded  to  establish  one,  under  the  title  of  the  Boston  Fish 
Bureau.  The  organization  was  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  State,  and  the  exchange  was  until 
1884  located  at  No.  176  Atlantic  avenue,  at  the  head  of  T  wharf.  Last  year  the  exchange  was  removed 
to  No.  229  State  street.  It  is  open  daily  on  business  days,  and  is  regularly  frequented  by  the  most 
active  men  in  the  business  to  buy  and  sell. 

The  officers  of  the  bureau  are :  president,  Mr.  C.  W.  Wrightington  ;  treasurer,  Mr.  H.  S.  Potter  ; 
secretary,  Mr.  F.  F.  Burgess.  The  membership  numbers  twenty-seven  firms.  The  affairs  of  the 
bureau  are  governed  by  an  Executive  Committee,  consisting  of  Messrs.  N.  P.  Beaman,  B.  F.  DeButts, 
and  C.  B.  Mitchell,  who  have  the  exclusive  management  of  the  finances,  judge  of  the  qualifications  for 
membership,  assess  fines  for  violations  of  rules,  etc.  The  Arbitration  Committee,  consisting  of  Messrs. 
Edward  T.  Russell,  S.  N.  Mayo,  and  George  E.  Downes,  decide  upon  trade  disputes  between  the  members 
of  the  bureau  and  keep  a  record  of  their  decisions.  The  Transportation  Committee  consists  of  Messrs. 
Edward  T.  Russell,  S.  N.  Mayo,  and  George  E.  Downes,  who  have  the  supervision  of  all  transportation 
matters  that  may  affect  the  interests  of  the  bureau.  They  also  effect  all  arrangements  and  agreements  with 
the  various  carrying  companies  in  reference  to  the  transportation  of  fish  that  become  desirable,  subject,  of 
course,  to  the  ratification  of  the  bureau,  and  they  endeavor  to  adjust  all  differences  between  the  carry- 
ing companies  and  the  members  of  the  bureau.  The  organization  is  in  a  very  healthy  state  financially, 
and  serves  a  useful  purpose  in  the  interests  of  the  fish  trade  of  the  city. 


83 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


a 

S 

5 

c 

0 


9 

cr 

a 

u 

0> 

o 

on 

■ — 

9 

m 

U 

+a 

Uj 

►» 

o 

j~J 

G 

M 

0 

ec 

bt 

C 

a 

£ 

"C 

C  "3 


a>  3 

cj 

(M 

CO 

r-l 

£s 

tf 

3  ? 

^ 

C5    =3 

w 

C_>    w 

>» 

cS 

o 

to     , 

w 

aci  g 

u< 

to  Tt 

*j    be 

o 

CS     0) 

13    co 


So 


.— 

0 

u 

5 

C 

a 

00 

bs 

-3 

c 

— 

c 

0 

o 

- 

r^ 

ti 

-t- 

-, 

<D 

C 

U 

cc 


T3 

a 

ci 

>> 

5 

c 

s- 

o 
to 

c 
c 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


The  pages  following  contain  the  leading  and  representative  houses  in  the  various  branches  of  trade  in 
the  city,  each  written  in  distinctive  form.  Every  effort  has  been  put  forth  to  make  these  reviews  reliable,  and 
they  present  a  true  reflex  of  the  origin  and  growth  of  the  houses.  In  addition,  in  their  collective  capacity, 
they  show  to  the  country  that  this  city  is  indeed  one  of  the  most  important  purchasing  centres  in  the  East, 
and  in  many  departments  of  trade  the  foremost.  While  there  are  many  houses  here  represented  that  are 
limited  in  capital  and  opportunity,  yet  in  their  special  field  their  enterprise  may  possibly  be  as  important  as 
the  heavy  manufacturer,  and  as  such  demand  a  position  with  the  city's  industries.  To  eveiy  reader,  pur- 
chaser or  otherwise,  we  trust  these  pages  will  prove  interesting  and  profitable,  and  our  publication  be  the 
medium  of  a  wider  distribution  of  trade  for  all  represented  within  its  covers.    . 


Faxon,  Williams  &  Faxon,  Receivers  of 
Flour,Nos.  20 1  and  203  State  Street. — Among  the  large 
commission  firms  who  handle  flour  exclusively  in 
Boston  is  that  of  Faxon,  Williams  &  Faxon,  at  Nos. 
201  and  203  State  street.  Their  business  was  estab- 
lished in  1857, and  has  been  characterized  by  unvary- 
ing success  up  to  the  present  time.  The  firm  occupy 
a  large  and  well-appointed  office  in  the  business 
centre  of  the  city,  and  also  have  branch  offices  in 
New  York  city  and  Providence,  R.  I.  They  em- 
ploy a  large  force  of  salesmen  and  clerks,  and  have 
ample  facilities  for  carrying  on  their  extensive  busi- 
ness. 

Their  trade  is  confined  to  no  particular  section,  as 
they  ship  flour  to  all  parts  of  the  United  States,  as 
well  as  to  foreign  ports.  They  handle  all  grades  of 
flour,  from  the  highest  to  the  lowest,  principally  in 
carload  lots,  and  their  sales  are  undoubtedly  the 
largest  of  any  house  in  the  New  England  States. 
The  firm  is  very  popular  wherever  it  is  known.  Its 
reputation  for  square  and  honorable  dealing  was 
established  long  ago,  and  this  is  giving  fhem  a  large 
and  ever-increasing  business  and  permanent  pros- 
perity. All  shippers  of  flour  to  the  Eastern  markets 
are  interested  in  knowing  the  commission  houses  that 
are  conducted  on  legitimate  business  principles,  and 
this  house  may  be  considered  a  representative  one  in 
its  line  of  trade.  It  is  possessed  of  ample  capital, 
long  and  valuable  experience,  and  exceptionally  fine 
facilities  for  disposing  of  all  consignments  promptly 
and  to  the  best  advantage.  The  record  of  the  firm 
in  the  past  is  ample  recommendation  upon  which 
they  can  confidently  rely  for  patronage  and  success  in 
the  future.  Individually,  the  firm  is  composed  of 
Messrs.  F.  C.  Williams  and  W.  H.  Faxon,  both 
natives  of  Massachusetts,  and  members  of  the  New 
York  Produce  Exchange,  Boston  Board  of  Trade, 
and  Boston  Chamber  of  Commerce. 


Wright  &  Moody,  Manufacturers  of  Confec- 
tionery, Nos.  161  and   163  Columbus  Avenue. — In 


this  city  Messrs.  Wright  &  Moody  have  been  estab- 
lished in  business  as  manufacturers  of  fine  confections 
since  1 866.  They  started  in  a  small  way  at  the  corner 
of  Brattle  and  Court  streets,  and  their  business  has  by 
degrees  increased  until  the  firm  are  now  among  the 
most  extensive  manufacturers  in  their  line  in  the  city. 
After  remaining  for  some  years  at  the  corner  of  Brattle 
and  Court  streets  the  firm  removed  to  Cornhill,  and 
remained  there  until  1883.  Having  built  for  them- 
selves their  present  commodious  and  eligible  factory 
at  Nos.  161  and  163  Columbus  avenue,  they  removed 
thereto  in  the  latter  year.  This  is  an  admirable 
structure  for  the  purposes  of  the  business.  It  com- 
prises a  basement  and  six  stories,  and  is  80x100  feet 
in  dimensions,  and  is  one  of  the  largest  factories  of 
its  kind  in  the  United  States.  It  is  equipped 
throughout  with  the  latest  improved  mechanical  ap- 
pliances, the  motive  power  being  furnished  by  a  sev- 
enty-five-horse power  steam-engine,  and  two  steam 
boilers  of  sixty-horse  power.  The  first  floor  is  used 
as  a  salesroom  and  for  offices,  the  offices  being  to  the 
left  of  the  entrance,  and  taking  up  an  area  of  20x53 
feet.  The  salesroom  is  very  handsomely  fitted  up, 
and  here  are  packed  a  very  extensive  stock  of  con- 
fectionery goods  of  every  variety,  ready  for  immediate 
shipment.  The  upper  floors  are  used  for  manufac- 
turing purposes,  and  a  staff  of  two  hundred  and 
twenty-five  hands  are  permanently  employed.  The 
trade  of  the  house  is  entirely  of  a  wholesale  char- 
acter, and  not  only  extends  to  every  part  of  the 
Union,  but  abroad,  the  firm  doing  a  large  export 
business  with  England.  The  business  is  divided  into 
seven  departments,  and  the  whole  presents  a  veiy  busy 
scene  of  industry.  A  full  and  complete  assortment 
of  confectionery  and  candies  at  all  times  fresh  is 
kept  on  hand,  specialties  being  made  for  supplies  of 
confections  for  railroads,  circuses,  and  excursions. 
The  members  of  the  firm  are  Messrs.  W.  11.  Wright 
and  A.  J.  Moody,  who  have  made  a  highly  credi- 
table record  for  themselves  during  the  nineteen  years 
they  have  been  in  business. 

89 


90 


CITY    OF  BOSTON. 


D.  P.  Ilsley  &  Co.,  Hatters,  No.  381  Wash- 
ington Street. — Among  the  industries  of  America  the 
manufacture  of  hats  has  always  held  a  prominent 
position.  As  early  as  1662  the  colonial  government 
of  Virginia  offered  a  premium  of  ten  pounds  of 
tobacco,  the  currency  of  that  time,  for  every  good  hat 


tain  from  the  General  Court  the  exclusive  privilege  of 
manufacturing  the  hats  used  in  this  colony.  The  Gen- 
eral Court  promised  these  enterprising  gentlemen  that 
they  should  have  this  privilege  granted  them  •'  when 
they  should  make  as  good  hats  and  sell  them  as 
cheap  as  those  from  other  parts."     One  of  the  best 


made  in  the  province  of  wool  or  fur.  Nor  even  in  I  known  and  most  popular  hat  establishments  in  this 
those  early  times  was  the  personal  advantages  of  a  ■  city  to-day  is  that  of  Messrs.  D.  P.  Ilsley  &  Co.,  of 
monopoly  in  any  important  branch  of  manufacture  I  No.  381  Washington  street,  opposite  Franklin  street, 
overlooked.  In  1672  John  Clough,  John  Tapping,  I  Mr.  Ilsley,  who  is  a  native  of  Maine,  and  who  came 
and  other  hatters  in  Massachusetts  attempted  to   ob-  '  to  Boston  in  1851,  established  this  business  in  1 866, 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


91 


and  from  the  outset  to  the  present  he  has  commanded, 
by  the  superiority  of  his  goods  and  his  just  and  equit- 
able dealings,  the  support  and  patronage  of  the  lead- 
ing inhabitants  of  the  city  and  the  district.  His  store 
is  an  example  of  elegance  in  his  superb  fittings  and 
excellent  stock,  and  is  one  of  the  finest  equipped  in 
its  line  in  the  country.  The  store  has  a  width  in 
front  of  thirty-five  leet,  and  for  a  depth  of  fifty  feet 
and  beyond  this  a  depth  of  sixty-five  feet  with  a 
width  of  fifteen  feet,  the  form  being  almost  that  of 
an  L.  The  store  is  well  lighted  by  two  handsome 
show  windows,  and  it  forms  part  of  a  six-story  brown 
stone  building,  a  portion  of  the  upper  part  of  which 
is  occupied  for  the  manufacture  of  furs.  Mr.  Ilsley 
not  only  keeps  a  full  line  of  domestic  manufactured 
hats,  but  all  the  best  styles  of  Europe.  Indeed,  he 
was  among  the  first  men  in  the  hat  business  to  import 
hats  of  European  manufacture  direct,  and  he  has 
made  eight  journeys  to  the  principal  cities  of  Europe 
in  connection  with  the  import  department  of  his 
business.  Every  description  of  gents'  and  ladies' 
hats  and  furs  of  the  finest  quality  is  in  stock,  and 
a  specialty  is  made  of  ladies'  London  round  hats. 
Handling  only  the  best  quality  of  goods,  he  has  the 
largest  and  finest  trade  in  his  line  in  New  England, 
and  his  business  relations  extend  to  all  parts  of  the 
United  States,  orders  being  occasionally  received 
from  all  parts  of  the  country.  The  house  is  one  of 
the  most  reputable  in  the  trade,  and  Mr.  Ilsley  is  one 
of  our  most  trusted  and  respected  citizens. 


Globe  National  Bank,  No.  40  State  Street. 
— Among  the  principal  institutions  of  Boston  there 
are  none  that  can  boast  of  a  longer  or  more  useful 
career  than  the  Globe  National  Bank,  which  for  six 
or  seven  years  has  exerted  a  wholesome  influence 
upon  all  branches  of  mercantile  and  industrial  activ- 
ity in  this  city.  The  bank  was  incorporated  under 
the  laws  of  Massachusetts  in  1824,  and  for  forty 
years,  under  the  name  of  the  Globe  Bank,  controlled 
a  large  proportion  of  the  banking  business  of  Boston. 
Under  its  present  name,  the  institution  was  reorgan- 
ized as  a  national  bank  in  1864,  and  its  charter  was 
renewed  during  the  current  year.  The  paid-up  cap- 
ital stock  is  $1,000,000.  The  officers  are  as  follows  : 
Piesident,  C.  O.  Billings;  cashier,  Charles  H.  Cole; 
paying  teller,  H.  A.  Tenney ;  receiving  teller,  Charles 
H.  Hooke.  Directors:  N.  B.  Stevens,  F.  A.  Gray, 
F.  H.  Storey,  Charles  A.  Stevens,  Charles  A. 
Sargent,  C.  O.  Billings,  George  H.  Ball,  and  Charles 
H.  Cole. 


Waldo  Brothers,  Manufacturers',  Builders', 
and  Gas  Works'  Supplies,  No.  88  Water  Street. — 
Among  the  substantial  and  reliable  business  houses 
for  which  Boston  is  noted,  none  are  more  deserving 
of  special  mention  than  that  conducted  by  Mr.  Charles 
S.  Waldo,  under  the  above  firm-name.  This  gentle- 
man is  an  extensive  handler  of  fire-brick,  tiles,  drain- 
pipe, cement,  lime,  plaster,  kaolin,  fire-clay,  Phila- 
delphia face-brick,  North  river  stone,  chimney-tops, 
steel  and  wooden  barrows,  shovels,  forks,  etc.,  being 
also  agent  for  several  1  >rge  manufacturing  houses,  and 
the  superior  quality  of  his  goods  creates  for  them  a 
very  large  demand.  His  salesrooms  contain  a  heavy 
stock,  especial  facilities  being  at  hand  for  filling  all 
orders  promptly,  and  Mr.  Waldo  is  at  all  times  pre- 
pared to  extend  liberal  accommodations  to  buyers. 
In  brief,  the  house  is  first  class  in  every  respect,  and 
since  1868.  the  date  of  its  establishment,  has  occu- 
pied a  first  place  in  the  commercial  world. 


Day,  Neal  &  Morse,  Woolen  Jobbers,  No. 
459  Washington  Street. — Among  the  active  and  en- 
terprising houses  in  the  woolen  trade  is  that  of  Messrs. 
Day,  Neal  &  Morse,  woolen  jobbers,  No.  459  Wash: 
ington  street.  They  have  been  established  seven 
years  and  have  built  up  a  large  and  peimanent  trade, 
which  extends  to  all  sections  of  the  country.  Ihe 
premises  occupied  are  spacious  and  most  eligibly  lo- 
cated. The  stock  carried  is  large  and  embraces  an 
immense  assortment  of  the  finest  imported  and  do- 
mestic woolens.  The  firm  does  a  strictly  wholesale 
jobbing  trade,  and  offer  special  advantages  and  in- 
ducements to  the  trade.  The  individual  members  of 
the  firm  are  active,  clear-headed  young  business  men. 


M.  "R.  Warren,  Stationer,  Printer,  Blank  Book 
Manufacturer,  and  Lithographer,  No.  336  Washington 
Street. — As  a  stationer,  printer,  and  blank  book  man- 
ufacturer, Mr.  Warren  occupies  a  leading  position, 
and  for  first-class  lnhographic  work  his  house  has  ab- 
solutely no  superior.  He  established  himself  here  in 
i860,  and  is  one  of  the  best-known  of  Boston's  busi- 
ness men.  His  commodious  premises  contain  an 
immense  stock  of  fine  goods.  He  has  a  specialty  in 
the  manufacture  of  the  Excelsior  patent  flexible  back 
blank  books.  The  simplicity  of  construction  and 
thoroughly  practical  operation  of  this  binding  demon- 
strates its  superiority  over  those  made  by  any  other 
method.  The  patent  back  causes  the  book  to  lie  per- 
fectly flat  when  open,  and  that  without  any  strain 
upon  the  binding  whatever;  secures  flexibility  and 
durability ;  will  resist  the  roughest  usage  possible  on 
a  blank  book.     Mr.  Warren  is  a  native  of  Boston. 


A.  Storrs  &  Bement  Company,  Man- 
ufacturers of  and  Dealers  in  Card  Boards,  Cards, 
Plain  and  Fancy  Paper,  Envelopes,  etc.,  No.  81 
Franklin  Street. — The  A.  Storrs  &  Bement  Company 
was  incorporated  under  the  State  laws  in  June,  1884, 
with  the  following  board  of  officers:  E.  N.  Bement, 
president;  Nathaniel  S.  Kray,  secretary;  R.  B.  C. 
Bement,  treasurer.  The  line  of  business  comprises 
the  manufacture  and  wholesaling  of  envelopes,  card 
boards,  cards,  plain  and  fancy  papers,  bronze  powders, 
passe  partout  materials,  etc.,  and  the  company  has 
the  agency  for  the  Highland  Cardboard  Factory, 
whose  excellent  productions  are  well  known  in  the 
trade.  A  special  feature  is  the  manufacture  of  enve- 
lopes to  order,  and  in  this  connection  the  house  has 
attained  a  wide  celebrity.  They  have  recently  added 
two  new  machines  of  the  most  approved  pattern. 
The  store,  30x100  feet  in  floorage  area,  contains  a 
large  and  complete  stock  of  goods,  and  the  eminently 
prosperous  trade  represents  a  business  of  fine  propor- 
tions. The  business  is  in  the  hands  of  an  experienced 
and  able  management,  the  officers  being  well  known 
in  Boston  trade  circles. 


D.  T.  Mills  &  Co.,  Druggists'  Alcohol.  Co- 
logne Spirits,  Extra  French  Spirits, proof  one  hundred 
degrees,  etc.,  No.  40  India  Street. — This  house  was 
founded  in  1850,  and  since  its  inception  has  enjoyed 
a  most  successful  career.  From  a  modest  beginning 
its  trade  has  steadily  increased,  and  is  to  day  of  large 
and  prosperous  proportions.  The  building  occupied 
at  No.  40  India  street  is  heavily  stocked  with  alcohol, 
extra  French  spirits. rum,  cologne,  etc.  The  standard 
reputation  of  the  goods  scld  by  this  old  reliable  house 
is  too  well  known  to  need  praise  here.  Mr.  Mills  is 
a  native  of  this  city,  and  is  held  in  the  highest  estima- 
tion in  commercial  circles. 


92 


CITY    OF  BOSTON. 


The  Phoenix  Brewing-  Company- 
Cook's  Brewery — No.  104  Ward  Street,  near 
Huntington  Avenue,  Boston  Highlands. — The  brew- 
ing interests  of  the  United  States  are  among  those  of 
the  greatest  importance.  The  consumption  of  malt 
beverages,  as  shown  by  the  last  official  census  of  the 
country,  has  increased  more  than  fifty  per  cent,  in  the 


thousand  barrels  per  year,  and  is  supplied  with  spring 
water  in  abundance,  of  excellent  quality  for  brewing 
purposes,  the  purity  of  which  is  unsurpassed,  en- 
abling the  company,  with  the  use  of  the  choicest 
Canada  malt  and  hops,  to  maintain  their  high  standard 
for  the  excellence  of  their  stock  ale,  old  stock,  India 
pale  ale,  and  porter.     Their  fine  ales  and  porter,  of 


last  decade,  abundantly  testifying  their  growing  and 
permanent  popularity.  Boston,  as  a  centre  for  the 
brewing  as  well  as  the  consumption  of  malt  beverages, 
stands  at  the  head  of  the  business^  and  prominent 
among  the  most  enterprising  brewing  concerns  of  to- 
day in  that  city  is  that  of  the  Phoenix  Brewing  Com- 
pany, conducting  their  business  in  the  extensive  es- 
tablishment known  as  Cook's  Brewery  and  enjoying 
an  enviable  reputation  for  the  uniform  standard  of 
excellence  maintained  for  its  ales  and  porter.  The 
brewery  was  founded  in  1820  by  Isaac  Cook — the 
present  company  controlling  the  business  being  or- 
ganized and  incorporated  by  a  special  charter  granted 
by  the  State  of  Massachusetts  in  1883.  The  presi- 
dent of  the  company,  Mr.  Charles  H.  Nichols,  the 
treasurer,  Mr.  Thomas  Carberry,  and  the  board  of 
directors  composed  of  the  following  gentlemen — 
Charles  H.  Nichols,  Thomas  Carberry,  James  Camp- 
bell, Francis  Sweeney,  and  Andrew  F.  Quigley — are 
all  well-known,  respected  business  men,  of  long 
standing  in  the  city.  The  malt-house  and  brewing 
plant,  which  are  of  considerable  proportions,  are 
constructed  of  brick,  and,  together  with  the  other 
buildings,  cover  about  one  acre  of  land  in  an  eligible 
location.  All  the  latest  improvements  in  brewing 
appliances  have  been  introduced  at  great  expense  to 
the  company.     The  brewery  has  a  capacity  of  forty 


which  a  specialty  is  made,  are  highly  recommended 
by  the  dealers  and  consumers  of  our  extensive  city, 
suburban,  and  New  England  trade.  Promptness  and 
integrity  form  the  principles  on  which  the  business  is 
conducted,  and  the  company  possesses  a  high  repu- 
tation in  the  community. 


J.  P.  Boutwell  &  CO.,  Wool,  No.  143  Fed- 
eral Street. — This  firm  is  successor  to  Crooks  &  Bout- 
well,  of  which  Mr.  Boutwell  was  junior  partner.  The 
new  firm,  like  the  old,  deals  in  foreign  and  domestic 
wools,  making  a  specialty  of  them  in  the  scoured  state, 
selling  to  mills  and  the  trade  generally  throughout  the 
country.  Having  large  connections,  extensive  trade, 
and  many  advantages  that  enable  the  house  to  place 
consignments,  located  in  the  great  centre  of  the  wool 
district,  now  the  headquarters  for  the  whole  country, 
and  familiar  with  the  requirements  of  almost  every  mill 
and  industry  using  wool,  Messrs.  J.  P.  Boutwell  &  Co. 
have  established  a  reputation  as  wool  dealers  and 
commission  merchants.  The  firm  solicits  consign- 
ments with  confidence  born  of  success,  the  house 
having  always  been  fortunate  in  its  wool  transactions. 
Thoroughly  devoted  to  business,  Messrs.  J.  P.  Bout- 
well &  Co.  wherever  known  enjoy  the  respect  and 
confidence  of  all. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


93 


Isaac  Fenno  &  Co.,  Men's  and  Boys'  Cloth- 
ing, No.  28  Summer  Street. — In  no  business  has  the 
introduction  of  labor-saving  machinery  effected  a 
greater  revolution  in  methods  than  in  the  ready-made 
clothing  bu-iness,  and  since  i860  that  trade  has  so 
inr  reased  that  it  is  estimated  as  the  third  in  importance 
in  the  industries  of  the  country.  The  house  of  Isaac 
Fenno  &  Co\,  whose  history  covers  the  whole  of  this 
period,  is  a  most  striking  illustration  of  this  progress, 
having  been  established  in  1853,  and  always  main- 
tained a  foremost  rank  by  seizing  upon  and  using,  as 
well  as  by  inventing,  the  most  advantageous  devices 
for  reducing  the  cost  and  improving  the  quality  of 
goods  for  men's  and  boys'  wear,  the  most  notable  of 
which  is  the  now  justly  celebrated  Fenno  cloth-cut- 
ting machine,  by  which  from  one  thousand  to  three 
thousand  garments  can  be  cut  per  day.  Their  well- 
ordered  and  systematically  conducted  establishment 
is  well  worth  the  careful  inspection  of  any  one  inter- 
ested in  this  great  industry.  Here  are  to  be  seen  the 
extensive  piles  of  cloth  bought  months  before  they 
are  to  be  sold,  in  order  to  give  ample  time  for  care- 
fully preparing  the  patterns  on  which  they  are  to  be 
cut,  with  a  view  of  meeting  the  most  exacting  de- 
mands of  the  public  as  to  styles  and  shape;  appro- 
priate trimmings  are  to  be  judiciously  selected  and 
thousands  of  skillful  hands  are  to  be  directed  in  the 
manufacture,  so  that  the  goods  when  ready  for  sale 
may  stand  the  test  of  the  most  rigid  inspection.  The 
result  of  these  changes  and  the  adoption  of  these 
methods  has  been  to  supply  to  the  public  goods  of  a 
vastly  superior  quality  fully  equal  in  style,  quality, 
workmanship,  and  fit  to  custom-work  and  at  a  much 
less  cost. 

For  the  proper  conduct  of  this  business  Messrs. 
Isaac  Fenno  &  Co.  occupy  at  No.  28  Summer  street 
four  immense  floors  aggregating  about  an  acre  in  all, 
surrounded  on  all  sides  by  streets  or  open  areas,  giving 
through  almost  innumerable  windows  floods  of  light, 
equally  serviceable  to  them  in  the  manufacture  and 
to  their  customers  in  the  selection  of  goods.  Cour- 
teous and  affable  salesmen  attend  to  the  trade  in  the 
store  or  visit  the  different  cities  and  towns  throughout 
the  country  with  lines  of  samples  displaying  the 
whole  stock.  Liberality  and  entire  fairness  in  deal- 
ing have  always  characterized  the  house,  their  aim 
always  having  been  to  make  a  friend  of  every  man 
who  once  buys  a  bill  of  them. 

Justice  Bateman  &  Co.,  Wool  Commis- 
sion Merchants,  No.  122  South  Front  Street,  Phila- 
delphia; Boston  Branch,  No.  218  Purchase  Street. 
— This  well-known  house,  with  large  capital  and  im- 
mense warehouses,  owned  by  and  built  expressly  for 
the  firm,  has  a  history  of  nearly  forty  years,  and  an 
experience  in  handling  large  and  valuable  consign- 
ments of  wool  surpassed  by  no  other  house  in  the 
trade.  The  warehouses  of  Messrs.  Justice  Bateman 
&  Co.  are  among  the  finest  in  the  world,  containing 
over  fifty  thousand  square  feet  of  glass,  furnishing  an 
unobstructed  and  direct  light  on  all  wool  for  sale. 
Next  to  careful  grading,  a  good  light  is  essential  to 
obtain  the  full  value  of  each  grade  of  wool,  and  in 
this  Messrs.  Justice  Bateman  &  Co.  have  spared  no 
pains,  expense,  or  careful  study  scientifically  applied. 
Their  warehouses  were  .planned  and  erected  exclu- 
sively for  their  wool  business.  They  contain  over 
two  acres  of  flooring  surface;  they  are  centrally  lo- 
cated in  the  great  wool  district,  directly  in  the  rear 
of  the  firm's  offices  and  adjoining  the  <4  Commercial 
and  Maritime  Exchanges."     In  the  erection  of  these 


warehouses  there  has  been  nothing  left  undone  that 
long  experience  could  suggest  and  ample  capital  pro- 
vide to  make  the  house  of  Messrs.  Justice  Bateman 
&  Co.  the  most  successful  in  the  business  of  wool 
commission  and  selling  agents,  and  no  firm  has  real- 
ized better  prices,  effected  speedier  sales,  or  secured 
returns  in  a  more  prompt  and  satisfactory  manner. 
Wool  thus  consigned  to  Justice  Bateman  &  Co.  has 
two  of  the  largest  markets  for  a  single  commission. 
The  house  also  issues  weekly  a  printed  catalogue  of 
its  stock  for  sale,  describing  each  lot.  The  Boston 
branch  is  managed  by  Walter  Shaw,  selling  agent, 
well  known  in  the  trade.  In  addition  to  heavy  cap- 
ital (the  only  real  guarantee  of  sales  insuring  to  the 
shipper  proceeds  of  his  consignment  and  enabling 
buyers  to  obtain  convenient  terms  of  credit)  Messrs. 
Justice  Bateman  &  Co.  have  a  high  reputation  in  the 
trade  and  among  wool  growers  for  liberal  advances, 
easy  terms,  and  prompt  remittances  upon  all  trans- 
actions. Their  trade  extends  throughout  the  United 
States  and  Canada,  England,  France,  Australia,  and 
South  America,  and  theirs  in  the  remotest  of  territo- 
ries is  a  familiar  name. 


Boston  Ice  Company,  No.  76  State  Street. 
— Few  corporations  have  enjoyed  the  high  reputation 
of  the  Boston  Ice  Company,  and  it  is  very  extensively 
engaged  in  furnishing  what  was  at  one  time  deemed 
a  luxury,  but  which  in  these  days  is  now  felt  to  be  an 
absolute  necessity.  The  company  was  incorporated 
with  considerable  capital  in  1865,  and  it  is  the  oldest 
concern  in  its  line  in  the  city.  The  operations  of  the 
company  are  very  extensive,  necessitating  the  em- 
ployment of  four  hundred  workmen  and  seventy-five 
teams.  The  firm  own  immense  storehouses  and  they 
draw  their  supplies  of  ice  from  various  large  ponds 
and  lakes  in  this  State,  of  which  they  control  five 
hundred  acres  of  surface,  and  their  ice  has  the  repu- 
tation of  being  reliable  for  purity  from  all  foreign 
matter.  The  company's  headquarters  are  at  No.  76 
State  street,  where  they  have  a  neatly  furnished 
office,  which  is  connected  by  telephone  No.  565. 
There  are  also  sub-offices  and  depots  at  Prison  Point 
Bridge,  Cambridge,  telephone  No.  6,453,  an(^  a* 
Front  street,  Charlestown,  telephone  No.  6,454.  The 
president  of  the  company  is  Mr.  H,  O.  Bright  and 
the  treasurer  is  Mr.  G.  H.  Read.  The  Board  of  Di- 
rectors consists  of  Messrs.  Thomas  J.  Pierce,  Nelson 
Bartlett,  James  H.  Reed,  C.  O.  Gage,  Francis  Hall, 
F.  J.  Bartlett,  H.  O.  Bright,  J.  J.  Bright,  and  Reuben 
W.  Hopkins.  The  company  make  a  specialty  of  sup- 
plying families,  hotels,  stores,  and  all  retail  trades. 
The  business  is  universal  in  the  city  and  suburbs,  and 
in  addition  to  having  a  very  extensive  retail  business 
they  do  a  large  wholesale  trade.  The  charges  for 
supplies  of  ice  are  reasonable,  as  shown  by  the  sub- 
joined tariff  of  rates;  May  to  October  1st,  twelve 
pounds  daily,  six  dollars;  eighteen  pounds  daily, 
nine  dollars;  twenty-four  pounds  daily,  twelve  dol- 
lars; thirty-six  pounds  daily,  seventeen  dollars.  By 
weight,  fifty  pounds  for  fifteen  cents;  twenty-five 
pounds  for  ten  cents.  Monthly  prices  (for  other  than 
season  time) :  twelve  pounds  daily,  per  month,  one 
dollar  and  fifty  cents;  eighteen  pounds  daily,  per 
month,  two  dollars  and  twenty  five  cents;  twenty- 
four  pounds  daily,  per  month,  three  dollars;  thirty- 
six  pounds  daily,  per  month,  four  dollars  and  twenty- 
five  cents.  Customers  are  supplied  before  and  after 
the  season  at  proportionate  rates,  and  the  company 
can  always  be  relied  upon  for  prompt  and  effective 
service. 


94 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Thomas  E.  Proctor,  Manufacturer  and 
Dealer  in  Hemlock  and  Union  Crop  Sole  Leather, 
Wax,  Kip,  and  Split  Leather,  No.  106  High  Street, 
corner  of  Congress  Street. — Ranking  as  one  of  the 
greatest  industries  of  the  old  Bay  State  is  the  manu- 
facture of  boots  and  shoes,  and  consequently  about 
as  important  is  the  manufacture  of  the  stock  used  in 
that  industry,  namely,  the  various  kinds  of  leather 
used  in  the  making  of  uppers,  and  lastly,  but  not 
least,  the  heavier  materials  used  for  soles.  No  sole 
leathers  have  a.  higher  reputation  in  the  market  than 
the  hemlock  and  Union  crop  sole  leathers  manufac- 
tured by  the  well-known  house  of  Thomas  E.  Proc- 
tor, No.  1 06  High  street,  corner  of  Congress  street. 
These  sole  leathers  are  of  the  closest  grain  and  are 
thoroughly  tanned,  as  are  all  leathers  sold  by  this 
house.  Mr.  Proctor  constantly  keeps  on  hand  a  large 
assortment  of  the  finest  wax,  kip,  and  split  leathers. 
This  house  is  one  of  the  largest  and  oldest  of  its  kind 
in  the  New  England  States,  and  employs  twenty-five 
men.  While  it  does  an  enormous  trade  in  Massa- 
chusetts, it  also  exports  largely  to  London  and  Liver- 
pool, England.  It  is  now  about  forty-three  years 
since  the  house  was  established,  being  started  in  1842 
under  the  firm-name  of  Proctor  &  Kendall,  Mr. 
Proctor  in  1846  becoming  the  sole  proprietor.  The 
first  place  of  business  was  on  Fulton  street,  from 
which  a  removal  was  made  to  Pearl  street,  and  finally 
to  the  present  address,  No.  106  High  street.  The 
wholesale  destruction  of  the  business  portion  of  the 
city  in  November,  1872,  would  have  prostrated  many 
other  cities,  but  it  was  powerless  to  affect  the  Boston 
merchants.  With  a  will  and  energy  that  won  the 
admiration  of  the  world,  they  began  to  repair  the  de- 
vastation, and  not  least  in  prominence  among  them 
was  T.  E.  Proctor.  In  a  very  short  time  he  had  the 
building  replaced  by  a  new  structure  built  of  brick, 
five  stories  in  height,  and  in  dimensions  is  50x100 
feet.  It  is  finished  in  the  best  of  style,  and  has  every 
convenience  for  the  transaction  of  the  extensive 
business. 


Alfred  Mudg-e  &  Son,  Printers,  No.  24 
Franklin  Street. — In  "  the  art  preservative  of  all 
arts,"  it  is  safe  to  say  that  the  firm  of  Messrs.  Alfred 
Mudge  &  Son  is  unexcelled,  having  kept  abreast  with 
the  times  and  the  improvement  of  the  age,  and  to- 
day it  is  admittedly  one  of  the  best-equipped  printing 
establishments  in  the  city.  No  house  has  been  more 
successful  in  this  line  of  enterprise,  and  no  house  has 
produced  a  more  superior  class  of  work  than  that  of 
Messrs.  Alfred  Mudge  &  Son.  The  house  has  been 
in  being  for  the  past  fifty-five  years,  having  been 
founded  in  1830.  The  premises  occupied  for  the 
business  are  very  centrally  located  at  No.  24  Frank- 
lin street,  and  comprise  three  floors,  each  150x60  feet 
in  dimensions.  These  premises  are  admirably  ar- 
ranged and  equipped  with  every  facility  and  con- 
venience for  the  business,  with  an  entire  new  equip- 
ment of  presses  and  machinery,  and  every  description 
of  type,  and  employment  is  afforded  for  one  hundred 
and  seventy-five  hands.  The  firm,  whose  premises 
have  been  specially  fitted  up  for  this  business,  makes 
a  specialty  of  book,  law,  and  job  work,  and  does  an 
immense  business  in  these  lines.  The  arrangements 
of  the  firm  with  artists  are  such  that  they  can  furnish 
every  variety  of  illustration,  engravings  of  buildings, 
stores,  factories,  vessels,  machinery,  summer  resorts, 
and  routes  of  travel,  which  are  executed  in  the  most 
acceptable  style  and  with  great  promptness.  In  me- 
chanical execution  their  work   cannot  be  excelled. 


They  have  the  most  extensive  supply  of  new  type, 
comprising  all  the  latest  styles,  and  are  constantly 
making  additions  as  new  designs  are  issued.  Their 
skill  in  printing  is  unsurpassed,  and  their  work  is 
equal  to  anything  at  home  or  abroad,  and  being 
practical  in  every  department  of  their  art,  they  have 
achieved  an  enviable  reputation  for  the  artistic  merits 
of  their  work.  They  have  a  reputation  Tor  fine  and 
artistic  printing,  second  to  no  house  in  the  New 
England  States. 


J.  F.  Dane,  Griimell  &  Co.,  Manufac- 
turers of  Boots  and  Shoes,  Nos.  37,  39,  and  41  Lin- 
coln Street. — The  house  of  Messrs.  J.  F.  Dane,  Grin- 
nell  &  Co.  has  been  for  a  long  period  identified  with 
the  past  of  this  industry,  and  it  ranks  in  the  present 
with  the  foremost  establishments  in  the  business.  For 
over  forty  years  it  has  been  one  of  Boston's  notable 
business  houses,  having  been  established  in  1845  on 
Lincoln  street.  The  firm  have  factories  at  Farming- 
ham,  N.  H.,  and  Rockland  and  West  Medway,  Mass., 
and  these  are  furnished  with  the  best  and  latest  im- 
proved machinery  and  tools,  and  they  afford  employ- 
ment to  a  large  number  of  skilled  operatives.  They 
manufacture  the  fine  and  medium  grades  of  men's 
and  boys'  boots  and  shoes,  and  of  these  they  keep  a 
selected  stock  on  hand  at  their  Boston  warehouse. 
The  business  is  exclusively  wholesale,  the  firm  sell- 
ing direct  to  jobbers  and  dealers.  They  cater  for  the 
trade  in  the  West  and  South,  where  they  have  built 
up  a  large  and  permanent  business,  and  where  their 
trade  relations  are  continually  expanding.  The  indi- 
vidual members  of  the  firm  are  Messrs.  Joseph  F. 
Dane,  Charles  A.  Grinnell,  and  Joseph  A.  Dane. 
The  firm  of  1864  was  composed  of  Joseph  F.  Dane, 
C.  A.  Grinnell,  and  Francis  Dane.  Francis  Dane 
had  a  large  business  of  his  own,  and  only  placed  cap- 
ital in  Joseph  F.  Dane  &  Co.  His  career  was  quite 
prosperous,  having  commenced  manufacturing  in  Dan- 
vers  in  1840,  removed  to  Boston  in  1857,  and  died  in 
1875.  C.  A.  Grinnell  was  for  thirty  years  in  the 
boot  and  shoe  jobbing  business  in  Baltimore,  and 
moved  to  Boston  during  the  Rebellion  in  1864.  Jo- 
seph F.  Dane's  former  partner,  Mr.  J.  P.  Cross,  was 
killed  by  a  roll  of  leather  falling  down  the  scuttle- 
way.  After  the  death  of  Frank  Dane,  Joseph  A. 
Dane  became  a  partner. 

George  F.  Walker,  Manufacturer  of  Boot 
and  Shoe  Lasts,  Stoughton,  Mass.;  Office,  No.  159 
Summer  Street. — Among  those  who  have  been  singu- 
larly fortunate  and  successful  in  the  making  of  lasts 
is  Mr.  George  F.  Walker,  who  has  been  established 
in  the  business  for  over  fifteen  years  and  has  always 
been  regarded  among  the  shoe  manufacturers  as  one 
of  the  most  skillful  and  experienced  men  who  have 
ever  engaged  in  the  business,  and  his  trade  has  be- 
come so  extended  that  he  employs  about  sixty  skilled 
hands.  His  large  and  commodious  salesroom  is 
located  at  No.  159  Summer  street,  where  all  the 
many  thousands  of  styles,  varieties,  and  sizes  of  lasts 
may  be  seen.  His  factory  is  located  at  Stoughton, 
Mass.,  which  is  supplied  with  the  latest  improved 
machinery  and  apparatus,  and  where  the  best  material 
is  only  used.  Mr.  Walker  has  built  up  his  business 
to  a  high  standard,  and  now  controls  a  large  trade 
among  the  shoe  manufacturers  of  the  East.  He  is 
ably  assisted  by  Mr.  H.  F.  Woodward,  his  foreman, 
who  has  had  a  large  experience  and  is  possessed  of  a 
great  practical  knowledge  in  this  branch  of  in- 
dustry. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


95 


Smith,  Richardson  &  Bates,  Men's  and 
Boys'  Clothing,  Mo.  87  Summer  Street,  corner  of 
Kingston  Street. — 'lhere  never  was  a  time  when  good 
and  stylish  clothing  could  dj  obtained  at  such  low  prices 
as  those  which  prevail  to  day.  A  noted  house  engaged 
in  manufacturing  clothing  for  men  and  boys,  for  the 
wholesale  and  retail  clothing  houses  of  the  country,  is 
»  that  of  Messrs.  Smith,  Richardson  &  Bates.  J  he 
business  is  an  old  established  one,  and  was  founded 
by  Messrs.  Goddard,  Smith  &  Atwood  in  1867.  In 
1872,  on  the  occasion  of  the  great  fire,  the  business 
at  this  time  was  located  in  premises  opposiie  to  those 
at  present  occupied,  and  the  firm  had  their  store  re- 
duced to  ashes.  In  January,  1879,  the  business  was 
transferred  to  its  present  location  at  the  corner  of 
Summer  and  Kingston  streets,  the  present  building 
standing  on  the  site  of  that  in  which  the  great  confla- 
gration of  1872  had  its  origin,  and  which  wrecked 
thousands  of  the  leading  business  establishments  of 
the  city.  Here  the  firm  occupy  five  floors,  having  an 
area  of  twenty-five  thousand  square  feet.  The  firm 
imports  many  fine  goods  for  use  in  their  business,  and 
purchase  direct  from  the  most  noted  domestic  manu- 
facturers. They  keep  a  large  staff  of  experienced 
cutters,  and  make  a  specialty  of  the  finer  and  medium 
grades  of  goods,  ignoring  cheap  and  inferior  kinds 
entirely.  The  firm  is  noted  for  the  leading  styles  of 
their  productions,  fine  quality  of  material,  and  excel- 
lent workmanship.  They  carry  an  immense  stock  of 
ready-made  goods  and  are  able  to  fill  all  orders 
promptly.  The  firm  is  represented  on  the  read  by  a 
staff  of  eight  salesmen;  and  their  trade,  which  ex- 
tends to  all  parts  of  the  country,  is  constantly  on  the 
increase.  On  January  1st,  1876,  Mr.  Bates  was  ad- 
mitted. The  firm,  as  at  present  constituted,  consists 
of  Messrs.  J.  O.  Smith,  A.  S.  Richardson,  L.  L.  Bates, 
and  E.  B.  Parker,  all  of  whom  are  well  known. 
Smith,  Richardson  &  Bates'  position  in  the  clothing 
trade  is  such  that  the  name  itself  is  a  sure  guarantee 
of  the  quality  and  make-up  of  their  goods. 

Henry  Brooks  &  Co.,  Wholesale  Dealers 
in  Hardware,  No.  115  Milk  Street. — Among  the  act- 
ive, energetic,  and  old-established  business  houses  in 
this  line  in  the  city,  and  which  enjoy  a  high  reputa- 
tion in  the  commercial  community,  must  be  numbered 
that  of  Messrs.  Henry  Brooks  &  Co.,  of  No.  115  Milk 
street.  The  business  of  this  house  was  founded  in 
1855  under  the  firm  style  of  Fulton  &  Carter,  who 
successfully  continued  it  until  1870,  when  they  were 
succeeded  by  the  present  firm,  the  members  of  which 
are  Messrs.  Henry  Brooks,  T.  H.  Baldwin,  and  H. 
K.  Adams,  all  of  whom  are  natives  of  this  State  and 
gentlemen  of  long  business  experience,  thoroughly 
conversant  with  every  detail  of  the  trade.  The 
premises  occupied  for  the  business  comprise  three 
floors  and  basement,  each  50x100  feet  in  dimensions, 
of  a  large  and  commodious  building.  The  basement 
is  used  for  shipping  purposes  and  the  floor  serves  as 
salesroom  und  office,  which  is  handsomely  furnished. 
Indeed,  the  commodious  store  throughout  is  well 
arranged  and  fitted  up  with  every  convenience,  and 
contains  a  general  assortment  of  builders'  hardware, 
tools,  cutlery,  and  an  extensive  variety  of  house- 
furnishing  goods.  The  stock  has  been  very  carefully 
selected  and  purchased  direct  from  the  manufac- 
turers. The  business  of  the  house  is  entirely  whole- 
sale, and  the  exigencies  of  the  establishment  require 
the  constant  employment  of  twenty-seven  hands,  be- 
sides a  number  of  traveling  salesmen  who  represent 
the  firm  among  dealers  in  all  parts  of  the  country. 


The  firm  are  well  known  to  the  trade  as  prompt  and 
reliable,  and  honorable  and  trustworthy  in  all  their 
dealings,  and  they  have  established  a  large  and  lu- 
crative trade  by  their  liberal  business  policy. 


Day,  Wilcox  &  Co.,  Manufacturers  of  Crop 
Sole  Leather  and  Calfskins,  Nos.  34  and  36  South 
Street.— rOne  of  the  largest  Boston  houses  engaged 
in  the  production  of  Union   crop  leathers  is  that  of 

Day,  Wilcox  &  Co.  at  Nos.  34  and  36  South  street. 
They  own  and  operate  three  tanneries,  having  one  at 
Winchester,  Mass.,  which  is  a  calfskin  tannery,  and 
one  each  at  Stroudsburg  and  Spragueville,  Pa.,  on 
Union  crop  sole  leather.  For  this  grade  of  stock 
they  use  strictly  domestic  green  salted  or  technically 

'slaughter"  hides  of  weights  sufficiently  heavy  for 
these  qualities  of  stock.  They  produce  weekly  two 
thousand  sides  of  sole  leather  and  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  thousand  finished  calfskins  per  year.  This 
is  an  old  concern  with  an  honorable  record,  and 
stands  to-day  as  one  of  our  leading  leather  houses. 
It  is  thirty  years  since  it  was  founded,  the  members 
of  the  firm  at  this  time  being  Messrs.  Lewis  Day.  a 
native  of  Norwood,  Mass.,  fiity  years  of  age:  D.  W. 
Wilcox,  born  in  Newport,  N.  H.,  and  fifty-six  years 
of  age,  and  C.  F.  Rhoads,  born  at  Norwood,  Mass.,, 
and  fifty  years  of  age.  Their  trade  is  largely  in  New 
England,  though  it  extends  considerably  into  the 
Middle  and  Western  States,  as  in  those  States  the 
finer  grades  of  boots  and  shoes,  to  which  their  leather 
is  specially  adapted,  are  made.  They  handle  mostly 
their  own  product  of  sole  leather  and  calfskins,  and1 
these  specialties  occupy  a  first-class  position  in  the 
market,  their  annual  business  reaching  to  about 
$1,000,000  per  year.  They  occupy  the  entire  build- 
ing at  Nos.  34  and  36  South  street,  being  six  floors,, 
including  basement,  of  25x100  feet  each,  carrying 
continually  a  large  amount  of  stock  for  immediate 
delivery  when  wanted. 


H.  W.  Hug-uley  &  Co.,  Importers,  Nos.  66 
and  70  Broad   Street  and  Nos.  2  and  4  Customhouse 
Street. — This  house  was  established  by  Messrs.  Dun- 
bar &   Co.  as  far  back  as   1834,  and,  with  compara- 
tively   a   small    capital,   it   gradually   worked    itself 
along,    and,  through   integrity,  thrift,   and   activity, 
finally  became  one  of  the  leading  houses  in  Boston. 
In    1878  the  members  of  the  firm  changed,  though 
the  old  firm-name  was  retained  and  the  business  was 
continued  under  it  by  the  new  partners,  Messrs.  C. 
H.  Graves  and  H.  W.  Huguley,  who  are  now  the 
proprietors  and  managers  of  the  business.     The  fiim 
imports  all  kinds  of  liquors,  cigars,  teas,  and  other 
valuable  goods,  and  so  large  is  the  demand  and  so 
extended  the  business  that  the  entire  buildings  Nos.. 
66  to  70  Broad  street  and  Nos.  2  and  4  Customhouse- 
street  are  completely  filled  with  goods  imported  ex- 
pressly for  their  trade.     Among  the  liquors  are  fine- 
brandies,  gins,  rums,  etc.,  and  the  wines  comprise  alL 
the   most  celebrated  vineyards  of  France,  Germany, 
Portugal,  Spain,  and  Italy.     In  relation  to  the  teas-, 
and  cigars  the  same  remark  applies — that  the  best; 
only  are  dealt  in.     The  choicest  Havanas  shipped  by 
the  most  celebrated  Cuban  manufacturers,  as  well  as 
the  most  delicately  flavored  teas,  are  to  be  found  here 
in  variety,  and  all  the  goods  of  the  establishment  may 
be  regarded  as  being  of  the  very  best  quality.     The 
trade  of  the  establishment  extends  to  all  parts  of  the 
country,  and  includes  many  of  the  most  prominent 
wholesale  and   retail   houses  of  the  New  England 
States. 


96 


CITY   OF  BOSTON. 


Exterior  view  of  D.  Lothrop  &  Co.'s  Publishing  House 


D.  IiOthrop  &  Co.,  corner  of  Franklin  and 
Hawley  Streets. — Prominent  among  the  leading  pub- 
lishing houses  of  the  city  is  that  of  Messrs.  D.  Loth- 
rop &  Co.,  publishers,  importers,  and  booksellers, 
corner  of  Franklin  and  Hawley  streets.  Their  ad- 
mirable, ever-enjoyable  magazines  Wide  Awake,  Our 
Liltle  Men  and  Women,  Baby/and,  The  Pansy, 
Chautauqua  Young  Folks'  Journal,  etc.,  are  as 
popular  abroad  as  in  this  country,  and  in  the  whole 
realm  of  publishers  no  house  enjoys  a  higher  stand- 
ing than  that  of  Messrs.  D.  Lothrop  &  Co.  The 
business  was  founded  in  Boston  in  1868  by  the  pres- 
ent senior  member  of  the  firm,  Mr.  Daniel  Lothrop, 
at  Nos.  38  and  40  Cornhill,  and  in  1876  it  was  trans- 
ferred to  No.  32  Franklin  street,  where  the  firm  oc- 
cupy four  floors,  each  120x40  feet  in  dimensions,  of  a 
large  iron-front  building.  The  lower  floor  is  used  as 
a  retail  bookstore,  and  it  is  one  of  the  best  equipped 
establishments  in  the  city,  a  full  line  of  every  class 
of  literature  being  kept  in  stock.  On  the  upper  floors 
are  the  various  literary,  fine  art,  composing,  and  book- 
binding departments,  where  a  very  large  staff  of  em- 
ployees are  constantly  engaged.  They  also  lease  a 
large  five-story  building  on  Purchase  street,  in  which 
much  of  their  printing  and  binding  is  done.  For  its 
various  publications  the  firm  has  in  its  service  many 
of  the  most  distinguished  writers  of  America  and 
Europe,  and  it  has  for  its  readers  of  manuscripts  Prof. 
Herman  Lincoln,  D.  D.,  of  Newton  Seminary,  and 
Rev.  J.  E.  Rankin,  D.  D.  Mr.  Daniel  Lothrop  is  a 
gentleman  of  great  literary  and  business  attainments, 
and  comes  of  the  old  Puritan  stock,  and  was  born  at 
Rochester,  N.  II.,  in  1831.     Mr.  Lothrop  owns  and 


occupies  as  a  summer  residence  the  Wayside,  Con- 
cord, Mass.,  the  home  of  Nathaniel  Hawthorne. 
There  is  a  certain  literary  fitness  that  his  home 
should  be  in  this  most  classic  spot.  The  silent  part- 
ners are  the  brothers,  Mr.  John  C.  Lothrop,  who 
lives  at  Great  Falls,  N.  H.,  and  Mr.  James  E.  Loth- 
rop, ex- Mayor  of  Dover,  N  H.  Mr.  Henry  Loth- 
rop, a  younger  brother,  also  has  an  interest  in  the  busi- 
ness. This  house  in  its  selection  of  works  for  chil- 
dren of  all  ages  has  acted  upon  the  principle  of  com- 
bining literary  excellence  with  purity  of  moral  and 
religious  teachings,  and  this  rule  has  guided  it  also  in 
the  publication  of  its  books  for  adult  readers.  The 
firm  makes  a  specialty  of  finely  illustrated  gift  books, 
devotional  works,  and  carefully  edited  Sunday-school 
libraries,  and  also  caters  judiciously  for  the  popular 
taste.  Their  publications,  numbering  over  two  thou- 
sand volumes,  cover  the  whole  range  needed  for  home, 
school,  and  town  libraries. 

Cotting-  &  Packard,  Wcol  Commission 
Merchants,  No.  161  Summer  Street. — This  firm  estab- 
lished their  house  four  years  ago,  and  by  enterprise  and 
superior  business  ability  they  have  secured  a  trade 
which  extends  throughout  this  country.  They  oc- 
cupy an  entire  building,  30x100  feet  in  dimensions, 
which  contains  an  immense  and  carefully  assorted 
stock,  and  large  and  influential  connection  enables 
them  to  handle  goods  to  the  best  advantage,  thus 
serving  the  interests  both  of  consignors  and  buyers. 
Mr  Eugene  Cotting  was  born  in  P>oston,  and  Mr. 
Henry  H.  Packard  is  a  native  of  Enfield,  New  Hamp- 
shire.    Both  are  active  and  enterprising  gentlemen. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


97 


Hecht,  Bros.  &  Co.,  Wool,  Nos.  181  and  183 
Summer  Street. — This  is  one  of  the  largest  houses 
in  t  he  city,  receiving  heavy  consignments  of  wool 
from  California,  the  Territories,  and  the  South,  hav- 
ing offices  in  San  Francisco  and  Portland,  Oregon, 
with  highest  credit  and  unlimited  capital,  introducing 
the  famous  "  Eberhardt"  and  "  Legallet "  pulled 
wools"  in  tl>is  market,  which  rank  among  the  very 
best.  The  firm  of  Hecht  Bros.  &  Co.  was  organized 
in  1861  by  Lewis  Hecht,  Isaac  Hecht,  J.  H.  Hecht, 
A.  E.  and  Louis  Hecht,  Jr.  In  187 1  Mr.  Lewis  Hecht 
retired.  Upon  the  retirement  of  Lewis  Hecht,  M.  H. 
Hecht,  a  brother,  was  admitted  as  partner.  In  1877 
Mr.  L.  P.  Wiel  was  admitted  as  partner,  and  the  firm 
consisted  of  five  brothers  and  a  brother-in-law,  form- 
ing one  of  the  oldest  and  most  conservative  houses 
in  the  wool  business.  Isaac,  A.  E.,  M.  H.,  and  L.  P. 
Wiel  conduct  the  Portland  and  San  Francisco  houses, 
and  Messrs.  J.  II.  and  Louis  Hecht,  Jr.,  the  Boston 
house,  the  latter  gentlemen  since  their  establishment 
here  having  given  an  impetus  to  the  wool  trade,  and 
by  their  extensive  imports  of  best  wools  in  the  mar- 
kets materially  enhancing  the  qualities  of  wools  for 
which  their  name  alone  would  be  sufficient  guarantee, 
but  which  are  indorsed  by  wool  buyers  all  over  the 
country.  It  is  exclusively  a  commission  house.  They 
have  just  purchased  an  estate  on  Federal  street,  con- 
taining fourteen  thousand  feet  of  land,  on  which  they 
a*-e  erecting  a  model  wool  house,  suitable  for  their 
business.  

A.  P.  Martin  &  Co.,  Boots  and  Shoes,  No. 
14  Hieh  Street;  Factory,  Hudson. — This  house  are 
manufacturers  of  women's,  misses',  and  children's  kip, 
split,  buff,  and  grain  "  Polkas  "  and  "  Polish,"  men's, 
boys',  and  youths' kip  and  split  boots.  Probably  no 
name  in  the  shoe  and  leather  trade  of  Boston  is  more 
familiar  than  that  of  the  senior  of  this  house,  from 
the  important  positions  he  has  been  called  upon  to 
fill  in  manufacturing  corporations,  mercantile  asso- 
ciation, in  civic  life,  and  upon  the  field — general  and 
mayor,  president  and  director,  in  associations  innum- 
erable— and  in  all  filling  the  positions  with  credit  to 
himself  and  reflecting  honor  upon  all  who  had  in- 
trusted him  with  the  responsibility.  General  Martin 
was  called  upon  at  a  time  when  peril  menaced  the 
good  city  of  Boston  to  throw  the  influence  of  his 
name  and  record  in  the  balance,  and  at  a  personal 
sacrifice  to  assume  the  duties  of  mayor,  which  he 
filled  to  the  satisfaction  of  all  except  the  "  ring."  Bos- 
ton's conservatism  and  pride  keep  the  citizens,  as  a 
rule,  from  the  polls.  But  occasionally  the  citizens 
arise  en  masse,  and  their  action  is  followed  by  a 
mayor  representing  the  true  type  of  American  man- 
hood and  probity,  as  in  the  instance  of  Mayor  Mar- 
tin's election.  As  a  soldier,  General  Martin's  record 
will  ever  live  in  the  annals  of  American  history.  As 
a  mayor  he  was  the  mayor  par  excellence  ;  as  a  manu- 
facturer his  name,  associated  with  goods,  is  a  guaran- 
tee for  value.  The  house  of  A.  P.  Martin  &  Co.  has 
always  been  prominent  in  the  shoe  and  leather  trade 
of  Boston. 

Harding-,  Martin  &  Caverly,  Commis- 
sion Merchants,  No.  92  Federal  Street  —This  impor- 
tant and  well  known  firm  do  an  exclusive  wool  com- 
mission business,  placing  consignments  in  best  mar- 
kets which  their  large  connection  and  long  experience 
enables  them  to  do  with  unusual  and  exceptional 
advantage ;  and  buying  on  orders  for  others  in  this 
country  and  other  markets.    This  firm,  strictly  adher- 


ing to  one  policy,  handling  entirely  on  commission, 
but,  having  correspondents  in  all  parts  of  the  world, 
devote  entire  time  to  commis>ion,  and  have  estab- 
lished a  reputation  as  most  successful  handlers  of 
wool,  while  the  character  of  the  house  gives  pur- 
chasers every  guarantee  that  all  wool  is  as  repre- 
sented in  quality  and  graded  correctly.  The  pre- 
sent firm  was  organized  in  1883  under  present 
name  and  style,  succeeding  Harding,  Martin  &  Co. 
It  is  composed  of  A.  E.  Harding,  H.  M.  Martin, 
and  C.  M.  Caverly.  Messrs.  Harding  and  Martin 
were  members  of  the  well-known  firm  of  Harding, 
Gray  &  Dewey,  which  began  business  in  1868,  Mr. 
A.  E.  Harding  being  son  of  the  senior  partner,  and 
dissolved  in  1879,  when  the  firm  of  Plarding,  Martin 
&  Co.  was  formed.  Mr.  Martin  was  formerly  partner 
in  firm  of  Mills  &  Coffin,  wool  brokers,  before  being 
admitted  a  member  of  Harding,  Gray  &  Dewey. 
A  house  so  long  identified  as  Harding,  Martin  & 
Caverly,  and  their  predecessors,  with  the  wool  busi- 
ness must  have  an  influence  that  is  appreciated,  and 
they  are  in  high  repute  among  wool-growers  and  con- 
signers for  the  dispatch  of  business  and  successful 
placing  of  consignments,  with  honorable  dealing. 


Rogers,  Wood,  Loring-  &  Co.,  Bankers, 
choe  and  Leather  Notes,  No.  147  Federal  Street, 
corner  of  Milton  Place. — Among  the  most  prominent 
bankers  and  brokers  in  the  city  are  Messrs.  Rogers, 
Wood,  Loring  &  Co.,  whose  offices  are  at  No.  147 
Federal  street,  at  the  corner  of  Milton  place.  They 
have  been  engaged  in  business  since  1870,  and  by 
their  energy  and  enterprise,  coupled  with  the  most 
strict  integrity  and  commercial  honor,  have  succeeded 
in  building  up  a  connection  of  a  most  superior  char- 
acter, many  cf  their  customers  being  among  the  most 
prominent  business  houses  in  New  England.  Their 
business  is  mostly  among  manufacturers  of  boots  and 
shoes  and  dealers  in  leather,  and  such  has  been  their 
experience  and  so  many  and  continued  their  transac- 
tions with  the  members  of  that  important  industry, 
that  they  are  intimately  acquainted  with  the  rating  of 
each  firm,  and  are  thus  enabled  to  accept  or  refuse 
their  notes  as  circumstances  in  each  particular  case 
may  dictate.  The  firm  also  does  a  large  and  extended 
banking  business,  loaning  money  on  call,  etc.,  and  on 
the  street  and  among  the  community  in  general  they 
stand  at  the  very  head  and  front  of  the  important 
industry  in  which  they  have  been  so  successful.  The 
individuals  composing  the  firm  are  II.  A.  Rogers,  G. 
F.  Wood,  David  Loring,  Jr.,  and  J.  A.  Woolson,  all 
of  whom  are  highly  respected  and  influential  citizens 
commanding  the  confidence  and  esteem  of  the  entire 
community. 


Geo^g"e  C.  Spear  &  Co.,  Dealers  in  Leather 
Remnants,  No.  120  Summer  Street.— The  business 
of  this  house,  although  but  five  years  established,  has 
already  assumed  proportions  which  designate  it  a 
leading  house  in  the  leather  trade,  and  its  continuous 
development  is  full  of  good  augury  for  the  future. 
Commodious  and  well-appointed  quarters  are  occu- 
pied, and  the  large  and  complete  stock  embraces 
everything  incident  to  the  line  of  trade.  Messrs. 
George  C.  Spear  and  E.  O.  Leach,  composing  the 
firm,  are  natives  of  Randolph,  Mass.,  and  are  fully 
versed  in  all  pertaining  to  the  business,  in  which  they 
have  long  been  engaged.  They  are  generally  es- 
teemed in  commercial  circles,  and  the  success 
achieved  in  their  en'erprise  is  but  a  reflex  of  their 
indefatigable  efforts  in  its  promotion. 


98 


CITY    OF  BOSTON. 


Bradford,  Thomas  &  Co.,  Importers  and  Job- 
bersof  Dry  Goods,  Nos.  32  and  36  Bedford  Street,  and 
45  and  49  Avon  Street. — In  reviewing  the  enterprises 
that  have  become  prominent  in  the  city  the  one  un- 
der consideration  is  deserving  of  special  mention  in 
this  work.  The  business  is  an  old-established  one, 
and  it  has  merited  from  the  first  that  success  it  has 
received  by  the  fair  and  honorable  dealings  of  its 
management.  The  business  was  originally  founded 
in  1836  as  Blanchard,  Converse  &  Co.,  and  after  suc- 
cessive changes  to  Taylor,  Thomas  &  Co.  In  1881 
Mr.  Taylor  died,  and  was  succeeded  by  Mr.  George 
H.  Bradford,  a  gentleman  about  forty-five  years  of 
age  and  of  enviable  business  reputation.  Mr.  Charles 
Upton  Thomas,  who  is  about  fifty  years  of  age, 
was  one  of  the  founders  of  the  business  and  still 
gives  it  the  benefit  of  his  long  experience.  The 
history  of  the  house  is  replete  with  thrift,  enterprise, 
honesty,  and  success.  It  is  to-day  a  representative 
house  in  the  dry  goods  importing  and  jobbing  busi- 
ness, and  not  only  imports  foreign  goods  extensively, 
but  handles  immense  stocks  of  domestic  fabrics.  It 
is  one  of  the  busiest  houses  in  the  city,  and  employs 
about  one  hundred  clerks  and  shippers  in  filling  the 
orders  of  customers  in  all  parts  of  the  country.  The 
firm  occupy  two  stores,  each  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  by  one  hundred  feet  in  dimensions, 
and  a  commodious  basement,  and  these  are  packed 
with  goods  of  every  kind  in  the  dry  goods  line. 
The  business  is  entirely  wholesale,  and  the  amount 
of  business  done  annually  is  of  great  volume.  The 
long  experience  and  the  enviable  reputation  of  the 
firm,  and  the  extent  of  their  resources,  make  it 
desirable  for  dealers  to  establish  relations  with  this 
house. 

John  J.  Henry  &  Fegan,  Auctioneers  and 
Commission  Merchants  for  the  sale  of  Boots,  Shoes, 
and  Rubbers,  No.  82  Summer  Street. — This  house  is 
the  legitimate  successor  of  the  old  firm  of  M.  M. 
Lauders  &  Co.,  and  is  therefore  the  oldest  concern 
in  this  line  of  the  business,  the  senior  having  started 
in  1857  as  a  clerk.  In  1867,  after  ten  years' experi- 
ence as  bookkeeper  and  salesmnn,  he,  with  his  small 
savings  and  the  assistance  of  an  old  friend  and  cus- 
tomer of  the  old  house,  started  the  house  of  John 
J.  Henry,  which  for  the  next  ten  years  became  well 
and  favorably  known  for  prompt  and  square  dealing. 
In  1872  occurred  the  Boston  fire,  which,  in  a  single 
night,  swept  away  millions  of  the  accumulations  of 
many  an  enterprising  merchant;  for  some,  the  savings 
of  a  lifetime  were  remorselessly  consumed,  so  that 
even  where  insurance  policies  were  saved  they  rep- 
resented but  little  of  value.  Mr.  Henry  held  one 
policy  in  the  old  and  thoroughly  reliable  ^tna,  of 
Hartford,  which,  paying  one  hundred  cents  as  always, 
together  with  the  dividends  from  other  companies, 
enabled  him  to  do  what  no  other  housein  his  line  did, 
i.  e.,  pay  his  consignees  in  full  for  all  goods  which 
were  consumed  in  that  memorable  conflagration. 
This  took,  of  course,  much  more  money  than  could 
possibly  be  realized  from  insurance  companies,  but 
this  action  commanded  the  confidence  and  conse- 
quent co  operation  of  all  shoe  manufacturers  who  had 
dealings  with  this  house,  and  it  was  soon  on  its  feet, 
ready  for  business,  and  business  came,  and  all  it 
could  handle.  In  1877  Mr.  Henry  started  in  a  small 
way  what  was  afterward  destined  to  be  a  success — 
a  branch  house  in  the  city  of  Chicago — and  shortly 
afterward  nssociated  with  himself  Mr.  George  E. 
Hatch,  of  the  old  and  highly  successful  firm  of  Cow- 


ing &  Hatch,  under  the  style  of  Henry  &  Hatch,  which 
for  seven  years  conducted  a  prosperous  and  wide- 
awake business  in  both  Boston  and  Chicago.  But  health 
is  a  very  necessary  condition  to  success  and  continu- 
ance in  any  business,  and  the  time  came  in  1884  when 
Mr.  Hatch  felt  obliged  to  yield  to  the  advice  of  his 
physician,  and  gradually  withdraw  from  too  active 
and  responsible  connection  with  the  shoe  business, 
and  he  withdrew  from  the  Boston  house  to  devote 
his  attention  to  the  Chicago  branch.  Mr.  Henry  now 
associated  with  himself  Mr.  W-  J.  Fegan,  who  was 
brought  up  by  him,  and  more  lately  of  the  firm  of 
Smith,  Fegan  &  Baker,  continuing  the  Boston  business 
of  Henry  &  Hatch  under  the  style  of  John  J.  Henry 
&  Fegan  at  No.  82  Summer  and  No.  295  Devonshire 
streets,  Boston,  a  stand  well  and  favorably  associated 
with  the  name  of  the  old  concern.  This  house  sells  a 
great  variety  of  goods,  receiving  consignments  of  all 
kinds  of  boots,  shoes,  brogans,  slippers,  and  rubber 
boots  and  shoes,  upon  which  they  make  cash  advances, 
which  they  are  thus  enabled  to  sell  low  to  close  trade. 
Their  reputation  in  this  direction  leads  people  in 
want  of  anything  in  a  hurry  to  examine  their  stocks 
with  confidence  that  it  can  be  found  with  them  and 
at  less  than  manufacturers'  and  jobbers'  prices.  Mr. 
Fegan's  extensive  acquaintance  with  manufacturers 
and  buyers  makes  this  house  worthy  the  attention  of 
both.  They  hold  regular  weekly  auction  sales  of  boots 
and  shoes  every  Tuesday  forenoon  at  ten  o'clock,  when 
from  one  hundred  and  fifty  to  two  hundred  sample 
cases,  representing  thousands  of  duplicates,  are  offered, 
and  sold  to  the  highest  bidder.  These  sales,  represent- 
ing the  product  of  many  manufacturers,  are  freely  at- 
tended by  reliable  buyers  who  want  to  pick  up  "bar- 
gains," "  drives,"  and  "job  lots."  This  is  a  bright, 
wide-awake  concern,  always  ready  for  business, 
which  realizes  the  importance  of  having  things  turn 
out  as  represented.  "  Promptness,  dispatch,  and 
correct  representation  "  is  the  motto  upon  which  they 
act,  and  we  cordially  recommend  them  to  any  having 
business  in  their  line. 

Sabin  &  Page,  Importers  of  and  Wholesale 
Dealers  in  Saddlery  Hardware,  and  Manufacturers  of 
Horse  Clothing,  Robes,  Halters,  Surcingles,  Har- 
ness, etc  ,  Nos.  105  and  107  Federal  Street. — 
Among  the  most  important  commercial  enterprises 
for  which  this  city  is  justly  noted  few  will  appear  in 
greater  prominence  than  that  which  constitutes  the 
immediate  subject  of  the  present  sketch.  The  busi- 
ness of  Messrs.  Sabin  &  Pa-^e  was  established  in  the 
year  i860,  and  its  subsequent  prosperous  develop- 
ment has  been  commensurate  with  the  enterprising 
activity  and  superior  skill  which  have  ever  charac- 
terized its  management.  The  line  of  trade  embrace- 
the  importing  and  wholesaling  of  saddlery  hardwares 
and  the  manufacture  of  horse  clothing,  robes,  halters, 
surcingles,  harness,  etc.  The  spacious  and  thor- 
oughly equipped  establishment,  sixty  by  one  hundred 
feet  in  area,  contains  an  immense  stock  of  goods  in- 
cident to  the  trade,  and  every  facility  is  provided  for 
the  advantageous  prosecution  of  the  business.  The 
superior  excellence  of  the  productions  of  the  house 
have  given  it  a  wide  celebrity,  and  the  trade,  ex- 
tending over  a  wide  territory,  is  of  extended  propor- 
tions. The  individual  members  of  the  firm  are 
Messrs.  Charles  W.  Sabin  and  Augustus  Page,  the 
former  a  native  of  Maine  and  the  latter  from  Ver- 
mont. Both  gentlemen  have  long  been  prominent 
figures  in  commercial  circles,  and  they  are  generally 
esteemed  as  among  Boston's  eminent  merchants. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


99 


Denny,  Rice  &  Co.,  Wool,  No.  132  Federal 
Street. — This  is  one  of  the  heaviest  houses  in  Boston 
in  this  line.  The  firm  was  founded  more  than  half  a 
century  ago  by  Daniel  Denny,  and  re-organized  later 
by  Mrs.  Denny,  Henry  A.  Rice,  and  Henry  T. 
Gardner,  as  Denny,  Rice  &  Gardner.  This  firm 
continued  until  1856,  when  Mr.  Gardner  withdrew, 
having  becdme  Governor  of  M  issachusetts.  In  1872 
Daniel  Denny  died,  and  the  remaining  partners  con- 
tinued the  business  under  the  old  name,  giving  up 
the  dry  gooJs  department  and  doing  exclusively  a 
wool  trade.  The  firm  do  an  immense  business,  and 
there  is  not  a  wool-growing  section  in  which  they 
have  not  correspondents  or  consignors  of  wool. 
An  old  and  honorable  house,  of  highest  credit  and 
responsibility,  composed  of  members  whose  names 
in  the  social  and  political  world,  as  well  as  that  of 
mercantile  pursuits,  have  ever  been  prominent — a 
house  for  more  than  fifty  years  bearing  the  standard 
of  one  of  the  most  important  industries  of  the  country. 
The  members  of  the  firm  at  present  are  Henry  A. 
Rice,  Wm.  G.  Benedict,  and  Henry  A.  Rice,  Jr.  Mr. 
George  P.  Denny,  for  many  years  a  member  of  the 
firm,  deceased  in  January,  1885. 


Abram    French    &    Co.,    Importers    of 

Crockery,  China,  Glassware,  and  Fancy  Goods,  Nos. 
89,  91,  and  93  Franklin  Street,  corner  of  Devonshire 
Street. —  One  of  the  finest  and  undoubtedly  one  of  the 
most  extensive  establishments  in  this  line  of  trade  on 
the  American  continent  is  the  old  established  and 
well-known  house  of  Messrs.  Abram  French  &  Co., 
at  the  corner  of  Franklin  and  Devonshire  streets. 
The  business  of  this  house,  which  long  ago  assumed 
very  large  proportions,  was  founded  in  1822  by 
Messrs.  Andrew  T.  Hall  &  Co.,  who  were  succeeded 
by  Messrs.  French,  Wells  &  Co.,  and  they  in  turn  by 
the  present  firm  of  Messrs.  Abram  French  &  Co. 
A'though  burned  out  in  1862,  the  firm  escaped  the 
great  fire  in  1872,  and  the  premises  they  now  occupy 
were  the  first  completed  after  the  great  conflagration 
in  the  last-mentioned  year.  The  building  occupied 
by  the  firm  is  one  of  great  dimensions  and  is  one  of 
the  most  unique  and  imposing  mercantile  structures 
in  the  city.  It  is  shaped  like  the  vertical  section  of 
a  liberty  cap,  and  has  five  floors  and  a  basement, 
containing  a  total  floor  surface  of  fifty-five  thousand 
square  feet.  In  consequence  of  numerous  large 
windows  on  almost  every  side  the  display  room  is 
unsurpassed  by  that  of  any  firm  in  this  trade  in  the 
world.  The  first  floor  is  complete] y  stocked  with 
artistic  pottery,  porcelain,  and  glass  and  fancy  goods 
brought  from  every  prominent  establishment  and 
gliss  factory  in  the  world.  Among  the  richly  deco- 
rated goods  are  dinner-sets,  breakfast  and  tea-sets, 
toilet-sets,  fine  cut-glassware,  vases,  ornamental 
pieces,  Bohemian  and  Austrian  glass,  and  the  latest 
novelties  from  European  manufactories;  special  sets 
for  oyster,  soup,  fish,  meat,  game,  entree,  fruit,  etc. ; 
artistic  pottery  in  plaques,  trays,  etc.,  for  Christmas 
and  wedding  gifts,  and  the  "art  department"  on 
this  floor  is  replete  with  the  choicest  specimens  of 
pottery  from  the  most  noted  works  of  the  Old  World. 
The  other  floors  of  this  magnificent  establishment, 
and  which  are  devoted  to  the  wholesale  department 
of  the  business,  are  crowded  with  heavy  china,  stone- 
ware, and  glass  for  hotel  and  steamboat  use ;  finer 
goods  and  ornamental  ware  of  every  description  for 
family  use;  cutlery,  silver  and  plated  ware,  Parian, 
Majolica,  and  fancy  articles  of  everv  description. 
Employing  a  staff  of  buyers  abroad,  this  firm  has  its 


sources  of  supply  in  Worcester,  Berlin,  Vienna,  Paris, 
Limoges,  and  Rudolstadt,  and  its  plaques,  vases,  and 
objets  d' art  are  from  the  most  famous  masters.  The 
immense  show-rooms  are  marvels  of  elegance,  taste, 
and  beauty.  A  force  of  one  hundred  hands  are  em- 
ployed. The  firm  do  an  extensive  jobbing  business 
all  over  the  United  States  and  Canada.  Mr.  Abram 
French  died  about  a  year  ago,  and  the  present  mem- 
bers of  the  firm  are  W.  A.  French,  D.  S.  Greenough, 
S.  W.  French,  and  G.  E.  Haskell. 

Since  writing  the  above  a  destructive  fire  broke  out 
in  this  fine  building  on  June  22d,  and  by  its  ravages 
and  the  water  used  to  quench  it  a  large  portion  of 
the  elegant  stock  was  much  damaged.  The  firm, 
however,  with  that  energy  which  characterizes  all  its 
business  operations,  commenced  without  delay  to 
repair  damages  and  replace  stock  by  new  invoices, 
and  in  an  incredibly  short  time  were  moving 
along  in  their  old  energetic  and  enterprising  business 
methods,  with  but  little  perceptive  hindrance  to  the 
usual  large  volume  of  their  trade. 


Stowe,  Bills  &  Hawley,  Manufacturers  of 
Boots  and  Shoes,  Factories  at  Hudson,  Mass.,  No. 
10  High  Street,  Boston. — The  manufacture  of  boots 
and  shoes  is  one  of  the  largest  and  most  important 
elements  of  industrial  activity  in  this  State.  Promi- 
nent among  the  leading  and  representative  houses  in 
the  trade  is  that  of  Messrs.  Stowe,  Bills  &  Hawley, 
whose  salesroom  is  at  No.  10  Pligh  street.  This 
business  was  established  twenty-two  years  ago,  and 
since  its  inception  has  enjoyed  a  most  successful 
career.  From  a  small  beginning  it  has  steadily 
grown,  and  is  now  classed  among  the  most  extensive 
and  prosperous  in  the  trade.  Their  mammoth  fac- 
tories are  located  at  Hudson,  Mass.,  and  are  equipped 
with  all  the  latest  and  most  improved  machinery  and 
appliances.  A  large  force  of  experienced  hands  is 
employed,  and  the  facilities  of  the  firm  are  such  that 
they  can  afford  to  manufacture  a  superior  quality  of 
goods  and  place  them  in  the  market  at  very  low 
prices.  A  full  and  complete  assortment  is  always 
carried  at  their  spacious  warerooms,  No.  10  High 
street,  and  all  orders  are  executed  in  a  prompt  and 
satisfactory  manner.  Mr.  E.  M.  Stowe  is  a  resident 
of  Hudson,  Mass.,  and  is  a  director  of  the  Pludson 
National  Bank  and  the  Savings  Bank,  and  is  a  man 
whose  sterling  integrity  has  never  been  questioned. 
Mr.  C.  C.  Bills  is  a  resident  of  Waltham,  Mass.,  and  is 
a  director  of  the  Shawmut  National  Bank,  of  Boston, 
and  the  Waltham  Savings  Bank.  Mr.  W.  F.  Hawley 
is  a  resident  of  Newtonville,  Mass.,  and  an  active, 
clear-headed  business  man.  This  house  is  so  well 
known  and  has  retained  its  old  customers  for  so  long  a 
time  that  its  reputation  for  honorable  dealing  is 
established  beyond  the  requirements  of  praise. 


Blodg'ett  &  Chany,  Brokers,  No.  12  India 
Street. — Among  the  enterprising  and  popular  houses 
identified  with  our  city's  trade  is  that  of  Messrs. 
Blodgett  &  Chany,  merchandise  brokers,  No.  12 
India  street.  They  have  been  established  for  the 
past  five  years,  and  have  built  up  a  large  and  influ- 
ential patronage.  They  possess  superior  facilities  for 
transacting  a  general  brokerage  business,  and  offer 
every  advantage  to  patrons.  They  are  members  of 
the  Produce  Exchange,  and  are  energetic,  clear- 
headed business  men,  and  maintain  an  excellent 
reputation  for  honorable  and  liberal  dealing.  They 
are  natives  of  this  city  and  move  in  the  highest 
social  circles. 


100 


CTTY  OF  BOSTON. 


H-ssai  swchmssoh  s 


Cobb,  Bates  &   Yerxa' s  Extensive  Grocery  House,    Washington  Street. 


-  Cobb,  Bates  &  Yerxa,  Grocers,  Nos.  680 
to  692  Washington  Street. — The  question  of  food  is 
one  of  the  first  with  which  man  has  to  grapple,  and 
in  all  communities  that  have  attained  to  any  degree 
of  civilization  the  business  of  supplying  food  mate- 
rials in  all  its  branches  becomes  a  very  extensive  and 
important  industry.  In  speaking  of  the  food  supply, 
we  have  in  mind  chiefly  the  grocery  trade,  for  in 
these  days  almost  every  conceivable  article  of  food  is 
sold  by  the  grocer,  including  even  meats  in  the  multi- 
tude of  shapes  in  which  they  are  now  put  up  in  cans, 
etc.  It  can  be  seen,  therefore,  that  upon  the  char- 
acter of  our  grocery  houses  depends  to  a  great  extent 
the  value  and  purity  of  the  food  supply  of  the  whole 
country,  aad  especially  of  large  cities.  ~  It  is  accord- 
ingly a  pleasure  to  notice  grocery  establishments  of 
high  character,  such  as  those  conducted  by  Messrs. 
Cobb,  Bates  &  Yerxa,  of  Nos.  68o  to  692  Washing- 
ton street,  which  is  the  leading  firm  in  the  grocery 
line  in  this  section  of  the  country.  Founded  in  1870, 
this  house  has  had  a  remarkable  growth,  and  has 
jumped  from  small  beginnings  to  one  of  great  magni 
tude,  and  its  operations  extend  to  all  parts  of  the 
New  England  States.  Their  premises  at  Nos.  680  to 
692  Washington  street  literally  form  an  immense 
business  palace.  They  comprise  an  entire  block  of 
five  stories  and  basement,  and  are  divided  into 
wholesale  and  retail  departments.  The  fittings  and 
general  arrangements  are  admirable.  A  visit  to 
this  immense  emporium  introduces  the  visitor  who 
calls,  either  from  curiosity  or  necessity,  to  the  most 
wonderful  establishment  of  its  kind  in  the  country. 
The  system  and  regularity  of  everything  within  the 
store,  the  enormous  amount  of  business  accomplished, 
the  low  prices  for  all  and  every  kind  of  groceries, 
impress  the  visitor  with  the  fact  that,  rich  or  poor, 
they  can  save  money  on  their  purchases  here,  and 
yet  obtain  articles  that  are  first-class  and  second  to 
none  in  quality  and  not  to  be  approached  at  the 
price  For  instance,  they  are  offering  all  the  finest 
brands  of  flour,  and  they  are  the  largest  distributors 
in  New  England  at  prices  which  cannot  be  equaled, 


and  this  they  are  enabled  to  do  by  the  fact  that  they 
are  the  sole  receivers  and  mill  agents  for  several  of 
the  principal  producers  in  the  country.  In  cereals 
they  keep  a  most  complete  line,  and  in  teas  their  se- 
lections of  Oolong,  Japan,  English  breakfast,  and 
finest  China  green  teas  are  the  best  in  the  market  for 
flavor,  delicacy  of  aroma,  and  strength.  Their  Old 
Government  Java  coffee,  fresh,  pure,  and  ground 
while  you  wait,  is  too  well  known  by  connoisseurs 
of  this  beverage  throughout  New  England  to  re- 
quire any  additional  comment  from  us.  Their  aim 
is  to  supply  every  demand  of  a  first- class  trade, 
and  dealers  and  families  can  find  here  at  bottom 
prices  everything  they  can  possibly  desire.  In  but- 
ter they  have  direct  shipments  from  the  best 
Northern  and  Western  markets,  and  the  business  in 
this  department  is  of  such  proportions  as  to  require 
the  almost  undivided  attention  of  three  experienced 
and  capable  men.  The  variety  of  canned  goods  is 
endless,  while  the  improvement  in  quality  during  the 
past  few  years  make  them  as  wholesome  and  econo- 
mical as  fresh  goods  in  their  season.  The  assortment 
comprises  almost  every  conceivable  article  of  fruit, 
vegetables,  meats,  soups,  etc.,  domestic  and  imported. 
Fruits  and  vegetables  in  glass,  in  highest  state  of 
perfection  and  covering  a  great  variety,  both  domestic 
and  imported  ;  foreign  and  domestic  dried  and  green 
fruits ;  importers  of  English  pickles,  sauces,  dressings, 
etc. ;  Spanish  olives,  French  and  Italian  olive  oils, 
etc.  The  house  deals  only  in  pure  spices,  and  sells 
nothing  else,  having  no  second  quality.  To  attempt 
an  enumeration  or  description  of  their  stock  would 
be  an  endless  task.  It  is  safe  to  say,  "  they  keep 
everything." 

The  firm  have  also  branch  establishments,  all  equip- 
ped with  the  same  lines  of  goods,  at  No.  3  Bowdoin 
square  and  Nos.  6  and  8  Faneuil  Hall  square, 
Boston;  No.  200  Broadway,  Chelsea;  No.  97  S. 
Maine  street,  Fall  River,  and  Nos.  27  and  29  Broad- 
way, Taunton.  The  individuals  members  of  the 
firm  are  Messrs.  M.  N.  Cobb.  I.  P.  Bates,  H.  D, 
Yerxa,  I.  W.  Jouett,  and  J.  N.  Parker. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERC  HANTS. 


101 


William  Claflin,  Cobliril  &  Co.,  Manu- 
facturers and  Wholesale  Dealers  in  Boots  and  Leather, 
No.  138  Summer  Street. — One  of  the  very  oldest 
business  establishments  in  the  boot  and  leather  in- 
dustry in  this  city,  and  one  which  existed  before  the 
great  revolution  was  effected  in  boot  and  shoe  mak- 
ing, and  one  which  has  participated  in  developing 
the  industry  from  small  dimensions  to  its  present 
enormous  proportions,  is  that  of  Messrs.  Wra.  Claflm, 
Coburn  &  Co.,  of  No.  1 38  Summer  street.  It  is  custom- 
ary to  divide  the  history  of  the  development  of  the 
boot  and  shoe  industry  of  this  country  into  four  great 
periods.  The  first  includes  the  organization  of  the 
business  and  method  of  distribution  by  horseback, 
and  extends  from  1750  to  1779.  Next  comes  the 
organization  of  selling  and  distribution  by  water  and 
steam,  extending  from  1820  to  1 850.  The  third  em- 
braces the  introduction  of  machinery,  from  1850  to 
i860;  and  lastly  comes  the  period  of  distribution  and 
selling  by  sample,  from  1862  to  the  present  time.  All 
the  changes  effected  in  the  present  century  the 
house  of  Messrs.  Wra  Claflin,  Coburn  &  Co.,  which 
was  established  in  1821,  has  passed  through.  The 
business  was  founded  by  Lee  Claflin,  the  father  of  the 
present  senior  member  of  the  firm.  The  style  of  the 
firm  from  1857  to  1880  was  Wra.  Claflin  &  Co.,  and 
consisted  of  Wm.  Claflin  and  J.  A.  Woolson,  and  the 
pres  nt  style  of  the  house  was  adopted  in  1880.  The 
membership  of  the  firm  now  comprises  Messrs.  Wil- 
liam Claflin,  N.  P.  Coburn,  Jas.  A.  Woolson,  Wm. 
F.  Gregory,  andO.  B.  Root.  Mr.  Root  in  1880  suc- 
ceeded Mr.  W.  Fiske  Cliflin,  who  joined  the  firm  in 
1865  on  the  retirement  of  the  latter  from  the  firm  on 
account  of  poor  health.  The  premises  occupied  for 
office  and  warehouse  at  No.  138  bummer  street  are 
located  on  the  site  of  the  home  of  Daniel  Web- 
ster. The  firm  occupy  the  ground  floor,  which  is 
forty  by  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  feet  in 
dimensions,  handsomely  fitted  up  as  sample  rooms 
and  offices.  The  factories  of  the  firm  are  located  at 
Hopkinton  and  South  Framingham,  Mass.,  and  com- 
prise several  buildings,  which  are  equipped  with  the 
latest  improved  mechanical  appliances,  operated  by 
steam  power,  and  furnish  employment  to  about  fif- 
teen hundred  hands  in  making  all  grades  of  boots 
and  shoes.  The  firm  commenced  tanning  at  Becket, 
Mass.,  some  forty  years  since,  and  the  upper  leather 
produced  there  had  as  wide  and  favorable  a  reputation 
as  the  best  produced  in  any  part  of  this  country  at  the 
present  time.  The  business  of  the  house  is  entirely 
wholesale,  and  the  goods  manufactured,  which  are 
well  known  and  appreciated  by  the  trade,  are  shipped 
to  all  parts  of  the  Union.  All  the  members  of  the 
firm  are  members  of  the  Shoe  and  Leather  Exchange 
and  are  widely  and  honorably  known  throughout  the 
trade. 


Warner  &  Freeman,  Salt,  No.  214  State 
Street. — A  leading  house  engaged  in  the  salt  trade  in 
this  city  is  that  of  Warner  &  Freeman,  importers  and 
dealers  in  salt  of  all  kinds,  and  manufacturers  of  the 
double  refined  dairy  and  table  salt,  at  No.  214  State 
and  57  Commerce  streets.  The  offices  and  sales- 
room comprise  a  four-story  and  basement  building, 
fully  equipped  with  every  facility  for  the  transaction 
of  the  business.  The  stock  manufactured  and  han- 
dled by  the  firm  embrace  all  the  various  grades  of 
salt.  The  manufactory  is  located  at  Nos.  2,  3,  and 
4  Sargeant's  wharf,  in  connection  with  which  the 
firm  have  extensive  warehouses.  The  firm,  in 
ord^r  to    facilitate    their   business,   have  also    ware- 


houses at  Mystic  wharf  capable  of  storing  large 
quantities  of  salt.  They  have,  in  addition  to  the 
above,  large  quantities  of  salt,  such  as  is  used  in  fish- 
eries, stored  in  bonded  warehouses.  The  Mystic 
wharf  warehouses  are  connected  by  rail  with  all  the 
railroads  running  out  of  Boston,  thus  enabling  the 
firm  to  ship  to  all  parts  of  the  country  without 
the  expense  of  cartage.  The  trade  of  this  firm, 
which  is  one  of  the  largest  in  the  country,  extends 
over  a  wide  territory.  Messrs.  B.  II.  Warner,  T.  S. 
Freeman,  and  T.  Jarvis,  Jr.,  comprising  the  firm,  are 
all  Boston  merchants  of  rare  business  tact  and  ability, 
and  to  their  able  and  efficient  conduct  of  the  business 
may  be  ascribed  its  success.  All  are  members  of  the 
Board  of  Trade. 


Horswell  &  French,  Woolens,  No.  79 
Franklin  Street. — Few  mercantile  houses  can  trace  a 
history  reaching  back  as  far  and  furnishing  such  in- 
teresting historical  recollections  as  that  of  Messrs. 
Horswell  &  French,  whose  place  of  business  is  located 
at  No.  79  Franklin  street,  where  they  have  been 
situated  since  the  great  fire  of  1872,  when  they  occu- 
pied a  store  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  street.  The 
business  was  founded  thirty  years  since  under  the  firm- 
name  of  Horswell,  Kinsley  &  French,  and  the  house 
rapidly  grew  in  strength  and  volume  of  trade,  and 
acquired  an  enviable  reputation  in  this  line  of  trade. 
They  occupy  a  fine  store,  which  is  located  in  the  most 
central  section  of  the  wholesale  trade  and  which  is 
handsomely  fitted  up  with  every  facility  for  the  suc- 
cessful prosecution  of  business.  They  carry  a  choice 
stock,  which  is  purchased  direct  from  the  principal 
manufacturers  of  Europe,  and  the  newest  styles  and 
latest  novelties  are  obtained  immediately  as  they  are 
ready  for  the  trade,  while  in  regard  to  prices  the  long- 
established  reputation  of  the  house  is  so  well  known 
as  to  guarantee  the  lowest  quotation  the  market  af- 
fords. For  variety,  freshness,  and  completeness  of 
assortment  the  stock  of  woolens  here  displayed,  has  few 
equals.  Their  trade  is  derived  principally  from  the  New 
England  and  Western  States,  throughout  which  their 
reputation  for  promptness  and  reliability  is  unexcelled. 
The  individual  members  of  the  firm  are  Messrs.  James 
Horswell  and  Henry  W.  French,  the  former  being  a 
resident  of  Boston  and  the  latter  of  North  Easton. 

A.  M.  Big-elow  &  Co.,  Wholesale  Dealers 
in  Hides  and  Leather,  etc.,  No.  36  Lincoln  Street. — 
This  active  business  house  was  founded  in  1861 
at  No.  75  Pearl  street  bv  Mr.  A.  M.  Bigelow,  a  native 
of  Lancaster,  Mass.,  and  who  was  a  practical  tanner. 
In  1866  he  admitted  his  nephew,  Mr.  Henry  M. 
Bigelow,  into  partnership  with  him,  and  in  1875  died. 
He  was  then  succeeded  in  the  business  by  his  son, 
Mr.  Walter  I.  Bigelow,  so  that  the  firm  now  consi>ts 
of  the  last-named  gentleman  and  Mr.  Henry  M. 
Bigelow,  who  have  two  tanneries  in  Keene,  N.  II., 
known  as  the  Cheshire  and  Keene  tanneries.  IL-re 
they  tan  brogan,  wax,  and  Kip  leather,  handling  the 
entire  product  at  the  Boston  store.  At  the  latter 
place,  at  No.  36  Lincoln  street,  the  firm  occupy  the 
first  floor  and  basement,  where  they  store  and  shi  > 
their  leather  in  laige  quantities,  the  tanning  capacity 
of  the  firm  being  about  one  hundred  and  thirty 
thousand  per  year.  Their  leather  is  sold  largely  in 
wholesale  lots  to  New  England  shoe  manufacturers, 
but  have  also  an  extensive  trade  in  New  York  and 
the  West.  In  hides  they  buy  only  for  their  own  use. 
The  business  of  the  house  is  one  of  magnitude,  reach- 
ing on  an  average  $500,000  a  year. 


102 


C/TY    OF   BOSTON. 


Parker,  Holmes  &  Co.,  Wholesale  Dealers 
and  Jobbers  in  Boots  and  Shoes,  No.  141  Federal 
Street. — This  widely  known  firm  began  business 
January  1st,  1 88 1,  and  the  stock  carried  at  the  pres- 
ent time  is  upward  of  $300,000.  They  have  been 
successful  from  the  onset  and  business  has  been 
steadily  onthe  increase.  Their  trade  extends  through- 
out New  England  and  Middle  States,  necessitating  the 
employment  of  upward  of  sixty  salesmen  and  clerks 
in  the  store  and  fifteen  salesmen  on  the  road.  They 
insure  everything,  discount  all  purchases,  sell  on 
smallest  margins  for  profit,  and  do  a  safe  and  conser- 
vative business,  having  the  best  class  of  customers. 
When  it  is  considered  that  less  than  five  years  ago 
the  members  of  this  firm  were  pop  :.lar  salesmen,  and, 
combining  their  earnings  and  savings,  started  in  on 
their  own  account,  and  have  made  such  progress,  it 
is  useless  saying  that  the  boot  and  shoe  business  has 
lost  its  vitality.  Parker,  Holmes  &  Co.  have  not 
won  their  trade  by  large  profits  on  small  sales,  but  by 
doing  an  immense  yet  cautious  business,  making  few 
bad  debts,  selling  for  cash  or  short  time,  and  know- 
ing every  man  to  whom  they  sell.  Having  had  a 
most  exceptional  experience  as  salesmen,  and  Mr. 
Parker  as  bookkeeper  and  financial  manager  for 
another  house,  every  man  of  them  has  worked  his 
way  up  from  the  bottom  round  of  the  ladder.  Each 
holds  in  higher  estimation  an  unblemished  character 
rather  than  pecuniary  gain,  and  now  with  sales  among 
the  best  (their  1884  sales  footing  up  nearly  $2,000,000), 
and  handle  such  goods  as  those  made  by  J.  N.  Smith, 
of  Lynn;  C.  H.  Aborn  &  Co.,  of  Lynn;  Howard  & 
French,  of  Brockton;  W.  L.  Douglas,  of  Brockton. 
The  sales  of  the  "  E.  A.  Perkins'  three-dollar  war- 
ranted shoe"  for  gentlemen,  made  in  button,  lace, 
and  Congress,  have  been  very  large,  and  the  demand  is 
constantly  increasing  for  these  goods.  The  success 
of  the  house  is  the  just  result  of  honorable  and  enter- 
prising efforts.  The  house  of  Parker,  Holmes  &  Co. 
has  taken  a  leading  position  as  one  that  sells  goods 
at  smallest  margins,  neglects  no  customer,  however 
small,  and  has  a  system  as  admirable  as  it  has 
proved  successful,  and  as  thoroughly  perfected  as  it  is 
worthy  of  emulation.  In  rubber  goods  they  also 
occupy  a  prominent  position,  carrying  full  lines,  and 
are  the  largest  customers  of  the  Boston  Rubber  Shoe 
Company.  Their  salesrooms  and  counting-offices 
are  models  of  neatness,  where  every  order  for 
one  or  a  thousand  cases  meet  with  the  same 
prompt  delivery.  For  a  four  years'  old  house,  Par- 
ker, Holmes  &  Co.  may  await  with  confidence  the 
verdict  of  a  discriminating  public,  as  the  most  sue 
cessful  yet  known  in  the  annals  of  the  trade.  The 
firm  have  added  much  to  the  city's  importance  as  a 
purchasing  centre. 


Charles  E.  Brigliam,  (successor  to  Gay, 
Manson  &  Co.),  Importer  and  Dealer  in  Iron  and 
Steel,  corner  Fulton  and  Cross  Streets. — Iron,  while 
being  the  most  useful  of  all  the  metals  for  the  various 
arts,  is  also  one  of  the  most  generally  diffused  of  the 
products  of  nature.  The  history  of  its  discovery  and 
use  is  lost  in  the  remoteness  of  antiquity,  since  from 
its  affinity  for  oxygen  and  its  consequent  tendency 
to  rust  and  thus  lose  its  form,  it  can  hardly  be  ex- 
pected that  any  tangible  evidence  of  its  use  in 
ancient  times  should  have  been  preserved  to  our  day. 
The  manufacture  of  iron  in  the  United  States  dates 
from  a  period  very  soon  after  the  settlement  of  the 
country,  but  for  a  long  period  the  bulk  of  the  iron 
and  steel  consumed   in  this   country   was  imported 


from  abroad,  and.  to-dny  a  preference  is  shown  on 
account  of  its  alleged  superiority  for  foreign  iron  and 
steel.  The  result  is  that  a  great  many  business 
establishments  engaged  in  dealing  in  metals  carry  on 
a  very  extensive  trade  in  imposing  the  foreign 
articles.  Prominent  among  these  is  the  house  of  Mr. 
Charles  E.  Brigham,  at  the  corner  of  Fulton  and 
Cross  streets.  The  business  was  originally  established 
in  1847  under  the  firm  style  of  R.  Fuller  &  Co.,  who 
were  succeeded  by  Hammond,  Manson  &  Co.,  and 
the  latter  in  turn  by  Gay,  Manson  &  Co.,  of  which 
firm  Mr.  Brigham  was  a  member.  In  1878  he 
bought  out  the  interests  of  his  partners  and  since  that 
period  he  has  conducted  the  business  in  his  own 
name.  The  premises  occupied  for  the  business  com- 
prise two  three  story  frame  buildings,  covering  an 
area  of  fifty  by  one  hundred  feet.  Mr.  Brigham  is 
the  general  agent  for  the  New  England  States  for 
Ulster  iron,  and  he  handles  all  kinds  and  grades  of 
foreign  and  domestic  iron  and  steel,  and  carries  con- 
stantly a  stock  of  about  twelve  hundred  tons.  The 
business  is  entirely  wholesale,  sales  being  made 
chiefly  to  manufacturers  and  mill-owners.  A  com- 
petent staff  of  hands  are  employed  in  the  store,  and 
the  house  is  represented  on  the  road  by  commercial 
travelers.  Mr.  Brigham  is  well  known  and  esteemed 
in  mercantile  circles,  and  his  house  has  a  high  repu- 
tation in  the  trade. 


Day,  Callag-han  &  Co.,  Wholesale  Cloak 
Manufacturers,  No.  30  Summer  Street. — One  of  the 
most  prominent  firms  engaged  in  the  manufacture  of 
ladies'  cloaks  as  a  specialty,  and  conducting  a  very 
extensive  and  continually  growing  business  is  that 
of  Messrs.  Day,  Callaghan  &  Co.,  of  No.  30  Summer 
street.  The  business  was  originally  started  at  No.  40 
Bedford  and  No.  53  Avon  streets,  and  two  years 
ago  was  removed  to  the  present  location.  Messrs. 
Day  and  Callaghan  brought  to  the  business  a  ripe 
experience,  and  their  success  is  to  be  attributed  to 
the  fact  that  they  were  fully  alive  to  the  necessity 
of  keeping  abreast  with  the  times  in  the  introduction 
of  all  the  latest  novelties  in  cloaks.  Mr.  Henry  Day, 
who  is  a  native  of  England  and  fifty-eight  years  of 
age,  has  been  located  in  Boston  for  the  past  thirty 
years,  and  prior  to  engaging  in  this  business  was 
connected  with  the  cloak  trimming  business.  Mr. 
Callaghan,  who  is  a  native  of  Massachusetts  and 
twenty-five  years  of  age,  was  formerly  manager  of  the 
cloak  department  at  Messrs.  Jordan,  Marsh  &  Co.'s 
store.  The  firm  occupy  three  very  commodious 
floors,  which  are  divided  into  sample,  cutting,  storage, 
and  manufacturing  departments.  The  firm  import  cloth 
goods  in  vast  quantities  and  purchase  direct  from  the 
cloth  mills  at  home,  and  by  handling  large  quantiiies 
they  are  enabled  to  secure  advantages  over  smaller 
manufacturing  concerns  and  to  afford  corresponding 
benefit  to  their  patrons.  The  manufacturing  depart- 
ment, which  is  equipped  with  a  large  number  of 
machines,  is  a  very  active  scene  of  industry,  about 
two  hundred  and  fifty  operatives  being  constantly 
employed  therein,  and  in  the  busy  seasons  this 
number  is  augmented  to  about  three  hundred.  The 
machinery  is  propelled  by  an  electric  motor,  and  the 
premises  are  furnished  with  electric  burglar  alarms, 
electric  clocks,  fire  apparatus,  etc.  The  business  is 
entirely  wholesale,  and  the  fact  that  their  goods  are 
shipped  to  dry  goods  dealers  in  all  parts  of  the 
country  demonstrates  that  the  products  of  the  house 
meet  with  popular  favor  and  that  the  business  methods 
of  the  firm  are  appreciated. 


LEADING    MANUFACTURERS   AND    MERCHANTS. 


103 


Drown,  Steese  &  Clarke,  Wool  Commis- 
sion Merchants,  Milton  Place. — The  business  of 
this  house  is  mainly  confined  to  Ohio  fleeces  and 
domestic  pulled  wools,  which  are  handled  on  con- 
signment. The  firm,  which  is  composed  of  Messrs. 
G.  P.  Brown,  Edward  Steese,  and  Amasa  Clarke, 
was  established  in  1875,  although  each  of  the  part- 
ners has  been  long  identified  with  the  wool  trade. 
The  senior  member  was  for  many  years  a  successful 
wool  puller.  Mr.  Steese  is  an  Ohio  man,  and  has  an 
extensive  acquaintance  among  the  wool  growers  of 
the  West,  and  Mr.  Clarke  has  always  been  associated 
with  wool  and  woolen  mills.  The  house  is  consid- 
ered the  representative  pulled-wool  concern  of  the 
United  States,  and  their  sorts  are  the  accepted  stand- 
ard of  this  important  class  of  wools.  Their  Ohio 
fleeces  are  from  the  best  fine  wool  sections  of  that 
State,  and  their  grades  are  not  surpassed  in  reliability 
and  excellence  in  the  trade. 

John  &  James  DofoSOn,  Manufacturers  of 
and  Dealers  in,  Carpets,  Etc.,  Nos.  525  and  527  Wash- 
ington Street. — The  largest  manufacturing  firm  in 
this  line  in  the  country,  even  in  the  world,  is  that  of 
Messrs.  John  &  James  Dobson,  whose  Boston  house 
is  at  Nos  5  25  and  527  Washington  street,  and  they  are 
probxbly  the  only  manufacturers  in  the  world  who 
can  furnish  aTetail  department  complete  with  the 
productions  of  their  own  looms.  Their  immense 
manufactory  is  located  at  the  Falls  of  Schuylkill,  Pa., 
and  here  constant  employment  is  afforded  to  two 
thousand  seven  hundred  hands,  who  manufacture 
over  twenty-five  thousand  pounds  of  wool  daily 
into  carpets  of  every  grade,  from  the  finest 
moquets  and  wiltons  down  to  the  commonest  ingrains. 
Its  manufactures,  amounting  to  several  millions  of 
dollars  yearly,  are  sud  to  dealers  and  others  in  all  parts 
of  the  country.  The  products  of  this  house  have  ac- 
quired more  than  a  national  reputation  for  their  fine- 
ness of  texture,  richness  of  design,  durability,  and 
general  excellence.  The  firm  were  awarded,  in 
1876,  the  premium  for  carpets  at  the  Centennial  Ex- 
hibition, and  they  have  received  medals  for  merit  and 
superiority  at  many  exhibitions  and  fairs.  The  firm 
keep  a  large  corps  of  designers  constantly  at  work 
producing  new  patterns  and  designs,  and  thus  with 
every  season  they  are  able  to  furnish  rich  and  hand- 
some carpets  always  of  the  newest  style.  The  pre- 
mises occupied  by  the  firm  in  Washington  street  in 
this  city  comprise  the  whole  of  the  elegant  five-story 
front  building  at  the  address  given.  It  is  handsomely 
fitted  up  throughout,  and  contains  the  most  extensive 
and  the  finest  fine  of  carpets  to  be  found  in  the  city. 
Mr.  Herman  S.  Judkins  has  been  for  many  years  the 
manager  of  this  establishment,  and  he  is  very  widely 
known  and  esteemed  for  his  obliging  and  genial  dis- 
position and  his  business  ability  and  integrity.  The 
business  at  this  establishment  partakes  of  both  a 
wholesale  and  retail  character,  and  is  one  of  con- 
siderable volume.  The  firm  have  also  large  stores  in 
Philadelphia  and  New  York. 


street,  who  are  engaged  in  production  of  patent  scales 
and  balances.  The  origin  of  the  business  dates  back 
to  1780,  it  being  at  that  time  established  by  Benjamin 
Dearborn ;  subsequently  Mr.  Dearborn  was  succeeded 
by  the  firm  of  Babcock  &  Plympton,then  Stephenson, 
Howard  &  Davis,  and  later  by  L.  Stephenson  Sc  Co., 
as  at  present  constituted.  The  house  was  established 
on  what  was  known  as  Theatre  alley,  and  from  thence 
it  was  removed  to  No.  72  Water  street,  at  which 
point  it  continued  until  1 8 70,  when  the  present  com- 
modious premises  were  occupied.  This  building  is  a 
four-story  brick  structure,  twenty-five  by  seventy-five 
feet  in  dimension,  and  thoroughly  and  conveniently 
arranged.  The  factory,  located  at  Hingham,  this 
State,  is  sixty  by  one  hundred  feet  in  area,  and  fitted 
with  all  the  latest  improved  modern  machinery  for  the 
manufacture  of  scales  and  balances.  With  an  expeii- 
ence  of  over  a  century  this  house's  reputation  of  mak- 
ing the  best  scales  in  the  market  can  be  fully  sustained. 
The  beams  and  scales  are  particularly  recommended 
for  weighing  wool,  yarn,  cotton,  sugar,  and  other 
valuable  merchandise.  Their  beams  are  in  constant 
use  by  the  leading  weighmasters  of  Boston  and  the 
principal  cities  throughout  the  country,  and  are  con- 
sidered by  them  as  the  only  reliable  standard.  The 
house  has  a  large  export  and  United  States  trade,  and 
especially  among  the  Western  and  Southern  States, 
where  the  "  Dearborn"  pattern  has  long  stood  at  the 
head.  The  firm  warrant  every  scale  leaving  their 
factory,  and  in  every  particular  endeavor  to  maintain 
their  productions  up  to  that  high  standard  of  excel- 
lence that  has  so  long  been  common  to  this  house. 
This  is  believed  to  be  the  oldest  scale  house  in  the 
country,  if  not  in  the  world,  and  during  the  long  ex- 
igence of  one  hundred  and  five  years  has  always  re- 
tained a  position  among  the  representative  industries 
of  this  country.  The  original  Mr.  Stephenson  of  this 
house  was  the  father  of  the  present  proprietor.  In 
this  historical  review,  few  houses  located  in  the  city 
are  more  entitled  to  prominent  mention. 


"L.  Steplienson  &  Co.  (successors  to  Dear- 
born), Balance  and  Scale  Manufacturers,  No.  143 
Broad  Street.  —Few  people  are  aware  of  the  im- 
portance of  Boston  as  a  manufacturing  centre,  and 
the  bearing  it  has  not  only  upon  the  New  England 
States,  but  the  entire  country.  Centered  at  this 
point  is  a  number  of  manufacturing  industries,  not 
the  least  important  being  that  of  the  extensive 
house  of  L.    Stephenson  &  Co.,  of  No.   143  Broad 


Downer  Kerosene  Oil  Company,  Manu- 
facturers of  Downer  Kerosene  Oil,  Downer  Deodor- 
ized Spindle  and  Machinery  Oils,  Mineral  Sperm  Oil, 
303°  F.  fire  test,  Office,  No.  104  Water  Street; 
Works,  First  Street,  South  Boston. — The  Downer 
Kerosene  Oil  Company's  productions  are  so  widely 
known  and  in  such  large  demand  that  extended 
commendatory  mention  of  them  would  be  super- 
fluous-, but  no  review  of  Boston's  leading  business 
houses  would  be  complete  without  at  least  some 
mention  of  the  concern.  The  Downer  Kerosene 
Oil  Company  was  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the 
State  of  Massachusetts  in  i860,  and  from  its  incep- 
tion it  has  enjoyed  a  marked  degree  of  popularity. 
The  company  manufacture  kerosene  oil,  deodorized 
spindle  and  machinery  oil's,  mineral  sperm  oil,  etc., 
and  the  superior  quality  of  their  goods  has  induced 
for  them  a  very  large  demand.  The  managing 
directors  of  the  company  are  William  B.  Merrill, 
president,  Joshua  Merrill,  and  W.  PI.  L  Smith. 
Mr.  C.  H.  Plimpton  being  the  treasurer,  and  all  of 
these  gentlemen  are  well  and  favorably  known  in 
business  and  trade  circles.  They  are  all  natives  of 
Boston,  and  as  reliable  merchants  and  estimable 
citizens  they  are  h*dd  in  high  esteem.  It  is  unneces- 
sary to  say  that  the  goods  of  this  house  are  unsur- 
passed by  those  of  any  contemporary  concern,  nnd 
the  high  personal  standing  of  the  members  of  the 
firm  is  an  all-sufficient  indorsement  of  the  integrity  lo 
the  house. 


ioi 


CITY    OF  BOSTON. 


Chickering'  &  Sons,  Piano  Manufacturers, 
Manufactory,  No.  791  Tremont  Street;  Warerooms, 
No.  152  Tremont  Street. — The  impetus  given 
lo  mu  ical  tastes  throughout  Europe  and  America 
is  unquestionably  due  to  the  pianoforte,  the  man- 
ufacture of  which  has  been  happily  facilitated 
in  a  wonderful  degree  by  the  application  of 
steam  power.  For  the  present  generation  the 
piano  has  become  an  absolute  necessity,  a  constant 
source  of  pleasure,  and  a  powerful  means  for 
the  development  and  acquisition  of  the  musical 
art.  In  the  North,  South,  East,  and  West  the  pianos 
of  Messrs.  Checkering  &  Sons  have  a  reputation  that 
has  made  the  firm  famous,  and  in  every  part  of  the 
country  their  instruments  are  used  and  can  be  pur- 
chased at  every  first  class  music  establishment.  The 
founder  of  this  immense  business  started  life  on  the 
lowest  rung  of  the  ladder,  and  it  was  only  by  dint  of 
constant  and  unceasing  plodding  and  perseverance, 
backed  by  a  large  capital  of  brains,  that  he  reached 
the  top,  where  he  stood  unequaled  by  his  competitors, 
and  the  high  character  he  won  for  the  "  Chickering" 
pianos  has  been  fully  and  satisfactorily  maintained  by 
those  whom  he  left  to  follow  in  his  footsteps.  Jonas 
Chickering,  the  founder  of  the  celebrated  house  bear- 
ing his  name,  was  a  pattern  and  an  example  to  the 
ambitious  youth  of  this  and  coming  generations. 
Born  in  Mason  Village,  N.  H.,  in  1799,  he  left  home 
at  the  age  of  seventeen  to  learn  the  business  of  cabi- 
net-making with  a  Mr.  John  Gould,  with  whom  he 
remained  three  years.  When  twenty  years  of  age  he 
had  an  opportunity  to  learn  something  about  the  in- 
terior of  a  piano,  and  being  of  an  ingenious  as  well 
as  of  a  musical  turn  of  mind,  he  availed  himself  of 
this  advantage.  The  only  piano  to  be  found  in  his 
native  town  had  become  "  used  up."  This  he  hired, 
and  he  experimented  upon  it  and  created  within  him- 
self a  desire  to  know  more  about  the  building  of 
what  has  now  become  the  "  queen  of  instruments," 
the  piano.  In  his  twenty-first  year  he  found  his  way 
to  Boston,  where  he  found  work  as  a  cabinetmaker; 
and  after  remaining  here  for  a  year  he  entered  the 
service  of  Mr.  John  Osborne,  then  a  noted  piano 
manufacturer,  and  learned  the  whole  business  of 
piano  c  mstruction  After  remaining  with  Mr.  Os- 
borne for  a  perio  I  of  three  years  he  commenced  on 
Lis  own  account  in  1823,  and  in  1830  connected  him- 
ielf  with  a  wealthy  citizen  named  Mr.  John  MacKay, 
snd  under  the  style  of  Chickering  &  MacKay  was 
laid  the  foundation  of  the  present  house  of  Chicker- 
ing &  Sons,  which  is  known  to  all  the  ends  of  the 
civilized  world.  Mr.  Chickering  began  experiment- 
ing upon  several  foreign  pianos  that  were  then  con- 
sidered par  excellence,  and  he  substituted  the  iron  for 
the  wooden  bed,  he  improved  the  scale,  and  he  in- 
troduced so  many  manifest  improvements  that  they 
were  quickly  recognized  by  the  leading  musicians  of 
the  day,  and  the  demand  for  the  Chickering  &  Mac- 
Kay pianos  went  on  increasing,  and  this  demand  ne- 
cessitated the  continual  enlargement  of  the  manufac- 
turing facilities  of  the  establishment.  In  1841  Mr. 
MacKay  died,  and  Mr.  Chickering,  who  had  been  the 
manager  and  the  mainspring  of  the  whole  enterprise, 
assumed  the  entire  control  of  the  business,  which 
continued  to  develop  year  by  year  until  it  became  the 
largest  and  the  most  celebrated  piano  manufactory 
in  the  country.  Subsequently  he  took  his  three  sons, 
Messrs.  T.  E.,  C.  F.,  and  G  H.  Chickering,  into 
partnership  with  him,  and  in  1853  he  closed  his  ener- 
getic, well-spent  life  at  the  age  of  fifty-four,  leaving 
to  his  sons  the  management  and  future  development 


of  a  business  of  world  wide  celebrity  which  his 
genius  and  industry  had  built  up.  In  his  sons  he  has 
had  most  worthy  successors,  gentlemen  imbued  with 
the  same  anxiety  to  excel  in  everything  they  at- 
tempted, and,  like  their  father,  they  have  achieved  a 
success  which  is  testified  to  by  the  vast  patronage 
they  receive  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  Their  im- 
mense factory  at  No.  791  Tremont  street  affords  em- 
ployment to  many  hundreds  of  skilled  workmen. 
Their  show-rooms  at  No.  152  Tremont  street  are 
samples  of  elegance,  and  crowded  with  pianos  that 
are  unsurpassed  for  beauty  of  design  and  musical 
quality  and  durability  ;  their  branch  establishments  in 
all  the  principal  cities  in  the  country  are  an  indica- 
tion of  the  extent  of  the  ramifications  of  the  business, 
and  the  universal  apprecia'icn  of  "  Chickering  & 
Sons'  "  pianos  is  an  evidence  of  their  high  ment  in 
this  critical  musical  age. 


William  Read  &  Sons,  Dealers  in  Fire- 
arms and  Sporting  Goods,  etc.,  No.  107  Washington 
Street. — This  is  the  oldest  and  best  known  sporting 
goods  house  in  the  country.  It  was  originated  in 
1826,  under  the  firm  style  of"  Lane  &  Read,  but  Mr. 
Lane  withdrawing  from  the  firm,  Mr.  Read,  the 
father  of  the  present  proprietors,  continued  the  busi- 
ness alone  until  1854,  when  he  took  his  sons  into 
partnership,  and  the  present  firm  style  of  William 
Read  &  Sons  was  then  adopted.  The  present  mem- 
bers of  the  firm  are  Messrs.  William,  Edward,  and 
John  Read,  who  have  a  life's  training  in  the  business 
and  are  masters  of  its  every  detail.  The  firm  occupy  the 
entire  building  of  five  stories  and  basement,  and  the 
business,  which  is  both  wholesale  and  retail,  requires 
the  employment  of  forty  hands  to  attend  to  the  wants 
of  patrons  They  offer  for  sale  guns  of  every  de- 
scription, comprising  all  the  prominent  English  and 
American  makes  in  laminated  steel,  Damascus,  and 
stub  twist  barrels.  Breech-loading  double  guns  of 
Scott,  Wesley  Richards,  Purdey,  Moore  &  Harris, 
Hollis, and  other  English  makers;  also  Colt,  Parker, 
Harrington  &  Richardson,  Remington,  and  all  other 
American  makes.  W.  &  C.  Scott  &  Sons'  fine  ham- 
merless  guns  a  specialty.  Breech-loading  rifles  of 
all  kinds,  single  and  double  barrel;  Maynard,  Win- 
chester, Sharp's,  Wesson's,  Ballard,  Remington,  and 
others.  Colt's,  Smith  &  Wesson's  and  all  other  Ameri- 
can pistols  at  retail  or  in  quantity  for  shipping  All  the 
American  shells,  wads,  etc.,  etc.  James  Dixon  & 
Sons'  fine  shooting  tackle.  All  articles  adapted  to 
the  manufacture  of  guns,  locks,  stocks,  cones,  barrels, 
etc.,  etc.  A  full  assortment  of  fishing  tackle.  Finest 
all  split  bamboo  jointed  trout  and  salmon  rods, 
medium  and  common  fly  and  bait  rods.  Flies,  hooks, 
etc.,  etc.  Muskets,  flint  and  percussion,  smooth-bore 
and  rifled,  constantly  on  hand,  in  quantity  for  ship- 
ping. Ordnance  and  ordnance  stores,  for  ship  and 
field  use.  Mountain  howitzers  complete;  shot  and 
shell.  Cutlasses,  boarding  pikes,  ship's  magazines, 
etc.,  etc.  Also,  fine  bronze  metal  "yacht  guns,"  all 
sizes,  mounted  on  finest  mahogany  carriages.  The 
firm  are  the  agents  for  the  Yates  breech-loading 
cannon,  invented  by  Colonel  Theodore  Yates  of  the 
United  States  Army,  an  exact  model  of  eight  inch 
gun  now  being  made  for  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment by  the  South  Boston  Iron  Company,  under 
appropriation  made  by  Congress.  It  is  believed  to 
be  the  strongest  and  best  breech-loading  gun  in 
existence.  They  are  also  importers  of  and  dealers  in 
fine  English  bicycles  and  tricycles,  and  are  the  sole 
agents  for  the  Royal  Mail  celebrated  light  machines. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


io5 


Edward  Kakas,  Manufacturer  of  Furs,  Whole- 
sale and  Retail,  No.  404  Washington  Street. —  ihe 
trade  in  furs,  skins,  etc.,  has  for  many  years  been  an 
active.one  in  this  city,  and  among  the  mo->t  prominent 
houses  engaged  in  handling  them  especial  mention 
sh  >uld  be  made  of  that  of  Mr.  Edward  Kakas,  of  .No. 
404  Washington  street.  This  house  is  one  of  the 
oldest  established,  and  is  the  principal  in  its  line  of 
business  in  the  city.  Founded  before  the  great  and 
disastrous  fire  of  1 872,  this  firm  suffered,  in  common 
with  thousands  of  others,  in  having  its  stock-in-trade 
destroyed  by  the  conflagration.  After  the  fire  the 
business  was  resumed  in  its  present  location,  and  it 
has  been  most  successfully  and  prosperously  con- 
ducted, until  it  is  now  the  leading  house  of  its  kind 
in  the  city.  The  store  is  a  magnificently  equipped 
one.  It  consists  of  three  floors,  each  one  hundred  by 
fifty  feet  in  dimensions,  the  ground  floor  having  two 
large,  fine  plate  glass  windows,  each  displaying  rich 
and  elegant  specimens  of  the  stock  within.  The  store  is 
very  elegantly  fitted  up  throughout,  and  it  is  furnished 
with  the  finest  stock  of  furs  to  be  found  in  New  Eng- 
land. This  store  stands  out  prominently  in  attrac- 
tiveness among  the  many  handsome  emporiums  of 
the  world's  commerce  in  that  great,  busy,  and  wealthy 
thoroughfare,  Washington  street.  The  stock  carried 
is  very  extern ive,  varied,  and  valuable,  comprising 
furs  and  skins  of  the  lion,  tiger,  bear,  badger,  beaver, 
cat,  deer,  fisher,  fox,  lynx,  martin,  mink,  muskrat, 
otter,  opposum,  rabbit,  raccoon, skunk,  wolf, seal,  etc., 
of  all  sizes  and  colors.  The  business  is  strictly  first- 
class,  and  the  house  does  more  trade  than  any  other 
similar  establishment  in  the  city.  Goods  are  imported 
from  all  parts  of  the  Continents  of  Europe  and  Asia, 
and  all  parts  of  the  United  States,  Canada,  Nova 
Scotia,  and  other  American  Territories  contribute 
their  quotas  to  this  immense  and  valuable  stock.  Mr. 
Kakas,  both  financially  and  as  a  man  of  superior 
ability  in  this  branch  of  enterprise,  is  held  in  the 
highest  esteem  and  confidence.  Agreeable  and 
sociable,  he  possesses  a  large  domestic  and  foreign 
correspondence,  and  is  thoroughly  alive  to  the  inter- 
ests of  consignors  and  customers. 


Rogers,  Wood,  Loring"  &  Co.,  Bankers, 
No.  147  Federal  Street. — This  well-known  banking 
company  make  a  specialty  of  shoe  and  leather  notes. 
One  of  the  members  of  this  house,  Mr.  James  A.  Wool- 
son,  is  also  partner  in  the  firm  of  William  Claflin, 
Coburn  &  Co.,  one  of  the  largest  boot  and  shoe  manu 
facturers  of  the  country.  The  firm  of  Rogers,  Wood, 
Loring  &  Co.  is  composed  of  Messrs.  H.  A.  Rogers, 
G.  F.  Wood,  D.  Loring,  Jr.,  and  James  A.  Woolson, 
names  that  are  guarantees  in  character,  commercial 
integrity,  and  capital. 


Train,  Smith  &  Co.,  C  )mmission  Merchants, 
Importers  and  Dealers  in  Paper  Stock,  No.  24  Fed- 
eral Street. — This  is  the  largest  house  in  Boston  in  its 
special  lines,  doing  a  business  in  1884  of  upward  of 
$2,000,000,  with  agents  in  Europe  as  represented  by 
Messrs.  A.  Bland,  of  Liverpool,  and  Messrs.  J.  B. 
Cummings  &  Co.,  of  London.  The  firm  of  Train, 
Smith  &  Co.  ranks  as  the  leading  conservative  and 
representative  of  the  trade.  As  indicative  of  the  en- 
terprise and  growth  of  this  particular  house  it  may 
be  mentioned  that  five  years  ago  its  imports  were 
five  thousand  tons  yearly,  but  last  year  thirty  thousand 
tons,  again  of  six  hundred  per  cent,  in  face  of  the 
most  depressed  condition  of  trade  of  the  last 
decade.     The  firm,  however,  has  exceptional  quali- 


fications for  success  aside  from  ample  capital,  high 
credit,  and  character,  Mr.  Train  being  the  successor 
of  several  prominent  Boston  firms — Thompson, 
1  wombly  &  Co.,  Twombly  &  Co.,  Train,  Hosford 
&  Co.,  and  now  Train,  Smith  &  Co.  Mr.  Smith  was 
formerly  with  a  heavy  English  importing  house — 
Butterworth  &  Smalley.  Combining  their  long  prac- 
tical experience  with  ability  and  capital,  the  firm's 
members  are  deservedly  popular  for  their  courtesy, 
promptness,  and  liberal  dealing,  which,  with  high, 
sterling  character,  have  materially  aided  in  securing 
the  patronage  of  the  largest  mill  owners  in  the  coun- 
try, for  which  the  firm  buy  heavily  of  stock  to  manu- 
facture into  paper.  The  firm  own  mills  in  New 
Hampshire  for  the  manufacture  of  Manila  wrapping 
paper. 


Ward  &  Gay,  Wholesale  and  Retail  Sta- 
tioners, Blank  Book  Manufacturers,  Nos.  178  to  184 
Devonshire  Street. — The  house  of  Samuel  Ward  and 
Richard  L.  Gay,  wholesale  and  retail  stationers,  Nos. 
178  to  184  Devonshire  street,  is  probably  the  largest 
in  some  of  its  special  lines  in  New  England.  No 
establishment  presents  a  more  rich  and  attractive 
appearance,  or  carries  a  more  infinite  variety  pertain- 
ing to  the  blank  book  manufacturing,  general  and 
fancy  stationery,  pocket-books  in  all  leathers,  and 
fancy  inkstands  and  portfolios,  gold  pens  and  stylo- 
graphic  pens,  diaries  and  paper-cutters.  In  cards 
they  represent  the  best  European  and  American 
manufacturers ;  in  Christmas,  valentine,  birthday, 
Easter,  etc.  and  fringed  card-novelties  (the  firm's 
own  specialties)  ;  in  engraving — monograms,  arms, 
crests,  illuminated,  embossed,  or  plain  ;  in  counting 
house  stationery  of  all  kinds,  and  paper  by  the  pound, 
perhaps  the  largest  variety  in  the  country,  copying 
books,  inks,  office  ware,  etc.,  and  specially  in  the 
manufacture  of  every  kind  of  blank  books — any 
ruling  or  binding  to  order,  the  house  of  Ward  & 
Gay  certainly  lead.  In  pens — Ward's  diamond  steel 
pens  have  a  reputation  unexcelled. 


A.  A.  Cllilds  &  Co.,  Manufacturers  of  Picture 
Frames,  etc.,  etc.,  No.  352  Washington  Street. — The 
well-known  house  of  A.  A.  Childs  &  Co.,  manufac- 
turers of  picture  frames  and  dealers  in  fine  paintings 
and  engravings,  is  the  pioneer  firm  in  all  that  pertains 
to  art  in  this  city.  This  firm  was  established  in  1S37 
by  Mr.  A  A.  Childs,  who  also  opened  an  art  gallery 
on  Tremont  street,  and  for  about  fifty  years  it  has 
held  front  rank  in  this  line  of  business.  Their  pres- 
ent commodious  quarters  are  situated  on  the  second 
iloor  of  the  building  at  No.  352  Washington  street, 
where  can  be  found  a  full  line  of  all  kinds  of  picture 
frames,  paintings,  and  engravings.  They  also  restore 
paintings  that  are  dim  from  age  or  have  been  dam- 
aged in  any  manner.  Mr.  A.  A.  Childs  died  some 
months  since,  leaving  the  business  to  his  son,  Mr. 
Wendell  S.  Childs,  who  is  about  thirty  two  years  old, 
and  has  had  seventeen  years'  experience  in  the  busi- 
ness, four  of  which  he  was  as  a  partner.  Mr.  Childs 
keeps  only  first  class  goods,  and  a  visit  to  his  rooms 
would  well  repay  the  most  fastidious.  The  finest 
paintings  and  engravings  greet  one  on  every  hand, 
in  all  varieties  of  frames.  Mr.  Childs  sells  bis 
goods  at  both  wholesale  and  retail,  although  his 
retail  trade  is  by  far  the  heaviest.  He  is  a  member 
of  the  Massachusetts  Charitable  Mechanics'  Associa- 
tion, the  Massachusetts  Horticultural  Society,  and  is 
also  S.  F.  R.  C.  U. 


io5 


CITY    OF   BOSTON'. 


The  Pope  Manufacturing*  Company, 

Columbia  Bicycles  and  Tricycles,  No.  597  Washing- 
ton street. —  The  Pope  Manulacturing  Company  has 
become  within  a  short  space  of  time  one  of  the  most 
important  and  best-known  of  Boston  institutions, 
whose  works  and  products  are  popular  all  over  the 
country.  The  bicycle,  that  graceful,  noiseless  "steed," 
the  wheeled  brother  of  Pegasus,  although  hardly  out 
of  its  infancy,  has  so  wheeled  itself  into  the  hearts 
of  our  people  as  to  seem  an  old  acquaintance,  and  in 
realizing  its  permanency  and  necessity  we  have  for- 
gotten its  short  pedigree.  It  is  now  but  eight  years 
since  the  Pope  Manufacturing  Company  turned  out 
the  first  American-made  machine,  yet  these  few  years 
have  given  the  Columbia  bicycle  a  name  almost  as 
familiar  to  city  people  or  country  folks  as  Shakes- 
peare or  Robinson  Crusoe,  and  it  is  quite  probable 
that  there  are  people  who  have  read  of  the  Columbia 
bicycle  who  have  never  even  glanced  through  the 
pages  of  De  Foe's  masterpiece.  From  ocean  to 
ocean,  and  over  the  ocean,  the  finished  results  of 
skill,  unusual  enterprise,  and  keen  foresight  have 
raised  another  monument  which  again  casts  a  shadow 
over  the  fair  fame  of  England's  boasted  handiwork. 
From  a  beginning  of  prospective  success,  the  energy 
and  push  of  this  company  have  placed  an  entirely 
new  industry  upon  a  basis  firm  and  permanent,  and 
have  given  to  "The  Hub"  the  largest  bicycle  house 
in  the  world.  To  Colonel  Albert  A.  Pope,  the  presi- 
dent of  the  company,  is  due  the  remarkable  success  of 
an  enterprise  which  started  out  upon  an  unknown  sea 
of  American  manufacture.  He  has  held  the  business 
"tiller  with  firmest  grasp,  until  he  not  only  steered  the 
young  company  into  still  waters,  but  has  covered  it 
with  the  iron-plates  of  certainty.  The  riding  of 
bicycles  is  growing  still  more  popular  among  our 
business  men;  for  it  furnishes  a  rapid  means  of  con- 
veyance, and  gives  a  pleasure  and  exhilaration  which 
only  the  wheelmen  can  realize  and  no  words  describe. 
The  weary  brain  of  the  professional  man  finds  in  the 
"  wheel"  a  rest  of  mind  and  strength  for  body.  The 
Columbia  tricycle,  a  "steed"  adapted  to  general  use 
by  gentlemen  or  ladies,  gives  the  "missing  link" 
which  has  separated  the  wife  from  her  husband.  As 
have  done,  and  are  doing,  the  ladies  of  England,  so 
will  do  the  ladies  of  our  country,  ride  over  our  beauti- 
ful roads  abreast  of  the  husbands  and  fathers — a  whole 
family  on  wheels.  The  Columbia  tricycle  is  a  beauti- 
ful machine — in  the  construction  of  which  have  been 
placed  all  the  skill  and  experience  attainable.  It  is 
light,  easy  running,  stanch,  and  durable.  The  fine 
workmanship  and  material  have  made  the  Expert 
Columbia  bicycle  the  finest  "wheel"  in  the  world, 
and  the  name  of  the  "  Old  Reliable  Standard  Colum- 
bia" is  a  household  word.  A  visit  to  the  warerooms 
of  the  company  at  No.  597  Washington  street,  Bos- 
ton, or  to  the  factory  at  Hartford,  Conn.,  will  surprise 
any  one.  From  floor  to  ceiling,  like  a  huge  organ, 
hang  the  burnished  wheels,  marking  not  only  a  great 
and  growing  industry,  but  the  good  common  sense 
of  the  people  in  the  adoption  of  a  contrivance  which 
gives  its  rider  rapid  transit,  pleasure,  exercise,  and 
health. 


fifteen  years  ago,  and  being  conducted  on  sound  busi- 
ness principles  and  with  the  ability,  capacity,  and 
foresight  that  are  inspired  by  thorough  knowledge  of 
the  business  and  close  experience,  it  was  not  Jong 
before  it  attracted  the  attention  of  the  trade,  and,  as 
may  be  expected,  a  large  and  prosperous  trade  re- 
sulted. The  success  attending  the  operations  of  this 
enterprising  firm  has  been  steady  and  continuous,  and 
to-day  it  occupies  a  position  in  the  trade  scarcely 
second  to  any  house  in  the  country.  The  premises 
occupied  are  spacious  and  contain  an  extensive  stock. 
The  firm  is  composed  of  A.  B.  Wetherell,  who  re- 
sides in  Boston,  and  F.  J.  Wetherell,  who  makes  his 
residence  in  Newton,  and  who  are  natives  of  Massa- 
chusetts. 


Wetherell  Brothers,  Steel,  No.  31  Oliver 
Street. — A  representative  and  successful  house  in  the 
steel  trade  is  the  ably  conducted  concern  of  Wetherell 
Brothers,  No.  31  Oliver  street.  They  are  agents  for 
the  La  Belle  Works,  of  Pittsburg,  and  the  Carlisle 
Works,  Sheffield,  and  are  among  the  largest  receivers 
of  steel  in  Boston.     The  house  was  established  some 


The  New  England  Trust  Company, 

Nos.  85  Devonshire  and  16  Water  Streets. — Of  the 
first  importance  in  every  business  community  are 
hanks  and  moneyed  institutions.  They  hold  the 
great  medium  of  exchange  between  trade  centres,  and 
occupy  the  position  of  arbiters  between  debtors  and 
creditors.  The  success  and  ability  displayed  in  their 
management  forms  an  important  link  by  which  to 
estimate  and  value  the  commercial  standing  of  the 
community  where  their  influence  is  felt,  and  a  close 
inspection  of  their  resources  gives  a  valuable  index  to 
the  condition  of  all  business  interests.  The  New 
England  Trust  Company  is  a  unique  institution,  and 
was  the  first  of  its  kind  founded  in  the  city  of  Boston, 
and  was  chartered  under  the  laws  of  the  State  in  1869. 
The  company  is  authorized  to  receive  and  hold 
moneys  and  property  in  trust  and  on  deposit  from 
courts  of  law  or  equity,  executors,  administrator, 
assignees,  guardians,  trustees,  corporations,  and  in- 
dividuals, and  may  be  appointed  by  probate  courts 
trustee  under  any  will  upon  such  terms  and  conditions 
as  may  be  agreed  upon.  In  this  way  the  company 
has  had  under  its  control  at  one  time  deposits  of  the 
value  of  $13,000,000.  Deposits  may  be  made  at  any 
time,  and  interesc  will  be  allowed  on  daily  balances 
of  $500  and  upward.  The  company  also  act  as 
transfer  agent  for  railroad  and  other  stock  corpora- 
tions, and  as  agent  for  the  purpose  of  issuing,  register- 
ing, or  countersigning  the  certificates  of  stock,  bond, 
or  other  evidences  of  debt,  and  for  the  payment  of 
dividends  and  interests  of  any  corporation,  associa- 
tion, municipality,  State,  or  public  authority,  and  also 
as  agent  or  attorney  for  the  care  and  management  of 
invested  property  and  for  the  collection  of  dividends 
and  interest.  The  company  is  by  law  made  a  legal 
depository  of  money  paid  into  court  by  the  parties  to 
any  legal  proceedings,  or  which  may  be  brought  into 
court  by  reason  of  any  order  or  judgment  in  equity 
or  otherwise.  To  the  public  the  company  offers  the 
advantages  of  a  guarantee  capitnl  of  half  a  million 
dollars  specially  invested  in  government  securities  by 
requirement,  and  the  power  has  liberty  to  increase  this 
capital  to  one  million  dollars.  The  company  has 
now  a  surplus  of  $500,000,  which,  like  the  capital,  is 
invested  in  United  States  bonds.  The  company, 
while  considered  the  most  conservative  and  safest  in 
the  city,  has  for  its  officers  and  directors  some  of  the 
soundest  financial  persons  in  the  city.  The  president 
is  Mr.  William  Endicott,  Jr.;  the  actuary,  Mr.  D.  R. 
Whitney,  and  the  secretary,  Mr.  N.  H.  Henchman. 
Theie  are  twenty  officers  and  clerks  employed,  and 
the  whole  establishment  is  noted  for  its  good  manage- 
ment, and  this  is  demonstrated  by  the  fact  that  the 
comDany  has  more  than  doubled  its  capital  out  of 
its  earnings  since  it  started  operations. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCLIANTS. 


107 


Hook  &  Hasting-S,  Organ  Builders,  No.  1 131 
Tremont  Street. —  The  old-established  and  popular 
organ  firm  of  Messrs.  Hook  &  Hastings  of  this  city 
are  accounted  the  most  successful  organ  builders  in 
the  country.  They  certainly  have  the  largest  organ 
manufactory  in  the  world.  It  consists  of  a  five-story 
building,  1,00x200  feet  in  dimensions,  and  it  is 
equipped  with  the  most  efficient  machinery  known  to 
the  trade,  the  machinery  being  operated  by  a  fifty- 
la  >rse  power  engine.  The  business  was  founded  in 
1827  by  Messrs.  Elias  and  George  G.  Hook.  They 
were  the  sons  of  Mr. .William  Hook,  a  well-known 
citizen  of  Salem,  Mass.  At  the  age  of  sixteen  one 
of  the  brothers  was  able  to  play  the  organ  in  church. 
Elias  studied  orgin  budding  w'ith  William  M.  Good- 
rich, of  Boston,  and  in  1827  the  two  brothers  set  up 
business  as  organ  builders  in  Salem.  Their  first  pro- 
duction was  a  parlor  organ.  The  business  grew,  and 
in  1829  or  1830  the  brothers  removed  their  establish- 
ment to  Boston,  and  for  some  time  were  located  in 
Friend  street,  and  afterward  on  the  corner  of  Lever- 
ett  and  Brighton  streets.  In  1853  they  built  their 
present  large  factory  on  Tremont  street.  Some  years 
ago  the  brothers  Hook  admitted  Mr.  F.  H.  Hastings 
into  partnership,  and  the  style  of  the  house  was  then 
changed  from  E.  &  G.  G.  Hook  to  Hook  &  Hastings. 
On  the  15th  of  September,  1880,  Mr.  George  G. 
Hook,  and  on  June  15th,  1881,  Mr.  Elias  Hook, 
died,  and  Mr.  F.  H.  Ha-tings  is  now  the  sole  pro- 
prietor of  the  business  ofthis  world-renowned  house. 
Ihiring  its  historv  of  fifty-eight  years  the  firm  have 
placed  organs  in  every  State  in  the  Union  and  shipped 
large  numbers  abroad.  The  firm  published  two  years 
ago  a  list  of  one  thousand  two  hundred  and  twenty- 
six  organs  supplied  to  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  the 
statement  may  be  risked  that  there  is  not  another 
builder  who  cart  show  so  extensive  a  patronage;  for 
besides  the  great  number  of  instruments  furnished  by 
this  firm,  there  is  to  be  considered  the  fact  that  the 
list  comprises  a  great  proportion  of  large  and  noted 
organs.  Their  success  has  been  due  to  their  constant 
efforts  to  be  in  advance  of  the  wants  of  their  patrons, 
and  to  give  in  every  case  the  most  perfect  and  com- 
plete instrument  of  its  class  that  experience,  sound 
judgment,  complete  subdivision  of  labor,  skilled  work 
men,  and  all  available  machinery  can  produce.  Un- 
equaled  in  faciHties  and  unexcelled  in  the  desire  as 
well  as  the  ability  to  produce  the  best,  the  firm  can 
point  with  pride  to  their  record.  The  one  thousand 
two  hundred  and  twenty-six  organs  named  in  the 
list  were  distributed  as  follows:  For  Congregational 
churches,  236;  Episcopal  churches,  266;  Baptist 
churches,  119;  Unitarian  churches,  104;  Presbyte- 
rian churches,  143;  Roman  Catholic  churches,  97; 
Methodist  churches,  97 ;  Universalist  churches,  27; 
others  not  classified — Reformed,  Lutheran,  Moravian, 
JewLh  synagogues,  etc.,  for  which  examine  list,  135 ; 
unasdgned,  2;  total,  1,226.  Among  the  churches 
supplied  with  organs  by  this  firm  are  :  Church  of  the 
Inmiculate  Conception,  Boston,  Mass.;  Plymouth 
Church,  Brooklyn;  Shawmut  Congregational  Church, 
Boston;  First  Presbyterian  Church,  Pittsburg,  Pa.; 
St.  Alphonsus  Church,  New  York  city;  Union  Park 
Congregational  Church,  Chicago,  111. ;  Church  of  the 
Holy  C  >mmunion,  Philadelphia,  Pa.;  Unity  Church, 
Chicago.  111. ;  Church  of  the  Holy  Trinity,  Boston, 
Mass.;  St.  John's  Cathedral,  Denver,  Col. ;  Central 
Congregational  Church,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  etc.  For 
colleges  as  follows:  Harvard,  Cambridge,  Mass.; 
Yale  (two),  New  Haven,  Conn. ;  Amherst,  Amherst, 
Mass  ;  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. ;  Beaver 
C  dlege,  Beaver,  Pa. ;  Female  College,  Pittsburg,  Pa. ; 


Theological    Seminary,  Andover,   Mass.;  Wellesley 
College,   Wellesley,    Mass.     For   hails:    Mechanics' 
Hall,  Worcester,  Mass.;    Tremont  Temple,  Boston, 
Mass.;    Music  Hall,  Providence,  R.  I.;    Union  Hall, 
Cambridgeport,  Mass.;   Cincinnati  Music  Hall,  Cin- 
cinnati, Ohio;  industrial  Exposition  Hall,  Milwaukee, 
Wis.;     Southern    Exposition    Hall,  Louisville,  Ky., 
etc.     At  the  present  writing  the  list  has  reached  to 
nearly    one    thousand    three    hundred.      The    organ 
placed  in  Tremont  Temple,  Boston  (No.  149),  created 
a  general    interest   among    organists   and    musicians 
throughout  the  country  by  its  great  size,  its  wonderful 
effectiveness  and  characteristic  qualities  of  tone,  and 
its  appliances  for  bringing  it  under  the  player's  con- 
trol;  and  it  was  at  the  time   considered  by  musical 
people  as  much  an  achievement,  perhaps,  as  was  the 
great  organ  in  the  Boston  Music  Hall  ten  years  later, 
although  not  "opened"  with  as  great  a  flourish,  and 
lacking  the  colored  lights  of  that  occasion.     The  ad- 
vent of  the  costly  Music  Hall  organ  marked  an  epoch 
in  organ   building,  as  its  novelties  in  tone  and  me- 
chanical appliances  stimulated  purchasers  to  desire  a 
style  of  instrument  very  different  from  what  had  pre- 
viously been  considered  ample  for  every  use,  some- 
thing that  should  be  more  complete  and  varied  in  its 
tonal  resources,  and  with  greater  mechanical  facilities. 
This  to   Messrs.  Hook  &  Hastings  was  the  needed 
condition  to  enable  them  to  take  the  forward  step, 
and  to  prove  that  the  best  productions  of  the  noted 
builders  of  the  Old  World  could  be  equaled  if  not 
surpassed  by  them.     As  the  result  of  this  new  de- 
parture came  the  noted  organs  above  spoken  of,  and 
which  stand  pre-eminently  representatives  of  the  high- 
est achievements  in  the  art  of  organ  building,  and 
worthy  the  reputation  they  have  won  for  themselves 
and  the  firm.     During  the  past  ten  years  they  have 
completed  five  instruments,  which  they  can  point  to 
with  peculiar  pride  as  su-taining  the  assertion  of  their 
ability  to  rival  the  organ  builders  of  the  world.    These 
are  the  Cathedral  of  the   Holy  Cross,  Boston;   Cen- 
tennial Exhibition;  Music  Hall, Cincinnati;  Tremont 
Temple,  and  St.  Francis  Xavier's  Church,  New  York 
city.     That  in  the  Cathedral  of  the  Holy  Cn>s  is  the 
largest  organ  but  one  which  has  yet  been  built  in  this 
country,   and   whether    considered    in    its    massive 
grandeur  as  a  whole,  its  re-ources  of  tone  in  variety 
and  degree,  its  perfection  of  balancing  and  blending, 
or  its  wealth  of  mechanical  devices  for  bringing  it 
under  the  control  of  the  organist,  it  stands  above  all 
previous  productions  in  this  country.     The  organ  for 
the    Centennial    Exhibition   hardly   needs   comment 
here,  as  its  praise  is  in  the  mouths  of  all  who  heard 
it.     Viewed  either  mechanically  or  as  a  work  of  art, 
it  fully  met  every  requirement,  and  the  indorsement, 
both  of  the  board  of  judges  and  the  millions  of  vis- 
itors, proclaims  its  merit  and  worth.     The  organ  in 
the  Music  Hall,  Cincinnati, stands  unrivaled  in  power 
and  purity  of  tone,  perfection  of  mechanism,  and  gen- 
eral excellence,  and  it  is  the  firm's  greatest  and  mo-t 
thoroughly   successful  work.      It   has   four   manuals, 
ninety  six  stops,  twelve  pedal  movements,  including 
a  grand  crescendo  pedal,  and  six  thousand  two  hun- 
dred and  thirty  seven  pipes.     It  is  the  largest  organ 
in  America.    The  Tremont  Temple  organ  has  created 
a  general   interest   among   organists   and   musicians 
throughout  the  country  by  its  wonderful  effectiveness, 
characteristic    qualities    of  tone,   and    completeness 
of  mechanical  resources.     It  is  an   instrument  tint 
supplies  a  need  long  felt    iri   the   city   by  all  intrr- 
ested  in    organ    music.      The  or^an   in   St.   Francis 
Xavier's,  New  York,   is  the  largest  organ  in  N-w 
York  city. 


io8 


CITY    OF   BOSTON. 


National  Tube  Works,  Office,  No.  8  Pem- 
berton  Square. —  fne  mobt  complete  establishments 
engaged  in  manufacturing  pipes  in  the  United  States 
is  the  National  Tube  Works,  whose  extensive  plant 
is  located  at  McKeesport,  Pa.,  in  the  centre  of  the 


less  figure  than  it  were  possible  a  few  years  ago  to 
produce  the  same  quality  of  piping.  To  meet  the 
very  extensive  business  of  the  company  in  the  New 
England  States,  and  to  manage  the  East  Boston 
works,  the  company  have  an  office  at  No.  8  Pember- 


The  National  Tube  Works,  McKeesport,  Pa. 


great  iron  industries  of  that  State.  These  are  the 
largest  works  of  their  kind  in  the  country,  if  not  in 
the  world.  Some  idea  of  the  extent  of  these  im- 
mense works  may  be  had  when  we  state  that  they 
cover  thirty  acres  of  land,  and  that  they  afford 
employment  to  two  thousand  five  hundred  people. 
The  company  was  incorporated  in  1869,  and  has 
now  a  capital  of  $2,500,000,  ample  to  meet  the 
demands  of  the  most  active  iron  market.  The  busi- 
ness from  the  first  possessed  intrinsic  value  and  grew 
rapidly,  and  with  its  increase  the  facilities  were 
gradually  enlarged  until  the  works  assumed  their 
present  prodigious  proportions,  with  a  capacity  of 
two  hundred  tons  of  iron  pipe  per  day.  Pipes  of  all 
sizes,  in  wrought  iron  and  steel,  from  one-eighth  to 
sixteen  inches  in  diameter,  are  produced,  which  are 
known  throughout  the  country  for  superior  finish  and 
the  high-grade  iron  used.  All  the  pipes  made  by  the 
company  are  tested  by  an  hydraulic  force  pump  to  see 
whether  they  are  free  from  imperfections  and  able  to 
stand  the  necessary  pressure  in  the  use  for  which  they 
are  intended.  The  company  have  also  smaller  works 
at  East  Boston,  which  are  also  equally  well  equipped 
with  every  mechanical  appliance,  and  which  afford 
constant  employment  to  about  fifty  hands.  In  the 
McKeesport  works  the  company  have,  during  the 
past  year,  made  very  great  changes  in  the  adoption 
of  natural  gas  instead  of  coal  in  all  the  departments 
of  manufacture.  The  gas  wells  are  located  on 
ground  owned  by  the  company,  about  eight  miles 
distant  from  the  mills,  and  the  supply  has  been  found 
more  than  sufficient  to  run  their  entire  works,  result- 
ing in  a  saving  of  about  three  hundred  tons  of  coal 
daily — a  very  important  item  in  the  cost  of  produc- 
tion. This  introduction  of  gas.  together  with  other 
important  changes,  have  enabled  the  company  to 
manufacture  a  very  high  grade  of  piping  at  a  much 


ton  square,  this  city,  where  they  occupy  three  large 
rooms,  thoroughly  convenient  and  equipped.  The 
officers  of  the  company  are  Mr.  J.  C.  Converse,  presi- 
dent, Mr.  W.  S.  Eaton,  treasurer  and  Mr.  P.  W. 
French,  secretary,  all  of  whom  are  natives  of  Massa- 
chusetts and  well  and  favorably  known.  The  com- 
pany's business  relations  extend  to  every  part  of  the 
Union,  and  they  also  do  a  very  brisk  export  trade. 
There  is  nothing  in  the  pipe  line  but  this  company 
can  supply,  and  the  company  is  di  tinguished  among 
even  the  most  remarkable  business  successes  of  the 
United  States. 


F.  F.  Favor,  Commission  Hay  and  Grain,  No. 
4  Commercial  Street. — A  leading  house  engaged  in 
the  wholesale  branch  of  this  trade  is  that  of  F.  F. 
Favor,  which  was  originally  established  in  1867  to 
do  business  strictly  upon  a  basis  of  commission.  All 
supplies  are  received  direct  from  the  producers  and 
in  large  consignments,  enabling  them  to  confer  bene- 
fits upon  patrons  difficult  to  obtain  elsewhere,  while 
at  the  same  time  they  furnish  a  reliable  outlet  for 
shippers.  Goods  are  sold  in  car-loads  and  cargo  lots 
only,  and  are  shipped  direct  to  consumers  without 
rehandling.  The  margin  of  profit  in  this  product  is 
small,  hence  quick  sales  and  prompt  returns  are  pre- 
requisites for  the  success  of  the  shipper,  and  these  are 
only  attainable  through  the  intervention  of  commis- 
sion merchants  having  wide  connections  amont;  con- 
sumers. Mr.  F.  F.  Favor  is  a  native  of  the  State  of 
Maine  and  came  to  Boston  in  the  same  year  in  which 
he  established  his  business.  He  was  formerly  one  of 
the  charter  members  of  the  Produce  Exchange,  which 
he  left  in  1883,  becoming  a  prominent  member  of  the 
Boston  Board  of  Trade,  added  to  which  he  has  a 
circle  of  acquaintances  both  social  and  commercial 
equal  to  that  of  any  one  in  the  business. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


109 


Deuham  &  Howland,  Boots  and  Shoes, 
No.  83  Pearl  Street. — Among  ail  the  business  inter- 
ests of  Boston  and  vicinity  none  are  more  conspicu- 
ous than  the  business  of  manufacturing  boots  and 
shoes,  and  the  "  Hub''  has  become  famous  all  the 
world  over  for  the  extent  of  its  numerous  boot  and 
shoe  emporiums.  One  of  the  principal  firms  engaged 
in  this  branch  of  industry  is  that  of  Messrs.  Denham 
&  Howland.  The  headquarters  of  the  firm  are 
located  at  No.  83  Pearl  street,  where  they  occupy 
a  well-appointed  store,  thirty  five  by  one  hundred 
and  fifty  feet  in  dimensions,  and  which  is  fur- 
nished with  every  appliance  and  convenience 
for  the  prompt  fulfillment  of  orders.  Here  they 
carry  an  immense  stock  of  bouts  and  shoes,  the 
products  of  their  factories  at  Lynn  and  Wor- 
cester. These  factories  are  of  considerable  di- 
mensions and  afford  employment  to  some  hundreds 
of  workpeople.  Although  every  description  of 
footwear  is  manufactured  by  the  firm,  they  make  a 
specialty  of  producing  medium  and  low  grades  of 
men's,  women's,  boys', mis-es',  youths',  and  children's 
boots  and  shoes,  in  all  sizes  and  styles,  and  the 
yearly  output  of  their  factories  is  one  of  considerable 
magnitude.  The  business  of  this  house,  which  is 
entirely  of  a  wholesale  character,  has  been  prosper- 
ous from  the  outset,  and  this  has  been  due  chiefly 
to  the  determination  on  the  part  of  the  firm  to  use 
only  the  best  material  the  market  affords,  to  employ 
only  the  most  skilled  operatives,  and  to  produce 
goods  which,  for  style, comfort,  and  durability,  cannot 
be  surpassed.  The  firm  carry  an  immense  stock  of 
goods  at  their  salesroom,  where  they  employ  an 
ample  force  of  competent  assistants  attending  to  the 
shipment  of  goods.  The  house  employs  eight  trav- 
eling salesmen,  and  the  products  of  the  firm  are 
now  being  sold  by  dealers  in  all  parts  of  New 
England,  New  York,  and  Pennsylvania,  and  the 
prices  are  such  as  command  favorable  attention  from 
buyers,  no  matter  in  what  section  of  the  country  boots 
and  shoes  are  needed.  The  members  of  the  firm, 
Mr.  George  A.  D  -nham  and  Mr  James  H.  Howland, 
both  natives  of  Bast  >n,  are  able  practical  business 
men,  courteous,  enterprising,  and  honorable  in  their 
mercantile  transactions,  and,  as  a  matter  of  course, 
their  business  is  all  the  time  beconing  larger.  This 
house  is  well  worthy  of  the  patronage  of  the  trade 
and  of  a  place  in  our  review  of  the  leading  industrial 
establishments  of  the  city,  as  one  that  has  con- 
tributed much  to  make  this  an  important  purchasing 
centre.  

Magee  Furnace  Company,  Manufacturers 
of  Furnaces,  Ranges,  Stoves,  etc.,  No.  32,  34,  36, 
and  38  Union,  and  No.  19,  21,  23,  25,  and  27  Friend 
Streets. — The  company  known  as  the  Magee  Furnace 
Company  have  a  world-wide  reputation  as  manufac- 
turers of  furnaces,  ranges,  stoves,  etc.  The  history 
of  this  prominent  and  leading  house  dates  back  as 
far  as  the  year  1856,  and  it  is  one  of  the  oldest  houses 
engaged  in  this  line  of  business  in  the  city.  Mr. 
Albert  N.  Parlin,  who  is  a  native  of  this  State,  and  a 
very  popular  gentleman  in  the  mercantile  community, 
is  the  treasurer  of  the  company.  The  foundry  and 
workshops  of  the  company  are  located  at  Chelsea, 
and  are  the  largest  of  their  class  in  the  New  England 
States.  Attached  to  the  foundry  is  an  extensive  and 
well-equipped  machine  shop,  the  machinery  being 
operated  by  a  one  hundred  and  fifty  horse-power 
steam  engine.  At  these  works  employment  is  fur- 
nished  to   about   five  hundred   hands.     The    firm's 


offices,  show,  and  storage  rooms  in  Union  and  Friend 
streets  constitute  the  finest  and  most  extensive  es- 
tablishment in  its  line  in  the  city,  and  the  stock 
carried  is  of  the  most  varied  and  extensive  descrip- 
tion. The  company  manufacture  stoves,  furnaces, 
ranges,  and  heating  apparatuses  of  every  conceivable 
description,  and  for  every  late  improvement,  elegance 
of  design,  excellence  of  finish,  they  stand  alone 
among  their  many  competitors  as  without  a  peer. 
This  house  has  most  deservedly  achieved  very  special 
distinction,  and  derived  much  popularity  from  the 
celebrated  "  Magee"  furnace,  manufactured  by  them. 
Their  ranges,  for  excellence  of  castings  and  mount- 
ings, neatness  of  finish,  a.id  equipment  with  manifold 
improved  conveniencies,  are  unsurpassed,  and  the 
parlor  and  other  stoves  are  matchless  for  beauty  of 
design  and  elaborate  finish  and  general  utility.  The 
business  is  both  of  a  wholesale  and  retail  character, 
and  the  company  not  only  enjoys  a  large  local  and 
extensive  home  trade,  but  they  export  vast  quantities 
of  their  manufactures  to  every  point  in  the  known 
world,  and  they  are  as  well  known  in  England,  Ger- 
many, Norway,  Sandwich  Islands,  and  -South 
America  as  they  are  in  this  market. 


Fobes,  Hayward  &  Co.,  Manufacturing 
Confectioners,  Nos.  42  to  52  Chardon  Street. — Prob- 
ably no  business  has  had  a  more  rapid  growth  dur- 
ing the  past  fifty  years  than  fine  confectionery,  and 
this  is  mainly  due  to  the  enterprise  and  energy  of 
those  merchants  concerned  in  the  business.  The 
most  prominent  manufacturing  house  in  the  New 
England  States  engaged  in  the  confectionery  busi- 
ness is  that  of  Messrs.  Fobes,  Hayward  &  Co.,  of 
Nos.  42  to  52  Chardon  street,  in  this  city.  This 
house  was  established  in  i860  under  its  present  style. 
The  business  has  been  conducted  with  the  greatest 
ability,  skill,  and  energy,  and  the  result  has  been 
that  this  establishment  is  considered  to  be  the  lead- 
ing one  in  this  line  in  the  New  England  States. 
Purity  is  the  main  essential  with  the  goods  of  this 
establishment,  and  to-day  the  difficulty  to  obtain 
candies  and  confectionery  devoid  of  adulteration  and 
deleterious  substances  is  so  great  that  the  advantages 
of  dealing  with  a  house  whose  reputation  is  so  high 
for  making  none  but  the  purest  and  best  goods  are 
at  once  manifest.  A  large  and  increasing  trade  is 
annually  transacted  in  consequence  of  the  unsur- 
passed quality  of  the  confectionery,  as  dealers  have 
long  realized  the  fact  that  at  Fobes,  Flayward  & 
Co. 's  the  best  candy  can  always  be  obtained.  The 
factory  is  a  very  commodious  and  spacious  building, 
consisting  of  a  basement  and  six  stories,  and  cover- 
ing an  area  of  25x100  feet.  The  lower  floor  is  util- 
ized as  salesroom  and  office,  and  here  is  an  immense 
stock  of  conf  ctionery  goods  ready  to  be  shipped 
upon  order.  The  rest  of  the  building  is  devoted  to 
manufacturing  and  storage  purposes.  The  manu- 
facturing department  is  equipped  with  all  the  latest 
machinery  and  apparatus  known  to  the  trade,  the  ma- 
chinery b-ing  operated  by  a  steam  engine  of  seventy- 
five  and  a  steam  boiler  of  one  hundred  and  twenty- 
five  horse-power.  Employment  is  given  to  about  two 
hundred  hands  in  addition  to  a  number  of  skilled 
and  experienced  traveling  salesmen.  An  immense 
trade  is  done  throughout  the  United  States.  It  is 
impossible  in  a  short  sketch  to  do  justice  to  this 
famous  house,  but  it  is  manifest  that  for  purity  and 
flavor  the  goods  of  this  establishment  cannot  be  ex- 
celled by  any  similar  concern  in  the  United  States 
or  Europe. 


I  IO 


CITY    OF   BOSTON. 


Boston  and  Sandwich  Glass  Com- 
pany, Manufacturers  of  Blown,  Richly  Cut,  and 
i'rcssed  Table  Glassware,  Nos.  42  and  44  Frank- 
lin Street;  Henry  F.  Spurr,  General  Manager. — 
In  1752  the  General  Court  of  Massachusetts  passed 
an  act  granting  the  sole  privilege  of  making  glass  in 
the  Province  to  Is  lac  C.  Wiuslow  and  his  associates. 
Glass  works  were  commenced  in  Boston  in  1787, 
which  in  1800  produced  about  $100,000  worth. 
One  of  the  o.dest  glass  firms  represented  in  Boston 
to-day  is  the  Boston  and  Sandwich  Giass  Company, 
which  was  founded  sixty  years  ago.  The  company's 
works  are  located  at  Sandwich,  and  are  of  a  very  ex- 
tensive character,  affording  employment  to  a  large 
number  of  workpeople  in  manufacturing  blown, 
richly  cut,  and  pressed  table  glassware  in  all  its  varie- 
ties The  headquarters  and  distributing  office  of 
the  company  are  at  Nos.  42  and  44.  Franklin  street, 
where  they  occupy  two  floors  of  a  fine  corner  build- 
ing, which  is  lofty,  airy,  and  well  lighted.  The  ware- 
rooms  are  very  neatly  fitted  up,  and  there  is  a  very 
large  and  effective  display  of  glass  goods  of 
every  conceivable  kind  for  ornament  and  utility. 
The  stock  is  a  very  rich  one  for  beauty  of 
design  and  quality  and  quantity,  and  the  busi- 
ness of  the  establishment  is  one  of  vast  pro- 
portions and  is  constantly  increasing.  The  com- 
pany employ  about  thirty  clerks  in  the  warerooms  and 
a  large  stalf  of  traveling  salesmen  They  have  been 
in  their  present  location  about  six  months,  having  re- 
moved thereto  from  Devonshire  and  P'ederal  streets. 
The  general  manager  is  Mr.  Henry  F.  Spurr,  a  gen- 
tleman of  very  genial  disposition  and  a  thorough, 
practical  business  man,  admirably  qualified  for  the 
responsible  position  which  he  holds.  The  company 
have  a  branch  office  at  No.  17  Murray  street,  New 
York,  in  charge  of  Mr.  C.  E.  L.  Brinkerhoff, 
another  at  Nos.  577 and  579  Market  street,  San  Fran- 
cisco, under  the  management  of  Mr.  H.  F.  Marsh, 
and  a  third  at  No.  1 16  Lake  street,  Chicago,  with 
Mr.  J.  J.  Quinlan,  as  manager,  all  of  which  have  ex- 
tensive business  connections. 


Speare,  Gregory  &  Co.,  Commission 
Merchants  in  Oils,  Starch,  and  Candles,  and  Im 
porters  of  O'ive  Oil,  No.  3  Central  Wharf. — This 
business  has  had  a  prosperous  career  for  the  past 
forty-five  years, having  been  founded  in  1840, and  the 
firm  as  at  present  constituted  consists  of  Messrs.  Alden 
Speare,  F.  W.  Gregory,  H.  A.  Speare,  and  L.  R. 
Speare,  all  of  whom  are  natives  of  Massachusetts, 
thoroughly  practical  and  experienced  men  of  business, 
and  well  known  and  respected  in  the  entire  commer- 
cial community.  The  firm  are  the  proprietors  of  the 
City  Oil  Works,  on  Back  Bay,  and  also  of  the  Alden 
Spcare  Wheat  Starch  Company,  and  in  addition  to 
handling  their  own  products  they  deal  very  exten- 
sively on  commission  with  the  goods  of  other  manu- 
facturers of  oils,  starch,  and  candles,  of  which  they 
have  always  on  hand  a  very  large  stock.  They  are 
also  very  large  importers  of  olive  oil,  in  which  they  con- 
duct a  very  flourishing  trade.  The  headquarters  of  the 
firm  are  located  at  No.  3  Central  Wharf,  where  they 
occupy  a  brick  building  seventy-five  by  twenty- 
five  feet  in  dimensions,  and  consisting  of  basement 
and  four  stories.  These  premises  are  appropriately 
fitted  up  and  arranged  for  carrying  on  the  extensive 
basiness  of  the  house,  the  Arm  having  a  large  whole- 
sale trade,  with  ramifications  in  all  parts  of  the  Union, 
and  a  very  heavy- export  business.  Mere  a  staff  of 
four  clerks  and-six  other  hands  are  kept  busy  in  filling 


orders,  and  a  considerable  force  of  workmen  are  em- 
ployed at  the  firm's  oil   works  and  starcn    factory. 


Charles  E.  Rogers,  Piano  Manufacturer, 
No.  016  Washington  Street. — This  house  was 
established  by  Mr.  Rogers  in  1870  exclusively  for  the 
manulaciure  of  upright  pianos  on  a  new  principle. 
He  is  a  native  of  Boston,  and  about  thirty-eight  years 
of  age.  He  has  devoted  all  his  time  for  more 
than  fifteen  years  wholly  to  the  improvement  of 
upright  pianos.  His  pianos  contain  twenty-six  most 
valuable  patented  improvements  which  are  well 
worth  seeing.  The  superb  qualities  of  the  u  Charles 
E.  Rogers"  upright  has  gained  for  it  the  highest 
praise  wherever  it  has  bien  introduced.  It  was 
highly  indorsed  by  the  judges  on  pianos  at  the 
Massachusetts  Mechanic  Fair  in  Boston  in  1878,  by 
such  eminent  musicians  as  Julius  Eichberg,  J.  B. 
Sharland,  Dexter  Smith,  and  N.  M.  Lowe.  To 
these  the  indorsement  of  such  people  as  Hon.  Oliver 
Ames,  Frank  M.  Ames,  R.  E.  Demmon,  President 
Howard  Bank;  Henri  Verleye,  French  Consul;  C. 
A.  Henderson,  British  Consul;  Dr.  E.  Tourjee, 
Director  New  England  Conservatory;  E.  Howard, 
President  of  Howard  Watch  Company,  of  nearly  all 
the  leading  newspapers  in  Boston  and  elsewhere,  and 
of  thousands  of  wealthy  and  well-known  private 
individuals  who  have  used  these  pianos  in  their 
homes  may  be  added.  Every  piano  bearing  the 
name  of  Charles  E.  Rogers  is  fully  warranted  for  the 
term  of  ten  years,  and  one  year's  trial  is  allowed  on 
all  sales,  the  firm  agreeing  in  all  cases  to  take  back 
the  piano  at  the  request  of  the  purchaser  and  refund 
all  but  a  low  rent  for  the  time  the  piano  has  been 
actually  used.  The  pianos  of  this  firm  are  rented  or 
sold  on  easy  terms.  A  few  years  ago  a  stock  com- 
pany for  operating  this  budness  was  formed,  the  Hon. 
Oliver  Ames,  Lieutenant  Governor,  being  president, 
and  Mr.  G.  H.  Campbell,  treasurer,  but  through 
these  gentlemen  having  to  retire  on  account  of  the 
pressure  of  other  business,  Mr.  Rogers  resumed  the 
entire  control  of  the  enterprise,  which  has  been  a  suc- 
cessful one  from  the  outset. 


Myer  Rosenfield,  Manufacturer  of  Ladies', 
Children's,  and  Infants'  Garments,  No.  94  Chauncy 
Street. — In  this  city  there  are  a  number  of  houses  en- 
gaged in  the  above  trade,  one  of  the  most  prominent 
and  popular  being  that  of  Mr.  Myer  Rosenfield,  of 
No.  94  Chauncy  street.  This  business  was  founded 
about  five  years  ago,  but  the  proprietor  had  previously 
been  engaged  in  the  same  line  of  trade  at  Marlboro', 
Mass.  Mr.  Rosenfield  is  a  native  of  Germany,  hav- 
ing been  born  there  in  184.1.  The  premises  occupied 
are  very  spacious  and  commodious,  consisting  of  four 
floors,  each  being  fifty  by  twenty  feet  in  dimensions, 
admirably  arranged  and  fitted  with  twenty  machines, 
run  by  electric  power,  and  all  other  necessary  appli- 
ances for  the  manufacture  of  garments  and  the  accom- 
modation of  stock.  The  firm  employ  seventy-five 
hands,  making  samples  for  outside  workers  chiefly, 
also  over  two  hundred  who  work  at  their  homes  in  the 
city  and  suburbs  are  given  employment.  The  pro- 
ducts of  the  establishment  comprise  children's  dresses, 
waists,  and  skirts,  wrappers,  aprons,  sacks,  infants' 
short  dresses,  cloaks,  and  robes,  chemises,  corset 
covers,  night  robes,  skirts,  drawers,  boy's  waists,  etc. 
The  business  is  exclusively  wholesale,  and  the  trade 
of  the  house  is  with  dealers  throughout  New  Eng- 
land and  New  York  State. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


ill 


■  Miner,  Beal  &  Co.,  Men's  and  Boys'  Cloth- 
ing, No.  63  Summer  Street,  and  No.  6  Chauncy 
Street. — Boston  has  long  been  noted  for  being  one 
of  the  centres  of  the  wholesale  clothing  trade  of  the 


Miner,  Beal  &*  Co.'s  Wholesale  Clothing-  House. 

country,  and  the  command  of  large  capital,  coupled 
with  the  known  energy  and  enterprise  of  the  repre- 
sentative members  of  the  trade,  has  permanently 
retained  this  supremacy.  Chief  among  the  largest 
houses  which  give  tone  and  character  to  the  trade  is 
that  of  Messrs.  Miner,  Beal  &  Co.,  of  No.  63 
Summer  street  and  No.  6  Chauncy  street.  Indeed, 
this  is  one  of  the  most  extensive  houses  in  its  line  in 
the  city.  The  business  was  founded  in  1862,  and  it 
lias  been  yearly  developing  until  it  has  reached  its 
present  enormous  proportions.  The  firm  occupy  five 
floors  of  the  building  erected  expressly  for  them  at 
No.  63  Summer  street,  corner  of  Chauncy  street, 
and  each  of  these  floors  is  one  hundred  and  twenty- 
five  by  seventy-three  feet  in  dimensions,  and  the 
premises  are  known  as  the  Montgomery  Building. 
The  store  is  a  very  handsome,  well-appointed  one, 
rnd  the  various  rooms  are  connected  by  a  passenger 
elevator  running  up  the  centre,  and  a  freight  elevator 
from  Chauncy  street.  The  store  and  warerooms  are 
stocked  with  very  extensive  assortments  of  ready- 
made  clothing  and  materials  from  the  most  celebrated 
mills  at  home  and  abroad.  The  manufacturing  de- 
partment is  equipped  with  every  mechanical  device 
known  to  the  trade,  and  some  idea  of  the  magnitude 
of  the  business  transacted  here  may  be  gathered  from 
the  fact  that  upward  of  five  hundred  hands  are  em- 
ployed in  the  building,  rendering  it  an  important  and 
worthy  factor  in  the  industrial  interests  of  the  city, 
while  a  Hrge  force  of  experienced  salesmen  directly 
represent  the  firm  throughout  the  length  and  breadth 
of  the  land.  They  manufacture  and  handle  all 
grades  of  clothing — fine,  medium,  and  low-priced. 
They  have  long  made  a  specialty  of  fine  clothing 
and  have  been  acknowedged  the  leaders  of  this 
branch  of  the  business  in  Boston,  and  their  goods 
find  a  ready  market  among  jobbers  and  dealers. 
They  have  a  branch  house  in  Chicago,  the  Put- 
nam Clothing  House,  Nos.  131  and  133  Clark, 
and  No.  115  Madison  streets,  one  of  the  most  exten- 
sive in  the  citv ;  also  a  branch  in  Kansas  City,  the 
Houghton  &   Herrick  Clothing  Company,  corner  of 


Main  and  Sixth  streets,  one  of  the  lending  houses  in 
the  city,  besides  other  large  connections.  The  firm, 
which  is  to  be  commended  for  its  energetic  exertiens 
and  marked  success,  consists  of  Messrs.  George  A. 
Miner,  Leander  Beal,  A.  William  Wright,  William 
W.  Sias,  Charles  R.  Shaw,  and  S.  Dexter  Bowker, 
all  of  whom  are  accounted  among  the  most  favorably 
known  and  responsible  business  men  in  the  city,  ably 
and  faithfully  discharging  the  onerous  duties  devol- 
ving upon  them. 

Cunning-ham  Iron  Works  Company, 

Manufacturers  of  Steam   Boilers,  Iron  Pipe,  and  Fit- 
tings, No.  109  Milk  Street.— For  excellence  of  work- 
manship and  improvements  in    the    manufacture  of 
steam  boilers   the   well-known    boiler  works  of  the 
Cunningham  Iron  Works  Company  have  been  and 
are  accorded  a  high  rank.     The  warehouse  and  office 
of  the  company  are  at  No.  109   Milk   street,  and  the 
works  are  located  at  Charlestown,  Mass.     The  busi- 
ness of  this  company  was  founded  in  1852  by  the  late 
Mr.  Thomas  Cunningham.    In  1871  he  took  into  part- 
nership his  two  sons,  Messrs.  J.  H.and  T.  Cunningham, 
when  the  style  of  the  firm  became  Thomas  Cunningham 
&  Sons.     Mr.  Thomas  Cunningham,  the  founder,  re- 
mained in  the  business  until  his  death,  which  occurred 
in  i88i,andthe  sons  then  succeeding  t»  the  entire 
control  of  the  concern,  they  adopted  the  title  of  the 
Cunningham  Iron  Works.     Under  this  style  the  busi- 
ness was  continued  until  the  present  year,  1885,  when 
the  Cunningham   Iron  Works  Company  was  incor- 
porated under  the  laws  of  the  State  with  a  capital  of 
$100,000,      Mr.     Thomas    Cunningham    being    the 
president  and  Mr.  J.  H.  Cunningham  the  treasurer. 
The  office  and  warerooms  in  Milk  street  consist  of  the 
first  floor  and  basement,  each  fifty  by  one  hundred 
and  twenty-five  feet  in  dimensions,  of  a  large  and 
commodious  building.     The  works  comprise  several 
buildings,  both  brick  and  frame,  and  covering  an  area 
of  two  hundred  by  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet.    These 
consist  of  boiler,  machine,  and  blacksmith  shops,  and 
iron  pipe  works.     The  company  have  other  works  at 
East  Boston,  covering  an  area  of  one  hundred  by  one 
hundred   feet,  utilized  for   manufacturing   purposes. 
These  several  works  are  equipped  with  the  most  im- 
proved   mechanical    appliances,  operated  by   steam 
power,  and  affording  employment  to  about  one  hun- 
dred and  fifty  skilled  workmen.     The  company  con- 
duct one  of  the  largest  enterprises  in  their  line  in  the 
neighborhood,  and  they  make  a  specialty  of  manufac- 
turing  stationary,   portable,   marine,  high  and   low 
pressure  steam   boilers,    gasometers,    water    works, 
standpipes,  and  metallic  reservoirs,  ship  tanks,  and 
general   iron  and   machine    work,    steam    radiators, 
wrought  iron  steam  pipes,  gas  and  water  pipes  and 
fittings,  galvanized,  tarred,  and  enameled  hydraulic 
pipes,  boiler  tubes,  etc. 

Hallo  well  &  Coburn,  Wool  Commission 
Merchants,  No.  127  Federal  Street. — This  house  was 
established  under  present  name  and  style  in  1865,  and 
consists  of  Messrs  Richard  P.  Hallowell,  George  W. 
Coburn,  and  William  A.  Donald.  Mr.  Hallowell 
was  senior  partner  of  Hallowell  &  Howland,  who 
be^an  business  in  1857.  Mr.  Coburn  was  partner  in 
William  Hilton  &  Co.  from  i860  to  1865.  The  firm 
of  Hallowell  &  Coburn  has  thus  long  been  identified 
with  the  wool  business,  and  is  one  of  the  oldest  houses 
in  wool  that  has  retained  unchanged  its  name  since 
its  first  organization,  ranking  in  capital,  career,  and 
character  among  the  representatives  of  the  trade. 


112 


CITY    OF    BOSTON. 


E.  &  A.  MlldgC  &  Co.,  Manufacturers  of 
Fine  Boots  and  Shoes,  No.  95  Bedford  Street — This 
business  was  established  in  1837  by  Mr.  Edwin 
Mudge,  the  senior  member  of  the  firm.  In  1849  he 
admitted  his  brother  Augustus  into  partnership  with 
him,  and  in  1858  Mr.  Edward  Hutchinson  became  a 
partner.  All  the  members  of  the  firm  are  natives  of 
Danvers,  Mass.,  where  they  still  reside,  except  Edwin 
Mudge,  who  lives  in  Boston  one-half  the  year.  He 
is  a  director  of  the  First  National  Bank  of  Danvers 
and  a  vice-president  of  the  Danvers  Savings  Bank, 
his  brother  Augustus  being  the  president.  Mr.  Hut- 
chinson is  a  director  of  the  National  Exchange  Bank 
of  Boston.  Edwin  Mudge  was  a  member  of  the 
Massachusetts  House  of  Representatives  in  1868  and 
1869,  and  contributed  his  salary  for  both  years, 
amounting  to  $i,688,  to  Danvers  and  Wenham,  the 
towns  of  his  district,  toward  the  erection  of  a  soldiers' 
monument  in  each  town.  Augustus  Mudge  was  a 
member  of  the  State  Senate  in  1882.  Edwin  Mudge 
about  two  years  ago  made  a  circuit  of  the  world,  and 
previous  to  that  had  visited  Palestine  and  Egypt, 
going  up  the  Nile  as  far  as  the  first  cataract,  and  he 
has  visited  most  of  the  points  of  historic  interest  in 
Europe  and  the  Orient. 

The  firm's  premises  at  No.  95  Bedford  street  are 
amply  fitted  up  for  facilitating  the  business  of  the 
house.  They  have  a  large  factory  at  Danvers,  Mass., 
where  they  make  women's,  misses',  boys',  and  youths' 
Day-sewed,  Moore-welt,  and  machine-sewed  shoes; 
and  they  also  control  the  product  of  a  factory  at  East 
Rochester,  N.  H.,  where  they  make  men's  boots  and 
shoes,  hand  and  machine  sewed,  standard  screwed 
and  pegged  work.  They  also  have  a  line  of  chil- 
dren's goods  manufactured  at  Springvale,  Me. 
Messrs.  Edwin  Mudge  and  Edward  Hutchinson  give 
their  personal  attention  to  the  business  of  the  Boston 
store,  and  Mr.  Augustus  Mudge  supervises  the  busi- 
ness at  Danvers.  The  business  of  the  firm,  which  is 
entirely  wholesale,  extends  all  over  the  country,  and 
its  transactions  amount  to  about  $500,000  a  year. 
The  principal  factory  was  erected  in  1872,  with  a 
capacity  of  $500,000  worth,  if  run  full  through  the 
year.  The  average  product  has  been  about  $300  000. 
The  State  agent  pronounced  it  the  best-appointed 
shoe  factory  he  had  visited. 

The  accumulations  of  the  past  thirty-six  years  were 
swept  away  by  fire  in  one  hour  on  June  4th,  1885, 
excepting  a  small  amount  of  leather  that  was  not  en- 
tirely consumed.  While  the  buildings  were  burning, 
Messrs.  Martin,  Clapp  &  French  offered  the  firm  the 
use  of  a  part  of  their  factory,  which  they  were  pleased 
to  accept  and  commenced  operations  there  the  same 
day.  This  factory  is  only  one  mile  distant,  and  both 
places  are  on  the  line  of  the  Salem  and  Danvers 
street  railway.  The  loss  by  the  burning  of  their  shoe 
factory,  buildings,  and  stable,  with  their  contents,  was 
adjusted  at  $70,993.99.  The  firm  claimed  only  what 
they  thought  they  could  show  they  were  entitled  to, 
and  there  was  not  the  slightest  objection  from  any  of 
the  forty-three  insurance  companies  to  granting  the 
same.  The  firm's  insurance  agent,  Mr.  O.  B.  Chad- 
wick,  of  Peabody  and  No.  30  Congress  street,  Boston, 
displayed  great  energy  and  ability  in  adjusting  this 
loss  to  the  satisfaction  of  all  parties  interested  in  less 
tha.i  two  weeks.  The  matter  was  quite  complicated, 
as  there  were  thirteen  distinct  divisions  of  the  prop- 
erty, such  as  the  different  buildings,  machinery,  stock, 
etc.  Of  the  buildings  belonging  to  E.  &  A.  Mudge 
&  Co.  that  were  burned  June  4th,  1885,  the  stable 
and  a  small  factory  building  were  erect  ed  in  1848. 


The  latter,  when  burned,  was  used  for  storage,  a  part 
of  it  having  been  made  fireproof  on  the  inside  for  the 
storage  of  oils,  cement,  etc.  Another  factory  build- 
ing, erected  in  1854,  had  been  changed  for  two  fami- 
lies and  two  stoies.  The  stores,  when  burned,  were 
used  for  storage  of  leather. 

E.  &  A.  Mudge  &  Co.  were  also  burned  out  in  the 
great  Boston  fire  which  occurred  on  Saturday,  No- 
vember 9th,  1872,  their  store  being  at  No.  12  High 
street.  They  lost  all  their  goods,  saving  only  the 
books.  They  were  fully  insured  and  all  their  poli- 
cies were  good  except  one,  on  which  there  was  a  loss 
of  $1,610.  They  obtained  a  convenient  store  at  No. 
22  Elm  street  on  Monday  morning,  and  the  shipment 
of  goods  as  they  came  from  the  factories  was  inter- 
rupted only  two  days.  The  firm  believed  it  was 
profitable  to  provide  neat,  comfortable,  and  healthy 
rooms  for  the  employees,  as  better  help  could  be  ob- 
tained and  better  work  produced.  While  many  of 
the  employees  from  the  factory  have  found  other  em- 
ployment in  various  parts  of  the  country,  a  large 
number  have  remained  with  the  firm  for  many  years, 
seeming  to  take  great  pleasure  in  the  prosperity  of 
the  factory. 

Edwin  Mudge  was  born  August  4th,  1818;  Au- 
gustus Mudge  was  born  August  21st,  1820;  Edward 
Hutchinson  was  born  September  14th,  1833.  Time 
has  dealt  kindly  with  each  member  of  the  firm. 
They  are  all  thorough  temperance  men,  never  having 
used  alcoholic  beverages,  nor  do  they  use  tobacco  in 
any  way.  Nine  years  since  Mr.  Edwin  Mudge  and 
family  were  crossing  the  Atlantic  for  the  first  time. 
Mr.  Mudge  inquired  of  Mr.  Thomas  Cook,  the  Lon- 
don tourist,  if  it  was  safe  to  travel  abroad  without 
using  wine.  He  answered  "  Yes,"  and  said  that  he 
had  traveled  much  of  the  time  for  many  years,  had 
been  around  the  world,  and  found  it  perfectly  safe 
not  to  use  wine.  Since  then  Mr.  Mudge  has  traveled 
more  than  sixly  thousand  miles,  and  he  has  not  only 
found  it  safe  not  to  drink  wine,  but  that  those  who  do 
drink  it  are  much  more  liable  to  sickness  and  death. 


Bradlee,  Hastings  &  Co.,  Machinists', 
Blacksmiths',  and  Carriage  Builders'  Heavy  Hard- 
ware, Nos.  155  and  157  High  and  no  to  1 18  Oliver 
Streets. — In  the  progress  of  this  review  of  the 
various  industries  of  this  thriving  metropolis,  atten- 
tion is  directed  to  the  large  and  popular  house  con- 
ducted by  Messrs.  Bradlee,  Hastings  &  Co.  at  Nos. 
155  and  157  High  and  no  to  1 18  Oliver  streets. 
The  business  of  this  house  was  established  in  1875, 
and  its  subsequent  career  of  prosperity  is  indicative 
of  the  zeal  and  ability  devoted  to  its  management. 
The  firm  are  dealers  in  machinists', blacksmiths',  and 
carriage  builders'  heavy  hardware,  all  kinds  of  wood 
work  and  carriage  bodies,  nuts,  bolts,  washers,  car- 
riage and  tire  bolts,  emery,  emery  cloth,  belting,  vises, 
forges,  anvils,  bellows,  drilling  machines,  sledges, 
hammers,  stone  bars,  wagon  springs  and  axles,  waste, 
malleable  iron  castings,  etc.  They  are  also  agents 
for  celebrated  tanite  emery  wheels  and  emery  grinding 
machinery,  Morse  twist  drills  and  reamers,  Cleveland 
Dash  Company's  dashers,  Plymouth  rivets,  Eades' 
differential  pulley  blocks,  Chelsea  File  Works'  hand- 
cut  files  and  rasps,  and  other  useful  appliances.  A 
salesroom,  30x100  feet  in  dimensions,  is  occupied, 
and  a  large  and  complete  stock  of  goods  is  carried. 
The  members  of  the  firm,  Messrs.  Dudley  H.  Brad- 
lee and  Edmund  T.  Hastings,  are  gentlemen  of  wide 
experience  and  thorough  knowledge  of  the  business 
with  which  they  have  been  so  long  identified. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


"3 


Springer  Bros.  Cloak  House. 

Springer  Brothers,  Manufacturers  of  Fash- 
ionable Cloaks,  Chauncy  Street,  Essex  Street,  and 
Harrison  Avenue. — The  success  of  Messrs.  Springer 
Brothers,  manufacturers  of  fashionable  cloaks,  at  cor- 
ner of  Chauncy  street,  Essex  street,  and  Harrison 
avenue,  furnishes  a  strong  illustration  of  what  can  be 
secured  by  straightforward  and  enterprising  business 
methods.  They  manufacture  ladies'  cloaks,  etc.,  and 
they  have  been  enabled  to  produce  such  stylish  gar- 
ments of  the  best  possible  make,  and  at  a  cost  so  rea- 
sonable that  their  products  are  in  demand  everywhere 
by  both  dealers  and  consumers,  and  their  trade  has 
grown  to  enormous  proportions.  They  originated  the 
business  in  1865,  in  Summer  street,  and  in  the  great 
fire  of  1872  their  premises  and  stock  were  destroyed. 
They  occupied  the  first  building  erected  in  the  burnt 
district,  and  remained  there  until  moving  to  their 
present  premises  in  1883,  at  the  corner  of  Chauncy 
street,  Essex  street,  and  Harrison  avenue,  an  elegant 
new  building  for  manufacturing  purposes  and  for 
salesrooms,  offices,  etc.  This  is  one  of  the  hand- 
somest and  finest  commercial  houses  in  the  city. 
Latterly  the  firm  has  fitted  up  a  portion  of  this  build- 
ing as  a  ladies'  cloak  parlor.  This  apartment  is  lighted 
by  antique  windows  of  the  Cathedral  order,  and  the 
furnishings  are  upon  a  magnificent  scale,  while  the 
decorations,  consisting  of  frescoes,  etc.,  have  a  most 
beautiful  effect.  Their  large  factory  at  West  End  is 
equipped  with  every  mechanical  device  for  facilitating 
the  rapid  and  effective  production  of  garments,  and 
here  employment  is  provided  for  nearly  one  thousand 
two  hundred  girls.  Buying  material  in  vast  quanti- 
ties direct  from  the  manufacturers,  on  terms  which 
the  smaller  competitors  cannot  command,  and  having 
special  facilities  for  the  production  of  garments,  and 
withal  confining  themselves  to  the  production  of  a 
superior  order  of  goods,  they  are  in  a  position  to 
give  to  the   trade   exceptional  advantages,   and  to 


these  facts  are  due  the  development  of  the  business 
of  the  concern  into  the  largest  and  most  important 
of  its  kind  in  the  country.  The  house  is  ever  in  the 
fore-front  with  the  latest  changes  in  fashion,  and  they 
permit  no  garment  to  leave  their  hands  which  will 
not  bear  comparison  with  the  best  made  custom  gar- 
ment. They  carry  one  of  the  largest  and  most  com- 
prehensive stocks  in  the  country  of  ladies'  cloaks  and 
mantillas,  and  misses'  and  children's  garments  ;  and 
they  conduct  a  wholesale  piece-goods,  or  cloaking 
department,  on  the  same  liberal  scale  which  charac- 
terizes all  their  operations. 


Straus,  Kinsley  &  Co.,  Commission  Mer- 
chants, No.  79  Milk  Street. — Among  the  younger 
houses  in  the  city  of  Boston  is  that  of  Straus,  Kinsley 
&  Co.,  commission  merchants,  at  No.  79  Milk  street. 
The  headquarters  are  at  No.  9  Beaver  street,  New 
York  city,  where  the  firm  has  been  doing  an  extensive 
and  continually  growing  business  for  the  last  three 
years,  the  Boston  office  having  been  established  in 
January,  1884.  The  members  of  the  firm  are  Louis 
Straus,  James  D.  Kinsley,  and  Franklin  B.  Torrey, 
all  New  York  men.  Mr.  Kinsley  was  selected  to 
attend  to  the  affairs  of  the  Boston  branch,  and  since 
his  residence  at  "the  Hub"  has  made  many  friends 
and  enjoys  the  highest  degree  of  popularity.  Though 
the  firm  is  ready  to  accept  consignments  of  all  kinds 
of  merchandise,  and  do  not  restrict  themselves  to  any 
particular  line,  yet  the  great  bulk  of  their  business 
lies  in  selling  glycerine,  which  they  receive  in  large 
quantities  from  France,  and  camels' -hair,  both  in  the 
raw  state  from  China  and  the  combed  hair  from  Liv- 
erpool, and  it  is  in  the  sale  of  these  necessary  com- 
modities that  the  house  has  risen  to  a  prominence  of 
no  ordinary  character.  Messrs.  Straus,  Kinsley  & 
Co.  do  a  regular  importing  and  exporting  commission 
business,  having  agents  in  all  the  principal  cities  of 
the  world,  receiving  consignments  of  various  goods, 
selling  them  at  favorable  opportunities,  and  making 
prompt  returns,  less  commission.  The  Boston  branch 
has  been  singularly  successful  and  prosperous,  and 
has  enjoyed  a  generous  patronage  from  the  hands  of 
all  dealing  in  the  goods  of  their  handling.  So  many 
uses  are  there  to  which  these  goods  may  be  put  that  the 
demand  for  them  is  continually  increasing,  and  the 
business  of  the  firm  is  brisk  and  in  a  healthy  condition. 


Howard  Snelling"  &  Co.,  Coal,  Office,  Not 
7  Kilby  Street;  Wharves,  No.  521  Commercial  Stree. 
and  Albany,  foot  of  Canton  Street. — This  business 
was  established  in  1857  by  Howard  Snelling  &  Co., 
who  conducted  it  until  1879,  when  Mr.  Snelling  died. 
The  business  then  came  into  the  hands  of  Charles  W. 
Rand  and  Samuel  W.  Sargent,  who  are  now  carrying 
it  on  under  the  old  firm-name  of  Howard  Snelling  & 
Co.  The  trade  is  wholesale  and  retail,  and  the  office 
at  No.  7  Kilby  Street  is  large  and  neatly  fitted  up. 
Messrs.  Rand  and  Sargent  are  both  natives  of  Boston, 
and  their  enterprise  is  indicated  not  alone  in  their 
being  among  the  largest  importers  of  English  cannel 
coal,  carrying  heavy  stocks  at  their  two  wharves,  but 
also  in  the  fact  that  they  are  sole  proprietors  of  the 
patent  wagon  with  telescopic  chute  attachment,  land- 
ing coal  in  any  cellar  direct  without  dirt  or  waste. 
All  their  coal,  comprising  every  possible  selection,  is 
kept  under  waterproof  roofs  and  delivered  from  ele- 
vators, from  which  they  often  supply  a  thousand  tons 
a  day.  In  fact,  the  firm  of  Howard  Snelling  &  Co. 
is  one  of  the  representative,  responsible,  and  conserv- 
ative of  Boston's  coal  merchants. 


114 


CITY    OF   BOSTON. 


\V.  R.  Schaefer  &  Son,  Manufacturers' 
Agents,  Importers,  and  Dealers  in  Fine  Breech- 
loading  Shotguns,  Rifles,  Revolvers,  Ammunition, 
ami  a  full  line  of  Sportsmen's  Equipments,  No.  6l 
Elm  Street. — This  house  was  founded  in  1853  by 
Mr.  W.  R.  Schaefer,  a  native  of  Germany,  and  some 
years  ago  admitted  his  son,  Mr.  J.  F.  R.  Schaefer, 
into  partnership  with  him.  The  premises  occupied 
are  located  at  No.  61  Elm  street,  and  comprise  a 
three-story  brick  building,  50x30  feet  in  dimensions. 
The  firm  are  the  agents  for  the  sale  of  goods  manu- 
factured by  Charles  Daly,  "breech-loading  hammer 
and  hammerless  guns ;  Harrington  &  Richardson, 
breech-loading  hammer  and  hammerless  guns  ;  Mar- 
lin  Arms  Co.,  Ballard  and  Marlin  repeating  rifles  and 
standard  revolvers;  Winchester  Repeating  Arms 
Co.,  repeating  rifles  and  ammuntion  ;  Union  Metallic 
Cartridge  Co.,  ammunition ;  American  Arms  Co.,  semi- 
hammerless  single  breech-loaders;  H.  Pieper,  breech- 
loading  shotguns  and  rifles ;  Parkhurst,  W.  Richards, 
Tolley,  J.  Manton  &  Co.,  breech-loading  shotguns; 
Standard  Arms  Co.,  Bonehill,  E.  James  &  Co.,  and 
G.  Hemenway,  breech  loading  shotguns;  Bridgeport 
Gun  Implement  Co.,  implements ;  J.  D.  Bethel,  boots, 
shoes,  and  sportsmen's  suitings;  Spratts  Co.,  dog 
cakes,  soaps,  and  medicines;  Peoria  Target  Co.,  fly- 
ing black  birds  and  traps ;  American  Wood  Powder 
Co.,  wood  powder;  Belcher's  Automatic  Loaders, 
shell  loaders ;  F.  Wesson,  pocket  rifles ;  Knoville 
birds,  soaps,  combination  marker  and  starter.  They 
are  also  the  agents  for  the  American  Powder  Mills. 
Every  article  needed  by  dog  keepers,  sportsmen  of 
every  kind,  is  kept  in  stock  by  this  firm,  who  execute 
repairing  and  work  in  the  most  skilled  manner  and  at 
the  most  reasonable  prices. 


J.  Li.  Fairbanks  &  Co.,  Stationers  and  Ac- 
count Book  Manufacturers,  No.  288  Washington 
Street. — Prominent  among  the  representative  houses 
of  the  trade  in  the  stationery  business  is  that  of 
Messrs.  J.  L.  Fairbanks  &  Co.,  of  No.  288  Washing- 
ton street,  opposite  School  street.  This  is  one  of  the 
time-honored  industrial  houses  of  Boston,  dating  its 
origin  back  to  the  early  years  of  the  present  century, 
and  the  business  is  now  prosecuted  on  the  same  spot 
where  it  was  established.  The  founders  of  the  busi- 
ness were  Benjamin  and  Josiah  Loring,  who  began 
operations  in  the  year  1798.  After  conducting  the 
business  for  two  years,  the  brothers  separated  in  1800, 
Josiah  remaining  sole  proprietor.  In  1839  he  took 
into  partnership  Mr.  Eayrs,  the  firm  continuing  as 
Loring  &  Eayrs  until  the  death  fcf  Mr.  Loring  in 
1841.  At  this  juncture  Mr.  J.  L.  Fairbanks  became 
associated  with  Mr.  Eayrs  under  the  firm-name  of 
Eayrs  &  Fairbanks,  succeeded  by  J.  L.  Fairbanks  & 
Co.  In  1869  Mr.  Horace  G.  Tucker,  who  had  been 
"in  the  employ  of  the  company  from  1837,  became  a 
partner.  The  firm  name  has  never  been  altered 
since  that  of  J.  L.  Fairbanks  &  Co.  was  adopted. 
The  present  members  of  the  firm  are  Mr.  H.  G. 
Tucker,  who  has  been  connected  with  the  firm  since 
1837,  as  already  stated,  and  is  now  about  sixty-two 
years  of  age,  and  Mr.  E.  H.  Whitney,  who  became  a 
partner  seven  years  ago.  The  firm  have  a  well-ap- 
pointed, well-lighted  store,  ninety  by  thirty  feet  in 
dimensions.  The  third  and  fourth  stories  of  the 
building  are  utilized  as  manufacturing  and  binding 
departments,  and  these  are  equipped  with  every 
necessary  appliance  in  the  shape  of  machinery  and 
tools  for  facilitating  the  operations  of  the  business, 
and  the  basement   and   second   story   are   used   for 


storage  purposes.  Both  members  of  the  firm  are 
practically  experienced  stationers  and  bookmakers, 
and  they  keep  a  very  valuable  and  select  line  of 
choice  mercantile  and  fancy  stationery  goods.  They 
make  a  specialty  of  manufacturing  bank  ledgers, 
journals,  and  blank  books  generally,  and  have  a 
deservedly  wide  and  permanent  trade  throughout  this 
city  and  New  England. 


Chamberlin,  Bros.  &  Co.,  Wool,  No. 
1 10  Federal  Street. — This  is  one  of  the  few  Boston 
wool  houses  that  have  kept  firm-name  unchanged  for 
the  past  nineteen  years,  or  since  the  beginning  of  the 
great  wool  era  in  1866.  The  firm  was  organized  in 
1865,  and  remained  unchanged  until  at  the  death  in 
1883  of  Josiah  W.  Chamberlin.  The  firm's  store 
was  near  the  present  location,  except  when  the  great 
fire  destroyed  that  part  of  the  city.  The  company 
now  consists  of  Charles  W.  Chamberlin  and  Francis 
W.  Flitner.  When  beginning  business  the  firm  of 
Chamberlin  Bros.  &  Co.  did  not  deal  in  territory 
wools,  which  were  unknown  up  to  1870.  A  house 
so  long  identified  with  the  wool  interest,  and  occupy- 
ing so  prominent  a  position  in  the  trade  must  expect 
an  influence  that  has  naturally  changed  the  character 
of  the  business.  In  fact,  it  is  such  houses  as  Cham- 
berlin, Bros.  &  Co.  that  have  been  instrumental  in 
making  Boston  a  wool  centre. 


C.  H.  Spraglie,  Steam,  Gas,  and  House  Coal, 
Fire  Clay,  Gas  Retorts,  Fire  Brick,  Automatic  Gas 
Governors,  Iron  Sponge,  etc.,  No.  55  Mason  Building, 
70  Kilby  Street. — Prominent  among  the  houses  en- 
gaged in  this  line  of  enterprise  is  that  of  Mr.  C.  H. 
Sprague,  of  No.  55  Mason  Building,  70  Kilby  street, 
and  was  established  in  1875.  Mr.  Sprague  is  the 
sales  agent  in  this  district  of  the  Chesapeake  and 
Ohio  Railway  Coal  Mines,  and  deals  very  extensively 
in  New  River  steam  coal,  Kanawha  gas  coal,  Kanawha 
splint  coal,  Cannelton  cannel,  etc.  He  is  also  agent 
for  the  Youghiogheny  gas  coal  of  Pennsylvania,  and  is 
prepared  to  supply  on  the  shortest  notice  large  and 
small  lots  of  these  classes  of  fuel  to  dealers,  manufac- 
turers, etc.  Mr.^Sprague  is  also  the  representative  in 
this  locality  of  William  Gardner,  manufacturer  of  fire 
clay,  gas  retorts,  and  retort  settings,  "standard 
Savage  "  fire  brick,  tile  and  furnace  blocks  of  all 
shapes  and  sizes,  and  miner  and  shipper  of  fire-clay. 
He  is  likewise  the  New  England  agent  for  Messrs. 
Connelly  &  Co.,  limited,  manufacturers  of  automatic 
gas  governors,  iron  sponge,  etc.  In  the  various  de- 
partments of  his  business  Mr.  Sprague  is  aided  by  a 
competent  staff  of  assistants. 

Simpson  Brothers,  Asphalt  Pavers,  etc.,  No. 
22  Milk  Street. — This  responsible  firm  established  its 
business  about  fifteen  years  ago,  occupying  at  the 
present  an  office  at  No.' 22  Milk  street,  has  an  order 
box,  No.  101  Mechanics'  Exchange,  No.  35  Hawley 
street,  and  a  yard  on  Granite  street,  South  Boston. 
The  firm  consists  of  G.  Fred  and  James  Simpson, 
and  the  specialty  is  in  paving  with  asphalt  streets, 
sidewalks,  street-crossings,  driveways,  private  walks, 
etc.  The  firm  imports  rock  asphalt  floors  for  dwell- 
ings, cellars,  laundries,  breweries,  stables,  stores, 
mills,  rinks,  etc.,  and  for  any  other  purpose  that  may 
be  desired.  The  amount  of  business  done  is  large, 
and  some  of  it  of  a  very  important  nature.  Both  the 
Messrs.  Simpson  are  members  of  the  Builders'  Asso- 
ciation, and  are  generally  recognized  as  men  of  high 
standing  in  the  mercantile  community. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


115 


Feiino  &  Manning,  Wool  Commission 
Merchants,  No.  1 1 7  Federal  Street. — This  firm  is  com- 
posed of  Edward  N.  Fenno,  Geo.  F.  Manning,  Gor- 
don P.  Page,  Lawrence  C.  Fenno,  and  James  M. 
Childs.  The  names  of  Fenno  and  Childs  have  long 
been  identified  with  the  wool  industry  and  commis- 
sion business.  In  September,  1864,  the  firm  of  Fen- 
no &  Childs  was  organized,  succeeded  by  Fenno, 
Abbot  &  Co.,  then  Fenno,  Son  &  Co.,  until  1879, 
when  the  name  became  as  now,  Fenno  &  Manning. 
Of  this  firm,  the  Messrs.  Fenno  and  Childs  are  sons  of 
the  founders  of  the  house.  Originally  located  at  No. 
19  City  Wharf,  some  fifteen  lofts  were  required  for 
their  large  trade ;  they  moved  to  Federal  street  in 
1869,  which  street  was  destroyed  by  fire  in  1872. 
This  street  has  arisen  phoenix-like  from  its  ashes,  and 
become  the  headquarters  of  the  wool  trade  of  the 
whole  country;  the  great  wool  district  being  em- 
braced between  Devonshire  and  Pearl,  and  Franklin 
and  Purchase  streets.  Federal  being  the  busy  centre, 
its  commodious  but  unpretentious  lines  of  stores 
handle  almost  the  entire  trade  of  the  country  in  the 
staple  article  of  wool.  In  the  busy  season  millions 
of  dollars  in  value  change  hands  in  this  section  with 
the  rapidity  that  accompanies  enterprising  trade. 
Long  trained,  handing  a  business  from  father  to  son, 
bearing  honorably  the  standard  of  an  old  house  in 
high  capital  and  business  repute,  the  firm  of  Fenno 
&  Manning  rank  among  the  leading  and  representa- 
tive business  firms  in  the  country. 


The    American  Tool    and   Machine 

Company,  Manufacturers  of  Turret,  Screw  Chas- 
ing Hand  Lathes,  Chucks,  and  Slide  Rests  of  all 
sizes,  Brass  Finishing  Tools,  Valve  Milling  Ma- 
chines, Shafting,  Hangers,  and  Pulleys,  No.  84 
Kingston  Street.  Benjamin  F.  Bradford,  Superin- 
tendent.— This  company  was  formed  in  1864,  with  a 
capital  stock  of  $100,000,  the  officers  being  George 
H.  Fox,  President,  A.  B.  Cobb,  Treasurer,  and  Ben- 
jamin F.  Radford,  Superintendent,  and  succeeded 
the  firm  of  George  H.  Fox  &  Co.,  who  followed 
F.  W.  Bacon  &  Co.,  who  in  turn  succeeded  Bacon  & 
Hubbard,  who  founded  the  business  in  about  1850. 
The  officers  at  the  present  time  are  David  M.  Weston, 
President,  and  Benjamin  F.  Radford,  Treasurer  and 
Superintendent.  Mr.  Weston  is  a  native  of  Antrim, 
N.  H.,  where  he  was  born  in  18 18.  He  possessed 
to  an  eminent  degree  an  inventive  genius,  and  to  him 
is  the  entire  sugar  interest  of  the  world  indebted  for 
the  present  perfect  machinery  for  refining,  his 
"patent  centrifugals"  for  purifying  sugar  being  in 
use  in  almost  every  large  sugar  refinery,  especially 
throughout  the  United  States,  the  West  India,  and 
the  Sandwich  Islands.  In  1850  Mr.  Weston  went  to 
the  Sandwich  Islands  and  established  a  machine 
shop,  remaining  ten  years.  This  sugar  machine  is 
the  only  one  for  the  purpose  made  in  this  country, 
and  is  the  latest,  and  conceded  to  be  the  best,  in  the 
world.  Weston's  "  hydro-extractor,"  for  drying  cot- 
ton, wool,  and  all  kinds  of  fabrics,  for  laundry,  hotel, 
or  factory  use,  is  another  valuable  invention  of  this 
gentleman  and  manufactured  by  this  company.  An- 
other special  machine  built  by  them,  and  which  has 
found  its  way  to  many  of  the  principal  leather  curry- 
ing establishments  of  the  United  States,  the  British 
Provinces  in  America,  Germany,  England,  Scotland, 
France,  Russia,  and  Australia,  is  the  celebrated 
"Belt  Knife"  leather-splitting  machine.  These 
machines   first  attracted   the     attention    of    foreign 


leather  factories  about  five  years  ago,  but  this  com- 
pany have  been  exporting  sugar  machines  for  twenty 
years.  In  addition  to  these  special  machines  they 
make  brass  finishing  lathes  and  tools,  chucks,  and 
slide  rests  of  all  sizes,  valve  milling  machines,  shaft- 
ing, hangers  and  pulleys,  and  do  repairing  of  all 
kinds. 

Their  principal  factory  is  at  Hyde  Park,  a  suburb 
of  Boston,  eight  miles  south  on  the  Boston  and  Prov- 
idence and  New  York  and  New  England  Railroads, 
their  works  being  located  near  and  having  switch 
connection  with  the  former  road.  Here  they  have 
four  brick  buildings,  the  main  machine  shop  being 
sixty-two  by  one  hundred  and  forty-two  feet  on  the 
ground,  and  three  stories  high,  a  blacksmith  shop 
forty-two  by  forty-nine  feet,  a  small  machine  shop 
fifty-two  by  eighty -two  feet,  and  a  large  foundry,  in 
the  shape  of  a  cross,  the  inside  square  of  which  is 
forty- eight  by  one  hundred  and  twenty-three  feet, 
with  two  wings,  each  forty-two  feet  square.  At 
these  works  power  is  furnished  by  a  seventy-horse 
power  engine  and  a  battery  of  two  boilers.  At  their 
Kingston-street  place,  besides  the  general  offices  of 
the  company,  they  have  a  large  machine  shop,  the 
entire  building,  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  by  sixty 
feet  and  four  stories  high,  being  occupied  by  them, 
and  filled  with  machiney,  which  is  driven  by  a  fifty- 
horse  power  engine.  This  shop  is  chiefly  devoted  to 
repairing  and  experimenting,  and  also  contains  the 
pattern  rooms,  drafting  room,  carpenter  shop,  and 
on  the  ground  floor  the  office.  This  very  successful 
house  owes  its  success  perhaps  more  than  to  any 
other  individual  to  Mr.  Benjamin  F.  Radford,  who 
has  been  its  superintendent  since  its  formation.  He  is 
an  inventor  of  fine  abilities,  a  master  mechanic  of 
the  most  thorough  type,  and  a  conservative  yet  wise 
manager. 

Edmunds  &  Mayo,  Boots  and  Shoes,  Nos. 
119  and  121  Federal  Street. — The  growth  of  this 
well-known  firm  is  almost  phenomenal.  Originally 
established  in  1863  by  Hunt  &  Edmunds,  they  con- 
tinued together  until  the  firm  dissolved  in  1868,  at 
which  time  Mr.  Edmunds  assumed  the  control  of  the 
business  alone,  and  so  conducted  it  until  1872,  when, 
admitting  Wm.  F.  Mayo,  salesman,  as  partner,  the 
firm  became  Edmunds  &  Mayo.  Starting  with  a 
small  capital,  the  firm  gradually  increased  it  as  busi- 
ness demanded,  until  at  this  time  they  have  nearly 
three-quarters  of  a  million  dollars  annual  sales,  em- 
ploying eleven  salesmen  on  the  road.  The  trade  ex- 
tends throughout  New  England,  Middle,  and  Western 
States,  also  Pacific  slope.  Selling  for  net  cash  and  dis- 
counting all  purchases,  controlling  various  lines,  but 
making  specialties  of  men's  fine  calf  and  kip,  and 
goat  and  kid  for  women,  the  house  is  able  to  promptly 
meet  any  and  all  demands  upon  it  in  a  manner  satis- 
factory to  themselves  and  their  patrons  generally. 
Their  catalogue  shows  four  hundred  different  kinds 
of  boots  and  shoes,  which  they  handle  successfully. 
An  enterprising,  prompt,  and  reliable  house,  in  high 
credit  and  financial  standing,  cautious,  conservative, 
and  of  highest  character  in  all  social  and  business 
relations,  it  is  one  of  the  fortunate  and  well-managed 
houses  to  which  the  trade  refer  as  an  illustration  of 
what  energy,  industry,  and  honorable  dealing  can  ac- 
complish when  the  right  men  are  in  the  right  place 
and  seize  opportunities  and  devote  time,  skill,  and 
capital  to  the  building  up  of  trade,  even  when  mar- 
kets are  sluggish  and  there  is  a  general  cry  of  hard 
times. 


n6 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


The  Allan  Line  of  Ocean  Steamships, 

Boston  Office,  No.  So  State  Street. — One  of  the  largest 
lines  of  steamships  that  ply  between  Boston  and  Great 
Britain  and  also  between  several  other  points  of  the 


An  Allan  Line  Steamer. 

American  and  Canadian  coast  and  England  and  Scot- 
land, and  which  is  also  one  of  the  oldest  steamship 
companies   in    existence,  is  the   well-known   Allan 
Line.     The  company  have  twenty-seven  steamships 
in  commission,  among  which  are  the  following  double- 
engined    Clyde-built  iron  steamships,  which,  being 
built  in  water-tight  compartments,  are  unsurpassed 
for  strength,  speed,  and  comfort.     Numidian,  6,100 
tons,  building;   Parisian,  5,400  tons,  Captain  James 
Wylie;    Sardinian,  4,650  tons,    Lieutenant   W.   H. 
Smith,  R.   N.  R. ;   Polynesian,  4,100   tons,  Captain 
Joseph  Ritchie;    Sarmatian,  3,600  tons,  Captain   J. 
Graham;     Circassian,    4,000    tons,     Captain    Wm. 
Richardson  ;    Peruvian,   3,400  tons,  Captain  R.  H. 
Hughes;  Nova  Scotian,  3,300  tons,  Captain  Hugh 
Wylie;   Caspian,  3,200  tons,  Lieutenant  R.  Barrett, 
R.   N.   R. ;    Carthaginian,    4,600   tons,    Captain   A. 
MacNicol;    Siberian,    4,600  tons,    Captain    R.    P. 
Moore;   Norwegian,  3,531  tons,  Captain  J.  G.  Ste- 
phen;  Hibernian,  3,440  tons,  Captain  John  Brown  ; 
Austrian,  2,700  tons,    Captain  J.  Ambury;    Nesto- 
rian,   2,700  tons,    Captain   D.   J.   James;    Prussian, 
3,000  tons,  Captain  Alexander  McDougall;  Scandi- 
navian,   3,000   tons,    Captain    John  Park;    Buenos 
Ayrean,  3,800  tons,  Captain  J.  Scott;  Corean,  4,000 
tons,  Captain   C.  J.  Menzies;    Grecian,  3,600  tons, 
Captain  C.  E.   Le  Gallais;   Manitoban,   3,150  tons, 
Captain  R.  Carruthers;  Canadian,  2,600  tons,  Captain 
John   Kerr;  Phoenician,  2,800  tons,  Captain  D.  Mc- 
Killop;  Waldensian,  2,600  tons,  Captain   W.  Dal- 
ziell;    Lucerne,   2,200  tons,  Captain   W.   S.   Main; 
Newfoundland,  1,500  tons,  Captain  C.  Mylius;  Aca- 
dian, 1,350  tons,  Captain  F.  McGrath.    Their  sailing 
fleet  consists  of  the  undernoted  Clyde  built  iron  clip- 
per ships:   Romsdal,    1,827  tons,   Captain   Jarman ; 
Glendaruel,   1,761  tons,   Captain   Boyd;   Strathearn, 
1,705  tons,  Captain   Grosart;   Ardmillan,  1,655  tons, 
Captain   Mitchell;     Glenmorag,    1,576  tons,  Captain 
Dawson;  Glencairn,  1,564  tons,  Captain  Tannock; 
Glenfinart,   1,530  tons,  Captain   Stirrat;    Dunbritton, 
1,471  tons,  Captain  Emmett;  Strathblane,  1,364  tons, 
Captain  Cumming;    Ravenscrag,  I  263  tons,  Captain 
Biggam;   Pomona,  1,200  tons,  Captain   Isbister;    St. 
Patrick,  992  tons,    Captain    Morrison;    Abeona,  979 
tons,  Captain  Wilson;    Glenbervie,  800  tons,  Captain 
Groundwater;    Gleniffer,  800  tons,  Captain  Scobey. 

This  company  adopts  the  shortest  sea- route  between 
America  and  Europe,  being  only  five  days  from  land 
to  land,  and  is  under  contract  with  the  governments 
of  Canada  and  Newfoundland  for  the  conveyance  of 
mails.  The  Boston  agency  of  the  company  was 
established  in  November,  1880,  and  is  managed  by 
two  resident  members  of  the  firm.  For  seven  years 
prior  to  opening  this  agency  the  company  ran  their 
steamships  to  this  port.  The  office  in  this  city  is 
very  conveniently  fitted   up,  and    a   large   staff  of 


clerks  are  employed.  The  main  office  of  the  com- 
pany on  this  side  of  the  Atlantic  is  in  Montreal. 
In  addition  to  the  Boston  service,  the  company 
have  three  services  from  Canada  to  Liverpool, 
Glasgow,  and  London;  one  between  Philadelphia  and 
Glasgow  ;  and  one  between  Baltimore  and  Liverpool. 
The  headquarters  of  the  company  are  at  Glasgow, 
and  they  have  also  offices  at  Liverpool  and  London. 
By  this  line  passengers  may  be  booked  and  forwarded 
to  or  from  any  seaport  or  railway  station  in  Great 
Britain,  Ireland,  France,  Germany,  Norway,  Sweden, 
Denmark,  or  America,  more  speedily  and  as  safely, 
comfortably,  and  cheaply  as  by  any  other  route  or 
line.  The  shortness  of  the  route  lessens  the  dangers 
of  the  voyage.  Through  bills  of  lading  are  granted  at 
Liverpool,  London,  and  Glasgow,  and  at  Continental 
ports,  to  all  points  in  Canada  and  the  Western  States, 
via  Halifax,  Boston,  Portland,  Baltimore,  Quebec,  and 
Montreal,  and  from  all  railway  stations  in  Canada  and 
United  States  to  Liverpool,  London,  and  Glasgow, 
via  Boston,  Baltimore,  Halifax,  Quebec,  and  Mon- 
treal. The  steamers  are  fitted  with  every  possible 
convenience  and  luxury,  with  due  regard  to  the  health, 
comfort,  and  safety  of  the  passengers.  The  line  is 
one  of  the  most  popular  in  the  trans-Atlantic  service. 

•  Swain,  Earle  &  Co.,  Teas  and  Coffees,  Im- 
porters and  Manufacturers,  No.  63  Commercial 
Street. — Boston  has  ever  maintained  its  supremacy  as 
oneof  the  centres  of  the  foreign  commerceof  the  United 
States.  And  it  is  here  that  are  found  established  the 
oldest  and  most  enterprising  firms  engaged  in  the  im- 
porting trade.  An  old-established  and  prominent 
concern  engaged  in  the  importation  of  teas  and  coffees 
is  that  of  Messrs.  Swain,  Earle  &  Co.,  of  No.  63 
Commercial  street.  The  business  of  this  house  was 
founded  in  1868  under  the  firm  style  of  Swain,  Piatt 
&  Earle,  on  Albany  street.  In  1870  the  present  style 
of  the  house,  Swain,  Earle  &  Co.,  was  adopted,  the 
members  of  the  firm  being  Messrs.  T.  S.  Swain,  E.  B. 
Earle,  and  B.  T.  Thayer.  The  premises  occupied 
for  the  business  consist  of  a  seven-story  stone  front 
building,  a  portion  of  which  is  devoted  to  the  roasting 
and  packing  of  coffees.  The  mechanical  and  other 
equipments  of  this  department  are  of  the  most  mod- 
ern and  improved  kind,  the  machinery  of  the  estab- 
lishment being  operated  by  a  seventy-horse  power 
steam-engine.  Employment  is  afforded  to  many 
hands,  and  the  output  of  the  establishment  is  one  of 
considerable  volume.  The  trade  of  the  house  is  en- 
tirely wholesale,  and  they  carry  an  immense  stock, 
and  are  always  in  a  position  to  fill  orders  promptly 
with  the  finest  and  best  flavored  tea  and  coffees 
in  the  market.  The  business  relations  of  the  house 
extend  throughout  the  New  England  and  Western 
States  and  some  parts  of  the  South. 

F.  A.  Varney,  Wool,  No.  208  Purchase  Street. 
— Mr.  Varney  is  a  well-known  and  responsible  dealer 
in  wool,  he  handling  domestic  wools  exclusively.  He 
buys  largely  from  growers,  while  his  trade  principally 
extends  throughout  New  England  and  Middle  States. 
Mr.  Varney  makes  specialties  of  low  wools  and  comb- 
ing wool.  Mr.  Varney  has  had  much  experience  in 
handling  his  special  lines,  and  is  conceded  to  be  as 
familiar  with  the  wools  he  handles  as  any  in  the  trade. 
His  connection  is  such  that  he  can  afford  to  pay  the 
highest  rates  for  wool  that  he  requires,  and  can  place 
any  stock  in  the  market.  He  carries  full  lines,  and 
his  samples  do  not  present  a  discrepancy  between 
their  quality  and  those  of  the  stock. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


117 


William  Fenno,  Wholesale  Agent  for  Royal 
Baking  Powder,  Royal  Flavoring  Extracts,  Royal 
Celery  Salt,  Grocers'  Sundries,  etc.,  No.  47 
South  Market  Street. — The  well-known  establish- 
ment of  William  Fenno,  the  wholesale  agent  of 
the  Royal  Baking  Powder,  stands  high  in  the  leading 
business  circles  of  New  England.  Every  grocer 
and  every"  intelligent  housewife  throughout  the 
country  knows  something  of  the  Royal  Baking  Pow- 
der, and  the  other  goods  manufactured  by  the  Royal 
Company,  who  have  given  the  subject  of  producing 
pure  and  acceptable  specialties  the  attention  that  their 
great  importance  demands.  Of  the  company  nothing 
need  be  said,  they  desiring  that  the  tested  results  of 
their  production  shall  be  their  own  recommendation. 
As  has  been  stated,  the  wholesale  agent  for  these  uni- 
versally appreciated  goods  in  this  section  of  the 
country  is  Mr.  William  Fenno,  of  No.  47  South 
Market  street,  and  formerly  of  No.  33  Central  street. 
Mr.  Fenno,  who  is  a  native  of  this  State,  has  been  in 
business  since  1868,  and  throughout  the  whole  of  his 
mercantile  career  he  has  met  with  a  very  large 
amount  of  patronage.  From  1868  until  1880  his 
business  was  located  on  Central  street,  and,  in  the 
latter  year,  owing  to  the  growing  business,  he  re- 
moved to  the  prenpses  he  now  occupies,  comprising 
two  floors,  each  twenty-five  by  one  hundred  feet  in 
area,  of  a  five-story  brick  building.  The  leading 
feature  of  the  business  are  the  products  of  the  Royal 
Company,  the  most  prominent  of  which  is  the  Royal 
Baking  Powder,  which  is  popularly  known  as  being 
of  the  highest  quality,  and  being  without  lime,  is  of 
most  remarkable  purity.  In  fact,  the  extraordinary 
sale  of  the  Royal  has  led  many  inferior  powders  to 
be  put  upon  the  market,  and,  instead  of  crippling  the 
demand,  they  only  serve  to  bring  the  Royal  more 
intimately  before  the  people,  the  competition  in  qual- 
ity always  proving  the  Royal  to  be  all  that  is  claimed 
for  it. 

An  authority  on  the  subject,  after  making  minute 
research  and  experiments,  states  "  It  is  a  fact  now  well 
established  that  the  Royal  Baking  Powder,  owing  to 
the  exclusive  facilities  its  manufacturers  have  for  pro- 
ductng  cream  of  tartar  that  contains  no  lime,  is  the 
only  baking  powder  in  the  market  that  is  absolutely 
pure.  All  others  have  been  found  by  the  chemists 
to  contain  lime,  alum,  or  other  substances  deleterious 
to  the  food  with  which  they  are  mixed."  Recent  ex- 
periments by  the  chemists  of  the  Board  of  Health  of 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  have  clearly  established  these  facts. 
Dr.  Grothe  in  his  report  says  regarding  the  Royal : 
"  I  subjected  several  samples  of  the  Royal  Baking 
Powder,  purchased  from  dealers  in  Brooklyn,  to 
chemical  analysis,  and  I  take  pleasure  in  stating  that 
this  powder  has-  attained  a  most  remarkable  purity. 
I  am  unable  to  detect  the  slightest  trace  of  lime  tar- 
trate in  it,  while  all  its  constituents  are  pure  and  of 
the  highest  quality.  The  '  Royal'  is  a  baking  pow- 
der undoubtedly  of  the  greatest  leavening  power  and 
perfectly  wholesome.  Dr.  O.  Grothe, 

"  Chemist,  Dept.  of  Health,  Brooklyn." 

Mr.  Fenno  also  represents  the  company  with  their 
flavoring  extracts,  which  are  manufactured  from  the 
purest  material  and  from  formulas  that  long  experi- 
ence have  made  certain  as  producing  the  best  results. 
Royal  celery  salt,  patented  ana  prepared  only  by  the 
Royal  Baking  Powder  Company,  has  a  widely  ex- 
tended sale.  Embraced  under  the  general  head  of 
grocers' sundries,  the  stock  includes  Colburn's  famous 
mustards,  dry  blue  and  liquid  blue,  Williams' washing 
crystal,  Hewitt's  cleansing  crystal,  etc.     Mr,  Fenno 


is  also  the  manufacturers'  agent  for  Berry's  Mocha  and 
Java  coffees,  spices,  cream  tartar,  etc. 

Jameson  &  Co.,  Importers  and  Manufactur- 
ers, No.  20  Chauncy  Street. — In  no  way  can  the  ad- 
vantages of  a  city  be  better  portrayed  than  by  a  brief 
review  of  the  extent  and  character  of  those  establish- ' 
ments  already  located  within  its  limits  and  in  suc- 
cessful operation,  and  though  their  success  is  to  a 
great  extent  the  result  of  the  individual  ability  of 
those  who  are  managing  them,  it  is  also  proof  that 
advantages  of  location,  shipping  facilities,  etc.,  must 
have  contributed  in  no  small  degree  to  their  subse- 
quent success.  As  illustrating  some  of  the  advan- 
tages of  this  favored  city,  the  following  sketch  of  the 
house  of  Jameson  &  Co.  is  offered,  who  are 
known  throughout  the  trade  radius  of  the  city,  and 
which  ranks  among  the  most  important  establish- 
ments of  its  kind  in  Boston.  This  distinction  is  ac- 
corded on  account  of  the  facilities  which  it  enjoys  for 
promptly  filling  orders,  either  large  or  small,  and  the 
enterprise  of  its  business  policy.  The  premises  oc- 
cupied by  this  house  consist  of  three  floors  of  a  sub- 
stantial brick  edifice,  each  of  which  cover  a  floor 
space  of  thirty  by  one  hundred  feet  in  dimensions, 
fitted  for  the  business  pursued,  in  which  are  employed 
one  hundred  and  fifty  hands  of  special  ex- 
perience in  this  business.  The  goods  manu- 
factured by  this  house  consist  of  French  hat 
and  bonnet  frames,  in  which  they  do  a  large  and 
increasing  business,  while  they  make  a  specialty  of 
children's  head  wear,  of  which  Mr.  Jameson  was  the 
original  commercial  progenitor  in  this  city.  The 
business  as  originally  started  was  located  on  Avon 
street,  but  two  years  ago  it  demanded  more  space, 
and  it  was  removed  to  No.  20  Chauncy  street,  where 
is  plenty  of  room  and  such  equipments  as  are  most 
convenient  and  desirable.  The  custom  of  this  house 
is  very  largely  drawn  from  the  heavy  New  England 
firms,  together  with  some  in  such  Western  cities  as 
Cincinnati,  Toledo,  Dayton,  Indianapolis,  Louisville, 
etc. 

Mr.  Jameson,  who  composes  the  firm,  is  a  native 
of  the  State  of  Maine,  a  gentleman  in  the  prime 
of  life,  of  excellent  reputation,  and  thoroughly 
proficient  in  this  line  of  enterprise.  With  long  ex- 
perience in  the  trade,  and  possessing  every  advantage 
to  be  gained  by  extensive  facilities,  Mr.  Jameson  will 
doubtless  long  retain  that  high  commercial  standing 
and  business  prosperity  which  he  now  enjoys. 

Francis  A.  Foster,  Dry  Goods  Commission 
Merchant,  No.  72  Franklin  Street. — One  of  the  best 
known  business  houses  of  Boston  is  that  of  Francis 
A.  Foster,  dry  goods  commission  merchant,  at  No. 
72  Franklin  street.  His  store  is  situated  on  the 
corner,  well-lighted,  and  measuring  forty-five  by  one 
hundred  feet.  Mr.  Foster  is  the  New  England  selling 
agent  for  the  celebrated  Wamsutta  Mills'  sheetings, 
shirtings,  muslins,  cambrics,  etc.;  for  the  Worumbo 
Manufacturing  Company's  beavers,  kerseys,  chin- 
chillas, cloakings,  etc.;  for  D.  Richards  &  Son's  gray 
mix  twilled  flannels;  and  the  Union  Manufacturing 
Company's  clothing,  shoe,  and  piano  felts.  He  is 
also  the  sole  agent  for  the  brands  of  cotton-buntings 
known  as  Batiste,  Patti,  and  Newport,  also  for  Soudan 
cloths  and  various  plain  and  colored  nun's  veilings, 
crapes,  cheese  cloths,  etc.  Mr.  Foster  is  a  native  of 
Boston, and  for  nearly  twenty-five  years  has  been  the 
active  salesman  of  the  products  of  many  of  the  before- 
named  mills. 


n8 


CITY    OF  BOSTON. 


The  Leatheroiu  Manufacturing1  Com- 
pany, of  Kexmebunk,  Maine,  Manufacturers  of 
Leatheroid  for  all  purposes  where  Strength  and 
Lightness  are  required,  such  as  Roving  Cans,  Mill 
Boxes,  and  Baskets,  also  for  Electrical  Insulating 
Purposes;  Sample  Trunks  a  Specialty.  Boston 
Office  No.  74  and  76  Bedford  Street,  S.  B.  Rogers  & 
Co.,  General  Agents. — Many  new  and  curious  things 
may  every  day  come  under  the  eye  of  the  searcher 
after  novelties  if  he  is  disposed  to  be  at  all  critical  in 
his  examination.  That  was  what  the  writer  thought 
when  he  saw  the  leatheroid  articles,  such  as  sample 
trunks,  roving  cans,  mill  boxes,  etc.,  at  the  Boston 
orifice  of  the  above  company  when  seeking  for  the 
data  for  this  sketch.  Leatheroid  is  a  material  the 
basis  of  which  is  pure  cotton-fibre,  yet  by  chemical 
treatment  and  proper  manipulation,  it  is  made  into 
sheets  of  moderate  thickness,  as  tough  and  stiff  as 
horn.  Though  made  of  cotton-fibre  it  is  impossible 
to  recognize  the  relationship.  As  stated  in  one  of 
the  circulars  of  the  company,  "it  is  a  new  material 
very  closely  resembling  rawhide  in  texture,  but  is 
much  stiffer  and  holds  its  shape  better."  From  this 
material  they  make  a  sample-trunk  that  is  rapidly 
being  adopted  by  commercial  travelers  in  place  of 
the  various  kind  heretofore  used,  as  it  is  lighter  than 
anything  before  used  of  equal  strength,  and  the  saving 
in  excess  of  baggage  frequently  pays  for  the  trunk  in 
one  or  two  trips.  For  durability  they  are  superior  to 
anything  except  rawhide,  which  costs  about  double 
the  price  of  the  leatheroid.  Roving  cans,  cars,  and 
boxes  for  factory  and  warehouse  purposes  have  been 
introduced  into  the  principal  cotton  and  other  fac- 
tories throughout  the  United  States,  and  meet  with 
universal  favor  from  their  lightness  and  strength. 
This  material  can  be  used  in  many  cases  as  a  substi- 
tute for  hard  rubber  or  celluloid  at  much  less  cost. 
It  is  one  of  the  best  insulating  materials  known  and 
is  quite  extensively  used  already  on  railroads  in  con- 
nection with  electric  signals.  It  is  really  a  remark- 
able substance,  and,  being  comparatively  new,  it  will 
doubtless  be  applied  to  a  thousand  uses  as  yet  un- 
thought  of.  Since  the  original  patents  on  this  mate- 
rial in  1877,  it  has  been  much  improved  and  various 
patents  have  been  granted  the  company  for  articles 
and  processes  of  manufacture.  The  present  company 
was  organized  in  1884,  has  a  paid  up  capital  of 
$125,000,  and  has  lately  been  authorized  to  increase 
the  same  to  $250,000.  The  demand  for  the  goods 
is  constantly  increasing,  so  that  the  company,  in 
addition  to  the  four  builings  now  occupied  by  them 
at  Kennebunk,  Me.,  are  erecting  two  additional 
factories,  one  of  which,  one  hundred  by  fifty  feet 
and  three  stories  high,  will  be  used  exclusively  for 
the  manufacture  of  trunks  and  boxes  of  this  material. 
The  factories  are  run  both  by  steam  and  water,  and 
the  special  tools  largely  used  are  mostly  made  in  the 
machine  shop  of  the  company.  The  officers  are 
Emery  Andrews,  president  and  general  manager,  at 
Kenneunk,  Me.,  and  Stephen  Moore,  treasurer,  No. 
74  Bedford  street,  Boston,  of  S.  B.  Rogers  &  Co., 
general  agents.  Charles  K.  Farmer  is  New  York 
agent,  at  No.  78  Reade  street,  and  B.  F.  Wyman 
traveling  agent. 


the  Taunton  Iron  Works  Company,  who  have  for 
nearly  a  third  of  a  century  been  engaged  in  producing 
the  largest  ranges  capable  of  cooking  for  a  thousand 
guests  in  a  great  hotel  down  to  the  miniature  stoves 
which  cook  the  food  and  warm  the  rooms  of  the  poor- 


Taunton  Iron  Works  Company,  Manu- 
facturers of  Furnaces,  Ranges,  Stoves,  etc.,  Nos.  87 
and  89  Blackstone  Street. — In  the  manufacture  of 
stoves  and  furnaces,  etc.,  for  wood  or  coal,  America 
is  in  advance  of  all  the  world,  and  prominent  among 
the  leading  manufacturers  on  this  side  of  the  ocean  is 


est.  Since  its  organization,  in  1854,  the  company  has 
been  yearly  making  improvements  in  and  adding  new 
features  to  its  products,  and  in  its  capacious  and  well- 
appointed  salesrooms  at  Nos.  87  and  89  Blackstone 
street,  which  comprises  a  five-story  brick  building, 
covering  an  area  of  forty  by  seventy-five  feet,  it  has 
a  large  and  varied  display  of  furnaces,  portable  ranges, 
cooking  and  parlor  stoves,  stove  fittings  and  connec- 
tions. Many  of  these  are  to  be  admired  for  their 
architectural  designs,  possessing  a  beauty  of  form 
and  ornamentation  that  would  grace  the  finest  rooms. 
But  while  success  has  been  achieved  in  beauty  of 
design,  attractiveness  of  form  has  been  subservient 
to  the  construction  of  every  furnace  and  stove  on 
the  best  known  scientific  principles  for  increasing 
their  utility  and  effectiveness.  Possessing  the  largest 
works  of  their  class  at  Taunton,  and  having  at  their 
command  the  best  of  facilities  for  production,  the 
company  has  made  the  fullest  use  of  their  oppor- 
tunities, and  the  outcome  is  the  establishment  of  a 
gigantic  business  which  has  its  ramifications  in  every 
part  of  the  civilized  world  and  a  celebrity  for  the 
stoves  and  ranges  of  the  Taunton  Iron  Works  Com- 
pany, of  which  they  have  just  reason  to  feel  proud. 
Their  works  comprise  nine  buildings,  which  cover  an 
area  of  ten  acres  of  land,  and  here  constant  employ- 
ment is  afforded  to  at  least  one  hundred  and  seventy- 
five  workpeople.  The  mechanical  equipments  are  of 
the  best,  and  these  are  furnished  with  motive  power 
by  engines  and  boilers  to  the  extent  of  one  hundred 
and  fifty  horse-power.  To  enumerate  the  various 
styles  of  furnaces,  stoves,  etc.,  the  numerous  improve- 
ments effected  therein  by  this  company,  the  recently 
adopted  appliances  in  the  shape  of  ranges,  furnaces, 
hollowware,  cauldrons,  portable  ovens,  boiler  and 
ash  doors,  towel  racks,  etc.,  would  be  to  present  the 
reader  with  an  immense  catalogue,  but  we  are  con- 
strained to  call  attention  to  two  newly  invented 
ranges,  "  The  Quaker"  and  "  The  New  Tariff,"  as 
possessing  the  most  sensible  and  practical  conveni- 
ences to  be  found  in  any  ranges  yet  produced.  To 
obtain  an  adequate  idea  of  the  value  of  these  goods 
they  must  be  seen,  and  this  can  be  done  at  the  com- 
pany's salesrooms,  in  charge  of  Mr.  Wm.  H.  Swanton, 
manager. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


H9 


Ives,  Bellamy  &  Co.,  Direct  Importers  of 
Rich  Fancy  Goods,  No.  364  Washington  Street. — An 
old-established  and  one  of  the  most  reputable  largely 
patronized  business  establishments  in  the  city  is  the 
house  of  Messrs.  Ives,  Bellamy  &  Co.,  of  No.  364 
Washington  street.  The  house  was  founded  many 
years  ago  by  the  father  of  Mr.  Ives.  In  April,  1884, 
the  firm  moved  to  their  present  centrally  located, 
spacious,  and  commodious  quarters  at  No.  364  Wash- 
ington street,  where  they  occupy  the  entire  four  large 
floors  and  basement,  each  being  one  hundred  and 
ten  by  thirty  feet  in  dimensions.  The  store  is  splen- 
didly lighted,  and  the  interior  is  very  tastefully  deco- 
rated and  neatly  equipped  with  a  fine  array  of  wall  cases, 
counter  show-cases,  etc.  The  stock  is  neat,  clean,  and 
inviting,  and  one  of  the  handsomest  and  best  as- 
sorted in  the  city.  The  house  possesses  peculiar  facili- 
ties for  an  immense  trade,  and  the  magnitude  of  the 
enterprise  is  the  growth  of  a  long  period  of  active 
bnsiness  of  this  popular  establishment.  As  dealers 
with  the  trade  throughout  the  United  States,  and  as 
importers  from  the  most  extensive  manufacturers  and 
merchants  in  Europe,  the  firm  have  secured  the  con- 
fidence of  their  correspondents  alike  in  the  New  as 
in  the  Old  World.  The  firm's  stock  embraces  china, 
faience,  and  brass  ware  of  all  kinds,  glass,  clocks, 
bronzes,  and  fancy  goods,  fans,  toilet  articles,  cutlery, 
parlor  ornaments,  toys  of  foreign  and  domestic 
manufacture  of  the  most  tasteful  and  chaste  designs, 
and  latest  and  most  popular  patterns.  Indeed, 
the  firm  seek  out  the'  most  dainty  of  manufac- 
tures both  at  home  and  abroad,  and  endeavor  to 
carry  a  line  of  goods  not  commonly  found  in  other 
establishments  in  the  city,  and  a  visit  to  their  attrac- 
tive store  will  demonstrate  to  the  visitor  that  in  this 
respect  the  firm  have  been  singularly  successful.  The 
sales  of  the  house  are  both  of  a  wholesale  and  retail 
character.  The  members  of  the  firm  are  Mr.  George 
A.  Ives,  a  native  of  Salem,  and  Mr.  William  Bellamy, 
who  was  born  in  Boston. 


Dupuy,  Riboul  &  Co.,  Commission  Mer- 
chants in  Logwood,  No.  31  Commercial  Street,  for- 
merly No.  39  Lewis  Wharf. — A  house  whose  business 
has  kept  apace  with  the  advancement  and  growth  of 
Boston  is  that  of  the  well-known  firm  of  Dupuy, 
Riboul  &  Co.,  who  are  employed  principally  in 
foreign  trade.  This  firm  dates  its  establishment  back 
to  1853,  it  being  founded  at  Gonai'ves,  Hayti,in  1870, 
where,  under  the  firm-name  of  J.  C.  Dupuy  &  Co., 
they  are  now  successfully  engaged  as  exporters  of 
coffee  to  European  markets.  At  that  point,  the 
house  occupy  three  large  stone  warehouses,  which 
are  not  only  supplied  with  all  the  modern  facilities, 
but  enjoy  superior  connections  with  the  leading  grow- 
ers of  that  island.  The  firm  does  not  grow  coffee, 
but  devotes  its  time  and  capital  at  Gonaiives  to  the 
handling  the  product,  which  has  resulted  in  the 
house  becoming  one  of  the  most  favorably  known  in 
the  coffee  trade.  The  Boston  house  is  alike  a  repre- 
sentative one,  and  makes  a  specialty  of  the  importa- 
tion of  logwood,  and  at  this  point  recognized  as  a 
leading  one  in  the  supply  of  this  important  product. 
Under  the  management  of  Mr.  Joseph  Riboul,  who 
is  a  resident  of  the  city,  the  Boston  branch  has  now 
not  only  a  position  among  the  leading  representative 
houses  of  the  country  in  the  importation  of  logwood, 
but  secured  a  trade  representing  $500,000,  the  Hayti 
branch  employing  in  its  prosecution  a  capital  of 
$200,000.  They  are  large  buyers  in  this  market  of 
provisions,  shipping  very  extensively  to  the  island  of 


Hayti,  and  supplying  an  extensive  and  growing  de- 
mand. The  individual  members  of  this  active  and 
enterprising  firm  are  Messrs.  J.  C.  and  John  Dupuy, 
the  former  born  in  1843  and  the  latter  in  1837,  and 
Joseph  Riboul,  born  in  1856,  all  of  whom  are  na- 
tives of  Hayti.  Mr.  John  Dupuy  is  president  of  the 
Chamber  of  Commerce  at  Gona'ives,  and  Mr.  J.  C. 
Dupuy  fills  a  similar  position  in  the  Board  of  Educa- 
tion in  that  city.  Mr.  Riboul,  the  resident  partner 
in  this  city,  is  so  well  and  favorably  known  in  the 
import  and  export  trade  of  Boston  that  additional 
mention  on  our  part  would  appear  superfluous. 
Messrs.  J.  C.  Dupuy  &  Co.  are  the  representatives  of 
the  National  Bank  of  Hayti  at  Gona'ives. 


Homer  &  Hug'lies,  Importers  of  Italian, 
Spanish,  and  French  Products,  No.  29  India  Street. — 
Among  the  leading  American  importers  of  the  above 
goods  is  the  reliable  firm  of  Homer  &  Hughes,  whose 
warerooms  and  office  are  located  at  No.  29  India 
street,  Boston.  To  enumerate,  much  less  describe, 
the  many  goods  imported  by  this  firm  would  occupy 
too  much  space  in  a  work  of  this  description.  Among 
the  goods  may  be  named  the  finest  Italian  Lucca 
olive  oil,  in  tins  containing  from  one  to  three  gallons 
and  in  bottles,  Tuscan  wines  of  a  very  high  grade, 
olives  stuffed  with  anchovies,  dried  mushrooms, 
canned  citron,  canned  orange,  quince  marmalade, 
layer  and  muscatel  raisins,  olives,  macaroni,  spag- 
hetti, vermicelli,  Parmesan  cheese,  French  and  Italian 
canned  peas,  Sherries  of  all  descriptions,  London 
dock  port,  as  well  as  many  other  of  the  rarest  and 
delicious  delicacies.  They  are  sole  agents  for  A. 
Oneta  &  Co.,  Italian  white  and  mottled  Castile  soap. 
The  firm  was  organized  over  three  years  ago,  and  is 
composed  of  Fred.  Homer  and  Alfred  E.  Hughesy 
both  of  whom  are  experienced  dealers,  and  the  latter 
having  been  brought  up  with  the  old  firm  of  Homer 
&  Sprague.  Their  goods  are  found  in  use  by  families 
of  taste  as  well  as  in  first-class  hotels  and  restaurants. 


Library  Bureau,  Manufacturers  and  Publish- 
ers of  Library  and  Office  Labor-Saving  Fittings, 
Publications  and  Supplies,  etc.,  No.  32  Hawley  Street, 
Mr.  H.  E.  Davidson,  Manager. — This  business  was 
founded  in  1875  by  Mr.  Melvil  Dewey,  now  chief 
librarian  Columbia  College,  N.  Y.,  and  conducted 
under  the  management  of  Mr.  H.  E.  Davidson.  The 
office  at  No.  32  Hawley  street  is  very  handsomely 
fitted  up,  and  contains  a.  very  fine  stock  of  labor- 
saving  fittings  for  public  and  private  libraries,  publi- 
cations, and  every  description  of  library  supplies. 
The  storehouse  of  the  firm  is  at  No.  28  Hawley 
street,  and  is  well  stocked  with  library  fittings  and 
supplies,  in  which  the  house  does  an  immense  busi- 
ness with  all  parts  of  the  country,  especially  with  New 
York  and  the  principal  cities  of  the  West  and  South. 
In  addition  to  manufacturing  library  and  office  fit- 
tings and  dealing  in  publications  and  supplies,  the 
bureau  is  engaged  in  other  branches  of  enterprise 
possessing  relationship  with  library  interests.  The 
business  is  divided  into  the  following  departments: 
consultation,  employment,  catalogue  and  index,  pub- 
lication (specialties),  and  supplies.  The  consulting 
librarian  is  Melvil  Dewey,  chief  librarian  Columbia 
College,  N.  Y.  We  have  great  pleasure  in  commend- 
ing this  house  to  our  readers  as  one  in  every  way 
worthy  of  confidence,  and  business  relations  entered 
into  with  it  are  sure  to  prove  as  pleasant  as  they  must 
be  advantageous  to  all  concerned.  This  is  the  only 
industry  of  its  kind  in  the  United  States. 


120 


CITY    OF   BOSTON. 


Henry  AV.  Peabody  &Co.,  Shipping  and 

Commission  Meuhants,  Mason  Building,  Liberty 
Square;  Branch  Offices,  No  Si  New  Street,  New  York, 
and  L  adenhall  House,  London. — Prominent  among 
the  shipping  and  commission  merchants  the  well- 
known  firm  of  Messrs.  Henry  W.  Peabody  &  Co.  oc 
CUpies  an  enviable  position.  For  nearly  a  quarter  of  a 
century  this  house  has  been  engaged  in  the  shipping 
business,  and  has  built  for  itself  a  reputation  among  the 
mercantile  houses  wherever  known.  Their  shipments 
are  to  nearly  every  quarter  of  the  globe,  the  products 
and  manufactures  of  the  United  States.  This  house 
was  originated  in  1S59  under  the  firm  style  of  Mans- 
field &  Stevens,  who  conducted  the  Mansfield  line  to 
Melbourne,  and  in  1S62  was  changed  to  Samuel 
Stevens  &  Co.,  of  which  firm  Mr.  H.  W.  Peabody 
was  a  member.  In  January,  1867,  the  present  style 
of  the  house,  Henry  W.  Peabody  &  Co.,  was  adopted. 
Since  then  the  business  of  the  firm  has  been  yearly 
developing,  and  it  has  now  attained  large  proportions. 
In  the  early  history  of  the  house  its  business  relations 
were  exclusively  confined  to  Australia,  New  Zealand, 
and  South  Africa,  but  their  success  in  these  colonies 
earned  for  them  the  confidence  of  the  manufacturing 
and  mercantile  community  generally,  and  led  to  the 
development  of  the   business  in   other  parts  of   the 


Lewis  Wharf— Peabody  <&  Co  's  Sailing  Piers 

globe.  The  firm  have  branch  offices  in  New  York 
and  London.  They  effect  purchases  and  make  ship- 
ments of  American  manufactures  and  merchandise, 
both  in  the  interests  of  American  and  foreign  patrons. 
They  have  a  very  extensive  business  in  the  English 
markets   and  there  dispose  of  a  great  many  articles, 


Lewis,  Brown  &  Co.,  Importers  and  Jobbers 
of  Hosiery,  Gloves,  and  Trimmings,  Laces,  Em- 
broideries, and  Small  Wares,  Nos.  42  and  44  Sum- 
mer Street. — Among  the  industrial  occupations  of 
American  trade  and  commerce  there  is  no  branch 
whose  distinctive  character  is  so  essentially  national 
as  that  designated  by  the  term  "small  wares." 
No  house  in  this  city  has  been  so  successful  in 
concentrating  this  trade  and  in  directing  the  atten- 
tion of  dealers  to  the  advantages  of  obtaining  their 
supplies  from  one  making  this  branch  of  business  a 
specialty  as  that  of  Messrs.  Lewis,  Brown  &  Co., 
Nos.  42  and  44  Summer  street.  As  one  of  the  lead- 
ing houses  in  Boston  in  its  line  of  trade  they  are 
engaged  in  importing  and  jobbing  of  small  wares, 
hosiery,  gloves,  trimmings,  laces,  and  embroideries. 
The  premises  occupied  are  in  a  magnificent  building, 
erected  since  the  conflagration  of  1872,  and  virtually 
consist  of  two  stores,  side  by  side,  the  removal  of 
the  intervening  partition  making  it  all  one  apart- 
ment. At  the  right  of  the  entrance  of  No.  44  is  the 
glove  department,  where  is  disposed  a  most  valuable 
stock  of  kid  gloves  of  their  own  importation.  In 
spacious  alcoves  at  the  rear  is  the  hosiery,  underwear, 
and  shirt  department,  in  charge  of  ten  clerks,  while 
1  the  centre  of  the  store  is  occupied  by  small  wares 

in  all  its  varieties. 
On  the  spacious  lower 
floor  are  the  laces, 
white  goods,  embroid- 
eries, ladies',  gentle- 
men's, and  children's 
handkerchiefs,  corsets, 
etc.,  etc.  Here  may 
be  found  the  most  com- 
plete line  of  these 
classes  of  goods  shown 
anywhere  in  the  city. 
The  firm  is  composed 
of  James  Wentworth 
Brown,  Franklin 
Pierce,  James  Freeman  Brown,  and  Frederick  L. 
Walker,  gentlemen  of  the  most  substantial  reputa- 
tion. 


Joseph  A.  Jackson,  Fine  Hats  and  Furs, 
No.  412  Washington  Street. — Among  the  well-known 
including  canned  goods,  etc.,  for  American  packers  J  and  popular  merchants  in  this  line  may  be  named  Mr. 
and  manufacturers.  While  buying  goods  very  ex- 1  Joseph  A.  Jackson,  of  No.  412  Washington  street, 
tensively  in  the  United  States  for  foreign  account,  j  Mr.  Jackson  has  long  been  identified  with  this 
they  also  receive  consignments  of  all  descriptions  of  branch  of  enterprise,  but  has  only  been  located  in 
merchandise  from  foreign  ports.     Since  the  founding  i  his  present  premises  about   six  years,   and  here  he 


of  the  enterprise  the  firm  have  always  maintained  a 
line  of  vessels  between  this  port  and  the  Australasian 
colonies,  and  for  perfect  delivery  of  cargoes  and  gen- 
erous treatment  of  their  shippers  the  line  has  a  well- 
deserved  reputation,  and  their  rates  of  freight  will  be 
found  as  low  as  those  of  any  other  line.     Goods  by  the 


occupies  two  floors,  each  90x20  feet  in  dimensions. 
From  the  period  of  its  foundation  this  house  speedily 
won  its  way  to  lasting  popularity  as  an  emporium  for 
fashionable  hats  and  caps.  The  store  is  nicely  fitted 
up  and  equipped  with  all  the  necessary  conveniences 
for  the  facilitation  of  business  and  the  pleasure  and 


car-load  are  received  from  the  great  West,  Canada,  and  ;  convenience  of  customers.  An  extensive  stock  of 
other  points,  and  are  delivered  on  covered  piers,  along- 1  hats  and  caps  and  a  full  line  of  furs  are  always  kept 
side  vessels,  without  breaking  bulk,  and  where  they  are    on  hand,  and  an  extensive  trade  has  been  established 


protected  from  the  weather — features  which  are  of  very 
important  consideration  to  shippers  and  receivers  of 
cargoes.  The  firm  purchase  and  ship  on  orders  to 
the  East  cargoes  of  petroleum.  They  are  also  export 
agents  for  the  Sheffield  velocipede  handcars,  which 
are  now  being  shipped  to  different  countries,  and  a 
large  business  is  being  done  in  them.  The  firm  are 
also  agents  for  many  other  articles  not  necessary  to 
particularize  here,  numerous  manufacturers  finding 
it  to  their  interest  to  place  their  goods  for  disposal  in 
the  hands  of  Messrs.  Henry  W.  Peabody  &  Co. 


from  the  well-known  reputation  of  the  house  and  the 
fine  class  of  goods  dealt  in,  Mr.  Jackson  being  con- 
sidered one  of  the  leaders  in  the  trade  in  fashionable 
hats,  furs,  etc.,  for  gentlemen  and  youths  at  the  lowest 
prices.  His  stock  of  furs  are  among  the  finest  in 
the  city,  and  in  this  line  he  does  an  immense  trade, 
his  transactions  in  this  department  requiring  the 
services  of  twelve  assistants.  Mr.  Jackson,  who 
is  a  native  of  New  Hampshire,  has  long  been  a 
resident  in  and  identified  with  the  commercial  pur- 
suits of  Boston. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


121 


Rodliff  &  Eaton,  Wool  Commission  Mer- 
chants, No.  1 02  Federal  Street. — This  is  one  of  those 
houses  the  members  of  which  have  been  subjected  to 
a  thorough  training  and  practical  experience,  making 
ha^te  slowly,  but  acquiring  strength  with  growth, 
until  now  holding  its  place  among  the  leading  houses 
of  repute  and  capital.  In  January,  1878,  this  firm 
was  established  under  the  present  name  and  style, 
being  formed  by  Alvin  Rodliff  and  Walter  D.  Eaton. 
Mr.  Rodliff  learned  the  woolsorter's  trade  at  the 
**  Middlesex  Mills,"  in  Lowell,  when  a  young  man, 
where  he  acquired  such  proficiency  that  he  attracted 
the  attention  of  the  u  Bay  State,"  now  "Washington 
Mills,"  of  Lawrence,  Mass.,  he  being  made  second 
in  charge.  After  some  years'  successful  career,  he 
became  head  sorter  in  the  "  Farrar  &  Cutler 
Mill,"  of  Dexter,  Maine,  and  in  the  wool  house  of 
Bailey,  Jenkins  &  Garrison.  He  became  a  grader 
after  service  at  the  "  Assabet  Mills,"  of  Maynard, 
Mass.  The  firm  subsequently  became  Garrison  & 
Rodliff,  the  senior  partner  being  a  son  of  Mr.  Wil- 
liam Lloyd  Garrison,  so  well  known  in  American 
political  history.  In  January,  1878,  the  present  firm, 
as  before  stated,  came  into  existence.  Mr.  Walter 
D.  Eaton  had  a  systematic  drill  and  long  experience 
in  the  "  Farrar  &  Cutler"  Woolen  Mills  at  Dexter, 
Maine,  working  through  all  developments  of  sorting, 
spinning,  carding,  weaving,  and  finishing,  promoted 
thence  as  paymaster  and  bookkeeper  and  superin- 
tendent. In  1857  he  represented  the  well-known 
house  of  H.  A.  Pettibone  &  Co.,  of  New  York,  wool 
brokers.  Thence  he  became  wool  buyer  for  Boston 
houses  and  New  England  mills  until  1878,  when  he 
joined  Mr.  Rodliff  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  on  a 
wool  commission  business,  steadily  prospering 
until  now  the  name  of  Rodliff  &  Eaton  stands  high 
in  the  mercantile  world,  an«i  lew  firms  can  show  such 
a  record  of  competent  and  experienced  members. 
The  wool  business  often  aL/acts  capital  made  in 
other  lines,  and  special  partners  with  their  hundreds 
of  thousands  are  by  no  means  uncommon,  but  the 
firm  of  Rodliff*  &  Eaton  won  its  trade  and  earned  its 
competence  from  the  bottom  of  the  ladder,  beginning 
life  with  nothing  save  brain  and  pluck. 


Curtis  Clark,  Fire,  Marine,  and  Accident 
Insurance,  No.  53  Kilby  Street. — The  insurance 
business,  ranking,  as  it  does  at  the  present  time, 
among  the  largest  interests  of  this  country,  it  be- 
comes the  duty  of  every  business  man  to  select  an 
experienced  underwriter  as  a  medium  through  which 
he  can  transact  his  business,  and  feel  perfectly  con- 
fident that  should  misfortune  overtake  him  he  will  be 
fully  indemnified  for  any  loss  he  may  sustain.  In 
connection  with  this  industry,  a  number  of  our 
prominent  citizens  are  interested,  foremost  among 
whom  we  would  mention  Mr.  Curtis  Clark,  of  No. 
53  Kilby  street.  This  gentleman  has  had  an  experi- 
ence of  twenty-five  years  as  an  underwriter  and 
adjuster,  and  by  a  strict  and  untiring  devotion  to 
business  has  won  a  large  and  influential  patronage 
from  among  our  best  known  merchants  and  manufac- 
turers,.for  whom,  in  his  line,  he  is  constantly  execut- 
ing orders.  He  is  a  member  of  the  New  England 
Insurance  Exchange,  and  since  establishing  himself 
in  business  in  Boston  has  been  the  New  England  re- 
presentative of  the  Westchester  Fire  Insurance  Com- 
pany, of  New  York.  This  company,  while  not 
claiming  to  be  the  largest  of  its  kind  in  the  country, 
does  feel  secure  in  stating  that  it  is  (me  of  the 
staunchest,  as  a  careful  study  of  its  financial  condition 


will  show.  Incorporated  many  years  ago  as  a  stock 
company,  its  history  has  been  a  progressive  one,  and 
ever  marked  by  a  consideration  for  the  best  interests 
of  its  patrons,  their  losses  being  always  fairly 
and  promptly  adjusted.  Husbanding  its  assets  and 
careful  in  every  detail  of  its  management,  the  West- 
chester has  built  up  a  business  that  marks  it  as  an 
honestly  conducted  company,  and  its  officers  gentle- 
men of  ability  and  integrity.  The  president  is  Mr. 
George  R.  Crawford,  and  secretary  Mr.  John  Q. 
Underhill,  both  of  New  York  city.  The  financial 
status  of  the  company  on  January  1st,  1885,  was: 
Capital  stock,  $300,000;  net  surplus,  as  regards  policy 
holders,  $504,572.80;  total,  assets,  $1,013,023.56. 
Five  hundred  thousand  dollars  of  the  total  assets 
are  invested  in  U.  S.  four  per  cent,  bonds,  the 
balance  in  bonds,  mortgages,  and  other  first-class 
securities.  The  Enterprise  Fire  and  Marine  In- 
surance Company,  of  Ohio,  has  been  represented 
by  Mr.  Clark  for  the  past  six  years.  It  has  a  cash 
capital  of  $200,000  and  assets,  $257,840.  This 
company  refers  to  its  past  twenty  years'  record  for 
prompt  and  reliable  indemnity,  having  paid  during 
that  time  nearly  $3,000,000  for  losses.  Mr.  Clark 
also  represents  the  Accident  Insurance  Company  of 
North  America,  it  having  entered  Massachusetts  four 
years  ago  with  an  authorized  capital  of  $500,000. 
Its  president  is  Sir  Alexander  T.  Gait,  G.  C.  M.  G. ; 
vice-president,  John  Rankin,  Esq.,  and  general 
manager,  Edward  Rawlings.  This  company  by  pur- 
suing in  the  past  a  liberal  policy  in  all  things  affect- 
ing its  policy  holders,  has  won  the  warm  support  of 
the  public,  and  the  directors  are  determined  to  leave 
nothing  undone  to  make  it  a  company  additionally  de- 
serving the  public  confidence.  Mr.  Clark  has  a  neatly 
equipped  office  at  No.  53  Kilby  street,  and  the  busi- 
ness of  his  agency  is  conducted  by  a  competent  corps 
of  clerks.  Personally  he  is  a  thoroughgoing  busi- 
ness man,  honorable,  trustworthy,  and  liberal  in  his 
dealings,  and  has  won  the  confidence  of  all  by  close 
attention  to  his  business  and  his  strict  integrity. 


Johnson  &  Young",  Wholesale  Dealers  in 
Lobsters,  Battery  Wharf. — In  the  business  above  no 
house  stands  higher  than  that  of  Johnson  &  Young. 
Commencing  in  1842,  it  is  the  oldest  in  the  lobster 
trade  in  this  city.  It  was  then  known  as  F.  Johnson, 
and  continued  so  until  1847,  when  it  changed  its  style 
to  the  present  one.  It  first  opened  at  Nahant,  Mas- 
sachusetts, then  removed  in  1847  to  Warren  Bridge, 
whence  it  again  removed  in  1883  to  its  quarters  at 
Battery  Wharf.  The  firm  is  composed  of  S.  M. 
Johnson  and  J.  R.  Johnson,  and  both  gentlemen  were 
born  at  Nahant,  Massachusetts,  and  are  about  fifty 
years  old.  This  concern  does  a  very  large  trade  in 
lobsters,  either  alive  or  boiled,  and  its  trade  extends 
all  over  the  country — New  England,  Middle,  and 
Southern  States.  In  summer,  it  is  stated,  ten  tons 
per  day  are  shipped.  The  specialty  of  the  firm,  how- 
ever, is  in  boiled  lobsters.  The  house  bears  an  ex- 
cellent reputation  wherever  known,  and  its  dealings 
can  always  be  depended  upon  to  come  fully  up 
to  expectations.  Its  lobsters  are  reliable,  and  its 
methods  of  business  beyond  reproach.  Both  gen- 
tlemen of  the  firm  are  strict  business  men,  who  under- 
stand thoroughly  the  nature  of  their  business,  and 
who  realize  how  much  more  profitable  it  is  to  devote 
one's  energies  to  a  special  branch  of  trade.  In  all 
respects,  the  Messrs.  Johnsons  are  very  cordial,  and 
meet  every  one,  with  whom  business  brings  them  in 
contact,  in  an  exceedingly  agreeable  way. 


122 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Tower,  GiddingS  &  Co.,  Bankers,  No.  105 
Devonshire  Street. — The  banking  and  brokerage 
business  is  confessedly  one  of  the  greatest  factors  in 
the  astonishing  development  of  the  commerce  of  this 
country,  and  everything  relating  to  it  is  of  general 
interest.  The  well-known  banking  house  of  Tower, 
Giddings  &  Co.,  of  No.  105  Devonshire  street,  was 
founded  in  1S67.  The  firm  carries  on  every  feature 
of  the  modern  banking  system,  receiving  deposits  and 
making  investments  in  reliable  securities.  They  also 
buy  and  sell  on  commission  for  clients  bonds,  stocks, 
and  certificates  in  every  market  in  the  country.  They 
also  do  business  in  grain,  and  clients  are  kept  ac- 
quainted with  the  variations  of  the  markets.  The 
firm  have  correspondents  in  all  parts  of  the  country, 
and  are  kept  posted  on  every  matter  affecting  the 
banking  interests.  The  individual  members  of  the 
firm  are  Messrs.  William  A.  Tower,  Edward  L.  Gid- 
dings, member  of  the  Boston  Stock  Exchange,  Philip 
G.  Morrison,  member  of  the  Boston  Exchange,  and 
Richard  G.  Tower  and  A.  Clifford  Tower,  member 
of  New  York  and  Boston  Exchanges. 


Adams  &  Co.  have  just  issued  the  "Adams  Cable 
Codex,"  which  is  probably  the  most  valuable  cipher 
code  of  its  kind  ever  issued.  It  is  especially  designed 
for  circulation  among  passengers  by  the  European 
steamers  and  travelers  in  general,  and  can  be  had  for 
a  small  charge  on  application  at  their  office. 


E.  A.  Adams  &  Co.,  Ship  Brokers,  Steam- 
ship Agents,  and  Commission  Merchants,  No.  115 
State  Street. — This  house  is  a  very  old-established 
one,  having  been  founded  in  1849  under  the  firm 
style  of  Messrs.  C.  L.  Bartlett  &  Co.,  who  success- 
fully continued  it  until  the  present  year,  when  they 
were  succeeded  by  Messrs.  E.  A.  Adams  &  Co.  Mr. 
Adams  brought  to  the  house  an  experience  in  this 
line  of  business  covering  a  period  of  eighteen  years, 
ten  years  as  partner,  the  last  three  as  sole  partner  in 
the  old  firm,  and  possessing  an  intimate  knowledge  of 
all  its  details,  is  well  qualified  to  represent  the  ship- 
ping interests  in  this  port  of  vessels  and  merchandise, 
and  make  advances  on  the  latter.  Special  attention 
is  paid  to  vessel  business  and  to  the  purchase  and 
shipment  of  goods  on  foreign  orders.  They  attend 
to  the  chartering  and  dispatching  of  vessels,  load  and 
discharge  cargoes,  collect  freights,  and  act  as  agents 
for  the  owners  of  steamships  or  sailing  vessels.  The 
firm  are  the  agents  of  the  famous  White  Star  Line  to 
Queenstown  and  Liverpool.  These  steamers  have 
become  noted  for  the  regularity  and  quickness  of 
their  passages,  and  are  immensely  popular  with  Bos- 
ton people.  Under  the  careful  supervision  of  Messrs. 
Adams  &  Co.  the  business  of  the  line  in  Boston  has 
grown  very  rapidly.  They  also  represent  the  Red 
Star  Line,  running  to  and  from  Antwerp.  This  line 
has  lately  added  some  new  and  magnificent  steamers 
to  its  fleet,  and  has  become  to  the  majority  of  Bos- 
tonians  the  most  favorite  route  to  and  from  the  con- 
tinent. Its  steamers  sail  regularly  every  Saturday,  and 
on  arriving  at  Antwerp  the  passenger  finds  himself 
within  easy  travel  of  Paris,  Bremen,  Berlin,  Weis- 
baden,  Frankfort,  Leipzig,  Munich,  Vienna,  and  all 
principal  continental  points.  In  addition  to  the  White 
Star  and  Red  Star  Lines  to  and  from  Europe, 
Messrs.  Adams  &  Co.  also  handle  a  line  of  direct 
cargo  boats  running  between  Boston  and  Antwerp  and 
Hamburg,  carrying  freight  for  Antwerp,  Hamburg, 
Amsterdam,  Rotterdam,  and  other  continental  points. 
They  have  also  a  line  of  packets  to  and  from  the 
Azores,  Madeira,  and  Lisbon,  besides  acting  as  agents 
for  the  Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Company,  running  to 
California,  Japan,  China,  New  Zealand,  and  Austra- 
lia; the  Atlas  Mail  Steamship  Company,  to  the  West 
Indies  and  South  America;  the  Floris  Line,  to  Gibral- 
tar, Marseilles,  and  other  Mediterranean  ports,  and 
other  lines  of  steamers  and  sailing  vessels.     Messrs. 


Whitney  Brothers,  Dealers  in  Manila  Pa- 
pers and  Twine,  No.  71  Kingston  Street. — In  making 
a  review  of  Boston's  more  important  industrial  inter- 
ests, a  first  place  should  be  accorded  the  prominent 
houses  engaged  in  the  paper  trade,  and  among  these 
is  the  establishment  conducted  by  Messrs.  C.  S.  & 
W.  E.  Whitney.  These  gentlemen,  who  are  natives 
of  Massachusetts,  established  their  house  eight  years 
ago,  and  by  energy,  enterprise,  and  honorable  dealing 
they  have  attained  to  an  eminently  representative  posi- 
tion, their  goods  being  regarded  as  standard  and  their 
trade  being  extended  and  influential.  The  premises 
occupied  consist  of  a  commodious  floor  and  base- 
ment, which  contain  a  carefully  selected  stock  of 
twines  and  all  grades  of  Manila  papers,  and,  as  the 
house  sells  both  at  wholesale  and  retail,  customers 
may  obtain  goods  in  quantities  to  suit.  The  liberal 
methods  characteristic  of  this  house  render  it  a  de- 
sirable one  with  which  to  deal,  and  those  forming 
business  relations  with  the  firm  will  derive  every 
advantage  from  the  connection. 

Brooks  &  Young",  Importers  and  Dealers  in 
Shoe  Manufacturers'  Goods,  No.  97  Summer  Street. 
— One  of  the  leading  houses  in  Boston  engaged 
in  this  branch  is  that  of  Brooks  &  Young,  whose 
store  occupies  two  large  floors  at  No.  97  Summer 
street,  where  they  carry  one  of  the  largest  and  most 
complete  lines  of  merchandise  of  the  kind  naturally 
included  in  their  business,  not  only  in  Boston  but  in 
any  city  in  this  country.  Their  trade  is  chiefly  in  the 
shoe-manufacturing  sections  of  the  East  and  West, 
their  customers  being  manufacturers  or  dealers  in 
findings  and  supplies  for  the  retail  shoe  trade,  as  this 
firm  handle  these  goods  only  in  a  wholesale  way. 
They  have  five  traveling  salesmen,  and  employ  ten 
men  in  the  store  and  offices.  As  specialties  they  are 
•dealers  in  shoe-machine  thread  and  the  best  quali- 
ties of  sand  paper,  largely  used  in  shoe  factories  in 
finishing  the  bottoms  and  heels  of  boots  and  shoes. 
They  are  not  as  large  importers  as  formerly,  however, 
as  the  vast  increase  in  American  products,  fully  equal 
to  imported  in  nearly  everything  used  in  a  shoe  fac- 
tory, has  to  a  large  extent  cut  off  their  importations ; 
still,  in  some  lines,  they  continue  to  import  from  for- 
eign houses,  whose  goods  they  have  handled  for  thirty 
years.  This  house  was  established  in  1 851,  its  first 
location  being  on  Blackstone  street.  At  the  time  of 
the  great  fire  they  were  established  on  Pearl  street, 
where  they  were  burned  out,  losing  their  entire 
stock.  Subsequently  they  were  for  ten  years  on  High 
street,  and  have  occupied  their  present  quarters  since 
1 88 1.  The  older  members  of  the  firm,  George 
Brooks  and  John  D.  Young,  Jr.,  have  been  together 
for  more  than  thirty  years,  and  this  is  the  only  house 
in  this  line  of  business  which  has  continued  for  so 
many  years,  substantially  without  change,  in  the 
country.  Associated  with  these  gentlemen  now  is  a 
son  of  Mr.  Brooks,  George  K.  Brooks,  thirty-one 
years  of  age,  born  three  years  after  the  foundation  of 
the  business  of  which  he  is  now  one  of  the  active 
managers.  They  carry  an  average  stock  of  $50,000, 
and  their  annual  trade  will  reach  $300,000.  The  gen- 
tlemen are  all  natives  of  Massachusetts.. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS, 


123 


Young"  &  Walton,  Manufacturers  and  Mer- 
chants, No.  372  Atlantic  Avenue. — The  business  of 
manufacturing  dye-stuffs  is  one  of  considerable  im- 


Young  &   Walton's  Dye   Wood  Works,  St.  Leonard,   Canada 

portance,  and  a  vigorous,  enterprising,  and  persever- 
ing firm  engaged  in  this  line  of  trade  is  that  of  Young 
&  Walton.  The  business  was  founded  in  1876,  at 
No.  218  Purchase  street,  under  the  firm  style  of 
Young,  Thayer  &  Co.,  but  in  the  early  part  of  1884 
the  membership  of  the  firm  underwent  a  change,  and 
the  title  became  Young,  Walton  &  Co., the  individual 
members  of  the  firm  being  J.  Brooks  Young,  who  has 
had  twenty-five  years'  experience  in  the  trade,  and 
Arthur  G.  Walton,  who  has  been  identified  with  the 
trade  for  the  past  ten  years.  On  June  15th,  18815,  the 
firm  was  dissolved  and  reorganized  as  Young  &  Wal- 
ton, comprising  the  two  members  referred  to  above, 
and  Mr.  Joseph  Davis,  as  special  partner.  Messrs. 
Young  &  Walton,  the  active  members,  are  highly 
courteous  and  affable,  thoroughly  posted  in  every  de- 
tail of  their  business,  energetic,  persevering,  and  strict 
adherents  to  an  honorable  policy  in  their  business 
transactions. 

While  handling  dye-stuffs  of  every  description, 
both  native  and  foreign,  the  firm  make  specialties  of 
black,  brown,  blue,  and  yellow  dyes,  and  are  sole 
agents  in  the  United  States  for  the  celebrated  cotton 
softener,  Sakta,  also  the  Glen  Douglas  wool  scourer. 
The  firm  are  also  manufacturers  of  paper  and  hem- 
lock bark  extract,  for  tanning  leather.  The  paper- 
mills  are  located  at  Portneuf,  thirty-five  miles  from 
Quebec,  and  are  the  most  complete  mills  in  Canada, 
with  a  capacity  of  five  tons  of  paper  per  day.  Their 
extract  works  are  located  at  St.  Leonard,  where  they 
£lso  have  a  barrel  factory,  saw  mill,  and  a  general  store. 
The  capacity  of  the  works  is  two  hundred  casks  per 
week,  most  of  which  are  sold  abroad.  Their  works 
for  manufacturing  fast  black,  brown,  blue,  and  yellow 
dyes  are  located  in  Boston,  and  are  a  marvel  of  com- 
pleteness, and  the  goods  turned  out  of  their  establish- 
ment are  undoubtedly  the  finest  made  in  any  country. 
The  offices  and  warehouses  form  a  part  of  the  Fos- 
ter's block,  No.  372  Atlantic  avenue,  to  which  they 
have  recently  moved,  and  comprise  four  extensive 
floors.  The  offices  are  handsomely  furnished,  and 
the  storage,  shipping,  and  sale  departments  are 
equipped  with  every  provision  for  facilitating  the 
operations  of  the  concern. 


Shaw,  Applin  &  (Jo.,  Manufacturers  of  Tar- 
tar, Church,  and  Lodge  Furniture,  Nos.  27  Sudbury 
and  69  Portland  Streets. — A  house  which  has  taken  a 
foremost  position  in  introducing  improvements  and  in 


producing  really  artistic  furniture  is  that  of  Messrs. 
Shaw,  Applin  &  Co.,  manufacturers  of  parlor,  church, 
and  lodge  furniture,  of  Nos.  27  Sudbury  and  69  Port- 
land streets.  This  is  one 
of  the  very  oldest  and  most 
honored  of  Boston's  indus- 
trial establishments,  the 
house  being  upward  of  a 
century  old,  having  been 
founded  in  1780.  At  its 
foundation  the  title  of  the 
firm  was  Jacob  Forster  & 
Son;  in  1828k  was  changed 
to  Charles  Forster;  in  1833 
to  Forster,  Lawrence  &  Co. ; 
in  1856  to  Edward  Law- 
rence; in  1863  to  Bramin^ 
Shaw  &  Co.,  and  in  1877 
to  its  present  one  of  SnaWj 
Applin  &  Co.,  the  individ- 
ual members  of  the  firm  as 
now  constituted  being  Mr. 
A.  B.  Shaw  and  Mr.  Sumner  Applin,  both  natives  of 
this  State,  prominent  members  of  the  New  England 
Furniture  Exchange,  and  known  throughout  the  com- 
mercial community  for  their  sterling  business  qualities 
and  integrity.  The  premises  occupied  by  the  firm  in 
Sudbury  and  Portland  streets  consist  of  a  large  and 
commodious  six-story  building,  seventy  by'fifty  feet  in 
dimensions.  Here  the  products  of  their  factory  are 
stored  and  displayed  for  sale,  and  shipments  made  to 
dealers  throughout  the  circuit  of  their  trade.  The 
factory  is  at  Dorchester,  and  is  thoroughly  equipped 
with  every  mechanical  appliance  for  the  speedy  and 
economical  production  of  the  best  class  of  goods,  in 
the  manufacture  of  which  one  hundred  and  twenty- 
five  skilled  hands  are  constantly  employed.  These 
products,  which  have  attained  a  celebrity  not  only  in 
this  country  but  largely  in  South  America  and  South 
Africa,  consist  chiefly  of  the  finest  grades  of  parlor, 
church,  and  lodge  furniture  and  invalid  chairs. 


Hautin  Sewing-Machine  Company. — 

The  Wardwell  Stitch  Company,  Woonsocket,  R.  I., 
Boston  Office,  No.  278  Devonshire  Street,  Fred  H. 
Bishop,  Agent. — The  introduction  and  sale  of  hand- 
stitched  shoes  has  increased  over  one  hundred  per 
cent,  during  the  past  year,  and  the  principal  cause  of 
this  increase  is  the  "Wardwell  stitch  "  on  the  out- 
seams  of  this  class  of  shoes.  Hand-sewing  work- 
men, whose  work  could  be  relied  upon,  have  been  so 
few  that  production  has  been  slow  and  prices  high — 1 
too  high  for  men  and  women  who  walk  much  and 
earn  little.  The  application  of  the  "Wardwell 
stitch "  furnishes  a  shoe  equal  to  the  hand- 
sewed,  and  at  a  price  very  slightly  in  advance 
of  the  commonest  and  poorest  work.  The  econ- 
omy in  time  in  manufacturing  is  certainly  a  fea- 
ture, for  hand-stitchers  can  be  kept  upon  inseams  and 
the  Wardwell  stitch  on  the  outside  seams,  thus  increas- 
ing capacity  for  production  over  fourfold.  The"  Ward- 
well  "  stands  in  price  between  the  "McKay"  and  the 
hand-sewed.  On  account  of  its  uniformity  it  is  used 
in  the  "  Waukenphast  "  and  "  Common  Sense  "  shoe. 
It  has  now  been  used  for  over  three  years,  and  time 
has  shown  that  it  cannot  rip,  as  two  threads  are  used, 
and  each  stitch  locked  so  deeply  beneath  the  surface 
of  the  sole  that  no  wear  can  reach  it.  In  shoes 
where  the  outseams  show  aloft  on  the  sole,  and  on  out- 
seams  of  hand  and  machine  welted  shoes,  the  Ward- 
well  is  indispensable. 


124 


CITY    OF   BOSTON. 


Walter  Brown  &  Co.,  Wool,  No.  98  Fed- 
eral Street. — This  old  and  responsible  firm,  now  com- 
posed of  Messrs.  Henry  Temple  Brown  and  Alex- 
ander Williams,  Jr.,  was  originally  established  in 
New  York  by  Walter  Brown  over  a  quarter  of  a 
century  since.  Mr.  Walter  Brown  was  member  of 
the  prominent  house  of  Coates  &  Brown,  of  Phila- 
delphia and  New  York,  which  did  a  large  business 
in  those,  the  earlier  days  of  the  wool  history.  In 
1878  Mr.  Brown  established  a  wool  house  in  Boston, 
and  in  1879  made  his  headquarters  here.  Walter 
Brown  &  Co.  were  the  pioneers  in  the  famous  "  Wool 
Circular,"  issued  for  the  benefit  of  Western  buyers 
and  shippers,  the  first  ''circular"  being  issued  in 
1859,  and  continued  to  date,  covering  twenty-six 
years  of  the  most  important  history  and  rapid  growth 
of  the  wool  trade.  In  1S79  Mr-  Walter  Brown  dy- 
ing, the  firm  was  continued  by  the  surviving  mem- 
bers, who  had  well  sustained  the  prestige  and  charac- 
ter of  a  name  long  respected  and  a  power  in  the  trade. 
The  firm,  still  doing  business  under  the  old  name  and 
style,  makes  a  specialty  of  handling  unwashed  West- 
ern wools,  and  in  this  line  the  house  is  conceded  to 
be  the  leading  and  representative  in  Boston,  having 
made  this  wool  a  study  and  handling  it  largely,  most 
successfully,  and  satisfactorily  for  all  concerned.  It 
may  be  mentioned  that  while  old  and  conservative 
houses  in  trade  often  decline  in  the  second  and  third 
generation,*  that  in  the  history  of  that  of  Walter 
Brown  &  Co.,  Messrs.  Henry  Temple  Brown  and 
Alexander  Williams,  Jr.,  have  all  the  progressive 
ideas  of  the  age,  and  have  marked  their  control  of 
the  special  trade  to  which  they  have  devoted  them- 
selves with  an  enterprise  that  has  given  them  in  ad- 
dition to  the  prestige  of  an  old  house  a  claim  upon  the 
West  earned  solely  by  their  energy  and  liberal  deal- 
ing, and  acquired  for  them  a  popularity  well  merited 
and  earned. 

Boston  Branch   Producers'   Marble 

Company,  Producers  of  Rutland,  Sutherland 
Falls,  East  Dorset  Italian,  and  Mountain  Dark  Mar- 
ble, No.  8  Thacher  Street  (off  Charlestown  Street). — 
Limestone  and  white  marbles  are  plentiful  in  the 
United  States,  particularly  in  Vermont,  Western 
Massachusetts,  etc.  American  marbles  were  first 
used  in  making  busts  in  Philadelphia  in  1804.  The 
Rutland,  Vt.,  quarries  now  supply  statuary  marbles, 
which  in  whiteness,  texture,  and  purity  equal  the 
celebrated  marble  of  Carrara.  Several  of  the  statues 
designed  for  the  interior  of  the  Capitol  at  Washing- 
ton and  for  other  public  buildings  in  other  parts  of 
the  country  are  from  this  marble.  The  work- 
ing of  the  Vermont  quarries  have  extended  some 
forty  years,  but  the  greatest  development  has  taken 
place  in  the  last  twenty  five  years.  Some  of  the 
finest  American  variegated  marbles  are  taken  from 
these  quarries.  The  Producers'  Marble  Company, 
who  have  a  branch  establishment  in  this  city,  is  a 
combination  of  the  Vermont  Marble  Company,  the 
firm  of  Sheldon  &  Sons,  the  Dorset  Marble  Company, 
and  the  firms  of  Ripley  Sons  and  Gilson  &  Woodfin. 
The  president  of  the  association  is  Hon.  Redfield 
Proctor;  vice-president,  Hon.  John  A.  Sheldon;  the 
treasurer,  Mr.  E.  P.  Gilson.  This  concern  controls 
very  nearly  the  entire  production  of  the  older  and 
most  standard  marbles  of  Vermont,  and  it  has  the 
most  extensive  facilities  for  supplying  marbles  of  any 
concern  in  the  world.  It  offers  to  the  trade  oppor- 
tunities for  selection,  through  its  managers,  from  over 
one  million  feet  carried  constantly  in  stock  at  Rut- 


land, and  over  half  a  million  feet  in  regular  stock  in 
its  branch  yards,  which  are  located  at  Boston,  New 
York,  Philadelphia,  Chicago,  Cincinnati,  St.  Louis, 
Detroit,  Toledo,  Kansas  City,  and  San  Francisco. 
The  manager  of  the  Boston  branch,  which  is  at  No. 
8  Thacher  street  (off  Charlestown  street),  is  Mr. 
John  D.  Allan,  who  has  been  connected  with  it  since 
the  organization  of  this  branch.  Mr.  Allan,  who  is 
a  native  of  Scotland  and  a  gentleman  of  middle 
age,  has  had  nearly  twenty  years'  experience  in  this 
line  of  business.  He  is  a  very  energetic,  thoroughly 
practical  business  man,  courteous  to  all  with  whom 
he  comes  in  contact,  and  ever  alive  to  the  interests 
of  the  company  and  those  of  customers.  The 
association  represents  more  than  $5,000,000  of 
capital,  and  the  various  works  employ,  all  told,  about 
three  thousand  hands.  The  Boston  house  is  simply 
for  the  sale  and  storage  of  sawed  and  '  finished 
marble,  and  the  manager  of  this  branch  has  in  his 
charge  the  trade  of  the  association  in  all  parts  of 
New  England  and  the  Provinces.  The  building 
occupied  for  the  business  is  the  handsomest  of  its 
kind  in  this  city,  and  the  front  is  built  of  the  finest 
marble.  In  the  interior  is  displayed  a  very  fine 
selection  of  truly  ariistic  monumental  work  in  marble, 
which  is  the  finest  that  can  be  produced.  The  yard 
used  for  the  storage  of  sawed  marble  is  fourteen 
thousand  square  feet  in  area,  and  from  this  establish- 
ment  was  recently  furnished  the  marble  used  in  the 
extension  of  the  Parker  House  on  School  street,  the 
erection  of  the  Advertiser  Building,  Rogers'  Building, 
and  the  statues  on  the  top  of  the  Boston  Post-office. 
The  business  of  the  association  is  one  of  great  volume, 
and  is  annually  increasing  in  its  extent.  < 


C.  E.  &  B.  H.  Fabens,  Shipping  and 
Commission  Merchants,  No.  176  Atlantic  Avenue, 
Head  of  T  Wharf. — The  immense  development  during 
recent  years  of  the  export  trade  from  the  port 
of  Boston  has  been  greatly  due  to  the  enterprise 
of  her  merchants,  as  well  as  to  the  improved 
facilities  afforded  to  the  largest  class  of  ocean 
vessels  to  secure  outward-bound  cargoes.  A  lead- 
ing firm  engaged  in  securing  and  placing  ocean 
freights  is  that  of  Messrs.  C.  E.  &  B.  H.  Fabens,  of 
No.  176  Atlantic  avenue,  at  the  head  of  T  Wharf. 
The  business  was  established  at  Salem  in  18 13  by  the 
great-grandfather  of  the  present  proprietor,  who  was 
succeeded  by  Benjamin  Fabens,  then  by  Charles  H. 
Fabens,  who  was  the  father  of  the  present  proprietor, 
Mr.  B.  H.  Fabens,  who  succeeded  to  the  business  in 
1869,  and  was  transferred  to  Boston  in  1879.  ^n 
January,  1 885,  Mr.  C.  E.  Fabens,  the  senior  membef 
of  the  firm,  died,  and  the  business  has  since  been 
conducted  under  the  old  firm-name  by  Mr.  B.  H. 
Fabens.  The  business,  when  first  located  in  Boston, 
was  situated  on  Commercial  Wharf,  where  it  was  con- 
tinued until  1 88 1,  when  it  was  removed  to  the  present 
address,  at  the  head  of  T  Wharf.  Here  the  firm  has 
a  very  neatly  fitted  up  office,  twenty-five  by  fifty  feet 
in  area.  The  firm  control  three  sailing  vessels,  one  now 
bound  for  Africa,  another  for  Cuba,  and  the  third  for 
the  West  Indies,  and  they  conduct  an  extensive  com- 
mission business,  exporting  a- general  line  of  pro- 
visions of  all  kinds.  The  firm  ship  largely  to  West 
Indies  and  South  America,  and  they  import  on  com- 
mission the  products  of  those  nations.  Particular 
attention  is  given  to  all  communications,  either  by 
mail  or  telegraph,  and  all  transactions  are  attended 
to  in  the  most  honorable  manner.  Mr.  Fabens,  is 
a  native  of  Salem,  this  State. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


125 


Thomas  C.  Newell  &  Co.,  Wholesale 
Fancy  Goods,  Notions,  and  Toys,  No.  77  Pearl 
Street. — Few  houses  enjoy  a  more  extended  popu- 
larity or  have  a  more  prosperous  trade  than  that  of 
Messrs.  Thomas  C.  Newell  &  Co.,  of  No.  77  Pearl 
street.  The  business  was  originally  established  in 
1878  under  the  firm-style  of  Adams  &  Cary,  and  sub- 
sequently the  firm  became  Cary,  Fulton  &  Co.  In 
January,  1855,  Mr.  Thomas  C.  Newell  purchased 
the  firm's  interest  in.  the  business,  which  he  has  since 
conducted  under  the  title  of  Thomas  C.  Newell  &  Co. 
When  originated  the  business  was  located  on  Arch 
street,  whence  it  was  removed  to  Summer  street,  and 
in  1882  it  was  transferred  to  the  present  address  at 
at  No.  77  Pearl  street.  The  premises  occupied  here 
consist  of  the  first  floor  and  basement,  each  25x100 
feet  in  area,  of  a  four  story  brick  building.  The 
stock,  which  is  very  extensive,  embraces  every  de- 
scription of  fancy  goods,  notions,  and  toys,  including 
bronze  ware  of  all  kinds,  glass  and  metal  mounted 
lamps,  clocks,  bronzes,  knickknacks  of  every  kind, 
toys  of  both  foreign  and  domestic  manufacture,  of  the 
most  neat  and  tasteful  designs  and  patterns.  The 
house  is  continuously  represented  on  the  road  by  sev- 
eral traveling  salesmen,  and  the  firm  ship  goods  to 
all  parts  of  the  country,  but  the  bulk  of  the  trade  is 
with  jobbers  and  large  retail  dealers  in  the  different 
cities  of  the  New  England  States.  Mr.  Newell 
brought  to  the  house  a  twelve  years'  experience  in 
this  line  of  business,  and  he  is  acquainted  with  the 
minutest  details  of  it.  He  was  born  in  this  city 
thirty  years  ago,  and  is  a  thoroughly  practical  man 
of  business. 


N.  W.  Rice  &  Co.,  Dealers  in  Hides  and 
Leather,  Nos.  12  and  14  South  Street. — A  representa- 
tive house  engaged  in  dealing  in  the  products  of  the 
tannery  is  that  of  N.  W.  Rice  &  Co.,  who  justly  rank 
with  the  leading  leather  producers  of  Boston,  they 
having  three  sole-leather  tanneries  in  New  York  and 
one  in  Maine,  turning  out  an  average  product  of  two 
hundred  thousand  sides  of  leather  per  year.  They 
also  sell  the  products  of  three  tanneries  of  wax,  kip, 
and  split  upper  leather,  aggregating  about  two  hun- 
dred and  fifty  thousand  sides  per  year.  They  make 
in  their  tanneries  non-acid  hemlock  tannages,  using 
foreign  and  domestic  dry  hides.  They  are  also  the 
largest  importers  and  dealers  in  all  kinds  of  foreign 
hides  in  this  country,  having  large  interests  in  the 
Argentine  Republic,  also  importing  largely  from 
China  and  the  East  Indies,  as  well  as  being  heavy 
dealers  in  domestics.  Their  annual  business  in 
leather  alone  will  reach  $1,500,000,  and  with  the 
addition  of  their  large  hide  business  these  figures 
would  be  greatly  augmented.  Their  trade  lies  chiefly 
in  New  England  and  New  York  State.  In  1862 
Mr.  N.  W.  Rice  established  the  present  business,  he 
succeeding  to  the  firm  of  Tyler,  Rice  &  Co.,  of  Port- 
land, Me.,  and  associating  with  himself  immediately 
Mr.  E.  L.  Pickard,  who  is  at  present  his  partner  in 
the  business.  Messrs.  Rice  and  Pickard  are  each 
natives  of  Maine  and  each  about  fifty  years  of  age,  a 
greater  portion  of  their  lives  having  been  passed  in 
the  leather  business.  Their  tanneries  are  large  estab- 
lishments, each  under  the  most  competent  supervision, 
and  they  produce  as  good  a  quality  of  hemlock  sole 
leather  as  can  be  obtained  in  any  market.  The 
product  of  their  several  tanneries  is  sold  at  their 
Boston  warerooms,  Nos.  12  and  14  South  Street,  and 
is  nearly  all  consumed  by  the  New  England  shoe 
manufacturers. 


Shoning-er,  Moses  &  Co.,  Importers  of 
Laces,  Trimmings,  and  Embroideries,  Nos.  45  to  51 
Chauncy  and  42  Bedford  Streets;  No.  79  Greene 
Street,  New  York. — A  widely  known  and  a  repre- 
sentative house  is  that  of  Messrs.  Shoninger,  Moses 
&  Co.,  and  who,  as  importers  of  laces,  trimmings, 
and  embroideries,  have  built  up  a  trade  of  very  ex- 
tended proportions.  The  business  was  founded  in 
1878.  The  stores  and  warehouses  of  the  firm  at 
Nos.  45  to  51  Chauncy  and  42  Bedford  streets  are 
commodious,  and  furnished  throughout  with  every 
facility  for  the  ample  display  of  their  elegant  line  of 
goods  and  the  prompt  execution  of  orders.  The  firm 
has  an  establishment  at  No.  38  Rue  d'Hautevill, 
Paris,  whence  they  gather  all  the  choicest  novelties 
in  the  markets  of  Europe  and  ship  them  to  this 
country.  From  the  first  the  firm  sought  for  classes 
of  fancy  goods  rarely  seen  in  American  markets,  and 
with  unerring  judgment,  vast  practical  experience, 
and  unsurpassed  facilities  they  speedily  accustomed 
the  members  of  the  trade  and  consumers  to  a  display 
of  the  richest  and  most  desirable  goods  the  market 
can  furnish  either  at  home  or  abroad.  The  trade  has 
developed  accordingly,  and  the  house  has  extensive 
and  growing  business  relations  throughout  the  entire 
United  States.  The  firm  carries  the  largest  and  most 
complete  stock  in  this  part  of  the  country,  and  it 
embraces  every  known  article  coming  under  the  head 
of  laces,  embroideries,  trimmings,  etc.,  all  of  which 
are  received  direct  from  first  hands,  and  in  quantities 
so  great  that  terms  and  prices  are  secured  impossible 
to  be  obtained  by  small  dealers.  The  individual 
members  of  the  firm  are  Mr.  B.  J.  Shoninger,  Mr.  A„ 
H.  Moses,  and  Mr.  Charles  Shoninger,  all  of  whom 
have  a  well-established  reputation  in  business  circles 
as  practical  and  honorable  men. 


The  Pacific  Rubber  Company,  J.  H. 

Wheeler,  Agent,  Rubber  Boots  and  Shoes,  No.  103 
Bedford  Street. — The  Pacific  Rubber  Company's  ex- 
tensive works  are  located  at  Setauket,  N.  Y.,  a  branch 
office  and'  salesrooms  being  located  at  No.  103  Bed- 
ford street,  this  city,  while  the  general  business  offices 
are  in  New  York,  at  No.  36  Park  Place.  The  Pacific 
Company  are  making  a  quality  of  goods  that  are  rap- 
idly winning  their  way  to  the  favor  of  the  boot  and 
shoe  trade  of  the  United  States,  and  their  goods  may 
be  found  in  almost  every  town  in  the  rubber-using 
sections  of  the  country,  and  they  are  working  their 
way  into  the  South,  where,  until  recently,  rubbers 
have  been  tabooed.  They  are  now  being  made  in 
such  attractive  styles  and  so  durable  that  the  preju- 
dice that  formerly  existed  in  the  Southern  States 
against  the  use  of  rubber  shoes  is  giving  way.  The 
greatest  markets  for  these  goods,  however,  are  in  the 
Northern  States,  where  heavy  snows  occur.  The 
rubber  boot  and  shoe  industry  is  growing  to  great 
proportions  in  this  country,  and  each  year  is  gaining 
in  volume,  as  the  qualities  of  goods  are  improved,. 
The  Pacific  Rubber  Company's  goods  are  strictly  first 
of  the  quality,  while  their  styles  are  novel  and  origi- 
nal. The  officers  of  the  company  are  Mr.  Edwin 
Elberson,  of  New  York,  treasurer  and  manager  of  the 
New  York  office;  Mr.  J.  W.  Elberson,  of  Setauket, 
N.  Y.,  president,  and  J.  H.  Wheeler,  of  this  city,  is 
their  very  efficient  Boston  agent.  Mr.  Wheeler  is  a 
gentleman  of  long  and  intimate  acquaintance  of  the 
trade  and  a  most  worthy  and  capable  representative 
of  their  growing  interests  here.  Notwithstanding  the 
very  extensive  rubber  interests  at  this  point,  this  com 
pany  occupies  the  very  foremost  position 


126 


CITY    OF   BOSTON. 


IJ:tnd  &  Taylor,  Architects,  No.  28  School 
Street, —  The  rapid  growth  and  development  of  Boston 
both  in  wealth  and  population  has  created  an  excel- 
lent field  for  the  highest  order  of  architectural  talent, 
while  the  handsome  appearance  of  the  public  and 
private  buildings  in  the  city  and  its  suburbs  has  often 
elicited  admiration  from  travelers  and  experts. 
Among  the  most  enterprising  and  popular  firms  of 
architects  who  share  in  the  credit  of  Boston's  archi- 
tectural beauty  is  that  of  Messrs.  Rand  &  Taylor, 
whose  offices  are  centrally  situated  at  No.  28  School 
street.  Both  the  copartners,  Messrs.  George  Dutton 
Rand  and  Bertram!  E.  Taylor,  have  attained  promi- 
nence in  their  profession,  and  since  the  organization 
of  their  firm  in  188 1  have  designed  and  carried 
through  to  completion  several  of  the  most  important 
public  buildings  constructed  during  the  last  four  years, 
in  addition  to  a  number  of  business  structures  and 
private  mansions.  The  firm  has  achieved  great  suc- 
cess both  as  regards  exterior  elegance  and  the  equally 
important  details  of  the  interior,  embodying  in  its 
plans  all  the  suggestions  and  requirements  of  the 
owners.  They  closely  follow  out  specifications  in 
supervising  construction,  and  in  every  possible  way 
subserve  their  patrons'  best  interests.  Limits  of  space 
prevent  us  from  naming  only  a  few  of  the  buildings 
de-signed  and  erected  by  them.  Among  the  number 
special  mention  should  be  made  of  the  magnificent 
Hotel  Vendome,  without  exception  one  of  the  most 
handsome  and  stately  hotels  in  the  country,  whose 
internal  fittings  and  arrangements  have  elicited  the 
warmest  commendation  from  all  who  have  inspected 
them.  They  were  also  the  architects  for  the  immense 
State  Hospital  for  the  Insane,  erected  at  Worcester, 
the  Young  Ladies'  Seminary  at  Northfield,  Mass., 
and  many  other  structures  not  only  in  Boston  and  its 
vicinity,  but  in  the  New  England  and  Middle  States. 
Messrs.  Rand  &  Taylor  have  also  planned  and  erected 
the  fine  Winter  Park  Hotel  in  Florida,  and  at  the 
present  time  are  busily  engaged  in  the  preparation  of 
plans  and  designs  for  their  numerous  patrons.  Mr. 
Rand  is  a  native  of  Vermont  and  has  been  in  prac- 
tice for  the  last  fifteen  years.  Mr.  Taylor  was  like- 
wise born  in  Vermont,  and  during  the  past  five  years 
has  manifested  architectural  abilities  of  the  highest 
order,  and  is  a  worthy  associate  of  Mr.  Rand  in 
undertaking  the  most  important  public  and  private 
contracts. 


Sanborn  &  Mann,  Manufacturers  of  Boots 
and  Shoes,  No.  51  Lincoln  Street;  Factory, Stoneham. 
— Prominent  among  the  houses  in  the  boot  and  shoe 
trade  in  this  city  is  that  of  Messrs.  Sanborn  &  Mann, 
who  are  located  at  No.  51  Lincoln  street,  where  they 
occupy  commodious  and  convenient  wTarerooms. 
The  copartners  are  gentlemen  who  have  had  a  long 
experience  in  this  trade,  and  about  five  years  ago 
associated  themselves  together  under  the  above  firm- 
name.  They  are  manufacturers  of  women's,  misses', 
and  children's  goat,  grain,  glove  grain,  buff  and  veal 
calf,  polish  and  polka  shoes,  and  men's,  boys',  and 
youths'  buff  button  boots,  English  bals,  and  Congress 
shoes.  These  goods  are  manufactured  from  the 
better  grades  of  leather,  and  have  secured  a  reputa- 
tion in  the  market  that  has  resulted  in  a  large  trade 
among  the  jobbers  exclusively,  through  whom  the 
goods  reach  the  consuming  trade  in  the  West  and 
South  principally.  The  factory  is  located  at  Stone- 
ham,  this  State,  which  is  fitted  with  the  latest  im- 
proved labor-saving  machinery,  including  standard 
screw,  McKay  sewing  and  pegging  machines,  and  a 


number  of  recently  improved  lasting  machines,  the 
whole  placing  the  factory  among  the  best  equipped 
that  are  represented  in  this  market.  The  building  is 
one  hundred  feet  front  and  four  stories  high,  with 
two  wings  running  back  eighty  and  one  hundred  feet 
respectively,  one  of  which  was  enlarged  during  1884 
to  enable  the  firm  to  fill  the  orders  that  their  growing 
business  brought  them.  Three  hundred  and  fifty 
hands  are  employed,  with  a  pay-roll  amounting  to 
$15,000  monthly  and  a  capacity  of  from  five  to  six 
thousand  pairs  of  shoes  daily.  The  Boston  house 
carries  a  well-assorted  stock  to  meet  the'  immediate 
demands,  and  the  annual  business  will  amount  to 
over  $500,000. 

Messrs.  E.  F.  Sanborn  and  Arthur  E.  Mann,  who 
comprise  the  firm,  are  both  natives  of  this  State,  the 
former  born  in  Boston  about  thirty-seven  years  ago, 
and  the  latter  in  Randolph  thirty  years  ago.  Mr. 
Sanborn,  for  eight  years  prior  to  the  establishing  of 
the  present  firm,  was  engaged  in  the  manufacture  of 
men's  shoes  at  Abington,  and  in  his  new  enterprise 
gives  his  entire  personal  attention  to  the  conduct  of 
the  factory.  Mr.  Mann  for  ten  years  was  traveling 
salesman  with  the  firm  of  Mann  &  Brackett,  and  is 
specially  qualified  to  conduct  the  extensive  interests 
centred  at  the  Boston  house. 


Briclg-ewater  Iron  Company,  David  G. 
Pratt,  Agent,  Manufacturers  of  Yellow  Metal  Sheath- 
ing, Nails,  Spikes,  and  Bolts,  Seamless  Drawn  Copper 
and  Brass  Tubes,  Forgings  and  Castings  of  all  kinds, 
also  Agents  for  the  sale  of  Weymouth  Iron  Com- 
pany's Cut  Nails  and  Spikes,  No.  28  Broad  Street. — 
The  Bridgewater  Iron  Company,  whose  works,  as  the 
name  implies,  are  located  at  Bridgewater,  Mass.,  com- 
prise a  cluster  of  buildings  consisting  of  machine 
shops,  foundry,  pattern  shop,  blacksmiths'  shop,  and 
a  number  of  other  departments  and  offices.  They 
are  one  of  the  principal  industries  of  the  town  and 
employ  a  large  force  of  skilled  mechanics,  who  are 
engaged  in  the  manufacture  of  the  many  goods  for 
which  this  company  has  become  celebrated,  among 
which  are  the  seamless  drawn  yellow  metal,  copper, 
and  brass  tubing,  copper  bolts  and  tubes  for  locomo- 
tives, marine  and  stationary  boilers,  handrails,  con- 
densers, worms  for  stills,  sand,  bilge,  feed,  and  steam 
pipes,  pump  rams  and  chambers,  paper  rolls,  printers' 
molds,  etc.  Several  hundred  men  here  receive  con- 
stant employment.  The  business  was  established 
in  1810,  incorporated  in  1825,  and  reincorporated  in 
1874.  The  industry  of  manufacturing  seamless  drawn 
pipes  (which  are  unanimously  declared  to  be  far 
superior  to  other  varieties  on  account  of  their  freedom 
from  liability  to  burst) was  begun  in  1868,  new  build- 
ings being  erected  for  that  express  purpose,  and  the 
first  tubing  was  manufactured  in  1870.  The  com- 
pany is  the  sole  manufacturer  of  its  patent  tin  lined 
brass  tubes,  which  have  come  into  such  public  favor 
through  plumbers,  architects,  and  builders. 

Mr.  David  G.  Pratt  is  the  agent  of  the  company  in 
Boston,  and  is  located  at  No.  28  Broad  street.  A 
large  stock  is  here  kept  always  on  hand  ready  for 
shipment  to  Europe,  South  America,  and  the  Indies, 
as  well  as  for  distribution  throughout  the  United 
States.  Mr.  Pratt  has  been  connected  with  the  con- 
cern for  many  years  and  is  intimately  identified  with 
its  interests,  and  in  addition  to  attending  to  the  sale 
of  the  above  goods,  he  is  agent  for  the  sale  of  the 
Weymouth  Iron  Company's  cut  nails,  spikes,  and 
horseshoe  nails,  which  have  been  found  so  service- 
able and  enjoy  such  wide  popularity. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


127 


Mailgfer  &  Avery,  Wool  Brokers  and  Com- 
mission Merchants,  Nos;  1 10  and  1 12  Federal  Street. — 
This  firm  is  formed  by  Nicholas  Mauger  and  Charles 
F.  Avery,  and  was  established  in  New  York  in  1873. 
Being  successful  from  the  outset,  their  business  neces- 
sitated a  Boston  house,  which  was  opened  in  April, 
1878,  and  represented  by  Mr.  W.  Price.  Subse- 
quently the1  firm  started  others  in  Chicago,  Philadel- 
phia, and  Providence,  their  offices  now  being  Nos.  105 
and  107  Reade  street,  New  York  city,  Nos.  no  and 
112  Federal  street,  Boston,  Mass.,  No.  205  Michigan 
street,  Chicago,  No.  io5  Chestnut  street,  Philadelphia, 
and  No.  20  Exchange  place,  Providence.  The  firm 
of  Mauger  &  Avery  is  one  of  the  prominent  broker- 
age houses  of  the  country,  selling  fifteen  millions  of 
pounds  of  wool  annually.  Many  mills  buy  their 
entire  stock  of  wool  through  them,  availing  themselves 
of  the  brokers'  more  intimate  knowledge  of  the  mar- 
ket, and  as  the  wool  seller  pays  the  brokerage  com- 
mission, the  extent  of  the  trade  through  brokers  is 
very  large.  The  success  and  rise  of  the  house  of 
Mauger  &  Avery  is  an  illustration  of  what  ability 
and  persistence,  backed  by  honesty  and  reputa- 
tion as  buyers,  can  accomplish  in  legitimate  trade. 
This  firm  is  broadly  identified  with  the  great  wool 
industry,  and  the  rapid  increase  of  their  business,  the 
care  with  which  they  select  "  clips  "  and  grade  as  to 
quality  and  freedom  from  defect,  have  ranked  them 
among  the  most  careful  and  responsible  buyers  in  the 
country. 

Cochrane  Chemical  Co.,  Manufacturers  and 
Importers  of  Chemicals,  No.  55  Kilby  Street. — To- 
day every  industry  and  every  class  of  people  ac- 
knowledge indebtedness  to  the  explorers  in  chemical 
science,  and  chemistry  forms  an  important  element 
in  the  successful  achievements  in  our  different  manu- 
facturing enterprises.  The  most  important  concern 
in  the  New  England  States  engaged  in  the  manu- 
facture and  importation  of  chemicals  is  the  Coch- 
rane Chemical  Company,  whose  headquarters  and 
warerooms  are  at  No.  55  Kilby  street.  The  business  of 
this  company  was  originated  in  1862,  under  the  firm 
style  of  Messrs.  A.  Cochrane  &  Co.,  and  in  1882  the 
present  company  controlling  the  business  was  incor- 
porated. The  president  and  treasurer  is  Mr.  Alex- 
ander Cochrane,  and  Mr.  Hugh  Cochrane  the  vice- 
president.  The  company  have  handsomely  furnished 
offices,  and  immense  works  at  Everett,  Maiden,  and 
East  Cambridge.  The  Everett  works  cover  ten  acres 
of  land,  those  at  Maiden  one  acre,  and  those  at 
East  Cambridge  one  acre.  These  comprise  the 
largest  works  of  their  kind  in  New  England,  and 
they  give  employment  to  about  one  hundred  and 
fifty  hands.  The  company  manufacture  oil  vitriol, 
muriatic  acid,  nitric  acid,  aqua  fortis,  nitrate  iron, 
nitrate  copper,  muriate  tin,  nitro  muriate  tin, 
oxygen  muriate  tin,  muriate  iron,  chloride  zinc, 
oxy.  mur.  antimony,  Glauber's  salt,  tin  crystals,  ex- 
tract indigo,  iron  liquor,  red  liquor,  indigo  oil  vitriol, 
barwood  spirits,  yellow  spirits,  scarlet  spirits,  stannate 
soda,  feathered  tin,  aqua  ammonia,  sulph.  ammonia, 
acetic  acid,  etc.,  and  their  trade  relations,  which  are 
exclusively  of  a  wholesale  character,  extend  to  every 
part  of  the  country.  The  officers  of  the  company, 
the  high  class  quality  of  its  products,  and  its  honor- 
able commercial  policy  are  too  well  known  to  need 
any  eulogy  here,  "t  is  sufficient  to  say  that  persons 
having  business  with  the  company  will  find  the  ut- 
most liberality  and  integrity  adhered  to  in  all  trans- 
actions. 


Francis  Doane  &  Co.,  Manufacturers  of 
Blank  Books,  Stationers,  Printers,  and  Lithographers, 
No.  116  State  Street. — It  is  a  remarkable  fact  that  all 
the  great  houses  in  this  country  that  are  conspicuous  in 
connection  with  the  production  of  books  have  a  re- 
cord of  forty  years  and  over.  The  house  named  in 
the  caption  of  this  article  was  established  sixty  years 
ago,  and  it  has  steadily  advanced,  until  to-day  it  has 
achieved  the  commanding  position  it  now  occupies. 
The  business  was  inaugurated  in  1825  by  Mr.  S.  G. 
Simpkins,  who  was  succeeded  by  Messrs.  Doane  & 
Greenough.  The  latter  firm  continued  it  until  Janu- 
ary, 1885,  when  the  business  passed  into  the  hands 
of  the  present  firm  of  Messrs.  Francis  Doane  &  Co. 
The  business  was  first  started  on  Tremont  street,  and 
was  removed  to  the  present  quarters  in  i860.  These 
premises  consist  of  a  five-story  iron  building,  which 
is  occupied  for  the  different  departments  of  the  busi- 
ness. The  workrooms  are  admirably  equipped  with 
the  most  modern  tools  and  machinery,  and  every 
appliance  is  at  hand  for  the  successful  prosecution  of 
the  business.  As  practical  account-book  manufactu- 
rers and  paper  rulers  the  firm  turns  out  work  promptly, 
and  which,  being  up  to  the  highest  standard,  elicits 
admiration  from  all  who  see  it,  and  proves  conclu- 
sively their  superiority  in  this  branch  of  trade.  The 
firm  supplies  the  leading  institutions  in  the  city,  bank- 
ing establishments,  insurance  companies,  and  also 
many  of  the  most  extensive  mercantile  houses  in  the 
city.  They  cater  only  for  first-class  houses  and  exe- 
cute bookbinding  in  all  the  finest  styles  of  the  art. 
The  firm  also  undertake  every  description  of  fine  let- 
ter-press and  lithographic  printing,  and  they  keep  in 
stock  constantly  a  very  large  line  of  mercantile  sta- 
tionery, and  stationery  goods  in  general.  The  busi- 
ness extends  to  all  parts  of  the  New  England  States. 


M.  E.  Xasll,  Furnaces  for  Heating  Buildings, 
No.  38  Essex  Street. — Mr.  Nash  controls  one  of  the 
leading  houses  in  New  England  engaged  in  the 
manufacture  of  improved  furnaces  and  the  sale  of 
stoves,  ranges,  and  stove  repairs.  The  business  was 
originally  founded  in  1865  by  Messrs.  Fawcett  & 
Hawkes,  who  were  succeeded  by  Hawkes,  Nash  & 
Co.,  and  they  in  turn  by  M.  E.  Nash  in  1879.  The 
premises  occupied  comprise  a  store  and  basement, 
each  60x30  feet  in  dimensions,  where  a  full  line  of 
stoves,  furnaces,  and  ranges  is  shown,  as  well  as 
repairs  of  all  kinds  for  the  Nash  furnace  and  range. 
Of  the  manufacture  of  this  the  house  makes  a  spe- 
cialty. It  was  formerly  known  as  the  "Hawkes" 
furnace,  and  thousands  of  them  have  been  placed  in 
churches,  school  houses,  stores,  public  buildings,  pri- 
vate residences,  etc.,  and  have  given  universal  satis- 
faction. The  furnace  is  made  entirely  of  cast-iron, 
and  is  so  constructed  as  to  combine  perfect  combus- 
tion of  fuel  with  great  radiating  power,  durability, 
and  ease  of  management,  which  qualities  render  it 
the  most  economical  and  desirable  in  use.  This  fur- 
nace has  a  very  large  radiating  surface,  while  its 
shape  and  the  arrangement  of  the  flues  are  such  as  to 
cause  the  heated  gases  to  impinge  upon  all  parts  of 
the  surface,  heating  the  furnaces  equally  on  all  sides, 
and  to  retain  them  until  they  are  deprived  of  their 
heat,  thus  insuring  the  equal  expansion  of  all  parts 
and  great  heating  power,  with  economy  of  fuel.  Its 
flues  can  be  easily  and  thoroughly  cleaned  in  a  short 
time,  without  any  dust  getting  into  the  air-chamber 
or  cellar  during  the  operation,  all  the  soot  and  ashes 
dropping  into  the  fire- pot  and  thence  into  the  ash- 
pit. 


I2S 


CITY    OF   BOSTON. 


of  it.  He  carries  the 
heaviest  stock  in  Bos- 
ton in  his  lines,  and  is 
always  in  a  position 
to  fill  orders  promptly. 


Geo.  Plumer  &  Co.'s  Tannery  and  Manufactory . 


George  Plumer  &  Co.,  Manufacturers  of 
Russet  and  Grain  Leather,  No.  44  High  Street ;  Fac- 
tory, Danversport,  Mass. — This  firm  is  composed  of 
George  Plumer  and  C.  P.  Kerans,  manufacturing  a 
specialty  of  russet  and  grain  leather  which  are  guar- 
anteed of  best  quality.  The  factory  at  Danversport 
is  one  of  the  best  equipped  in  the  trade  and  best 
managed,  no  leather  escaping  the  most  thorough 
"finish."  This  house  being  the  sole  concern  that 
makes  a  specialty  of  manufacturing  russet  leather  in 
the  Boston  trade  and  selling  the  same  direct  to  con- 
sumers without  commission,  having  works  unsur- 
passed for  the  manufacture,  and  depending  upon 
volume  of  trade  rather  than  large  percentage  of 
profit,  it  is  needless  to  say  that  Messrs.  George  Plumer 
&  Co.  are  in  a  position  to  sell  best  qualities  at  cheap- 
est rates.  The  russet  leather  manufactured  by  this 
house  is  used  by  trunkmakers  and  for  musical  instru- 
ment cases,  toilet,  pocket-books,  suspenders,  and  all 
work  requiring  light  colored  and  fancy  leather.  The 
firm  has  agencies  in  New  York  and  Chicago,  where 
the  name  of  George  Plumer  &  Co.  is  so  identified 
with  this  specialty  that  it  has  become  a  guarantee 
of  quality  and  moderate  price.  The  cut  on  this 
page  shows  the  works  of  the  firm,  but  a  visit  alone 
to  them  would  prove  them  to  be  among  the  best 
supervised  in  New  England,  and  parties  dealing  with 
Messrs.  George  Plumer  &  Co.  are  dealing  with  man- 
ufacturers, not  middlemen,  and  a  firm  that  stands  in 
high  credit,  capital,  and  character,  prompt,  responsi- 
ble, and  with  a  reputation  at  stake  in  selling  only  its 
own  goods,  which  are  guaranteed  in  every  respect. 

A.  H.  Miller,  Manufacturer  of  and  Dealer  in 
Wool  Shoddies  and  Flocks,  No.  565  Atlantic  Ave. — 
Mr.  Miller  has  been  established  in  business  since 
1867,  andhas  been  successful  from  the  start.  In  the 
earlier  part  of  his  business  career  he  dealt  with  wool 
waste,  shoddy, and  flock,  buying  and  selling  for  some 
years ;  he  now  manufactures  his  own  shoddy  and  flock, 
having  a  large  factory  at  No.  1480  Tremont  street. 
In  his  wool  waste  business  he  occupies  a  four- story 
building,  and  still  another  adjoining  on  Atlantic  ave- 
nue. He  is  the  largest  dealer  in  this  city  in  wool 
waste,  and  his  business  is  kept  well  in  hand.  With 
high  credit  and  capital  Mr.  Miller  can  afford  to  "  lay 
on  his  oars"  in  time  of  depression,  knowing  that 
whatever  tide  is  turning  he  will  have  his  full  share 


F.  H.  Gardner 
&  Co.,  Wool  Com- 
mission Merc  hants, 
No.  157  Federal  St.— 
F.  H.  Gardner  &  Co. 
succeeded  Gardner, 
Capen  &  Co.  in  1884. 
Mr.  Gardner  began 
business  upon  his  own 
account  some  thirteen 
years  ago,  having  had 
an  exceptional  expe- 
rience in  all  branches 
of  the  wool  trade.  Be- 
ginning as  an  office 
boy  in  the  old  Salis- 
bury Mills,  he  entered 
the  service  of  Tyler,  Mclnnes  &  Co.  in  1864,  and  re- 
maining for  five  years  he  became  the  Western  wool 
buyer  for  the  Salisbury  Mills,  and  next  had  seven  years 
with  William  Greenough  &  Co.,  starting  in  business  im- 
mediately afterward  upon  his  own  account.  With  such 
an  experience  and  intrusted  by  large  corporations  with 
the  responsibility  of  heavy  purchases,  where  so  much 
depends  upon  an  intimate  knowledge  of  markets  and 
judgment  in  qualities  of  wool,  it  is  unnecessary  to 
point  to  the  incalculable  advantages  that  must  accrue 
to  buyer  and  seller  who  transact  business  with  a  firm 
like  that  of  F.  H.  Gardner  &  Co. 

E.  Sehlbach  &  Co.,  Artificial  Alizarine  and 

Aniline  Colors,  No.  163  Milk  Street;  New  England 
Agent,  Dawson  Miles,  Jr. — All  who  are  interested  in 
the  production  of  new  and  desirable  coloring  matter 
and  who  employ  dyestuff  in  the  transaction  of  their 
business  will  be  instructed  by  a  visit  to  the  establish- 
ment of  E.  Sehlbach  &  Co.,  No.  163  Milk  street, 
Boston.  This  firm  are  the  agents  for  artificial  aliza- 
rine and  aniline  colors,  manufactured  by  Farbenfabri- 
ken,  vormals  Friedr.  Bayer  &  Co.,  Elberfeld  and 
Barmen,  Germany,  and  also  sole  agents  for  the 
Hudson  River  Aniline  Color  Works,  of  Albany,  N. 
Y.  This  large  and  important  business  was  established 
in  1873,  and  has  offices  in  New  York,  Philadelphia, 
Montreal,  and  other  important  cities  of  the  world. 
The  firm  occupy  the  first  floor  and  basement,  one 
hundred  by  twenty- five  feet  each,  and  have  every 
convenience  and  facility  for  the  prosecution  of  the 
business  upon  a  large  scale.  The  manager  of  the 
Boston  office  and  the  representative  of  the  firm  for  the 
New  England  States  is  Mr.  Dawson  Miles,  Jr.,  who 
has  been  connected  with  the  house  since  1873,  and 
who  has  in  that  time  built  up  an  extensive  and  per- 
manent trade  throughout  New  England.  The  pres- 
tige given  to  the  establishment  by  the  merits  of  the 
goods  that  they  sell,  and  the  celebrity  of  the  houses 
which  they  represent,  has  given  them  an  advantage 
in  the  trade  rarely  possessed  by  any  like  firm  in  the 
country.*  As  the  firms  they  represent  use  only  the  best 
qualities  of  material  that  can  be  procured  and  the  most 
perfect  and  advanced  processes  of  production,  their 
goods  are  put  upon  the  market  with  every  feature  of 
excellence  plainly  stamped  upon  them.  Mr.  Miles  is 
of  middle  age  and  of  large  and  valuable  experience 
in  this  particular  line  of  trade. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


129 


Tower,    Wing"   &  Co.,   Wool  Dealers,  and 

Manufacturers  of  Fine  All  Wool  Shoddies,  Nos.  506, 
508,  and  510  Atlantic  Avenue,  foot  of  Pearl  Street. — 
The  history  of  the  Boston  wool  trade  affords  no  more 
interesting  chapter  than  that  giving  the  rise  and  pro- 
gress of  the  old  house  of  which  Messrs.  Tower, 
Wing  &  Co.  are  the  direct  successors.  The  business 
was  founded  forty  years  ago  under  the  firm  style  of 
Mr.  D.  H.  Sparhawk,  under  which  title  it  was  con- 
tinued until  1870,  when  it  became  D.  H.  Sparhawk 
&  Co.,  consisting  of  D.  H.  S.  and  H.  T.  Wing.  In 
1874,  Messrs.  Henry  T.  Wing  &  Co.  succeeded  to 
the  business  and  continued  to  operate  it  until  May 
2d,  1885,  when  Mr.  Warren  L.  Tower  joined  the  con- 
cern, the  title  of  which  was  then  changed  to  its  pres- 
ent one  of  Tower,  Wing  &  Co.  When  the  business 
was  founded  the  operations  were  conducted  at  No.  87 
Milk  street,  but  the  great  fire  of  1872  necessitated 
the  abandonment  of  these  premises.  The  business 
was  then  located  at  School  street,  whence  it  was 
transferred  to  State  street,  and  thence,  about  Febru- 
ary, 1874,  to  the  present  address,  Nos.  506  to  510 
Atlantic  avenue.  The  premises  here  consist  of  a 
four-story  brick  building,  fifty  by  one  hundred  feet 
in  dimensions,  and  are  fitted  with  every  provision  for 
facilitating  the  operations  of  the  business.  The  mills 
of  the  firm  (four  in  number)  are  located  at  Lawrence, 
Mass. — one  factory  a  two-story  and  basement  brick 
building,  one  hundred  and  sixty-five  by  forty  feet  in 
dimensions,  and  giving  employment  to  one  hundred 
operatives;  two  of  the  others  are  one  hundred  by 
forty  feet,  and  one  seventy -five  by  forty  feet ;  besides 
these  there  are  storehouses  and  stables,  a  large,  first- 
class  dye-house,  extracting  and  scouring,  equipped 
with  automatic  sprinklers.  Water  power  (two  hun- 
dred and  fifty-horse)  is  used  alone.  They  own  the 
water  privileges  themselves,  and  can  utilize  when 
needed  a  Corliss  engine  of  one  hundred  and  twenty- 
five  horse-power.  All  the  machinery  is  new  and  first 
class,  and  comprises,  with  other  equipments,  twenty- 
four  large  cards.  The  mills  cover  an  area  of  six 
acres  of  land.  Here  the  business  of  manufacturing 
fine  wool  shoddies  of  every  description  is  very  exten- 
sively carried  on.  The  mill  in  operation  is  equipped 
with  the  most  modern  and  effective  mechanical  ap- 
pliances. The  sales  and  ware  rooms  of  the  firm 
on  Atlantic  avenue  contain  a  heavy  stock  of  manu- 
factured wool  shoddies,  which  are  sold  to  manufac- 
turers of  woolen  goods  in  all  parts  of  the  New  Eng- 
land States  and  the  West.  The  firm  are  large  dealers 
in  wool  and  cotton  waste,  flocks,  etc.,  and  the  busi- 
ness is  entirely  of  a  wholesale  character.  Both  Mr. 
Tower  and  Mr.  Wing  are  natives  of  Boston,  the 
former  being  about  fifty  years  of  age  and  the  latter 
about  forty.  Both  gentlemen  are  practical  and  ex- 
perienced merchants. 

The  Highland  Foundry  Company,  Man- 
ufacturers of  Furnaces,  Ranges,  Stoves,  Hollowware, 
etc.,  Nos.  87,  89,  and  91  North  Street.— The  High- 
land Foundry  Company's  stoves  and  furnaces  seem  to 
meet  the  wants  of  housekeepers,  and  are,  perhaps, 
giving  more  general  satisfaction  than  any  others.  The 
business  operated  by  this  company,  whose  products  have 
acquired  a  national  reputation,  was  founded  in  i#47  by 
Messrs.  Bowers  &  Pratt,  who  continued  it  until  1862, 
when  the  firm  became  Pratt  &  Went  worth,  who  ran 
the  business  until  1876.  In  that  year  the  Highland 
Foundry  Company  was  incorporated  to  take  charge  of 
the  business,  and  under  their  management  it  has  made 
extensive  strides.     The  company's  warerooms,  loca- 


ted at  Nos.  87,  89,  and  91  North  street,  comprise  a 
four- story  stone  building,  ninety  by  one  hundred  and 
ten  feet  in  dimensions,  and  here  is  to  be  found  a 
splendid  display  of  furnaces,  ranges,  stoves,  hollow- 
ware,  etc.,  manufactured   by  the   company.     Here, 
too,  they  have  two  admirably  equipped  offices,  each 
twenty- five  by  twenty  feet  in  area.     The  company's 
foundries    are    located   on    Pynchon   street,    Boston 
Highlands,  and  they  cover  an  area  of  about  three 
acres,  upon  which  are  erected  numerous  buildings, 
pattern  shops,  flask  shops,  stables,  sand-houses,  store- 
houses, etc.     Here  all  the  latest  and  most  improved 
machinery  is  called  into  operation  to  perfectly  carry 
on  the  manufacture  of  stoves,  while  a  sixty-five  horse- 
power steam  engine  supplies  the  motive  force  neces- 
sary, and  employment  is  found  for  one  hundred  and 
fifty   workmen.     The  stoves,  ranges,  furnaces,   etc., 
made  by   this    company  are   remarkable    for    their 
beauty  of  finish,  solidity  of  construction,  simplicity 
of  arrangement,  their  economy  in  the  use  of  fuel,  and 
moderation  in  the  price  at  which  they  are  put  upon 
the  market.     The  "  Peerless"  furnace,  which  during 
the  past  fifteen  years  has  been  a   very  popular  one 
wherever  used,  has  been  greatly  improved,  while  all 
the  original  good  qualities  have  been  retained.     It 
always  had  a  much  larger  radiating  surface  than  any 
other  furnace,  and  by  the  addition  of  patented  flanges, 
in  combination  with  the  outside  of  the  furnace,  it 
gains  more  than  fifty  per  cent,  radiating  surface  than 
it  formerly  had,  and  more  than  double  that  of  any 
other  furnace  made  with  equal  size  grate.     While 
more  radiating  surface  has  been  secured,  the  furnace 
has  also  been  greatly  strengthened,  particularly  the 
fire-pot,  the  flanges  acting  as  braces  and  thereby  ren- 
dering it  the  most  durable  furnace  ever  constructed. 
Through  its  great  radiation  it  is  practically  impossible 
to  overheat  the  furnace  or  make  it  red  hot,  thereby 
insuring  pure  air  and  a  pleasant  summer  heat,  and 
avoiding  the  unhealthy  and  offensive  burnt  smell  or- 
dinarily so  readily  detected  when  using  other  furnaces. 
The  grate,  by  a  patented  device,  enables  one  to  enjoy 
the  advantages  of  a  fresh  fire  at  pleasure  without  the 
annoyance  of  being  obliged  to  dump  or  build  a  new 
fire.     The  gas  and  dust  is  also  disposed  of  by  an  in- 
genious method  peculiar  to  this  furnace.     The  im- 
proved "  Peerless  "  furnace  has  been  thoroughly  tested, 
and  the   company  guarantee    the  following   points: 
Purity  of  air,  freedom  from  gas,  economy  of  fuel, 
simplicity  of  construction,  ease  of  management,  great 
heating  capacity,  and  durability.   The  company  have 
also  recently  produced  the  Highland  Wrought  Iron 
Furnace,  which  combines  in  itself  many  advantages 
over  any  other  plate  or  wrought-iron  furnace  now  in 
the  market.     The  improvements  in  construction  over 
other  wrought-iron  furnaces  make  it  impossible  for  the 
flues  to  become  choked  with  soot  or  dust,  and  at  the 
same    time   the    gases   are   consumed,  thereby  pro- 
ducing a  furnace  entirely  free  from  gas.     The  High- 
land Furnace  has  been  thoroughly  tested,  and  it  is 
guaranteed  for  purity  of  air,  entire  freedom  from  gas, 
economy  in  fuel,  simplicity  and  compactness  in  con- 
struction, ease  in  management,  great  heating  capacity, 
and   great    durability.     Stoves   of  every   description 
are  manufactured  by  the  company,  and  they  are  the 
largest  manufacturers  of  stoves   and  hollowware  in 
this  section  of  the  country.     The  company  also  man- 
ufacture the  "  Improved  Highland  "  and  other  varie- 
ties of  sinks,  and  the  self-grasping  lifter  for  removing 
stove  covers,  tin  cans,  or  kettle  bail.     The  officers  of 
the  company  are  Mr.  W.  J.  Towne,  president,  and 
Mr.  George  W.  Elliott,  treasurer  and  manager. 


I^to 


CITY    OF   BOSTON. 


The  Coventry  Machinists'  Company, 

Limited,  Manufacturers  of  Bicycles  and  Tricycles, 
Coventry,  England;  U.  S.  Branch,  No.  239  Columbus 
Avenue,  H.  VV.  Gaskell,  Manager. — This  company 
was  originally  established  in  1859  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  sewing-machines,  which  they  continued  until 
1S7S,  when  the  demand  for  bicycles  led  the  company 
to  devote  their  facilities  entirely  to  their  production. 
The  works  as  at  present  constituted  cover  an  acre  of 
ground  at  Cheylesmore,  employ  four  hundred  hands. 
The  company  have  branch  houses  at  Nos.  15  and  17 
Viaduct,  London,  England ;  Manchester,  England  ; 
Melbourne,  Australia,  and  at  No.  239  Columbus 
avenue,  Boston.  The  Boston  house,  which  is  the 
branch  for  the  United  States,  was  established  in  1875, 
and  was  formerly  controlled  by  Stoddard,  Lovering 
&  Co.,  of  Congress  street.  Within  a  few  years  the 
company  have  placed  their  interests  in  the  hands  of 
H.  W.  Gaskell,  Esq.,  who  now  manages  their  entire 
business  in  this  country. 

Having  placed  before  our  readers  some  facts  as  to 
the  character  and  facilities  of  the  company,  it  is  in 
keeping  with  this  publication  to  make  mention,  in 
some  detail,  of  the  tricycles  and  bicycles  manufactured 
by  them.  Leading  in  the  list  of  the  wheels  is  the 
"  American  Club,"  which  has  been  greatly  improved 
for  the  present  season.  This  wheel  has  been  specially 
constructed  to  suit  the  requirements  of  the  American 
roads.  Much  thought  and  care  have  been  bestowed 
upon  it,  so  that  riders  may  rely  upon  the  machine 
being  perfectly  suited  to  their  wants.  Its  special 
features  are  very  easy  sliding  spring  with  rubber 
cushion  in  front,  plain,  hollow,  steel  front  and  back 
forks,  Stanley  head,  with  improved  long  centres, 
deep  neck,  improved  adjustable  single  ball  bearers 
to  front  and  back  wheels,  ^-inch  best  rubber  tyres 
steel  hubs  with  direct  spokes,  detachable  bent 
handle  bars,  painted  or  enameled  plain  back,  head, 
hubs,  handle  bar  and  cranks  plated,  detachable 
cranks.  The  "  Universal  Club  "  is  a  new  machine 
for  1885,  and  has  many  features  of  excellence.  The 
"Club"  Semi-Racer  has  been  designed  far  those 
requiring  a  bicycle  of  stouter  build  than  the"  Racer," 
but  lighter  than  the  American  "  Club."  It  is  well 
adapted  for  racing  on  grass  or  for  making  fast  time 
on  good  roads.  One  of  the  choicest  machines  manu- 
factured by  this  company  is  the  "Club"  Racer, 
which  is  fitted  with  tangent  spokes,  and  weighs 
(fifty -five-inch  machine)  twenty-three  pounds.  Dur- 
ing the  past  season  the  "Club"  Racer  has  achieved 
the  most  signal  success  all  over  the  world.  Besides 
those  at  home,  some  of  the  most  noteworthy  have 
been  in  the  United  States,  where  eighteen  valuable 
prizes  were  won  by  Mr.  H.  W.  Gaskell  at  two  race 
meetings;  also  in  Australia,  Germany,  and  Austria, 
where  all  the  principal  races  were  won  on  the  "  Club." 
Another  bicycle  that  is  worthy  of  special  mention  is 
the  "Club  Safety,"  and  in  this  has  been  introduced 
all  the  improvements  to  promote  safety  that  the  com- 
pany's experience  can  suggest.  The  half  mile,  three- 
quarter  mile,  and  two  miles  records  were  made  on  a 
"Club  Safety"  at  the  recent  Springfield  races. 

The  company  manufacture  several  different  pat- 
terns of  bicycles.  The  "  Sandringham  "  and  "Im- 
perial Club"  Tricycles  fully  maintained  their  reputa- 
tion last  season,  and  were  sold  in  very  large  num- 
bers, while  the  "  Cheylesmore"  lost  none  of  its  old 
popularity.  A  good  deal  has,  during  the  past  two 
years,  been  written  on  the  subject  of  rearsteering  tri- 
cycles, for  the  most  part  adversely  to  them.  These 
criticisms   are   doubtless  fairly  accurate    as  regards 


single-drivers,  but  are  absurd  when  applied  to  double- 
drivers.  The  "  Club  Tandem "  is  a  well-designed, 
carefully-constructed,  and  serviceable  machine,  and 
for  the  purpose  it  has  no  superior  in  the  market. 
If  space  permitted  much  could  be  written  of  the 
many  races  that  have  placed  the  machines  of  the 
Coventry  Company  first  among  all  competitors. 
Those  interested  will  find  at  the  warerooms  on 
Columbus  avenue  much  information  of  this  nature, 
or  by  addressing  the  manager,  Mr.  Gaskell,  an  illus- 
trated catalogue  will  be  forwarded.  The  Coventry 
Company  have  made  many  very  important  improve- 
ments, and  their  specialties  can  be  secured  at  the 
branch.  The  company's  salesroom,  at  No.  239 
Columbus  avenue,  this  city,  contains  an  excellent 
assortment  of  the  various  bicycles  and  tricycles  made 
by  them.  Mr.  H.  W.  Gaskell  is  a  widely  known 
wheelman,  and  thoroughly  appreciates  what  is  re- 
quired in  a  good  wheel. 

White,  Smith  &  Co.,  Music  Publishers,  No. 
516  Washington  Street. — One  of  the  best  known  and 
most  flourishing  music-publishing  houses  in  the  East 
is  that  of  Messrs.  White,  Smith  &  Co.,  of  No.  516 
Washington  street.  The  business  was  founded  in 
1868,  and  the  individual  members  of  the  firm  are  Mr. 
Charles  A.  White,  who  is  a  native  of  Taunton,  Mass., 
and  Mr.  William  F.  Smith,  who  is  a  native  of  Bos- 
ton. Their  large  store,  measuring  90x50  feet,  is  the 
headquarters  for  music  books  and  sheet  music  both  new 
and  old,  and  is  the  depot  for  the  agency  for  the  cele- 
brated Hardman  pianos  and  other  musical  instruments 
and  musicians'  goods.  The  firm  have  in  addition  a 
large  printing  establishment  for  the  printing  of  book 
and  sheet  music,  and  they  are  also  the  publishers  of 
the  Folio,  a  musical,  poetical,  and  witty  sheet,  which 
has  a  large  circulation  all  over  the  country.  The 
firm  also  have  a  branch  establishment  at  Nos.  5  and  7 
Washington  street,  Chicago,  and  their  trade  relations 
extend  to  all  parts  of  the  Union  and  Canada.  The 
extensive  business  done  by  the  house  is  a  sufficient 
commendation  of  the  fact  that  whatever  it  undertakes 
to  do  it  does  that  thoroughly  and  in  a  manner  which 
wins  for  it  constantly  an  increasing  list  of  patrons. 


J,  N.  Hayes  &  Co.,  Wharf  and  Bridge 
Builders,  Pile  Drivers  and  Contractors,  No.  31  Milk 
Street. — A  leading  firm  in  this  line  and  one  that  is 
prepared  to  execute  in  first-class  style  contracts  for 
this  kind  of  work  is  that  of  Messrs.  J.  N.  Hayes  & 
Co.,  whose  office  is  at  Room  14,  No.  31  Milk  street. 
This  business  was  originally  established  by  Ryan, 
Hayes  &  Co.  in  1883,  and  were  recently  succeeded 
by  the  present  firm,  which  consists  of  J.  N.  and 
George  Hayes.  Both  gentlemen  are  possessed  of 
vast  practical  experience  and  have  every  facility  for 
executing  all  contracts  in  the  promptest  and  most  re- 
liable manner.  They  give  particular  attention  to 
wharf  and  bridge  building,  pile  driving,  and  all 
kinds  of  work  in  this  line.  They  have  done  consid- 
erable work  in  this  city  and  vicinity,  among  which 
may  be  mentioned  the  Warren  bridge,  from  West 
End  to  Charlestown,  a  substantial  structure  of  hand- 
some proportions-,  and  the  East  Boston  ferry  docks 
and  slips,  which  are  conceded  to  be  one  of  the  best 
pieces  of  dock  building  in  the  harbor.  They  have 
also  done  work  in  all  parts  of  New  England,  and  are 
continually  kept  busy.  Both  members  of  the  firm  are 
natives  of  this  city,  members  of  the  Mechanics'  Ex- 
change, and  are  thoroughgoing,  enterprising  business 
men. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


I3i 


Davis  &  Farnum  Manufacturing- 
Company,  Manufacturers  of  Gas  and  Water 
Pipes,  and  Gas  and  Water  Machinery;  also  Gas 
Holders  and  Iron  Roofing,  Room  55  Mason  Build- 
ing, No.  70  Kilby  Street. — The  works  of  the  Davis 
&  Farnum  Manufacturing  Company  are  located  at 
Waltham,  Mars.,  near  the  Bleachery  Station.  This 
company  was  founded  in  1865,  and  from  its  inception 
to  the  present  it  has  been  one  of  the  noted  concerns  in 
its  line  in  the  country,  and  has  met  with  an  extent  of 
patronage  accorded  to  but  few  manufacturing  estab- 
lishments. The  works  of  the  company  are  to-day 
the  largest  of  their  kind  in  New  England.  They  are 
equipped  with  all  the  newest  and  latest  improved 
mechanical  appliances  for  securing  the  best  of  results, 
and  here  a  very  large  corps  of  workpeople  are  em- 
ployed in  manufacturing  gas  and  water  pipes  of  all 
dimensions,  gas  and  water  machinery  of  the  most  ap- 
proved pattern  and  design,  and  gas  holders  and  iron 
roofing  in  every  style.  The  facilities  of  the  establish- 
ment for  furnishing  supplies  to  gas  and  water  com- 
panies are  of  the  most  complete  and  ample  character, 
and  the  trade  relations  of  the  company  extend  to 
every  part  of  the  American  continent.  The  com- 
pany's central  offices  are  at  room  55  Mason  Building, 
No.  70  Kilby  street,  Boston.  The  company  is  one 
•of  the  most  substantial  and  reputable  among  the 
manufacturing  concerns  in  this  section  of  the  country. 

E.  T.  Cowdrey  &  Co.,  Manufacturers  of 
Pickles,  Preserves,  Canned  Goods,  Jellies,  Ketchups, 
etc.,  Nos.  80  and  82  Broad  Street. — The  canning 
business  in  Boston  has  for  many  years  been  an  im- 
portant industry,  and  among  the  principal  and  most 
deservedly  successful  houses  engaged  in  this  useful 
occupation  is  the  old  reliable  firm  of  E.  T.  Cowdrey 
&  Co.,  whose  enormous  establishment  is  located  at 
Nos.  80  and  82  Broad  street,  being  50x100  feet  in 
dimensions  and  six  stories  in  height.  The  firm  manu- 
factures all  of  its  own  cans  on  the  premises,  and  the 
entire  establishment  is  complete  in  all  of  its  many 
departments,  giving  employment  to  two  hundred  and 
fifty  hands,  and  turning  out  annually  enough  to  sup- 
port an  army  of  men.  The  goods  have  become  so 
well  known  that  they  sell  themselves,  and  are  to  be 
found  in  well-regulated  homes  from  Boston  to  Cali- 
fornia. Only  the  best  material  is  used,  and  the  fruits 
and  vegetables  are  obtained  direct  from  the  farmer, 
fresh  and  in  prime  condition,  and  are  immediately 
washed,  cooked,  and  canned,  being  hermetically 
sealed,  so  that  when  opened,  years  afterward  perhaps, 
they  are  as  fresh  and  have  as  great  a  delicacy  of  flavor 
as  when  plucked  from  the  garden  or  orchard.  In 
their  establishment  cleanliness  and  order  pervades 
every  department,  and  the  employees  themselves  are 
required  to  exercise  the  greatest  neatness  in  all  of 
their  operations.  The  consumer  may  rest  assured 
that  he  is  getting  the  best  of  goods  if  they  have  on 
the  label  the  time-honored  name  of  E.  T.  Cowdrey 
&  Co.  The  house  was  established  in  1855,  and  from 
that  time  to  this  has  always  been  in  the  front  rank. 
The  firm  is  composed  of  Mr.  E.  T.  Cowdrey  and  C. 
T.  Schubarth,  gentlemen  widely  known  in  manufac- 
turing and  mercantile  circles. 


of  the  Merchants'  Bank  this  substantial  institution  was 
incorporated  under  the  laws  of  Massachusetts  in  1831, 
and  was  reorganized  under  the  provisions  of  the  na- 
tional banking  laws  in  1863  under  the  present  title. 
With  a  paid-up  capital  of  $3,000,000,  and  the  annual 
report  for  the  last  fiscal  year  showing  the  loans  and 
discounts  aggregating  nearly  $7,000,000,  and  the  sur- 
plus and  undivided  profits  reaching  $  1 ,000,000,  speaks 
eloquently  of  the  consummate  ability  with  which  its 
affairs  have  been  conducted.  The  officers  at  time  of 
writing  are :  President,  Franklin  Haven,  Jr. ;  cashier, 
George  R.  Chapman;  paying  teller,  W.  H.  Sar- 
geant ;  receiving  teller,  Charles  N.  M.  Lincoln.  The 
Board  of  Directors  consists  of  some  of  the  leading 
capitalists,  financiers,  and  representative  business  men 
of  New  England,  and  is  as  follows :  T.  Jefferson 
Coolidge,  J.  F.  Anderson,  George  A.  Gardner,  Nath. 
Mayer,  Abbott  Lawrence,  and  Howard  Stockton. 


The  Merchants'  National  Bank,  No. 

28  State  Street.— The  Merchants'  National  Bank,  of 
Boston,  for  more  than  half  a  century  has  taken  a 
prominent  and  effective  part  in  fostering  those  husi 
ne<-s  enterprises  and  industries  which  have  brought  to 
the  city  her  wealth  and  distinction.     Under  the  name 


J.  W.  Bailey  &  Son,  Wholesale  and  Retail 
Dealers  in  Moldings,  Brackets,  etc.,  No.  14  Charles- 
town  Street. — The  house  of  J.  W.  Bailey  &  Son  since 
1875  nas  occupied  a  leading  position  in  the  trade. 
They  are  extensive  wholesale  and  retail  dealers  in 

moldings,  brack- 
ets, stair  rail  and 
posts,newels, bal- 
usters, stationary 
washstands,  man- 
tel shelves,  gut- 
ters, conductors, 
andbuildingtrim- 
mingsof  all  kinds. 
This  house  has 
also  pressed  cor- 
ner blocks  and 
ornamentswhich, 
while  possessing 
the  attractiveness 
of  carved  wood,  are  much  less  expensive,  their 
goods  having  a  standard  reputation  as  being W  the 
best  procurable  in  the  market.  The  premises  consist 
of  four  large  floors  and  basement  containing  a  very 
heavy  stock,  and  the  facilities  at  hand  for  the  accom- 
modation of  customers  render  the  establishment  a 
desirable  one  with  which  to  deal.  Both  members  of 
the  firm  are  natives  of  Massachusetts. 


Massachusetts  Mutual  Fire  Insur- 
ance Company,  No.  28  State  Street. — The 
Massachusetts  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company,  of 
No.  28  State  street,  is  one  of  the  leading  fire  insur- 
ance companies  in  this  section  of  the  country,  both 
as  respects  amount  of  business  done,  promptness  in 
paying  losses,  and  fair  and  honorable  dealings  with 
its  policy-holders  and  all  others  doing  business  with 
it.  This  reputation  it  has  gained  by  the  care  in  the 
selection  of  its  officers  and  employees  and  the  wisdom 
of  its  management.  The  company  was  incorporated 
in  1873,  and  its  ruling  feature  is  to  effect  insurances 
of  dwelling-house  property,  away  from  business  cen- 
tres of  cities  and  towns,  only.  The  financial  status  of 
the  company  on  the  1st  of  January,  1885,  was:  Cash 
assets,  #325,531.50;  contingent  assets,  #123,028.86; 
total,  $448,560.36.  Liabilities,  including  capital  and 
reinsurance,  #275,593.91;  cash  surplus,  $49,937.59; 
at  risk,  $17,107,197.  The  headquarters  of  the  com- 
pany are  at  No.  28  State  street.  Mr.  Charles  B. 
Cumings,  president,  and  Mr.  John  M.  Corbett,  secre- 
tary, have  held  their  present  offices  since  the  incorpo- 
ration of  the  company. 


132 


CITY    OF   BOSTON. 


Oriental  Powder  Mills,  Manufacturers  of 
Gunpowder  for  Sporting,  Shipping,  and  Blasting. — 
In  the  whole  range  of  manufactures  there  is  no  staple 
of  more  world-wide  necessity  and  usefulness  than 
gunpowder,  and  here  in  the  United  States  the  same 
success  has  attended  the  efforts  of  our  leading  manu- 
facturers of  this  article  as  has  rewarded  their  fellow- 
business- men  in  so  many  other  branches  of  industry. 
Here  in  New  England  this  branch  jf  business  has  its 
thoroughgoing  representative  in  the  Oriental  Powder 
Mills,  an  old-established  concern,  duly  incorporated 
for  the  manufacture  of  gunpowder  for  sporting,  ship- 
ping, and  blasting  purposes.  This  company  and  its 
predecessors  have  been  in  the  business  for  upward  of 
fifty  years,  and  during  its  existence  it  has  developed 
a  large  trade  for  home  and  export  consumption. 
Their  mills  are  situated  in  the  towns  of  Windham 
and  Gorham,  Me.,  on  the  banks  of  the  Presumpscot 
River,  where  it  has  one  of  the  finest  water-powers  in 
the  State.  Its  plant  is  one  of  the  most  extensive  in 
the  country  and  every  effort  is  made  to  keep  it  up  to 
the  times  in  every  particular  by  the  adoption  of  all 
modern  improvements  that  may  be  made  in  powder 
machinery.  Its  powder  is  tested  by  scientific  instru- 
ments (of  which  they  have  a  full  line)  made  for  the 
purpose  of  ascertaining  the  pressure,  density,  vel- 
ocity, etc.,  etc.  Their  plant  is  under  the  care  and 
management  of  Mr.  E.  F.  Newhall,  who  has  been 
the  efficient  superintendent  for  many  years.  He, 
having  been  in  the  business  for  more  than  twenty-five 
years,  is  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  manufacture 
of  powder  in  all  its  details.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that 
the  Oriental  Powder  Mills  is  a  concern  fully  equipped 
for  the  manufacture  of  powder  to  the  best  advantage. 
The  brands  of  powder  manufactured  by  them  cover 
the  demands  of  all  classes  of  consumers  for  all  pur- 
poses, and  the  high  reputation  which  its  powder  bears 
is  permanently  maintained  by  them  by  constant  care 
and  watchfulness  in  its  manufacture  and  in  the  char- 
acter of  the  materials  used,  only  the  best  qualities  of 
raw  materials  being  used  and  the  most  skillful  hands 
employed. 

The  principal  office  and  salesroom  is  located 
at  No.  13  Broad  Street,  Boston.  They  also  have 
branch  offices  in  St.  Louis,  Mo. ;  Chicago,  111. ; 
and  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  At  any  of  its  offices  may  be 
found  a  full  line  of  samples  of  the  various  sizes  and 
qualities  of  powder  manufactured  by  them,  the  large 
stock  being  held  in  their  magazines,  which  are  scat- 
tered all  over  the  country.  Their  sporting  powders 
are  well  known  by  all  consumers  and  sportsmen. 
Among  the  sporting  brands  made  by  them  may  be 
mentioned  "Western  Sporting,"  "Wild  Fowl  Shoot- 
ing," "  Falcon  Ducking,"  and  "  Wing  Shot." 
This  latter  is  a  new  brand  recently  placed  in  the 
market  by  them.  It  is  a  sporting  powder  designed 
to  meet  all  the  requirements  of  modern  firearms,  and, 
for  strength,  cleanliness,  and  pattern,  is  unequaled. 
Their  blasting  and  shipping  powders  are  also  well 
known,  and  for  strength,  uniformity,  and  reliability 
are  second  to  none;  for  mining  and  blasting  purposes 
they  are  recognized  as  among  the  best  to  be  had, 
and  are  used  by  many  of  the  largest  mining  compa- 
nies in  the  world.  The  Oriental  Powder  Mills'  goods 
are  on  sale  by  the  leading  dealers  throughout  the 
country,  many  of  whom  act  as  the  company's  agents. 
This  company  also  manufactures  Government  powder, 
having  every  facility  for  the  manufacture  of  hexagonal, 
mammoth,  cannon,  musket,  and  mortar  powder.  The 
officers  of  this  company  are,  Arthur  Williams,  presi- 
dent, and  J.  H.  Newhall,  treasurer. 


Territorial  Wool  Association,  No.  234 

Purchase  Street. — This  association  is  composed  of  a 
number  of  gentlemen,  who,  owning  large  ranches  in 
the  West,  sell  their  own  clip  in  Eastern  markets,  and 
the  wool  of  other  growers  who  desire  to  share  in  the 
benefits  arising  from  the  efforts  of  parties  who  have 
a  large  stake  in  hand  in  their  own  wool  sales,  and 
devote  unusual  attention  thereto  in  consequence.  The 
"Territorial  Wool  Association"  handle  no  foreign 
wool,  only  domestic,  and  their  aim  is  to  improve 
quality  and  induce  greater  care  in  the  growth  and 
preparation  of  Territorial  wool  for  market  in  order 
that  it  may  rank  with  other  wools  and  realize  accord- 
ingly. They  sell  to  manufacturers  and  dealers  gen- 
erally, and  are  building  a  reputation  to  that  extent 
that  already  wool  passing  through  their  hands  is,  as 
it  were,  guaranteed.  Of  this  association  W.  L. 
Pickard,  Jr.,  is  manager,  and  is  indefatigable  in  his 
efforts  to  secure  desired  results.  The  need  of  an  as- 
sociation of  this  kind  has  long  been  felt,  and  it  now 
being  accomplished,  it  is  hoped  that  a  corresponding 
rise  in  prices  will  follow  the  undertaking. 

The  S.  S.  White  Dental  Manufactur- 
ing* Co.,  No.  160  Tremont  Street. — Prominent 
among  the  leading  and  notable  firms  in  the  country 
engaged  in  manufacturing  dentists'  supplies  is  The 
S.  S.  White  Dental  Manufacturing  Co.,  which  has 
established  for  itself  more  than  a  national  reputation 
for  the  superior  workmanship  and  perfect  finish  of  its 
dental  instruments.  The  business  was  founded  in  1847, 
and  during  the  past  thirty  eight  years  it  has  been  one 
of  the  most  popular  and  enterprising  concerns  in  its 
line  in  the  country,  having  business  ramifications  all 
over  the  Union  and  the  British  provinces  and  Eu- 
rope, and  to-day  it  is  the  most  extensive  and  most 
largely  patronized  establishment  of  its  kind  on  the 
American  continent.  The  headquarters  and  factory 
of  the  company  are  located  on  Chestnut  street,  cor. 
Twelfth,  Philadelphia.  The  branch  houses  of  the 
company  are:  New  York — 767  and  769  Broadway, 
1260  Broadway ;  Boston — 160  Tremont  street;  Chi- 
cago— 14  and  16  East  Madison  street;  Brooklyn — 
313  and  315  Fulton  street.  The  Boston  branch  was 
first  opened  at  23  Tremont  street,  was  subsequently 
removed  to  13  and  16  Tremont  row,  and  in  January, 
1882,  was  transferred  to  the  present  address.  The 
premises  occupied  for  the  business  consist  of  the  sec- 
ond and  third  floors,  each  ninety  by  one  hundred  feet 
in  dimensions,  of  a  commodious  structure  with  mar- 
ble front,  and  known  as  the  Snow  Building.  Here 
is  the  most  complete  stock  of  dental  furnishings  to 
be  found  in  any  establishment  in  the  New  England 
States.  This  branch  is  under  the  management  of 
Mr.  John  F.  Davis,  who  is  a  native  of  Massachu- 
setts, and  has  been  connected  with  the  company 
for  the  past  fifteen  years.  A  few  months  ago  he 
was  appointed  manager  in  succession  to  Mr.  C.  P. 
Harkins,  who  had  been  the  manager  for  twenty 
years.  Mr.  Davis  is  a  sterling,  enterprising  busi- 
ness man,  of  genial  temperament,  and  is  very 
popular  with  the  customers  of  the  house.  He  has 
entire  control  of  the  company's  business  in  the  New 
England  States  and  the  Canadas,  and  this  business, 
although  now  extensive,  is  constantly  increasing  in' 
volume.  This  branch  employs  ten  hands  in  the  store, 
and  three  traveling  salesmen  permanently  represent 
it  in  the  New  England  States  and  the  Provinces.  The 
company  also  issue  the  Dental  Cosmos,  a  monthly  pub- 
lication, edited  by  James  W.  White,  M.D.,  D.D.S., 
the  president  of  the  company. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


*33 


American   Carpet  Lining  Company, 

Office  of  Treasurer   and    Manager,  No.  179  Devon- 
shire Street. — The  products  of  the  looms  of  to-day  are 
works  of  art,  and  they  are  no  longer  confined  to  the 
homes  of  the  opulent,  the  economy  of  steam  produc- 
tion placing  them  within   the  means  of  the  poorest 
families   even.       With   the   manufacture  of    carpets 
came  another  equally  important  production,  that  of 
carpet  linings,  and  among  those  firms  who  have  made 
this  a  specialty  the  American  Carpet  Lining  Com- 
pany stands  first.     This  company  was  organized  in 
Boston  in  1877,  and  now  have  a  capital  of  $50,000, 
F.  B.  Wentworth  being  president  and  treasurer.    Their 
factory  is  at  Watertown,  this  State,  from  which  they 
have  a  product  of  thirty  thousand  bales  per  annum.    In 
addition  to  their  office  at  No.  179  Devonshire  street, 
this  city,  the  company  have  a  branch  in   New  York 
at  No.    83   White  street.     Their  carpet  linings  are 
in  general  use  in  this  country,  Canada,  and  the  Brit- 
ish   Provinces,   while    the   demand  from   European 
countries  has  already  become  a  very  important  part 
of  the  business.     These  goods,  after  many  years'  trial, 
have  thoroughly  substantiated  every  claim  for  them, 
and  wherever  used  have  given  the  most  satisfactory 
results.     The  president,  Mr.  Wentworth,  is  a  gentle- 
man of  about  fifty  years,  and  in  his  management  of  the 
details  of  the   company  has  displayed   that   energy, 
tact,  and  ability  that   stamps  him  a  man  of  unques- 
tioned resources  and  enterprise.     He  has  given  the 
American   Lining   Company   a    prominent   position 
among  the  leading   industries  of  Boston.      A  new 
feature  has  just   been   added   to   the  carpet   linings 
manufactured  by  this  company.      Strips  of  tape  are 
stitched  on  at  intervals,  this  gives  greater  strength  to 
the  fabric.   The  carpet  dealers  are  very  much  pleased 
with  this  new  invention.     In  every  respect  this  house 
may  be  considered  representative  of  the  great  busi- 
ness houses  of  this  city. 


Boyce  Brothers,  Wholesale  and  Retail  Deal- 
ers in  Furniture,  Carpets,  Bedding,  etc.,  No.  739 
Washington  Street,  corner  of  Dix  Place. — The  last 
twenty  years  have  added  more  to  the  comfort  of 
humanity  than  the  two  centuries  that  preceded  them, 
and  in  nothing  is  this  fact  more  noticeable  than  in  the 
manufacture  of  furniture.  One  of  the  oldest  and 
most  successful  houses  in  this  line  is  that  of  Messrs. 
Boyce  Brothers,  No.  739  Washington  street.  This 
popular  establishment  was  founded  forty  years  ago, 
and  from  a  small  beginning  has  grown  to  be  one  of 
the  largest  in  the  trade.  Their  immense  warehouse 
is  completely  stocked  with  all  kinds  of  elegant  parlor, 
chamber,  dining-room,  library,  and  drawing-room 
suites,  all  kinds  of  carpets,  both  of  foreign  and 
domestic  manufacture,  curtains  of  every  desired  pat- 
tern, quality,  and  size,  mirrors,  bedding,  upholstery 
goods,  oil-cloths,  and  general  housefurnishinggoods, 
and,  in  fact,  everything  that  will  in  any  way  add  to 
the  comfort  and  elegance  of  a  home.  The  business 
of  this  house  is  not  confined  to  Boston  and  vicinity, 
but  extends  to  all  sections  of  the  Eastern  States.  Its 
facilities  are  such  that  the  largest  orders  can  be  filled 
in  the  promptest  and  most  satisfactory  manner.  The 
firm  are  so  well  known  and  have  retained  their  old 
customers  for  so  long  a  time  that  their  reputation  for 
honorable,  straightforward  dealing  is  established  be- 
yond the  requirements  of  praise.  Messrs.  C.  B.  and 
W.  Boyce,  who  compose  the  firm,  were  born  in  Ver- 
mont, and  have  been  life-long  residents  of  Boston. 
Both  gentlemen  are  highly  esteemed  as  honorable 
merchants  and  liberal,  public-spirited  citizens. 


Hawley,  Folsom  &  Martin,  Importers 
and  Manufacturers  of  Men's  Furnishing  Goods,  Nos. 
27  and  29  Otis  and  106  and  108  Arch  Streets. — A 
most  prominent  house  engaged  in  the  manufacture 
of  gents'  furnishing  goods,  and  probably  the  oldest 
in  its  line  in  the  city,  is  that  of  Messrs.  Hawley,  Fol- 
som &  Martin,  of  Nos.  27  and  29  Otis  and  106  and 
108  Arch  streets.  The  business  was  founded  forty- 
nine  years  ago,  and  throughout  its  long  career  the 
house  has  enjoyed  a  marked  success  and  prosperity. 
The  firm  have  been  in  their  present  location 
about  twenty  years,  and  here  they  occupy  six  capa- 
cious and  commodious  floors,  admirably  equipped. 
The  proprietors  of  this  establishment  possess  all  the 
requisite  qualities  called  for  by  the  business,  and  they 
are  fully  abreast  with  the  times  in  the  production  of 
novelties  and  first-class  goods.  The  firm  are  the 
owners  of  the  Plymouth,  N.  H.,  Glove  Works,  where 
they  employ  a  large  force  of  skilled  work-people  in 
the  manufacture  of  all  kinds  of  gloves.  Besides 
manufacturing  extensively  themselves,  the  firm  import 
large  quantities  of  men's  furnishing  goods  from  the 
principal  markets  of  Europe.  The  trade  of  the 
house  is  strictly  wholesale,  and  is  annually  increasing 
in  volume  in  consequence  of  the  unsurpassed  excel- 
lence of  the  goods  manufactured  by  the  firm.  The 
individual  members  of  the  firm  are  Messrs.  G.  T. 
Hawley,  Paul  F.  Folsom,  and  Jack  L.  Martin,  who 
have  pulled  together  harmoniously  in  partnership  for 
a  period  of  forty-four  years.  The  trade  relations  of 
the  house  extend  throughout  the  Northern  States  and 
as  far  as  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  the  equitable 
manner  in  which  the  business  is  conducted  is  guaran- 
tee sufficiently  obvious  why  dealers  should  place  their 
orders  with  this  house. 

Charles  P.  Whittle,  Manufacturer  of  Black 
Walnut  and  Cherry  Chamber  Furniture  and  Fancy 
Cabinetware,  corner  Fulton  and  Cross  Streets. — 
The  well-known  house  of  Mr.  Charles  P.  Whittle,  the 
black  walnut  and  cherry  chamber  furniture  and 
fancy  cabinetware  manufacturer,  was  established 
in  1868,  at  No.  86  North  street,  by  Wassineus 
&  Whittle,  who  in  1870  removed  the  business  to 
Boston  Highlands.  In  1877  Mr.  Wassineus  with- 
drew from  the  firm,  and  the  business  has  since  been 
continued  by  Mr.  Whittle,  who  removed  the  business 
to  its  present  location  at  the  corner  of  Fulton  and 
Cross  streets,  in  1880.  Here  he  occupies  a  four- 
story  brick  building,  covering  an  area  of  fifty  by  one 
hundred  and  fifty  feet,  and  also  a  large  storehouse 
in  rear  of  same,  and  stocked  with  first-class  chamber 
furniture  and  fancy  cabinetware  in  black  walnut  and 
cherry  woods.  The  factory  of  the  firm  is  at  East  Bos- 
ton and  comprises  a  four-story  brick  building,  which 
is  complete  in  its  equipment  with  mechanical  appli- 
ances, the  machinery  being  operated  by  a  thirty-five 
horse  power  engine  and  a  boiler  of  fifty-horse  power. 
Here  a  force  of  fifty  workmen  are  employed.  The 
business  is  entirely  wholesale  and  the  products  of  the 
house  are  shipped  not  only  to  all  parts  of  the  Union, 
but  a  large  export  trade  is  done.  This  house  is  con- 
stantly represented  on  the  road  by  a  force  of  three 
traveling  salesmen.  The  transactions  of  the  house 
are  of  large  volume  and  are  constantly  increasing. 
Mr.  Whittle  is  a  native  of  this  State  and  a  gentleman 
of  long  practical  business  experience.  He  is  also 
New  England  agent  for  the  well-known  IX L  exten- 
sion table,  which  combines  many  important  improve- 
ments in  its  construction,  and  now  belived  to  be  one 
of  the  best  tables  in  the  market. 


134 


CITY    OF  BOSTON. 


Warren  Hill  &  Co.,  Manufacturing  Per- 
fumers, No.  24  Devonshire  Street. — One  of  the  most 
popular  and  best-known  establishments  in  Boston, 
devoted  to  this  industry  is  that  of  Messrs.  Warren 
Hill  &  Co.,  of  No.  24  Devonshire  street.  The  busi- 
ness was  established  in  1882, 
and  at  the  present  time  they 
occupy  two  floors,  each  25x90 
feet  in  area,  of  a  four-story 
stone  building,  the  lower  floor 
being  utilized  as  office  and 
salesroom.  The  latter  is  very 
handsomely  fitted  up  with  a 
fine  array  of  showcases,  con- 
taining the  choicest  perfumes 
in  ornamental  bottles,  fancy 
packages,  etc.  The  upper 
floor  is  used  for  manufactur- 
ing and  laboratory  purposes, 
and  here  the  most  delicious 
of  perfumes  of  every  kind  and 
variety  are  manufactured  and 
prepared  for  the  trade.  The 
firm  are  also  importers  and 
dealers  in  fine  essential  oils, 
vanilla  beans,  etc.,  in  which 
they  do  an  extensive  busi- 
ness. The  trade  of  the  house 
is  wholesale  and  retail,  and 
the  facilities  of  the  firm  for  promptly  and  efficiently 
filling  orders  are  of  the  most  complete  and  satis- 
factory character.  They  are  manufacturers  of  fra- 
grant and  lasting  perfumes  for  the  toilet,  distilled  from 
flowers,  including  White  Heliotrope,  Violette,  Hid- 
den Hand,  Adena,  Passion  Flower,  Nile  Lily,  Nina 
Bouquet,  Bon  Cilene,  Safrano,  Masterpiece,  White 
Clipper,Bouquet  of  Paradise,  Reseda, White  Baroness, 
Bourbon  Rose,  Rosa  Superba,  White  Rose,  Ihlang  Ih- 
lang,  Lily  of  the  Vailey,  Musk,  Jasmin,  White  Lilac,  etc. 
All  these  goods  are  put  up  in  one,  two,  and  four  ounce 
bottles  and  in  pound  and  half  pound  bottles,  eighteen 
ounces  to  the  pound.  They  also  put  up  a  superior  arti- 
cle of  violet  toilet  water  and  a  fragrant  lavender  toilet 
water,  also  a  variety  of  cologne  oils  for  the  manu- 
facture of  a  superior  quality  of  cologne,  sachet  pow- 
ders, etc.,  and  dealers  in  fancy  goods  may  find  here 
everything  they  need  in  these  lines  at  rock  bottom 
prices.  Mr.  Warren  Hill,  who  is  the  sole  proprietor, 
and  a  native  of  this  State,  gives  his  personal  attention 
to  the  management  of  the  operations  of  the  concern, 
and  thus  affords  a  guarantee  to  patrons  that  their  in- 
terests will  be  faithfully  watched. 


John  B.  Babcock  &  Co.,  Selling  Agents, 
Straw  Goods,  Velveteens,  etc.,  No.  91  Bedford  Street. 
— This  firm  occupy  the  second  and  third  floors  of  the 
west  end  of  the  Bedford  Building,  one  of  the  finest 
business  blocks  in  the  city.  The  entrance  is  on  Bed- 
ford street  and  the  elevator  on  Columbia  street. 
Being  on  the  corner,  every  part  of  their  large  floors 
is  thoroughly  lighted.  They  moved  into  the  present 
premises  nine  years  ago,  when  they  were  practically 
alone  in  that  vicinity,  foreseeing  the  future  value  of 
the  location,  and  their  judgment  has  been  verified  as 
correct,  as  the  New  England  Shoe  and  Leather  Ex- 
change is  their  nearest  neighbor,  and  they  are  now 
entirely  surrounded  by  large  and  successful  houses. 
This  firm  is  the  only  one  in  Boston  of  its  distinctive 
kind,  being  selling  agents  for  the  largest  manu- 
facturers of  men's,  women's,  and  children's  hats  by 
the  case  only,  and  they   confine  their  sales  to  the 


wholesale  dealers  in  the  principal  cities  of  the  coun- 
try. In  addition  to  their  large  hat  business,  which 
comprises  straws,  fur,  and  wool  felts,  they  are  the 
sole  agents  for  the  United  States  of  the  celebrated 
Stag  brand  of  velveteens,  in  blue-blacks  and  colors. 
In  the  twenty-five  years  of  its  existence  this  house 
has  firmly  established  itself  in  the  high  esteem  of  the 
trade  and  enjoyed  a  uniformly  successful  career. 
Mr.  John  B.  Babcock,  the  founder  of  the  business, 
has  been  identified  in  this  line  for  forty  years,  and 
although  at  the  present  time  a  director  in  one  of  our 
national  banks,  and  in  charge  of  several  trust  estates, 
he  still  takes  an  active  interest  in  the  business  and 
gives  it  the  benefit  of  his  long  experience  and  judg- 
ment. Associated  with  him  are  his  two  sons,  Samuel 
H.  and  John  B.,  Jr., both  of  whom  have  been  brought 
up  with  him  and  received  their  business  education 
under  his  charge.  The  former  takes  entire  charge  of 
the  books,  while  the  latter  looks  after  the  manufactur- 
ing and  attends  to  the  selling  of  the  goods.  This  is 
distinctly  a  Boston  house,  as  they  are  all  Boston  boys 
and  graduates  of  the  English  High  School. 


F.  M.  Spankling",  Paper,  No.  40  State  Street, 
Room  No.  32. — The  continued  increased  demand 
for  paper  in  all  our  many  industries  requires  a  more 
abundant  and  less  expensive  substance  than  rags,  and 
as  necessity  is  the  mother  of  invention  we  now  have 
all  kinds  of  paper  for  wrapping,  printing,  writing, 
and,  indeed,  for  every  purpose  to  which  paper  could 
be  put.  Among  those  in  this  city  who  are  the  best 
judges  of  this  necessary  article  is  Mr.  F.  M.  Spauld- 
ing,  who  has  been  in  business  for  the  last  three  years 
as  paper  broker  and  has  made  hirriself  familiar  with 
the  prices  of  all  the  leading  mills,  and  is  an  expert  as 
regards  the  quality  of  every  variety  and  kind  of  these 
goods.  He  finds  it  unnecessary  to  keep  a  heavy 
stock  on  hand,  as  he  is  enabled  to  supply  his 
patrons  direct  from  the  mills.  Mr.  Spaulding's  office 
is  located  at  No.  40  State  street.  Like  so  many 
gentlemen  doing  business  in  the  Hub,  Mr.  Spaulding 
resides  in  one  of  the  many  beautiful  suburbs,  Tewks- 
bury  being  his  home.  His  trade  is  very  large  and  is 
continually  growing,  and  he  himself  is  regarded 
among  paper  dealers  and  the  business  community  in 
general  as  one  of  the  most  energetic  and  capable 
brokers  in  the  trade.  Mr.  Spaulding  has  recently 
established  offices  in  New  York  and  Chicago,  his 
special  line  being  all  grades  of  news  and  book  papers, 
of  which  he  handles  very  large  quantities. 


A.  Klipstein,  Aniline  Colors,  Dye  Stuffs, 
Chemicals,  No.  167  Milk  Street. — A  leading  house 
in  this  city  engaged  in  the  importation  of  the  finest 
aniline  colors  and  dye  stuffs  in  general  is  that  of  Mr. 
A.  Klipstein,  No.  167  Milk  street.  He  started  in 
New  York  in  1869,  and  has  been  established  in  Bos- 
ton since  1879.  He  represents  about  half  a  dozen  of 
the  largest  manufacturers  in  Europe  in  the  lines  of 
aniline  colors,  dye  stuffs,  chemicals,  etc.,  selling  di- 
rect to  the  jobbers  and  proprietors  of  mills.  A  full 
and  complete  stock  is  carried  at  the  spacious  ware- 
house, No.  167  Milk  street,  and  all  orders  are  filled 
in  the  promptest  and  most  satisfactoiy  manner. 
Messrs.  H.  L.  Smith  and  C.  Krentz,  the  efficient 
managers  of  the  Boston  house,  are  gentlemen  of 
practical  experience  and  thoroughly  understand  the 
business  in  its  every  detail.  The  house  he  represents 
is  one  of  the  best  in  its  line,  and  possesses  facilities 
and  resources  unequaled  by  any  other  in  the  trade. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND   MERCHANTS. 


M5 


Moody,  Estabrook  &  Andersons,  Shoe 
Manufacturers,  Nos.  45  and  47  Lincoln  Street ;  Fac- 
tory at  Nashua,  N.  H. — There  is  no  branch  of  busi- 
ness in  which  Boston  can  so  justly  take  pride  as  in 
her  immense  boot  and  shoe  interests  and  the  high 
standing  of  her  representative  houses  in  this  line. 
While  there  are  but  few  factories  actually  operated 
in  the  city,  Boston  is  the  great  mart  for  all,  and 
millions  of  Boston's  capital  is  represented  in  shoe 
factories  in  all  the  surrounding  towns,  the  products 
of  which  are  all  sold  here.  Many  concerns  in  Bos- 
ton, besides  owning  and  operating  factories,  handle 
the  entire  product  of  others  just  as  completely  as 
though  they  owned  the  machinery  and  themselves 
paid  the  employees.  There  are  very  few  concerns 
now  making  a  generally  mixed  line  of  goods,  con- 
fining themselves  to  shoes  worn  by  one  or  the  other 
sex.  This  is  on  account  of  the  difference  in  stock 
entering  into  the  different  kinds  of  goods,  partially, 
men's  shoes  requiring  entirely  different  material  from 
women's,  and  partially  from  the  fact  that  it  is  difficult 
to  obtain  competent  workmen  on  both  men's  and 
women's  work.  For  these  and  other  obvious  reasons, 
the  manufacturer,  as  a  rule,  who  makes  women's 
shoes,  makes  no  men's  shoes,  and  vice  versa.  There 
are  some  exceptions  to  this  rule,  however,  but  in  such 
cases  there  is  a  division  of  work.  The  firm  of  Moody, 
Estabrook  &  Andersons,  whose  Boston  office  and 
salesroom  are  at  Nos.  45  and  47  Lincoln  street,  is  one' 
of  these  exceptional  houses  who  make  men's,  boys', 
and  youths',  and  women's,  misses',  and  children's 
shoes,  or,  in  other  words,  cater  for  both  sexes  from 
the  babe  to  the  adult.  The  grade  of  their  goods  may 
be  indicated  by  the  term  medium,  which  indicates 
that  they  are  well  made,  of  solid  leather,  and  are 
adapted  for  the  use  of  people  who  can  only  afford  to 
wear  medium-priced  goods.  In  other  words,  me- 
dium-grade goods  are  principally  worn  by  the  toilers, 
and  hence  constitute  by  far  the  greater  proportion  of 
boots  and  shoes  made.  This  firm  has  a  factory  at 
Nashua,  N.  H.,  which  turns  out  twelve  thousand 
cases  of  goods  per  year,  and  they  also  handle  the 
product  of  Maynard  &  Washburn's  factory  at  Clare- 
mont,  N.  H.,  which  turns  out  eight  thousand  cases 
annually.  In  their  Boston  store,  they  carry  a  full 
sample  stock  of  all  goods  made  by  them.  They  ruu 
in  the  winter  season  on  men's,  boys',  and  youths' 
goods,  and  in  the  summer  upon  women's,  misses', 
and  children's  goods.  Their  trade  is  with  the  lead- 
ing Western  and  Southern  jobbers,  their  goods  being 
adapted  to  either  section  of  the  country.  The  firm 
was  established  five  years  ago,  being  composed  of 
gentlemen  all  thoroughly  familiar  with  the  require 
ments  of  the  trade.  Mr.  William  H.  Moody,  the 
head  of  the  firm,  is  a  native  of  Claremont,  N.  H.,  is 
forty-three  years  of  age,  and  has  been  engaged  in 
active  business  in  Boston  for  the  past  twenty  years. 
He  was  formerly  of  the  shoe  firm  of  Crane,  Moody 
&  Rising,  a  well-known  Boston  firm  in  its  day.  With 
them  he  was  associated  eight  years.  Mr.  F.  W.  Esta- 
brook was  formerly  of  Marlborough,  Mass.,  is  thirty- 
two  years  of  age,  and  was  a  native  of  Grafton, 
Worcester  county,  Mass.  Messrs.  F.  E.  and  George 
E.  Anderson  are  natives  of  Derry,  N.  H.,  the  former 
thirty-two  and  the  latter  thirty  years  of  age.  Mr. 
George  Anderson  has  been  with  Mr.  Moody  from 
boyhood,  and  his  brother,  F.  E.  Anderson,  was  for  a 
number  of  years  in  charge  of  the  stitching-room  for 
the  old  firm.  Moody,  Estabrook  &  Andersons'  en- 
terprise places  them  in  the  front  rank  of  the  shoe 
trade. 


J.  V.  Dakin,  Merchant  Tailor,  No.  861  Wash- 
ington Street,  opposite  Oak. — Well-fitting  garments 
in  these  modern  days  have  become  more  than  ever  a 
necessity,  and  we  are  conferring  a  benefit  on  our  read- 
ers in  pointing  out  an  establishment  where  these  are 
to  be  obtained  in  perfection  at  moderate  prices.  A 
leading  house  engaged  in  this  line  of  trade  as  a  mer- 
chant tailor  is  that  of  J.  V.  Dakin,  whose  place  of 
business  is  centrally  located  at  No.  861  Washington 
street.  He  has  been  established  since  1865,  and 
during  that  period  has  built  up  a  large  and  splendid 
trade  derived  from  the  best  classes  of  the  community. 
He  occupies  commodious  premises  30x70  feet  in  size, 
where  a  large  stock  of  imported  suitings,  broadcloths, 
cassimeres,  worsteds,  diagonals,  etc.,  are  shown,  and 
every  attention  is  given  to  all  the  details  of  business. 
The  facilities  of  the  house  for  the  prompt  fulfillment 
of  orders  are  unsurpassed,  and  embrace  a  large  force 
of  skilled  workmen.  Eighteen  hands  are  constantly 
employed,  whose  operations,  however,  are  all  con- 
ducted under  the  supervision  of  Mr.  Dakin,  who  has 
had  a  practical  experience  of  over  thirty  years.  To 
those  who  require  a  high  grade  of  custom  clothing, 
his  house  commends  itself  as  one  that  can  be  im- 
plicitly relied  on  to  furnish  only  such  garments  as 
are  perfect  in  style,  cut,  and  superior  workmanship. 
The  store  is  handsomely  fitted  with  large  plate-glass 
mirrors,  and  the  display  of  goods  is  very  attractive. 
Mr.  Dakin  is  a  native  of  Yarmouth,  Nova  Scotia, 
and  is  a  prominent  member  of  the  organization  of 
Odd-Fellows  and  Knights  of  Honor,  and  is  a  practi- 
cal and  experienced  cutter,  and  ranks  among  the  forer 
most  artists  of  this  profession,  and  is  highly  esteemed 
in  social  and  commercial  circles  for  his  strict  honor 
and  integrity. 


Boston  Brass  Company,  Brass  Founders 
and  Finishers,  Manufacturers  of  Brass  Work  for 
Steam,  Gas,  and  Water,  etc.,  No.  40  Oliver  Street. — 
This  company,  whose  products  are  acknowledged  in 
all  the  markets  of  the  country  as  equal  to  any  and 
inferior  to  none,  was  organized  in  1879,  an^-  nas 
since  been  engaged  with  the  most  marked  success  in 
the  manufacture  of  valves,  water-gauges,  oil-cups, 
cocks,  lubricators,  and  all  kinds  of  brass  work  for 
steam,  gas,  and  water.  The  salesroom  and  works 
are  situated  at  No.  40  Oliver  street,  and  the  premises 
occupied  are  very  commodious  and  centrally  located. 
The  workrooms  are  equipped  with  the  latest  im- 
proved mechanical  devices  for  securing  rapidity,  per- 
fection, and  economy  of  production,  the  machinery 
being  propelled  by  steam  power.  The  business  of 
manufacturing  was  orignally  started  on  Wended 
street,  and  was  continued  there  until  1882,  when  it 
was  transferred  to  No.  40  Oliver  street,  where  they 
have  always  had  an  office  from  the  time  of  its  being 
organized.  The  firm  are  extensive  manufacturers  of 
the  class  of  products  above  enumerated,  and  they  pro- 
duce all  kinds  of  brass  castings  and  execute  every 
description  of  work  in  brass  finishing.  In  these 
operations  the  firm  continually  employs  a  force  of 
thirty  experienced  workmen.  Everything  manufac- 
tured by  them  is  produced  in  the  very  best  manner 
and  of  the  finest  quality  of  material.  They  carry  in 
their  warerooms  a  full  line  of  their  products  in  valves, 
water-gauges,  oil-cups,  cocks,  lubricators,  and  all 
kinds  of  other  brass  work  used  in  the  fixing  of  steam, 
gas,  and  water  apparatus  and  pipes,  and  they  are  en- 
abled to  supply  the  largest  orders  direct  on  very  brief 
notice.  The  members  of  the  company  are  Messrs. 
Edward  Smith  and  W.  H.  Gallison. 


n6 


CITY    OF   B  O  S  TON. 


H.  C.  Thacher  &  Co.,  Wools,  Nos.  16  and 
1 8  Pearl  Street. — This  old  and  conservative  house 
occupies  the  extensive  buildings  at  Nos.  16  and  18 
Pearl  street,  and  handles  foreign  carpet  wools  and 
also  coarse  scoured  wools  and  noils.  Originally  started 
on  India  street  in  1854,  afterward  removed  to 
Central  wharf,  and  thence  to  Kilby  street  in  1867, 
the  firm  removed  to  present  quarters  in  1879. 
Mr.  H.  C.  Thacher,  like  many  of  Boston's  successful 
merchants,  is  a  Cape  Codder,  being  a  native  of  Yar- 
mouth, where  now  much  of  his  leisure  time  is  spent. 
This  house  is  one  of  the  largest  dealers  in  carpet  wools 
in  the  United  States,  importing  annually  from  six 
to  seven  million  pounds,  and  carrying  constantly  large 
stocks  in  bond  both  in  New  York  and  Boston,  and 
embracing  nearly  every  variety  of  carpet  wools.  H. 
C.  Thacher  &  Co.  handle  not  only  the  greasy  comb- 
ing wools  of  the  Levant,  but  also  filling,  stock,  and 
washed  and  half-washed  wools  of  that  section  as  well 
as  of  Central  Asia,  Russia,  and  Africa.  Their  Medi- 
terranean carpet  wools  are  all  carefully  assorted, 
graded,  and  baled  by  their  agents  before  shipment, 
and  are  shipped  direct  by  sail  or  steam  to  Boston  and 
New  York.  Most  of  their  wool  is  consigned  by  some 
of  the  largest  houses  in  the  Levant,  who  ship  in  ves- 
sels and  steamers  cargoes  not  only  of  wool,  but  of 
other  exports  of  the  Levant  to  this  country,  and  in 
this  way  the  expense  of  freight  on  wool  is  reduced  to 
a  mere  minimum.  H.  C.  Thacher  &  Co.  by  these 
means,  and  aided  by  their  large  financial  resources, 
have  unequaled  facilities  for  importing  carpet  wools. 
This  house  exports  a  very  considerable  quantity  of 
cotton  goods,  such  as  drills-sheeting,  to  Turkey, 
Egypt,  and  England,  and  they  also  do  an  extensive 
business  in  raw  cotton  shipped  from  the  South  to 
many  of  the  largest  New  England  mills,  while  they 
have  in  the  past  few  years  been  the  first  receivers  of 
Texas  wool  in  Boston.  The  carpet  wools  handled 
by  this  firm  are  sold  direct  to  all  the  large  carpet 
mills  and  yarn  spinners  of  New  England,  and  a  con- 
siderable business  is  done  with  the  New  York  manu- 
facturers, while  in  Philadelphia  their  business  has 
grown  to  such  an  extent  that  H.  C.  Thacher  &  Co. 
have  recently  opened  a  branch  office  at  No.  115 
Chestnut  street.  Messrs.  H.  C.  Thacher  &  Co.'s 
financial  standing,  rating,  and  credit  is  the  very  high- 
est in  the  wool  trade  of  Boston. 


I.  Kaffenburgll,  Leaf  Tobacco,  Nos.  40  and 
42  Broad  Street. — The  production  and  manufacture 
of  tobacco  in  the  United  States  reach  a  plane  of  na- 
tional importance.  The  immense  interests  involved 
and  the  wide  extent  of  the  operations  covered  by 
those  departments  of  industrial  and  mercantile  activ- 
ity, render  to  the  tobacco  trade  a  position  of  promi- 
nence second  hardly  to  any  in  the  land.  Among  the 
leading  houses  in  Boston  in  this  line  is  that  of  I.  Kaf- 
fenburgh,  dealer  in  leaf  tobacco,  Nos.  40  and  42 
Broad  street.  This  highly  successful  house  was  es- 
tablished fifteen  years  ago,  and  the  superior  quality 
of  the  goods  and  the  thorough  business  capacity  dis- 
played in  its  management  rapidly  pushed  it  to  recog- 
nition and  patronage.  To-day  it  is  one  of  the  leading 
houses  engaged  in  the  trade  in  Boston.  None  but 
the  finest  grades  of  imported  and  domestic  leaf  are 
kept.  The  premises  occupied  are  40x80  feet  in  di- 
mensions and  include  a  four-story  structure.  A 
very  extensive  stock  is  constantly  carried,  to  meet  the 
steadily  increasing  demand.  Mr.  Kaffenburgh  is  a 
native  American  and  has  resided  in  Massachusetts 
about  eighteen  years,  where  he  is  widely  known. 


The  Plume  &  Atwood  Manufactur- 
ing- Company,  B.  S.  Eastwood,  Agent,  Manufac- 
turers of  Brass  and  Copper  Goods  of  every  descrip- 
tion, Kerosene  Burners,  etc. ;  Warehouse  No.  7 1  Pearl 
Street,  Boston;  Rolling  and  Wire  Mills,  Thomaston, 
Conn.;  Factories,  Waterbury,  Conn. — The  Plume  & 
Atwood  Manufacturing  Company  was  incorporated  in 
1869  by  several  of  Connecticut's  most  enterprising 
capitalists  to  engage  in  the  manufacture  of  brass  and 
copper  goods.  The  company  are  now  the  largest 
manufacturers  of  these  goods  in  the  United  States. 
The  factories  are  situated  in  Waterbury,  Conn.,  which 
is  also  the  company's  headquarters,  the  officers  being 
as  follows:  Mr.  John  C.  Booth,  president;  Mr.  David 
S.  Plume,  treasurer,  and  Mr.  Lewis  J.  Atwood,  sec- 
retary. The  factories  at  Waterbury  and  the  rolling 
mills  at  Thomaston,  Conn.,  are  spacious  structures, 
specially  erected  for  the  purposes  intended,  and 
fully  equipped  with  the  most  improved  modern  ma- 
chinery and  appliances,  a  large  force  of  hands  finding 
steady  employment.  The  company's  leading  special- 
ties are  high  and  low  brass,  German  silver,  gilding 
metal,  brass  rules,  brass  wire,  copper  wire,  German 
silver  wire,  copper  rivets  and  burs,  brass  shoe  nails, 
harness  ornaments,  furniture  trimmings,  sleigh-bells, 
and  a  full  line  of  kerosene  burners  and  lamp  trim- 
mings. In  1869  the  company  found  it  necessary  to 
establish  a  branch  office  and  warehouse  in  Boston, 
and  which  was  for  some  time  located  at  No.  13  Fed- 
eral street.  The  results  fully  rewarded  the  under- 
taking, and  to-day,  under  the  enterprising  and  honor- 
able management  of  Mr.  Benjamin  S.  Eastwood,  the 
company's  Eastern  agent,  this  establishment  has  at- 
tained the  leading  position  in  regard  to  the  trade 
specialties  included  in  the  company's  lines  of  manu- 
facture. So  steady  was  the  growth  of  the  trade  that 
on  January  1st,  1884,  the  company  removed  to  the 
spacious  store,  No.  71  Pearl  street,  50x150  feet  in  di- 
mensions, in  every  way  larger  and  more  convenient 
premises,  and  adapted  to  carry  a  full  line  of  the  com- 
pany's goods,  as  also  those  of  the  "  American  Ring 
Company"  and  "Union  Hardware  Company,"  of 
which  Mr.  Eastwood  is  likewise  the  representative. 
Since  assuming  the  control  of  the  Boston  house,  he 
has  rapidly  developed  an  ever-extending  trade,  cov- 
ering the  leading  centres  all  through  the  New  Eng- 
land States  and  Canadas,  and  with  some  export  de- 
mand. In  this  connection  we  desire  to  call  attention 
to  the  splendid  assortment  of  brass  and  bronze  kero- 
sene burners,  embodying  all  the  latest  improvements, 
rendering  them  not  only  the  most  economical  but 
producing  the  most  beautiful  light  with  neither  smoke 
nor  smell.  Among  other  leading  styles  are  their  "  P. 
and  A.  Duplex,"  "American  Duplex,"  "  Harvard," 
il  Oxford,"  all  the  best  of  their  class  and  beautiful 
specimens  of  ornate  workmanship,  and  especially 
adapted  for  vase  and  other  fine  lamps.  They  also 
carry  a  large  assortment  of  night  lamps,  lanterns, 
sleigh-bells,  and  of  which  they  control  the  exclusive 
sale  of  the  popular  "Arctic,"  "  Polar,"  and  chime 
shaft-bells,  superior  in  tone  and  finish  to  any  others 
made  and  protected  by  patent.  They  carry  the  largest 
and  most  complete  line  of  furniture  trimmings  made, 
an  important  fact  for  manufacturers  of  furniture  and 
cabinet-makers.  They  also  have  a  complete  line  of 
harnesstrimmings,  etc.  They  are  prepared  to  promptly 
fill  the  largest  orders  for  the  manufacture  of  all  de- 
scriptions of  small  brass  goods,  and  furnish  close  esti- 
mates at  shortest  notice.  They  have  likewise  in  stock 
a  full  line  of  ice  and  rink  roller  skates  from  the  Union 
Hardware  Company. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


137 


The  Boston  Comfort  Corset  Com- 
pany, No.  76  Chauncy  Street. — The  Boston  Com- 
fort Corset  Company,  whose  manufactory  and  sales- 
room are  at  No.  76  Chauncy  street,  are  the  proprie- 
tors of  a  remarkable  invention  in  the  corset  line, 
which  is  claimed  to  be  an  absolute  perfection  of  com- 
fort and  beauty,  since  it  is  not  only  an  easy- fitting 
support  to  <;he  body,  but  is  a  skirt  and  stocking  sup- 
porter as  well.  The  corset,  at  all  events,  is  having 
an  extraordinary  sale  throughout  the  country,  and 
though  the  company  have  thirty  machines  and  forty 
hands  constantly  at  work  in  their  factory  manufactur- 
ing this  new  corset,  their  resources  are  taxed  to  the 
uttermost  to  cope  with  the  demand.  Mr.  Hiram 
Emery  is  the  agent  in  charge,  a  gentleman  of  courte- 
ous demeanor  and  of  thorough  practical  business 
ability.  This  corset  has  a  socket  adjustment  for  the 
shoulders  so  nicely  contrived  and  fitted  that  it  cannot 
by  any  means  slip  up  on  the  neck  or  down  on  the 
arm.  By  this  invention  the  whole  burden  of  the 
clothes  is  transferred  to  that  part  of  the  shoulder  best 
adapted  to  sustain  their  weight,  supporting  everything 
without  the  least  inconvenience  and  almost  without 
the  wearer's  consciousness,  making  it  in  very  truth  a 
comfort  corset.  In  the  place  of  bones  are  inserted 
continuous  rows  of  very  stiff  cord,  which  give  all  the 
support  of  bones  with  the  advantage  of  yielding  to 
every  movement  of  the  form,  and  of  being  washed 
without  changing  the  fitness  of  the  garment.  Stylish 
and  tasty  as  a  French  corset,  yet  combining  ease  and 
comfort  with  elegance  and  shape,  this  corset  has  the 
unqualified  approval  of  every  physician  that  has  seen 
it.  For  children  the  advent  of  this  corset  marks  a 
new  era  in  children's  waists.  No  movement  of  the 
arms  can  displace  the  shoulder  socket — stockings  and 
skirts  are  always  in  position,  and  all  is  ease  and 
comfort.  Walking  or  running,  sitting  down  or  jump- 
ing rope,  it  is  all  the  same.  The  ladies'  corset  fastens 
in  front  and  laces  at  the  sides,  the  child's  waist  but- 
tons in  the  back,  but  it  is  a  perfect  little  corset  in  its 
beauty  of  fitness  to  the  form. 

Milton  A.  Kent,  Manufacturer  and  Whole- 
sale Dealer  in  all  Styles  of  Gloves  and  Mittens,  No. 
92  Arch  Street. — The  house  of  Mr.  Milton  A.  Kent 
was  founded  upward  of  thirty  years  ago  by  the  pres- 
ent proprietor  on  Milk  street,  afterward  Franklin  and 
Summer  streets,  where  it  was  continued  until  the 
great  fire  of  1872  swept  away  the  building.  For  the 
past  ten  years  it  has  been  carried  on  in  its  present 
location,  No.  92  Arch  street,  where  Mr.  Kent  occu- 
pies two  commodious  floors,  airy,  well-lighted,  and 
equipped  with  every  provision  for  facilitating  the  op- 
erations of  a  large  wholesale  trade.  These  premises 
are  utilized  entirely  for  office,  sale,  and  storage  pur- 
poses, and  the  stock  carried  is  one  of  great  variety 
and  vast  extent.  The  firm's  factories  were  at 
Plymouth  and  Bristol,  N.  H.  (now  united  at  Bristol), 
and  Gloversville,  N.  Y.,  where  a  considerable  force 
of  employees  are  regularly  engaged  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  every  style  and  grade  of  gloves  and  mittens. 
The  specialties  of  the  house,  however,  are  genuine 
Plymouth  buck  gloves,  fine  kid,  castor,  and  dogskin 
gloves  and  mittens,  for  which  there  is  a  large  demand 
among  dealers,  and  for  the  excellence  of  which  ttfe 
house  has  a  high  reputation  in  the  trade.  Mr.  Kent 
is  the  only  manufacturer  in  the  city  solely  engaged 
in  the  making  and  handling  of  gloves  and  mittens. 
He  has  a  very  extensive  wholesale  trade  over  all 
parts  of  the  New  England  States,  and  has  an  old  and 
respectable   line  of  customers  who  have   been  his 


patrons  during  the  greater  part  of  his  business  career. 
In  addition  to  the  wholesale  trade,  he  has  a  very  large 
jobbing  business  in  the  same  line  of  goods.  Mr.  Kent 
is  a  native  of  New  Ashford,  Berkshire  county,  Mass. 

L.  Beebe  &  Co.,  Cotton,  No.  9  Merchants' 
Row. — This  house  is  one  of  the  oldest  in  the  city,  it 
having  been  founded  by  Mr.  L.  Beebe  (now  retired) 
over  forty  years  ago.  His  two  sons,  Mr.  Cyrus  G. 
Beebe  and  Frederic  Beebe,  are  now  the  sole  partners, 
carrying  on  the  business  in  the  same  conservative 
spirit  in  which  it  was  conducted  by  their  father,  and 
being  eminently  worthy  to  be  the  successors  of  the 
founder  of  the  house.  They  are  both  members 
of  the  Board  of  Trade,  and  Mr.  Cyrus  G.  Beebe 
is  a  member  of  the  New  York  Cotton  Exchange. 
They  have  no  specialty,  but  purchase  and  sell  all 
kinds  of  cotton,  from  the  best  to  the  cheapest,  accord- 
ing as  the  demands  made  upon  them  require,  and  all 
of  their  operations  are  legitimate  in  every  respect. 
The  firm  executes  all  commissions  intrusted  to  them 
and  purchases  and  sells  upon  commission  large  quan- 
tities of  cotton  daily. 

Lewis  Bros.  &  Co.,  Commission  Merchants 
in  Dry  Goods,  No.  44  Chauncy  Street. — The  dry 
goods  commission  business  is  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant of  our  large  trade  centres,  and  in  Boston 
there  are  a  number  of  representative  houses  in  this 
line,  a  leading  one  being  that  of  Lewis  Brothers  & 
Co.,  which  was  established-  here  in  the  year  1870. 
The  following  gentlemen  are  the  partners  in  the  firm, 
and  are  located  in  the  cities  specified:  Walter  H. 
Lewis,  George  W.  Hall,  and  John  L.  Boardman,  New 
York;  Henry  Lewis,  George  W.  Hall,  George  W. 
Wharton,  and  Henry  Lewis,  Jr.,  Philadelphia.  They 
have  also  branch  houses  in  Baltimore,  Chicago,  and 
Boston,  Mr.  H.  T.  Dickson  being  the  able  manager 
of  the  latter  house,  in  which  capacity  he  has  acted 
since  1883.  This  house  receives  from  the  leading 
mills  and  factories  of  the  United  States  all  kinds  of 
dry  goods,  dress  goods,  woolens,  and  prints,  upon 
commission,  to  sell  for  account  of  the  manufacturers, 
upon  which,  if  desired,  liberal  advances  are  made. 
Their  operations  involve  many  millions  of  dollars 
annually,  and  the  house  is  one  of  the  largest  of  its 
kind  in  the  country.  Mr.  Dickson,  the  able  and  effi- 
cient manager  of  the  Boston  branch,  like  all  con- 
nected with  the  entire  establishment,  is  a  gentleman 
of  infinite  business  tact  and  broad  and  liberal  views. 

Davis,  Stebbins  &  Co.,  Builders'  Hard- 
ware, Mechanics'  Tools,  Cutlery,  etc.,  Nos.  31  and  ^^ 
Sudbury  Street,  corner  Portland  Street. — This  firm 
was  established  in  1873,  tne  members  being  Mr.  S. 
H.  Davis,  who  is  a  native  of  New  Hampshire,  and 
Mr.  M.  B.  Stebbins,  who  was  born  in  Vermont.  They 
occupy  the  first  floor  and  basement  of  an  extensive 
building,  covering  an  area  of  50x75  feet.  Their 
commodious  store  is  well  fitted  up,  and  contains  a 
general  assortment  of  builders'  hardware,  mechanics' 
tools,  cutlery,  and  an  extensive  variety  of  housefur- 
nishing  goods.  Their  stock  has  been  very  carefully 
selected,  and  purchased  principally  direct  from  the 
manufacturers.  Their  long  experience  in  the  business 
enables  them  to  buy  very  advantageously,  and  they 
are,  therefore,  prepared  to  offer  superior  inducements 
to  their  patrons.  The  business  is  of  both  a  wholesale 
and  retail  character,  and  the  trade  relations  of  the 
house  extend  to  all  parts  of  the  New  England 
States. 


133 


CITY    OF   BOSTON. 


T.  A.  Whicher  &  Co.,  Manufacturers  of 
Boots  and  Shoes,  No.  53  Lincoln  Street. — Some  of 
the  most  gigantic  enterprises  owe  their  present  stand- 
ing to  small  beginnings,  and  that  of  Messrs.  T.  A. 
Whicher  &  Co.,  of  No.  53  Lincoln  street,  is  an  ex- 
ample. This  business  was  originally  founded  in 
1845  by  Mr.  J.  D.  Whicher,  who  started  with  a  capital 
of  $125.  For  twelve  years  he  struggled  alone,  in- 
creasing his  trade  relations  year  by  year.  Then  he 
admitted  into  partnership  his  brother,  T.  A.  Whicher, 
the  senior  member  of  the  firm  as  it  now  exists,  and 
on  his  admission  the  business  was  conducted  under 
the  title  of  J.  D.  &  T.  A.  Whicher,  and  so  it  con- 
tinued until  1873.  when  a  younger  brother,  Mr.  E. 
Whicher,  was  taken  into  partnership.  The  firm  title 
now  became  J.  D.  Whicher  &  Co.,  and  under  this 
designation  the  business  was  conducted  until  1877, 
when  Mr.  J.  D.  Whicher  died.  The  $125  with 
which  he  launched  into  business  had  accumulated 
to  $300,000,  that  being  the  amount  of  his  inventory 
at  the  time  of  his  demise.  During  the  last  two  years 
of  his  life  he  was  a  member  of  the  State  Legislature, 
being  in  the  first  instance  a  representative  of  his  dis- 
trict in  the  Lower  House,  and  at  the  time  of  his 
death  a  member  of  the  Senate.  After  the  demise  of 
the  founder  of  the  business  the  firm's  title  was 
changed  to  its  present  one  of  T.  A.  Whicher  &  Co., 
the  members  of  the  firm  being  Mr.  T.  A.  and  E. 
Whicher.  They  now  operate  a  large  boot  and  shoe 
factory  at  Quincy,  Mass.,  where  they  manufacture  a 
complete  and  extensive  line  of  calf  boots,  from  the 
cheapest  to  the  best,  and  adapted  for  every  section  of 
the  United  States,  the  West,  Northwest,  South,  South- 
west, California,  and  New  England.  The  productive 
capacity  of  their  boot  factory  is  about  seventy-five  cases 
per  day.  In  addition  to  their  own  goods  they  have 
commission  accounts  of  other  lines,  and  are  the 
agents  in  the  United  States  for  Cridland  &  Rose, 
large  boot  and  shoe  manufacturers  of  Bristol,  Eng- 
land. Until  about  four  years  ago  the  business  was 
located  at  No.  157  Federal  street,  but  the  continued 
expansion  of  the  trade  necessitated  removal  to  the 
present  quarters,  No.  53  Lincoln  street. 

Alta  Manufacturing"  Company,  Man- 
ufacturers of  Latest  Improved  Lanterns  and  Lamps. 
"  Little  Giant  Light  Increaser,"  New  "  Gem"  (fifty- 
candle  power),  Oil  Lamp,  and  New  "Solar"  Gas 
Burner  (eighty  candle-power),  No.  175  Washington 
Street. — The  business  of  furnishing  the  appliances 
for  securing  artificial  light  is  one  of  vast  extent  and 
great  importance,  and  in  this  line  the  Alta  Manufac- 
turing Company  has  attained  distinction,  and  is  doing 
a  flourishing  business.  They 
carry  a  large  stock  of  patented 
lamps,  lanterns,  etc.  Among 
their  specialties  is  the  "  Little 
Giant  Light  Increaser,"  which  is 
an  article  of  great  merit,  and 
consists  of  a  plano-convex  crystal 
lens,  which,  when  hung  on  the 
chimney  of  an  ordinary  kerosene 
lamp,  increases  its  light  more 
than  four-fold.  A  trial  can  only 
convince  one  of  its  simplicity 
and  merit.  Any  person  having 
used  one  would  not  be  without  it 
for  many  times  its  cost.  It  saves 
the  eyesight,  as  the  light  produced  is  steady,  and 
approaches  nearly  to  daylight  in  softness  and  power, 
especially   adapting  it  to  reading,  writing,  and  me- 


chanical uses.  Professor  Pickering,  of  the  Massachu- 
setts Institute  of  Technology,  says  of  it :  "  Having 
tested  with  a  Bunsen  Photometer  the  Little  Giant 
Light  Increaser,  applied  to  an  ordinary  kerosene 
lamp,  having  an  *  A'  burner  of  10.2  candle-power,  I 
find  the  light  increased  to  41.1  candle-power,  or, 
in  other  words,  the  light  with  this  attachment  is 
shown  by  the  above  test  to  be  increased  as  above 
upward  of  four  times." 

Another  specialty  of  this  company's  make  is  the 
"Solar"  Regenerative  Gas  Lamp,  which  gives  an 
eighty  candle-power  light  at  a  very  great  saving  of 
gas.  The  full  merits  of  this  article,  as  well  as  the 
other  specialties,  can  only  be  properly  understood  by 
reading  the  company's  circulars,  which  will  be  fur- 
nished upon  application.  The  latest  improved  street- 
lanterns  made  by  this  company  (both 
gas  and  kerosene)  are  meeting  with 
great  favor,  as  the  many  testimonials 
will  show,  and  are  extensively  sold 
in  the  South  and  West,  as  well  as  in 
New  England,  they  being  so  con- 
structed that  they  can  be  shipped  at 
light  risk  and  expense.  These  street- 
lamps  excel  all  others  for  simplicity, 
economy,  and  convenience;  the  self- 
extinguishing  lamps  give  a  light  equal 
to  gas  at  an  expense  of  one  cent  for 
five-hours'  burning,  and  are  a  very 
decided  preference  over  naphtha  or  gasoline.  Another 
specialty  of  this  company  is  the "  Gem "  kerosene 
lamp  (of  fifty-candle  power)  adapted  for  store,  hall, 
or  house  use,  and  is  a  very  powerful  light,  as  the 
ordinary  gas  burner  is  only  sixteen- candle  power. 

John  A.  Fowle,  Wool  Broker,  No.  154 
Federal  Street. — Among  the  old  wool  brokers  in  the 
Boston  headquarters  of  the  wool  trade  may  be  men- 
tioned the  name  of  John  A.  Fowle,  No.  154  Federal 
street.  Mr.  Fowle  has  been  for  upward  of  thirty 
years  engaged  in  the  wool  trade,  making  a  specialty 
of  brokerage  in  wool  and  waste,  and  is  an  expert  in 
that  and  other  lines  connected  with  the  trade.  He 
has  seen  much  of  the  changes  that  have  marked  this 
important  industry  the  last  quarter  of  a  century,  and 
is  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  markets  and  the 
causes  of  depression  and  inflation.  Mr.  Fowle  is  a 
quiet,  reserved  gentleman,  not  inclined  to  words,  but 
of  quiet  tastes.  He  is  an  artist  as  well  as  wool 
broker,  and  many  of  his  paintings  in  oil  and  water 
colors  are  of  a  high  order  and  have  been  much 
admired.  A  view  of  North  Scituate  beach,  where 
Mr.  Fowle  resides  in  summer,  is  a  fine  a  bit  of  ma- 
rine painting  in  water-color. 


H.  G.  Jordan  &  Co.,  Coal,  Offices  Nos.  94 
Water  Street,  30  Dorchester  Avenue,  and  1358  Wash- 
ington Street. — This  gentleman  has  been  engaged  in 
the  coal  trade  for  the  past  seventeen  years,  having 
been  formerly  director  of  the  A.  C.  Wellington  Coal 
Company,  and  about  one  year  ago  he  embarked  in 
his  present  enterprise.  He  is  a  very  extensive  retail 
dealer  in  the  best  grades  of  red  and  white  ash  coal, 
Cumberland  and  English  cannel  coal,  and  hard  and 
soft  woods,  sawed  and  split  to  order,  and  his  facilities 
enable  him  to  efficiently  supply  the  wants  of  his 
numerous  customers.  He  has  offices  at  Nos.  94 
Water  street,  1358  Washington  street,  and  an  office 
and  wharf  at  30  Dorchester  avenue,  South  Boston, 
where  all  orders  are  received  and  promptly  filled. 
Mr.  Jordan  is  a  native  of  Massachusetts. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


139 


C.  W.  Woodward  &  Co.,  Builders  of  Spe- 
cial Machinery,  Experimental  Work  in  New  Inven- 
tions, and  Dealers  in  Printing  Presses,  Bookbinders' 
Machinery,  etc.,  Nos.  71  and  73  Oliver  Street. — The 
establishment  of  this  firm  is  the  largest  one  of  its 
kind  in  New  England.  They  are  builders  of  special 
machinery  of  every  description,  and  undertake  experi- 
mental worx  for  inventors,- execute  all  kinds  of  ma- 
chinists' work,  patternmaking,  etc. ;  but  the  principal 
feature  of  the  business  is  the  building  and  repairing 
of  printers'  and  bookbinders'  machinery,  for  which 
the  firm  have  special  and  extensive  facilities.  The 
business  was  founded  in  1880;  indeed,  it  is  the  out- 
growth of  the  printing  press  department  of  the  Boston 
Blower  Company,  which,  having  acquired  so  extensive 
a  trade  as  to  require  greater  facilities  than  were  pos- 
sible in  connection  with  their  other  business,  was  dis- 
continued in  1880,  and  all  the  patterns,  patents,  and 
special  machinery  were  transferred  to  Mr.  C.  W. 
Woodward,  who  had  been  the  manager  of  the  de- 
partment with  the  Boston  Blower  Company.  The 
premises  occupied  for  the  business  consist  of  four  and 
a  half  floors  of  the  buildings,  Nos.  71  and  73  Oliver 
street,  each  floor  being  70x50  feet,  or  three  thousand 
five  hundred  feet  in  area.  The  workrooms,  where 
skilled  artisans  are  constantly  employed,  are  equipped 
with  every  mechanical  provision  necessary  and  inci- 
dent to  the  business,  the  motive  power  for  the  ma- 
chinery being  furnished  by  an  engine  and  boiler,  each 
of  twenty- five-horse  power.  The  business  done  in 
model  and  pattern  making  is  one  of  considerable 
extent,  and  in  this  department  the  facilities  are  most 
ample.  The  firm  build  the  Kidder  self-feeding  job 
presses,  Demain  plate  presses,  and  manufacture  steel, 
wrought-iron,  and  cast-iron  chases,  and  all  descrip- 
tions of  bookbinders'  machinery.  They  are  also 
agents  for  several  printing  press  manufacturing  con- 
cerns, among  the  number  being  the  Globe  Manufac- 
turing Company's  peerless  presses  and  peerless  cut- 
ters;  C.  Potter,  Jr.,  &  Co.'s  lithographic,  cylinder, 
and  Web  presses;  Cranston  &  Co.'s  self-clamping 
cutters;  L.  W.  Morse's  lever  cutters,  and  Bateman  & 
Hooper's  brass  galleys,  all  of  which  have  the  most 
enviable  reputations  with  the  trade.  A  large  stock 
of  printers'  supplies  is  always  on  hand,  and  the  firm 
is  prepared  to  supply  at  short  notice  any  kind  of 
machinery  required  by  printers  and  bookbinders. 
The  proprietor,  Mr.  Woodward,  who  is  about  forty 
years  of  age,  has  had  fifteen  years'  experience  in  this 
branch  of  business,  and  he  has  built  up  an  extensive 
trade.  The  business  relations  of  the  house  extend 
throughout  New  England,  and  machinery  of  their 
own  manufacture  has  been  shipped  to  South  America, 
to  London,  England,  and  all  parts  of  the  United 
States. 


L<evi  Boles  &  Son,  Importers  of  Foreign 
Window  Glass  and  Dealers  in  Doors,  Glazed  Win- 
dows, Blinds,  Window  and  Door  Frames,  Weights, 
Cord,  etc.,  Haymarket  Square,  corner  of  Sudbury 
Street. — The  oldest  house  in  Boston  in  its  line  of 
trade  is  that  of  Levi  Boles  &  Son,  dealers  in  doors, 
glazed  windows,  blinds,  window  and  door  frames, 
weights,  cord,  etc.,  importers  of  foreign  and  receivers 
of  American  window  glass,  located  at  Haymarket 
square,  corner  of  Sudbury  street.  This  house  was 
established  in  1838  by  Levi  Boles,  he  being  succeeded 
by  the  present  firm  in  1862.  They  occupy  an  entire 
five-story  building,  25x100  feet,  with  two  storehouses 
of  the  same  capacity  as  the  main  building,  and  carry 
a  very  large  stock  of  the  goods  comprising  their  spe- 


cialty. Exportation  is  an  important  part  of  their 
transactions,  and  they  have  an  established  reputation 
wherever  they  are  known  as  possessing  extraordinary 
facilities  for  supplying  the  trade  in  their  line  with  the 
best  articles  of  manufacture  to  be  found  in  the  coun- 
try. The  style  of  workmanship  displayed  in  the 
warehouse  of  Boles  &  Son,  and  the  kind  of  stock 
used,  are  a  sufficient  guarantee  of  the  reliable  quality 
of  every  door  and  window.  These  are  some  of  the 
qualifications  possessed  by  this  house  for  carrying  on 
a  successful  business,  and  are  the  foundation  of  their 
thriving  trade.  They  are  prepared  to  supply  both  a 
wholesale  and  a  retail  demand,  and  are  doing  it  every 
day  to  the  perfect  satisfaction  of  their  patrons. 


Bridgliam  &  Co.,  Importers  and  Jobbers  of 
Woolens  and  Tailors'  Trimmings,  No.  48  Bedford 
Street. — An  establishment  which  in  every  way  is  rep- 
resentative of  the  trade  in  the  finest  imported  woolens 
and  tailors'  trimmings  is  that  of  Messrs.  Bridghanx 
&  Co.,  of  No.  48  Bedford  street.  Theirs  is  one  of 
the  oldest  houses  in  the  trade,  having  been  founded 
forty  years  ago  by  the  present  senior  member  of  the 
firm,  Mr.  P.  C.  Bridgham,  who,  prior  to  engaging  in 
this  business,  was  engaged  in  the  dry  goods!  trade  for 
several  years.  He  is  a  native  of  Maine,  and  though  now 
sixty  years  of  age,  is  hale  and  hearty,  and  in  business, 
still  full  of  push  and  enterprise.  He  has  associated 
with  him  in  the  business  his  son,  Mr.  Robert  C.  Bridg- 
ham, who  was  admitted  into  partnership  ten  years 
ago.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Merchants'  Association, 
and  highly  respected  in  the  trade  for  his  energy,  geni- 
ality of  disposition,  and  trustworthiness  in  all  his 
commercial  transactions.  For  the  purposes  of  their 
business  the  firm  occupy,  at  the  address  above  given, 
two  floors,  each  of  which  is  90x60  feet  in  area.  They 
are  very  tastefully  and  attractively  fitted  up,  and  the 
arrangements  for  facilitating  the  operations  of  the 
business  are  of  the  most  perfect  character.  At  their 
store  is  to  be  inspected  what  is  admittedly  the  finest 
and  most  complete  stock  of  fresh  and  fashionable 
woolens  and  trimmings  that  are  imported.  The  trade 
of  the  house  is  strictly  first-class  and  of  a  very  exten- 
sive character,  as  the  firm  sells  to  wholesale  dealers 
and  to  the  leading  merchant  tailors  all  over  the  United 
States. 


George  F.  Holt,  General  Agent  for  the  cele- 
brated Baxter  Steam- Engine  and  Commission  Dealer 
in  new  and  second-hand  Engines,  Boilers,  Machinery, 
etc.,  No.  77  Haverhill  Street. — This  business  was 
originally  founded  on  Charlestown  street  in  1873  by 
the  present  proprietor,  who,  in  1878,  removed  to  his 
present  address  at  No.  77  Haverhill  street,  where  he 
occupies  the  first  floor  and  basement  of  a  five-story 
brick  building,  which  covers  an  area  of  25x90  feet. 
Mr.  Holt  is  the  general  agent  for  the  celebrated  Bax- 
ter portable  steam-engine,  manufactured  by  the  Colt's 
Patent  Fire-Arms  Manufacturing  Company,  Hartford, 
Conn.,  and  which  was  awarded  first  premium  by  the 
American  Institute  in  1869,  1870,  1871,  1873,  1874, 
and  1875;  gold  medals  by  the  Texas  and  Louisiana 
State  Fairs  in  1871 ;  the  first  premium  by  the  Centen- 
nial Exposition  at  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  in  1876,  and 
first  premiums  whenever  fairly  put  in  competition. 
He  also  represents  the  Taylor  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany, Chambersburg,  Pa.  Mr.  Holt  keeps  a  full  line 
of  Baxter  engines,  together  with  a  large  variety  of 
other  engines  and  boilers,  planers,  lathes,  shafting, 
steam-gauges,  belting,  drills,  pipes,  valves,  oil,  waste, 
packing,  etc. 


140 


CITY    OF   B  OSTON. 


Woodward  <V  Brown,  Piano  Manufactur- 
ers, No.  175A.  Tremont  Street. — It  is  estimated  that 
over  one  million  pianos  have  been  made  in  the 
United  States,  and  when  we  consider  the  large  num- 
ber of  parties  engaged  in  their  production  the  fact 
that  the  house  of  Woodward  &  Brown  has  for  over 
forty  years  continued  to  increase  its  annual  output  is 
conclusive  evidence  of  the  merit  of  their  instruments. 
This  house  was  established  in  1843,  and  beginning 
at  first  on  a  comparatively  small  scale,  has  gradually 
extended  its  operations  until  at  the  present  time  their 
facilities  for  the  manufacture  of  pianos  are  unex- 
celled. The  latest  and  most  improved  mechanism 
now  employed  in  this  trade  are  used  by  them  in  their 
factory,  while  their  employees  have  been  selected  for 
their  skill  and  experience.  Their  methods  of  manu- 
facture are  the  most  advanced,  and  they  have  intro- 
duced some  valuable  and  novel  improvements.  Their 
pianos  have  grown  in  public  favor  as  their  merits  be- 
came better  known,  and  they  now  rank  second  in 
popularity  to  none  made  in  America,  and  in  many 
places  are  given  a  decided  preference  over  those  of 
all  other  makers.  They  possess  all  the  excellencies 
claimed  by  other  makers,  besides  many  that  are  pe- 
culiarly their  own,  and  will  stand  test  of  comparison 
on  any  points  of  construction.  It  is  but  a  short  time 
since  the  market  was  flooded  with  pianos  that  were 
offered  at  prices  ridiculously  inconsistent  with  merit, 
and  their  "unscrupulous  maker  did  for  a  time"  a 
prosperous  business,  to  the  detriment  of  all  honest 
makers.  But  that  time  has  fortunately  passed  away, 
and  to  dispose  of  a  piano  at  the  present  time  it  must 
bear  an  honored  name  and  stand  the  test  of  time  and 
use.  For  this  reason  such  instruments  as  are  made 
by  this  house  are  having  greater  success  than  ever. 
Their  pianos  are  remarkable  for  their  volume,  purity, 
and  sweetness  of  tone,  their  delicacy,  smoothness, 
and  crispness  of  action,  as  well  as  for  handsome  ap- 
pearance and  elegant  and  artistic  finish.  They  have 
been  indorsed  by  the  highest  musical  authorities,  and 
it  is  acknowledged  by  all  disinterested  parties  that 
all  their  pianos  possess  a  degree  of  excellence  found 
in  but  few  makes.  In  the  construction  of  the  pianos 
every  feature  receives  the  closest  and  most  careful 
attention,  only  the  best  materials  being  used,  resulting 
in  great  durability  and  superior  finish.  The  offices  and 
warerooms  are  at  No.  175 A.  Tremont  street. 


Carter,  Dinsmore  &  Co.,  Inks,  Nos.  162  to 
172  Columbus  Avenue. — Messrs.  Carter,  Dinsmore  & 
Co.  have  been  formany  yearsat  Nos.  35  and  37  Battery- 
march  street,  Boston,  and  36  Dey  street,  New  York,  and 
have  recently  taken  possession  of  a  fine  commodious 
building  they  have  built  especially  for  their  business  at 
Nos.  162  to  172  Columbus  avenue,  this  city, near  the  B. 
&  P.  depot.  This  is  the  largest  and  best  equipped  writ- 
ing ink  factory  in  the  world.  It  is  a  six-story  structure, 
with  a  neat  and  attractive  brick  and  free-stone  front. 
In  the  basement  is  the  boiler  and  engine  room,  con- 
taining one  of  Brown's  celebrated  Fitchburg  engines 
of  fifty-horse  power,  and  a  dynamo-electric  machine, 
also  a  bottle-washing  room.  The  rest  of  the  base- 
ment, over  7,000  square  feet,  is  used  for  the  storage 
of  glass  and  earthenware,  and  will  hold  five  (5)  mil- 
lion bottles.  Not  only  is  there  provision  for  gene- 
rating sufficient  electricity  for  lighting  the  place 
throughout,  but  they  can  instantly  connect  their  premi- 
ses with  the  N.  E.  Weston  electric  light  station,  and  in 
addition  have  an  ample  gas  supply  in  every  part  of 
the  building.  The  first  floor  is  let  for  store  purposes, 
and  the  second  floor  is  utilized  by  the  firm  for  magnifi- 


cently fitted  offices  for  manufactured  stock  and  as 
a  shipping  department.  The  third  floor  is  divided 
into  three  departments  for  bottling,  two  being  used 
for  different  grades  of  ink  and  one  for  mucilage.  The 
fifth  and  sixth  stories  are  utilized  as  laboratories  and 
tank  floors,  and  in  connection  with  these  departments 
the  firm  employ  five  practical  chemists  of  the  first 
rank,  who  are  engaged  in- testing  all  crude  materials 
entering  into  the  products  of  the  firm,  in  testing  the 
various  products  in  their  different  stages,  and  in  mak- 
ing original  experiments  with  a  view  to  improving 
the  present  products  and  originating  new  ones.  For 
their  writing  fluids,  inks,  mucilage,  and  arabic  the 
firm  obtained  the  highest  awards  at  Montreal,' in  1882; 
at  Melbourne  and  Sidney,  Australia,  1 879,  '80 ;  at  Paris 
in  1878;  at  the  Centennial,  1876;  at  New  York,  1875, 
'73,  '71,  '69,  '65  ;  Boston,  1874/65;  Cincinnati.  1880, 
'79;  Detroit,  1879;  Baltimore,  New  Orleans,  St. 
Louis,  1858,  '65,  and  wherever  exhibited  for  the  past 
twenty-five  years.  The  business  was  first  established 
in  the  year  1858  by  William  Carter  and  brother,  the 
well-known  paper  dealers  of  this  city,  and  it  con- 
tinued under  that  name  until  1867,  when  the  firm's 
name  was  changed  to  Carter  Brothers  &  Co.  In  that 
year  Mr.  John  W.  Carter,  now  the  principal  partner 
of  the  firm,  was  admitted  into  partnership.  He  is  a 
native  of  Boston;  entered  Harvard  in  1861,  and  left 
there  in  1863  to  join  the  Seventeenth  United  States 
Infantry  Regiment,  in  connection  with  which  he 
served  in  different  offices,  and  finally  became  adjutant 
and  acting  field-officer  of  the  regiment.  Mr.  J.  P. 
Dinsmore,  the  partner  of  Mr.  Carter  in  the  ink  and 
mucilage  business,  was  born  in  Anson,  Maine,  raised 
in  Skowhegan  in  the  same  State,  but  came  when 
quite  young  to  Boston,  where  he  established  himself 
in  the  proprietary  medicine  business,  being  the  pro- 
prietor of  Peruvian  Syrup  and  other  medicines.  In 
1870  he  sold  his  business  in  order  to  become  selling 
agent  for  Carter's  inks  and  mucilages.  The  great 
fire  of  1872  caused  heavy  losses  in  the  firm  of  Carter 
Brothers  &  Co.  by  destroying  their  paper  warehouse 
and  factory.  Mr.  J.  W  Carter  then  purchased  the 
interest  of  his  partners  in  the  ink  and  mucilage  busi- 
ness, and  the  present  firm  of  Carter,  Dinsmore  &  Co. 
was  formed.  Since  then  the  business  has  gone  on 
increasing  from  an  output  of  one  hundred  thousand 
bottles  to  one  of  six  million  and  upward  yearly. 


The  Penn  Chemical  Works  of  Phila- 
delphia, Boston  Office,  No.  5  Central  Wharf, 
Wm.  Charnley. — One  of  the  leading  concerns  of  this 
kind  in  the  country  is  the  Penn  Chemical  Works,  of 
Philadelphia.  The  works  cover  an  area  of  two  acres, 
a  large  force  of  workmen  being  employed  in  the 
business.  The  Boston  agent  for  the  products  of  these 
works  is  Mr.  William  Charnley,  who  is  a  native  of 
Philadelphia,  and  practically  conversant  with  the  man- 
ufactures carried  on  at  these  works.  In  March, 
1885,  he  opened  this  agency  at  No.  5  Central  Wharf. 
Mr.  Charnley  is  a  gentleman  thoroughly  well  quali- 
fied, both  by  natural  talents  and  long,  practical  ex- 
perience, to  take  charge  of  the  business.  Although 
the  house  has  been  established  but  a  short  time,  Mr. 
Charnley  has  succeeded  in  building  up  a  trade  con- 
nection in  different  parts  of  the  New  England  States 
of  the  most  marked  and  encouraging  character,  and 
the  goods  handled  by  him  meet  with  popular  appre- 
ciation wherever  they  have  been  used.  The  success 
already  achieved  is  but  an  augury  of  future  attain- 
ments, for  the  foundations  of  a  very  large  and  perma- 
nent trade  of  a  most  useful  character  have  been  laid. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


141 


Battle  of  Gettysburg-,  Cyclorama,  No. 

541  Tremont  Street. — In  this  work — the  chef d' ' ceuvre 
of  the  great  Paul  Philippoteaux,  a  son  of  the  famous 
artist,  Felix  Philippoteaux,  and  a  gifted. pupil  of  the 
renowned  Cabanel  and  Leon  Cogniet,  and  whose 
reputation  as  a  cycloramic  painter  is  wide  as  the 
limits  of  two  continents — Boston  may  justly  boast  of 
having  the'  greatest  artistic  and  most  interesting  at- 
traction in  the  New  World — the  grandest  representa- 
tion of  the  most  important  event  in  the  history  of  our 
country.  At  the  instance  of  Mr.  C.  L.  Willoughby, 
Philippoteaux  came  to  the  United  States  in  1883  and 
spent  several  months  on  the  battle-field  of  Gettysburg, 
taking  sketches  and  drawings  of  the  country.  While 
here  he  consulted  the  official  maps,  etc.,  at  Washing- 
ton, and  obtained  from  Generals  Hancock,  Double- 
day,  and  others  the  details  of  the  battle  of  3d  July, 


Cyclorama  Building,    Tremont  Street. 

and  until  December,  1884,  Mr.  Philippoteaux  was 
engaged  on  the  work  in  Paris,  since  which  time  it  has 
been  on  exhibition  in  Boston,  and  has  attracted  hun- 
dreds of  thousands  of  visitors,  all  of  whom  express 
their  wonder  and  surprise  at  the  painting  as  the  nearest 
approach  to  nature  that  art  has  yet  attained.  The 
canvas  is  four  hundred  feet  long  and  fifty  feet  in 
height,  giving  an  area  of  twenty  thousand  square  feet, 
and  is  exhibited  in  the  elegant  circular  fireproof 
building  440  feet  in  circumference  and  80  feet  in 
height.  The  visitor  enters  the  building  and  finds 
himself  on  an  elevation,  in  the  centre  of  the  position 
held  by  the  Union  forces  in  the  thickest  of  the  fight, 
during  the  desperate  charge  of  Pickett's  column. 
The  sensation  of  the  observer  is  bewildering,  inde- 
scribable, and  it  is  hard  to  believe  that  the  painted 
dome  above  is  not  heaven's  high  arch  itself,  and  that 
the  prospect  which  opens  out  for  many  miles  in  either 
direction  is  not  a  continuation  of  the  natural  earth  on 
which  one  stands — hill,  wood,  vale,  and  mountain. 
Here  at  your  feet  real  trees  and  rocks,  with  living 
vines  and  grass  so  artfully  arranged  as  to  meet  the 
canvas  and  defy  the  most  critical  examination  from 
the  point  of  view  to  designate  where  nature  ends  and 
art  begins.  Here  a  field  of  ripened  grain;  a  medi- 
cine chest,  part  of  which  is  real  and  a  portion  painted. 
Cannon  of  iron  lie  side  by  side  with  those  painted  on 
the  canvas,  and  the  most  careful  inspection  alone  re- 
veals the  difference.  Within  a  few  hundred  feet 
Generals  Meade,  Hancock,  Doubleday,  and  other 
prominent  leaders  on  either  side,  life-size,  are  readily 
recognized,  and  limited  only  by  the  blue  South  Moun- 
tains to  the  north  and  east,  and  by  the  natural  hori- 
zon to  the  south  and  west,  the  eye  wanders  over 
every  historic  foot  of  the  bloody  field  and  never  tires. 
The  booming  of  the  hundred  cannon  only  is  wanting 


to  make  the  picture  a  complete  reproduction  of  the 
battle  which  raged  near  and  around  Gettysburg,  and 
the  spectator  cannot  but  be  inspired  by  the  scene, 
which,  softened  by  the  artist's  taste  and  genius,  gives, 
true  to  life  and  death,  without  its  horrors,  the  details 
of  the  most  desperate  struggle  the  world  has  ever 
witnessed.  Wonderful  triumph  of  art,  a  masterpiece 
of  topography,  the  Cyclorama  has,  by  unanimous  ver- 
dict of  the  thousands  who  have  witnessed  it,  become 
one  of  the  permanent  institutions  of  Boston,  and  to 
all  from  every  part  of  the  Union  who  have  an  interest 
in  the  history  of  the  country  or  a  taste  for  all  that  is 
wonderful  and  beautiful  in  art,  the  Battle  of  Gettys- 
burg in  New  England's  metropolis  will  be  the  Mecca 
to  which  all  strangers'  faces  in  Boston  will  be  turned, 
while  the  names  of  Meade  and  Reynolds,  Plancock 
and  Slocum,  on  the  one  side,  and  Lee,  Pickett,  Hill, 
and  Stuart,  and  their  fellows,  on  the  other,  shall  live 
in  memory,  or  the  story  of  the  day  which  from  threat- 
ened disaster  brought  victory  to  the  Union  arms  shall 
possess  an  interest  for  the  patriot  or  historian.  The 
Cyclorama  Company,  under  whose  management  the 
exhibition  has  been  of  late  so  successfully  conducted, 
was  incorporated  April  1st,  1885,  with  a  capital  of 
$300,000.  The  officers  of  the  company  are  as  fol- 
lows :  President,  Paul  West ;  treasurer  and  secre- 
tary, E.  Herbert  Ingalls;  manager,  A.  J.  Donnelle; 
directors,  C.  L.  Willoughby,  Jacob  Pfaff,  Charles 
Beaverton,  G.  W.  W.  Dove,  George  L.  Talbott,  and 
the  president  and  treasurer  ex  officio. 


Frederick  Pope,  Architect;  Office,  No.  209 
Washington  Street  (Rogers  Building). — Among  the 
most  active  and  enterprising  members  of  the  above 
profession  is  Mr.  Frederick  Pope,,  whose  offices  are 
so  eligibly  and  centrally  located  in  the  magnificent 
Rogers  Building,  which,  by  the  way,  was  planned  by 
him  and  erected  under  his  supervision.  Mr.  Pope  is 
a  native  of  this  city,  and  early  manifested  a  predilec- 
tion for  the  combined  artistic  and  mathematical  sci- 
ence known  as  "  architecture."  He  studied  both  the 
practical  and  theoretical  sides  of  the  question  and 
made  rapid  progress,  his  thorough  proficiency  being 
evidenced  when,  sixteen  years  ago,  he  embarked  in 
business  upon  his  own  account.  He. has,  during  the 
intervening  period,  developed  an  influential  and 
widespread  connection,  and  has  prepared  the  designs 
for  and  superintended  the  erection  of  many  of  the 
finest  and  most  architecturally  handsome  residences 
and  business  edifices  to  be  found  throughout  the  city 
and  suburbs.  He  possesses  abilities  of  the  highest 
order  both  in  the  general  outline  and  exterior  design, 
but  in  the  interior  as  well,  devoting  the  greatest  care 
to  secure  the  utmost  advantages  derivable  from  suit- 
able internal  arrangements.  He  follows  specifications 
to  the  letter,  and  keeping  within  the  margin  of  esti- 
mates, has  given  entire  satisfaction  to  his  numerous 
patrons.  Dwellings  and  buildings  erected  by  him 
are  found  in  many  of  the  towns  and  cities  of  New 
England.  Here  in  Boston  he  has  done  a  large 
amount  of  important  work,  having  gained  a  well- 
deserved  reputation  by  his  manner  of  conducting  the 
debvcate  work  of  remodeling  some  of  the  largest  mer- 
cantile establishments.  The  lately  erected  Rogers 
Building  in  Washington  street,  in  which  and  in  the 
old  Jay  Building,  formerly  on  the  same  site,  Mr.  Pope 
has  had  his  office  for  sixteen  years,  is,  without  excep- 
tion, one  of  the  finest  and  most  convenient  office 
buildings  in  this  city,  having  no  superior,  either  in 
beauty  and  simplicity  of  exterior  or  internal  perfection 
of  arrangements  and  economy  of  space. 


142 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


New  England  Agency  Remington 
Electric  Light  System,  Arc  and  Incandes- 
cent, No.  37  Pearl  Street;  J.  N.  George,  General 
New  England  Agent. — Messrs.  E.  Remington  &  Sons, 
of  Ilion,  N.  Y.,  have  entered  the  field  as  electric 
light  manufacturers,  with  improvements  upon  all 
dynamo-electric  machines,  electric  arc  lamps,  current 
regulators,  electric  indicators,  etc.,  hitherto  in  use. 
The  firm  have  every  facility  at  their  works  at  Ilion  for 
producing  the  best  and  finest  mechanisms.  Several 
scientists  of  the  highest  standing  in  the  electrical 
world,  after  a  careful  examination,  have  pronounced 
the  Remington  system  one  of  the  very  highest  excel- 
lence. The  New  England  agency  for  this  system  was 
opened  at  No.  37  Pearl  street,  in  this  city,  in  January, 
1S85,  and  it  is  under  the  management  of  Mr.  J.  N. 
George,  who  is  a  native  of  New  Hampshire.  This 
system  has  been  applied  to  the  Ocean  Pier  Skating 
Rink,  Revere  Beach,  and  many  other  places  in  this 
district,  and  it  has  in  every  instance  given  the  utmost 
satisfaction. 


York  Safe  and  Lock  Company,  Arthur 
B.  Curtis,  General  Eastern  Agent,  No.  104  Sudbury 
Street. — One  of  the  most  important  features  of  the 
above  safe  is  that  they  are  filled  with  the  fireproof 
compound  which  is  now  owned  and  exclusively  con- 
trolled by  the  York  Safe  and  Lock  Company.     It  is 
a  wonderful  compound,  as  will  appear  from  the  fol- 
lowing tests :  A  small  box,  lined  with  three  inches 
thick  of  the  silicious  compound,  was  kept  in  a  fur- 
nace at  a  constant  red-heat  for  four  hours;  when  re- 
moved and  opened,  the  contents  were  found  in  as 
good  condition  as  when  put  in.     In  less  than  five 
minutes  after  it  was  removed  the  filling  was  found  to 
be  cold  and  unchanged  even  in  color,  the  heat  having 
penetrated  less  than  one  inch.     Under  the  voltaic  arc 
of  the  Brush  Electric  Light  Company,  a  crucible  one- 
quarter  inch  thick,  while  under  the  strongest  test, 
heat  was  scarcely  perceptible  one  inch  from  the  arc. 
A  brick  in  the  blast-hole  of  the  Boston  Force  Com- 
pany for  a  fortnight  still  remained  the  same  in  the 
bulk  as  when  put  in.     A  small  quantity  placed  into  a 
platinum  crucible  and  heated  to  a  point  of  fusion,  the 
contents  was  poured  out  into  a  piece  of  brown  paper 
without  ever  scorching  it.    A  small  crucible  of  it  was 
placed  into  a  furnace  at  white-heat  for  forty-eight 
hours,  and  came  out  unchanged  even  in  color,  and  in 
three  minutes  was  cold.    A  tile  two  and  a  half  inches 
thick,  under  a  test  of  a  blowpipe  for  one  hour,  failed 
to  melt  sealing-wax  on  the  opposite  side.     The  safes 
of  this  company  are  made  from  this  compound  so  far 
as  the  caloric-protection  part  of  it  is  concerned,  and 
although  the  company  has  not  been  in  existence  long, 
it  has  nevertheless  received  very  many  flattering  let- 
ters  indorsing  the  superiority  of  its  safes.     It  may 
be  stated  as  an  established  fact  that  these  safes  are  as 
near  absolutely  fireproof  as  is  possible,  and  in  every 
other  respect  are  as  perfect  as  human  ingenuity  can 
make   them,   possessing    many   characteristics,    con- 
spicuous among  which  are  :  That  the  "  York"  is  the 
only  safe  with  continuous  tongue   and   groove   im- 
provement, as  well  as  the  only  one  in  which  the  door 
and  frames  interlock  at  all  points  (thus  preventing 
the  fire  from  creeping  in  around  the  joints  at  the 
door) ;  the  door-joints  cannot  be  spread  or  sprung 
open  by  the  action  of  heat.     This  safe  is  the  only  one 
with   solid  bent  angles  or  corners  (there  being  no 
joinings  to  be  split  and  severed  under  the  action  of 
intense   heat).     It   has   solid   forged   angle    frames, 
•which  none  others  have,  as  well  as  having  a  back 


which  is  solid.  This  is  not  the  case  with  others. 
Indeed,  the  York  safes  have  all  the  advantages  of  all 
other  safes  without  their  disadvantages,  and  in  addi- 
tion have  many  wonderful  improvements  and  addi- 
tions, which  thus  far  have  proven  them  to  be  abso- 
lutely burglar  and  fire  proof.  They  come  in  many 
different  sizes  and  are  equally  adapted  to  the  bank, 
insurance  office,  counting-room,  lawyer's,  broker's, 
merchant's,  or  manufacturer's  office,  and  indeed  for 
any  occupation  or  industry  where  a  safe  is  needed. 

The  Boston  agency  was  established  in  May,  1885, 
Mr.  A.  B.  Curtis,  a  Boston  man,  having  assumed  the 
general  Eastern  agency.  The  salesroom  is  at  No.  104 
Sudbury  street,  where  a  very  large  stock,  comprising 
all  the  many  sizes  and  varieties  of  safes  made  by  the 
company,  is  kept.  The  factories  are  located  at  York, 
Pa.,  where  the  iron  is  produced,  and  are  perfect  in 
their  appointment  and  equipment.  Among  the  par- 
ties to  whom  Mr.  Curtis  has  sold  the  York  safe  may 
be  mentioned  John  P.  Squire  &  Co.,  to  hold  ledgers  and 
papers  representing  $10,000,000  yearly;  city  of  Wal- 
tham  (city  treasurer) ;  C.  Grenville  Way,  Esq.  (Way 
estate) ;  A.  J.  Applegate  (leading  jeweler  of  Cam- 
bridge) ;  Waltham  Co-operative  Bank,  and  others. 


A.  B.  Perry  &  Co.,  Ship  Brokers  and  Com- 
mission Merchants,  No.  232  State  Street. — Prominent 
among  the  leading  firms  of  Boston  engaged  in  a  simi- 
lar line,  can  be  mentioned  the  well-known  and  de- 
servedly popular  concern  of  A.  B.  Perry  &  Co.,  ship 
brokers  and  commission  merchants,  and  dealers  in 
ship  chandlery  and  ship  and  family  stores.  From 
the  time  of  the  establishment  of  this  business,  twenty 
years  ago,  this  house  has  enjoyed  a  most  prosperous 
career,  the  strict  integrity  which  governed  all  its  deal- 
ings attracting  to  it  a  patronage  and  support  at  once 
large  and  substantial.  The  business  was  established 
in  1864  at  No.  80  Commercial  street,  moved  into 
present  quarters,  1867.  The  building  occupied  is 
commodious,  two  large  floors  and  basement  of  wide 
dimensions  running  the  entire  length  of  the  block, 
and  having  a  business  entrance  at  No.  85  Commerce 
street,  being  in  use.  The  trade  is  wholesale  and  re- 
tail, and  an  immense  stock  of  everything  compre- 
hended in  ship  chandlery  and  ship  and  family  stores 
is  carried.  The  firm  is  composed  of  Augustus  B. 
Perry,  Boston ;  Oliver  H.  Perry,  Chelsea,  and  John  G. 
Moseley,  Boston.  The  Messrs.  Perry  are  natives  of 
Maine,  and  Mr.  Moseley,  who  is  a  also  a  native  of 
Maine,  resides  in  Boston.  He  is  a  member  of  the 
Board  of  Trade  and  of  the  Merchants'  Exchange, 
also  of  Boston  Marine  Society,  and  is  a  director  of 
the  Indian  Mutual  Insurance  Company  of  Boston. 


Allen,  Field  &  Lawrence,  Commission 
Merchants  and  Dealers  in  Hides,  Leather,  and  Oil, 
Nos.  72  and  74  High  Street. — The  well-known  firm 
of  Allen,  Field  &  Lawrence  is  one  of  the  leading 
houses  as  commission  merchants  in  hides,  rough  and 
finished  leather,  and  manufacturers  of  sheepskins. 
The  business  was  inaugurated  in  1832  by  Field  & 
Converse,  and  under  this  firm  name  was  conducted 
until  1849,  when  it  was  changed  to  Field,  Converse 
&  Co.,  and  was  carried  on  by  them  for  twelve  years, 
they  in  turn  giving  way  to  Field,  Converse  &  Allen 
in  1 861.  In  1869  the  business  passed  into  the  hands 
of  Allen  &  Field,  and  finally  in  1873  tne  present  pro- 
prietors succeeded  to  the  important  trade  developed. 
The  business  is  exclusively  wholesale.  The  firm  is 
composed  of  Messrs.  W.  H.  Allen,  W.  E.  Field,  and 
A.  C.  Lawrence. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


"43 


C.  C.  Briggs  &  Co.,  Briggs'  Upright  Grand 
.and  Square  Piano- Fortes,  No.  5  Appleton  Street. — 
Among  the  houses  which  have  contributed  to  making 
this  city  an  important  centre  in  the  production  of 
imusical  instruments  is  that  of  C.  C.  Briggs  &  Co.  To 
accommodate  the  increased  demand  for  their  instru- 
ments, Messrs.  Briggs  &  Co.  have  removed  from  their 
former  location,  No.  1 125  Washington  street,  to  their 
■commodious  and  substantial  five-story  factory,  No.  5 
Appleton  street.  This  enterprising  firm  manufacture 
several  styles  of  upright,  grand,  and  square  piano- 
fortes with  many  new  features  and  improvements  in 
the  scales  and  styles,  and  the  success  of  their  in- 


struments and  the  commendation  they  have  every- 
where received  from  dealers  and  artists  attests  the 
substantial  progress  of  the  firm  in  their  important  art. 
The  principal  aim  of  Messrs.  Briggs  &  Co.  is  to  make 
a  first-class  piano  in  every  respect,  with  special  atten- 
tion to  its  lasting  qualities.  By  constant  care,  experi- 
ment, and  endeavor,  Messrs.  Briggs  &  Co.  have 
brought  their  instruments  to  the  highest  standard  of 
excellence,  and  in  the  opinion  of  those  who  have 
used  them  they  are  the  nearest  approach  to  perfection 
yet  attained.  The  piano  scales  are  drawn  by  Mr.  C. 
C.  Briggs,  who  has  had  practical  experience  in  piano 
building  of  a  quarter  of  a  century,  and  his  scales 
drawn  years  ago  for  other  firms  are  in  use  to-day. 
The  new  style  cases  of  this  house  are  wholly  original 
in  design  and  made  of  the  most  durable  and  fashion- 
able woods.  In  upright  pianos  they  manufacture 
several  styles  and  sizes,  among  which  are  their  famous 
cottage  uprights,  which  by  thoughtful  and  patient 
study  and  experiment  they  have  brought  to  a  won- 
derful degree  of  perfection,  securing  a  small  piano 
embodying  the  qualities  of  volume,  fullness,  and 
sweetness  of  tone  of  the  larger  sizes.  Messrs.  Briggs 
&  Co.'s  separable  piano  is  one  of  the  most  ingenious 
inventions  for  facilitating  the  moving  of  the  larger 
sizes  of  pianos  through  narrow  passages  and  doorways 
otherwise  impassable.  The  cases  are  each  divided 
into  two  vertical  sections  front  and  back.  The  style 
A,  cottage  upright  piano,  is  three  strings  to  a  note, 
overstrung  bass,  with  repeating  action,  handsome 
panels,  round  corners,  plain  trusses,  ivory  keys,  and 
improved  music  rack.  Style  G  is  also  three  strings 
to  a  note,  overstrung  bass  and  repeating  action,  with 
handsome  panels  and  carved  trusses,  ivory  keys  and 
improved  music  rack,  and  has  an  exceedingly  fine, 
rich  quality  of  tone  and  even  scale,  and  is  the  most 
desirable  size  for  the  parlor.  Style  B  has  in  addition 
a  brass  action  rail,  four  pilasters  and  molding  in 
front,  extra-handsome  panels,  ivory  keys,  and  im- 
proved music  rack,  and  is  the  favorite  of  artists  for 
its  great  volume  and  purity  of  tone.     Style  E,  square 


piano,  has  four  large  round  corners,  carved  legs, 
French  action  and  top  dampers,  plain  moldings,  and 
Agraffe  treble.  Style  D,  square,  has  also  four  round 
corners,  richly  carved  legs  and  lyre,  French  action 
and  top  dampers,  solid  rosewood  plain  and  serpentine 
moldings  on  plinth,  and  Agraffe  treble.  Messrs. 
Briggs  &  Co.  furnish  a  warranty  with  every  piano 
sold,  warranting  for  five  years  from  date  of  sale. 


W.  C.  Pope  &  Co.,  Importers  of  and  Dealers 
in  Varnish  Gums,  Tragacanth,  Manganese,  etc.,  No. 
174  High  Street. — The  above  house  was  established  in 
1868  under  the  firm-name  of  Hobbs,  Pope  &  Co.,  and 
in  1879  assumed  its  present  title.  It  imports  all 
kinds  of  varnish  gums,  and  tragacanth  and  manga- 
nese of  all  grades,  ground  in  any  quantity.  The 
mines  are  situated  in  Kings  county,  province  of  New 
Brunswick,  and  are  the  largest  on  the  continent,  and 
give  constant  employment  to  a  competent  force  of 
workmen.  The  salesrooms  in  this  city,  at  No.  174 
High  street,  are  well  stocked,  and  the  firm  does  a 
very  large  business  all  over  the  United  States  and 
Canada,  and  exports  large  quantities  of  manganese  to 
Europe,  and  are  prepared  at  any  time  to  sell  from 
two  hundred  to  two  thousand  tons,  no  other  firm  in  the 
United  States  ever  handling  so  large  a  quantity  of 
mineral  at  one  time.  The  gentlemen  composing  the 
firm  are  William  Pope  and  W.  C.  Pope,  father  and  son. 


Charles  A.  Vinal,  Glove  Calf,  Shoe  Manu- 
facturers' Goods,  and  Patent  Leather,  No.  35  High 
Street. — This  house  has  for  nearly  a  quarter  of  a  cen- 
tury held  a  prominent  place  among  the  merchants 
handling  shoe  manufacturers'  supplies.  Mr.  Charles 
A.  Vinal  has  been,  from  the  establishment  of  the 
business,  an  active  partner,  having  been  a  member  of 
the  firm  of  Albert  A.  Pope  &  Co.  and  of  Vinal,  Pope 
&  Co.,  becoming  sole  proprietor  in  1883.  Eligibly 
located  at  No.  35  High  street,  Mr.  Vinal  occupies 
commodious  warerooms  and  office,  with  a  frontage 
on  High  street  of  30  feet  and  a  depth  of  100  feet, 
and  the  premises  are  provided  with  every  facility. 
The  stock  of  merchandise  embraces  all  kinds  of  shoe 
manufacturers'  supplies,  a  specialty  being  made  of 
glove  calf,  grained  and  patent  leather,  and  the  finest 
quality  of  imitation  leather  manufactured.  The  last 
named  article  is  made  in  white,  black,  and  colors,  and 
being  much  cheaper  than  leather,  is  destined  to  have 
a  large  and  increasing  sale.  He  also  controls  the 
product  of  one  of  the  largest  manufacturers  of  boot 
and  shoe  lacings  and  stay  webs  in  the  country,  which 
he  is  enabled  to  sell  at  the  lowest  manufacturers'  prices. 
He  carries  the  largest  line  of  colored  and  printed 
drills  and  ducks  to  be  found  in  Boston.  The  trade 
of  the  house  is  both  foreign  and  home,  and  has  at- 
tained most  important  proportions,  and  a  large  staff 
of  commercial  travelers  is  employed. 


Edward  J.  Hammond  &  Co.,  Whole- 
sale Dealers  in  Western  Pine  and  Hard  Wood 
Lumber,  No.  55  Kilby  Street. — Edward  J.  Ham- 
mond has  for  the  past  twelve  years  occupied  an 
essentially  leading  position  in  the  lumber  trade. 
He  handles  a  very  extensive  stock,  his  facilities 
enabling  him  to  fill  all  orders  promptly  and  at  the 
lowest  rates.  His  house  is  recognized  as  first-class, 
his  stock  regarded  as  standard,  and  his  high  personal 
reputation  is  an  all-sufficient  indorsement  of  the  in- 
tegrity and  reliability  of  the  establishment.  Mr. 
Hammond  is  a  prominent  member  of  the  Lumber 
Exchange  and  is  a  native  of  Maine. 


144 


CITY    OF  BOSTON. 


"E.  AY.  Tyler,  Agent  for  the  Knabe  Pianos  and 
Organs,  No.  178  Tremont  Street. — Boston  has  long 
been  in  the  ascendant  for  the  number  and  the  extent 
of  its  piano  factories,  but  these  have  met  with  a 
formidable  rival  in  the  Baltimore  house  of  Messrs. 
Knabe  &  Co.,  whose  manufactory  is  one  of  the 
largest  in  the  world,  and  whose  business  extends  all 
over  the  United  States,  South  America,  the  West  In- 
dies, and  even  into  Europe.  This  house  is  the  only 
rival  of  the  great  piano  establishments  of  the  Eastern 
and  Northern  States,  and  the  Knabe  instruments  are 
successfully  competing  in  the  North  and  East  with  the 
best  pianos  made  here.  The  enterprise  of  the  firm  is 
most  noteworthy.  For  the  past  six  or  seven  years 
they  have  been  most  ably  represented  in  Boston  by 
our  esteemed  and  popular  citizen,  Mr.  E.  W.  Tyler, 
whose  establishment  was,  until  about  a  year  ago,  lo- 
cated on  Washington  street,  whence  he  removed  to 
his  present  commodious,  well-lighted,  airy,  and  con- 
venient store,  No.  178  Tremont  street,  these  premises 
being  100x50  feet  in  dimensions.  The  store  is  filled 
with  a  most  beautiful  selection  of  the  Knabe  pianos 
and  organs,  every  one  of  which,  aside  altogether  from 
their  musical  qualities,  is  a  handsome  piece  of  furni- 
ture that  would  add  to  the  beauty  and  attraction  of 
any  room  anywhere.  As  to  their  musical  qualities, 
they  are,  for  mellowness,  richness,  and  pathetic  ten- 
derness, with  nobility  and  power,  unexcelled  if 
equaled.  The  firm  of  William  Knabe  &  Co.  is  to- 
day in  the  foremost  rank  of  the  trade.  The  secret  of 
their  success  is  that  they  have  always  striven  for  the 
best,  scorning  to  create  anything  but  the  very 
best  grade  of  instruments,  never  sparing  expense  or 
trouble  to  make  or  adopt  improvements  which  could 
in  any  possible  way  add  to  the  qualities  and  to  make 
their  pianos  as  perfect  as  possible.  Thus  their  pianos, 
by  their  intrinsic  merits,  proved  their  very  best  agents 
and  advertisers ;  and  it  is  a  fact  which  all  just  piano 
manufactures  will  admit,  that  no  firm  in  this  country 
has  done  more  to  advance  the  American  piano  man- 
ufacture to  its  present  high  state  than  the  firm  of 
William  Knabe  &  Co.  Their  pianos  unite  every  ad- 
vantage of  the  best  pianos  produced,  containing  every 
valuable  improvement  science  has  suggested,  includ- 
ing a  number  of  our  own  inventions.  Tone. — Their 
tone  combines  the  greatest  possible  volume  and  rich- 
ness, together  with  that  beautiful  and  refined  sweet- 
ness and  purity,  and  remarkable  for  its  extraordinary 
prolongation  and  singing  quality,  and  perfect  even- 
ness throughout  the  entire  scale.  Touch  of  the  great- 
est lightness,  elasticity,  and  pliancy,  enabling  the  per- 
former to  control  the  instrument  perfectly,  and  cre- 
ate all  nuances  in  tone,  from  pianissimo  to  fortissi?no, 
by  the  touch  alone.  Durability. — Special  attention 
is  paid  to  the  durability,  the  lasting  qualities,  and 
standing  in  tone  of  their  pianos — qualities  in  which 
so  many  other  makers  are  lacking.  The  best  test  for 
the  wearing  qualities  of  pianos  is,  without  doubt, 
schools,  where  they  are  constantly  in  use  from  early 
till  late  by  different  scholars  with  various  touches. 
It  is  a  recognized  fact  that  the  Knabe  pianos  are 
more  extensively  used  by  schools,  conservatories,  and 
institutions  of  learning  all  over  the  country  than  any 
other  make,  owing  to  the  fact  that  these  pianos,  after 
thorough  tests  of  long  use  together  with  the  pianos 
of  almost  every  other  make  in  the  country,  outlasted 
them  all,  and  did  not  need  half  the  tuning  the  others 
required,  proving  to  them  that  these  pianos,  besides 
their  superiority  in  tone,  etc.,  were  also  the  most  eco- 
nomical for  use.  The  firm  has  in  their  possession 
numerous  letters  from  leading  institutions  to  this  ef- 


fect. Workmanship. — They  are  unexcelled.  The 
greatest  and  most  particular  attention  is  paid  to  every 
detail,  and  the  greatest  solidity  and  beauty  of  their 
construction  will  even  strike  the  casual  observer. 
None  but  the  very  best  quality  and  thoroughly  sea- 
soned materials  are  used,  the  large  capital  employed 
in  the  business  enabling  the  firm  to  keep  on  hand 
continually  an  immense  stock  of  lumber,  etc.,  of  the 
very  best  quality  and  thoroughly  seasoned  before 
using.  It  is  gratifying  to  be  able  to  say  that  the  most 
eminent  artists  and  musicians,  as  well  as  the  musical 
public  in  general  and  the  press,  unite  in  one  verdict, 
viz. :  that  the  Knabe  piano  stands  unrivaled ;  that 
they  are  the  most  perfect,  the  most  reliable,  and  the 
most  durable  pianos  manufactured,  and,  in  fact,  the 
leading  piano-fortes  of  America  for  concert  as  well 
as  parlor  and  school  use.  Every  piano  is  fully  war- 
ranted for  five  years.  The  firm  has  branch  estab- 
lishments in  all  the  principal  cities  in  the  country,  an 
agency  in  London,  and  their  instruments  are  to  be 
found  all  over  the  continent  of  Europe.  At  the  Cen- 
tennial Exhibition  in  Philadelphia  in  1876  the  firm 
relied  solely  upon  the  merits  of  their  instruments  to 
secure  them  a  just  reward,  and  they  were  decreed 
the  highest  honors  in  the  piano  department.  The 
judges,  in  preparing  the  Knabe  report,  so  framed  it  as 
to  leave  no  doubt  about  their  pre-eminence.  They 
especially  commended  all  their  four  styles  of  pianos 
— concert  grand,  parlor  grand,  square,  and  uprights 
— and  accorded  them  the  praise  of  unequaled  ex- 
cellence in  all  the  details  of  perfect  instruments. 

At  the  Atlanta  International  Cotton  Exposition, 
December,  1 88 1,  the  Executive  Committee  awarded 
a  gold  medal  to  the  Knabe  pianos  for  their  "  sweet- 
ness, purity,  power,  and  evenness  in  tone,  artistic 
skill,  and  elegance  in  design  and  perfection  in  work- 
manship." The  following  testimony  of  the  leading 
artists  and  musicians,  which  is  selected  from  hun- 
dreds of  others  running  in  a  similar  strain,  is  con- 
clusive: "We  have  thoroughly  and  conscientiously 
tried  and  tested  the  various  kinds  of  your  instruments 
— grand,  square,  and  upright — and  find  them  all  of 
uniform  excellence,  uniting  all  the  advantages  of  the 
best  pianos  produced — exquisitely  refined,  pure  and 
sweet  quality  of  tone,  of  greatest  possible  volume, 
depth,  and  richness,  notable,  above  all,  for  its  greatest 
prolongation  and  singing  quality,  perfect  evenness  of 
scale,  and  perfection  in  the  action.  Touch  very  easy 
and  at  the  same  time  elastic,  enabling  the  performer 
to  vary  the  tone  from  the  softest  whisper  to  the  most 
powerful  fortissimo  by  the  touch  alone.  The  great 
solidity  of  their  construction  and  the  utmost  care  of 
finish,  shown  in  every  detail,  are  sure  guarantees  of 
their  durability.  Your  instruments  certainly  unite  all 
the  requisite  qualities  for  boudoir,  parlor,  and  concert 
use  in  the  highest  possible  degree,  and  cannot  be 
surpassed.  S.  B.  Mills,  Alfred  H.  Hease,  Charles 
Heydtman,  R.  Navarro,  Isaac  L.  Rice,  Louis  Staab, 
A.  Torriani,  Dr.  Leopold  Damrosch,  Bernard  Boekel- 
man,  G.  Rizzo,  P.  S.  Gilmore,  Max  Maretzek,  A. 
Cortada,  Ferdinand  von  Inten,  Lina  Luckhardt,  W. 
K.  Bassford,  Henry  Mollenhauer,  C.  R.  Moeller,  Ad. 
Kolling,  E.  Szemelenyi." 

In  Boston  these  pianos  have  had  a  most  extensive 
sale,  and  this  is  sufficient  evidence  of  their  apprecia- 
tion. Mr.  Tyler's  store  is  crowded  with  many  beau- 
tiful specimens,  and  these  are  let  out  on  hire  and  sold 
on  the  most  reasonable  terms.  Mr.  Tyler,  who  is  a 
native  of  Massachusetts,  is  one  of  the  most  courteous 
and  affable  of  men,  thoroughly  reliable  in  his  business 
affairs,  and  very  popular  in  the  city. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


145 


B.  S.  SilOW  &  Co.,  Wholesale  Fish  Dealers, 
Nos.  172,  174,  and  176  Atlantic  Avenue  (Head  of 
T  Wharf). — Among  the  oldest  and  most  prominent 
houses  engaged  in  this  branch  of  commerce,  not 
alone  in  Boston,  but  throughout  the  country,  the  firm 
of  Messrs.  VB.  S.  Snow  &  Co.  is  probably  as  widely 
known  as  any  other  single  house  in  the  trade.  Es- 
tablished in  1853  by  Messrs.  Franklin  Snow  &  Co., 
to  whom  the  present  firm  succeeded  in  1880,  on  the 
death  of  the  senior  partner,  Mr.  Franklin  Snow,  the 
house  has  constantly  increased  in  prominence,  and 
yearly  added  to  its  character  for  the  handling  of 
choice  fish  and  its  liberal  methods  of  conducting  the 
business.  The  business  was  inaugurated  on  old 
City  wharf,  Commercial  street,  and  in  1855  to  Com- 
merce street,  where  it  was  continued  until  187 1, 
when  it  was  transferred  to  the  present  quarters  at  the 
head  of  T  Wharf.  The  premises  occupied  here  con- 
sist of  a  three-story  brick  building,  50x100  feet  in 
dimensions,  and  it  is  equipped  with  every  appliance 
and  convenience  for  the  successful  operation  of  the 
business.  The  firm  also  occupy  the  store,  Nos.  58 
and  59  Long  wharf,  and  they  employ  in  all  about 
twenty  hands.  The  firm  handle  dry,  salt,  and  pickled 
fish  of  ail  kinds ;  in  addition  they  put  up  boneless  fish 
of  all  varieties  in  five,  sixty,  and  one  hundred  pound 
boxes,  for  which  they  have  a  very  large  sale.  The 
firm  sell  to  wholesale  and  principal  retail  dealers  in 
all  parts  of  the  country/but  chiefly  in  the  Eastern, 
Southern,  and  Western  States,  and  they  have  an  ex- 
tensive trade  with  large  grocers  in  the  city.  The 
firm  has  been  so  long  before  the  public  and  is  so 
widely  known  that  comment  is  unnecessary.  Suffice 
to  say  that  they  sell  everything  as  represented,  and 
that  dealers  ^everywhere  know  that  the  goods  offered 
by  this  concern  may  be  implicitly  relied  upon. 

O.  A.  Drost,  Importers'  and  Manufacturers' 
Agent,  No.  18  Summer  Street. — The  popular  agency 
for  importers'  and  manufacturers'  goods  is  that  of 
Mr.  G.  A.  Drost  of  No.  18  Summer  street.  Mr. 
Drost,  who  came  to  Boston  from  Baltimore,  but  who 
is  a  native  of  Germany,  has  been  located  at  his  present 
address  for  the  past  ten  years.  He  has  a  neatly 
fitted  up  and  well-appointed  office,  and  represents 
several  home  manufacturers  and  large  importers  of 
small  wares,  yarns,  dress  trimmings,  etc.,  as  selling 
agent.  He  carries  only  a  small  stock,  but  has  a  full 
line  of  samples,  from  which  he  sells  on  order  to  the 
leading  dealers  in  these  classes  of  goods.  He  also 
holds  the  agency  of  several  manufacturers  in  Europe, 
and  orders  are  shipped  direct  to  customers.  Mr. 
Drost  has  branch  establishments  in  Philadelphia  and 
New  York  and  all  the  important  cities  of  the  coun- 
try, and  all  consignments  forwarded  to  him  receive 
faithful  care  and  prompt  attention,  while  his  facilities 
for  supplying  dealers  with  the  choicest  wares  and 
all  the  latest  novelties  are  unsurpassed. 

T.  H.  Gray  &  Co.,  Wool  Shoddies,  etc.,  No. 
154  Federal  Street;  Mills,  Hyde  Park. — One  of 
the  leading  and  enterprising  manufacturers  in  wool 
shoddy,  wool  waste,  and  flocks,  making  as  their 
specialty  fine  hatters'  and  colored  shoddies,  is  the 
house  of  the  above  firm,  their  Hyde  Park  mills  being 
among  the  best  equipped  in  the  State.  Speaking  of 
English  woolen  manufactured  goods,  Mr.  Gray,  who 
has  recently  returned  from  England,  mentioned  it  as 
a  curious  fact  "that  while  there  is  a  popular  preju- 
dice here  in  favor  of  English  goods,  that  as  a  matter 
of  fact  there  is  a  much  larger  percentage  of  shoddy  in 


English  woolens  than  in  those  of  domestic  or  Ameri- 
can manufacture."  This,  taken  in  connection  with 
the  heavy  duty  imposed  upon  English  goods,  it  would 
be  supposed,  would  virtually  exclude  the  inferior  and 
more  expensive  article  from  the  market,  and  it  is  only 
a  matter  of  time  before  American  enterprise  will 
export  wool  shoddies  to  England.  Messrs.  T.  H. 
Gray  &  Co.  have  been  for  thirteen  years  in  the 
manufacture  of  their  specialties,  and  supply  to  a 
large  extent  the  woolen  manufacturers  and  great 
hat  firms  in  the  Eastern  States,  and  as  they  grade  all 
their  stock  they  guarantee  their  standard  shoddies  to 
be  uniform  in  quality  and  color.  The  Boston  office 
carries  samples  of  all  the  goods  they  manufacture. 


Poore,  Towiie  &  Co.,  Importers,  Manufac- 
turers, and  Dealers  in  Paints,  Oils,  Varnishes,  Drugs, 
Medicines,  Chemicals,  Window  Glass,  Dye  Stuffs, 
etc.,  Nos.  29  and  30  India  Street. — The  house  has 
been  in  existence  under  its  present  title  since  1845. 
The  business  is  entirely  wholesale,  and  the  premises 
occupied  by  the  firm  comprise  a  four-story  brick  build- 
ing, covering  an  area  of  50x60  feet.  The  firm  carry  a 
very  large  and  complete  stock  of  paints  of  every 
description,  oils  for  all  kinds  of  uses,  varnishes  for 
all  purposes  to  which  they  are  usually  applied,  chemi- 
cals of  various  kinds,  drugs,  medicines,  window 
glass,  dye  stuffs,  and  other  goods.  The  firm  are  also 
special  agents  for  the  Bradley  White  Lead  Co.'s  pro- 
ducts and  the  Phoenix  pure  white  lead.  Among  the 
immense  variety  of  goods  kept  in  stock  in  this  exten- 
sive establishment  may  be  mentioned  acids  of  all 
kinds,  alcohol,  alum,  ammonia,  arrowroot,  arsenic, 
axle  grease,  bay  rum,  beeswax,  bleaching  powder, 
Celestial,  Chinese,  Prussian,  and  ultramarine  blue, 
bronzes,  brimstone,  brushes,  camphor,  carbolic  acid, 
cardamon  seed,  Castile  soap,  castor  oil,  chalk,  chamois 
skins,  chloride  lime,  Cologne,  cotton-seed  oil,  corks, 
copperas,  cream  tartar,  cubebs,  cuttle-fish  bone,  dye 
stuffs,  emery,  Epsom  salts,  essences,  essential  oils,  flax- 
seed, fluid  extracts,  flavoring  extracts,  glass,  glycerine, 
glue,  ground  leads,  hemp  seed,  indigo,  Irish  moss,  lard 
oil,  laudanum,  gold  and  silver  leaf,  licorice,  linseed  oil, 
olive  oil,  paregoric,  patent  medicines,  petroleum,  pot- 
ash, pumice  stone,  putty,  quicksilver,  rhubarb,  rosin, 
sandpaper,  salad  oil,  sal  soda,  saltpetre,  soda  ash,  sperm 
oil,  sponges,  spirits  turpentine,  spirits  nitre,  sugar  of 
lead,  sulphur,  tar,  tinctures,  varnishes,  vitriol,  Wheel- 
er's patent  wood  filler,  whiting,  window  glass,  zinc,  etc. 


Edward  Jewell  &  Co.,  Commission  Mer- 
chants in  Hides  and  Leather,  No.  252  Congress 
Street. — Prominent  among  the  highly  reputable  houses 
engaged  in  the  hide  and  leather  trade  may  be  men- 
tioned the  firm  of  Messrs.  Edward  Jewell  &  Co.,  at 
No.  252  Congress  street.  This  business  was  estab- 
lished nine  years  ago  at  its  present  location  by  the 
proprietor,  Mr.  Jewell,  and  has  experienced  a  very 
successful  career.  The  premises  are  substantial  and 
commodious,  consisting  of  a  fine  five-story  building, 
40x100  feet  in  dimensions,  and  contain  a  heavy  stock 
of  hides  and  leather  of  various  kinds  and  grades. 
These  goods  are  supplied  to  tanners  and  manufac. 
turers  of  boots  and  shoes,  harness,  saddlerv,  and  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  leather  novelties.  Mr.  Jewell  is  a 
native  of  Hartford  and  a  resident  of  Boston.  He  is 
thoroughly  experienced  in  his  vocation,  and  enjoys 
a  large  and  steadily  increasing  patronage  of  the  most 
desirable  character.  For  integrity,  liberality,  and 
thorough  reliability  he  ranks  high  in  the  mercantile 
community. 


146 


CITY    OF   B  OS  TON. 


"William  Mills  &  Co.,  Plumbers,  Nos.  235 
and  237  Washington  Street. — This  house  was  found- 
ed on  Devonshire  street,  in  1850,  by  William  Mills, 
who  carried  it  on  alone  until  1 865,  when  he  admitted 
his   son,    Edwin,  as   a   partner.     In    1878  the   son 
bought  the  father's  interest,  but  he  still  continues  to 
canv  on  the  enterprise  under  the  old  style  of  William 
Mills  &  Co.     Besides  dealing  in  the  best  quality  of  im- 
ported ware,  such  as  marble-plug  basins,  slabs  and 
basins  combined,  water-closet  basins,  hopper  basins, 
urinals,  and  the  best  Italian  marble  slabs,  this  house 
manufactures     all    kinds    of    plumbers'    materials. 
Among   these   may   be    mentioned    the    celebrated 
Grundy    brass    work,   force    pumps,    water-closets, 
water-faucets,   round    way    stop-cocks    of    superior 
quality  ami  finish,  and  brass  window  railing   and 
standards,  made  according  to  order.     One  specialty 
of    this  house   is   seamless   drawn   brass    tubes   for 
plumbing  work,  which,  for  conveying  hot  or  cold 
water    under     heavy    pressure,    are    much    neater, 
cheaper,   and  more  durable  than  any  other  kind  of 
pipe  in  use.     This  house  has  the  management  of  in- 
troducing in  New  England  of  the  celebrated  syphon 
wash-out  and  hopper  closets  manufactured  by  Henry 
Huber  &  Co.,  No.  85   Beekman  street,  New  York. 
Previous  to  the  great  fire  of  1872  this  enterprise  was 
located  corner  of  Congress  and  Milk  streets,  but  in 
that  catastrophe  it  was  one  of  the  victims,  losing 
$20,000,  and  being  forced  to  seek  other  premises. 
After  remaining  temporarily  in  another  location  for 
a  little  above  a  year  it  removed  finally  to  the  present 
quarters  in  1874.     These  are  located  at  Nos.  235  and 
237  Washington  street,  and  consist  of  three  floors, 
117x25  feet  each  in  dimensions.     The  salesroom  is  on 
the  first  floor,  and  is  well-stocked  with  all  kinds  of 
goods  used  in  sanitary  and  ordinary  plumbing.     On 
the  second  floor  is  the  office,  and  on  the  third  is  the 
shop.     This  is  run  by  steam  power,  which  is  furnished 
by  a  thirty-five-horse  power  boiler  and  a  twenty-horse 
power  engine.     It  is  fully  equipped,  and  a  large  force 
of  hands  is  continually  employed  in  it.     The  art  of 
plumbing  has  been'completely  revolutionized  within 
the  past  ten  years,  especially  in  the  line  of  ventila- 
tion and  drainage,  also  in  the  construction  of  water- 
closets.     This  firm  hold  a  leading   position    in  the 
invention    and    introduction    of  sanitary   specialties 
pertaining  to  plumbing.     The  trade  of  this  enterprise 
covers  the  New  England  States.     Edwin    Mills,  the 
proprietor,  was  born  in  England,  and  came  to  Boston 
in  1849. 

Georg-e  Follett  &  Co.,  Wool,  No.  154  Fed- 
eral Street. — This  is  is  a  New  York  house  that  since 
1 88 1  has  opened  a  Boston  office  as  above,  in  charge 
of  Mr.  W.  J.  Follett,  the  junior  partner,  who  was  ad- 
mitted a  member  of  the  firm  in  May,  1884.  George 
and  A.  W.  Follett  are  the  two  other  partners.  The 
business  of  this  well-known  wool  firm  is  principally 
pulled  wool,  and  their  sales  from  their  New  York 
house,  No.  144  Duane  street,  were  so  extensive  that 
an  eastern  office  was  found  to  be  necessary.  The 
firm  does  a  general  commission  business  also,  and 
in  pulled  wools  has  few  rivals  in  extent  of  trade. 


will  occupy  a  position  so  conspicuous  by  their  prom- 
inence that  they  appear  entirely  distinctive  from  all 
others  in  the  same  line.  Such  a  concern  is  that  of 
Edwin  II.  Sampson,  manufacturer  of  leather  boards, 
paper  and  twine,  and  Moffitt's  patent  rolled  boot  and 
shoe  stiffenings,  No.  240  Purchase  street.  Founded 
in  1855,  and  conducted  since  on  sound  and  correct 
business  principles  and  strict  integrity,  and  its  man- 
agement being  ever  characterized  by  ability,  business 
capacity,  and  enterprise,  it  could  hardly  fail  to  pro- 
duce other  results  than  the  eminent  success  it  has  at- 
tained. An  immense  stock  is  carried  to  meet  the 
demand,  and  the  business  is  exceedingly  large.  The 
premises  occupied  as  offices  and  salesrooms  are  large, 
being  a  floor  and  basement  40X 1 25  feet  in  dimensions. 
The  factories  are  located  at  West  Groten  and  Charles 
River  Village,  and  they  afford  employment  to  upward 
of  eighty  men.  Mr.  Sampson  is  a  native  of  Boston 
and  resides  in  Dorchester.  He  is  an  active  and 
prominent  member  of  the  New  England  Shoe  and 
Leather  Association,  and  is  held  in  high  esteem  by 
his  associate  members. 


Oriental  Lubricating-  Company,  R.  H. 

Spalding,  Manager,  Sole  Manufacturers  of  Oriental 
Lubricating  Compound,  Nos.  92  and  94  Fulton 
Street. — Among  the  leading  establishments  engaged 
in  the  manufacture  of  lubricating  compounds  may 
be  mentioned  that  of  the  Oriental  Lubricating  Com- 
pany, R.  H.  Spalding,  manager,  sole  manufacturers 
of  Oriental  Lubricating  Compound,  Nos.  92  and  94 
Fulton  street.  This  concern  was  established  about 
one  year  ago,  and  by  the  superior  excellence  of  the 
lubricating  compound  turned  out,  and  the  unequiv- 
ocal business  capacity  and  enterprise  characterizing  its 
management,  rapidly  grew  into  public  favor  and  pat- 
ronage. This  compound  is  unrivaled  for  street  cars, 
steamboats,  paper,  rolling,  cotton,  and  woolen  mills, 
and  for  all  machinery  with  heavy  bearings,  carriages, 
wagons,  etc.  Economy,  durability,  and  perfect  lu- 
brication without  friction,  gumming,  or  running  are 
among  the  chief  features  of  this  lubricator,  and  it  is 
the  very  best  article  manufactured  for  belt  stuffing 
and  gear  grease.  The  premises  occupied  are  com- 
modious, being  35x100  feet  in  dimensions.  Mr. 
Spalding  is  a  gentleman  in  the  prime  of  life,  being 
about  fifty  years  of  age,  and  is  a  native  of  Massa- 
chusetts. 


Edwin  H.  Sampson,  Manufacturer  of 
Leather  Boards,  Paper  and  Twine,  and  Moffitt's 
Patent  Rolled  Boot  and  Shoe  Stiffenings,  No.  240 
Purchase  Street. — Among  the  great  and  varied  indus- 
trial pursuits  which  go  to  make  up  a  great  centre  of 
trade  activity  like  Boston,  it  will  be  observed  that 
certain  firms  engaged  in  the   multifarious   branches 


Albert  E.  Proctor,  Clothing,  Dry  Goods, 
etc.,  No.  206  Commercial  Street. — Among  the  many 
old-established  and  substantial  houses  for  which  Bos- 
ton is  noted,  that  under  review  deserves  prominent 
mention,  it  having  been  in  existence  since  1820,  when 
it  was  founded  by  Gould  &  Louere.  In  May,  1835, 
W.  B.  Proctor,  Jr.,  became  a  partner  in  the  firm  of 
Gould  &  Proctor,  and  the  present  proprietor  com- 
menced service  in  October,  1838,  and  by  the  death 
of  his  brother  assumed  sole  control  in  February, 
1 87 1.  Mr.  Proctor  occupies  commodious  and  eligi- 
bly located  premises,  where  he  handles  an  immense 
and  carefully  selected  stock,  and  the  establishment  is 
regarded  by  experienced  buyers  as  headquarters  for 
fine  goods  and  reasonable  prices.  Mr.  Proctor  car- 
ries a  full  line  of  ready-made  clothing  and  fancy 
goods,  conducting  both  a  wholesale  and  retail  trade. 
He  is  a  native  of  Marlborough,  Mass.,  and,  with  the 
exception  of  three  years'  service  in  the  War  of  the 
Rebellion,  he  has  spent  his  entire  adult  life  in  the 
present  business. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


147 


Ewing-  Brothers  &  Co.,  Importers  and 
Commission  Merchants,  No.  80  Chauncy  Street. — 
The  conspicuously  advantageous  position  occupied 
by  Boston  as  the  terminus  of  a  vast  railway  system, 
by  which  she  is  placed  in  direct  communication  with 
all  parts  of  the  continent,  and  with  a  harbor  unsur- 
passed on  the  Atlantic  coast,  has  exerted  an  influence 
upon  the  trade  and  commerce  of  this  city.  Promi- 
nently so  in  its  influence  upon  the  dry  goods  trade — 
which  has  grown  to  large  proportions — the  numerous 
firms  engaged  in  this  industry  are  worthy  of  special 
note,  and  among  such  we  may  not  omit  the  enter- 
prise of  Messrs.  Ewing  Brothers  &  Co.,  importers  of 
and  commission  merchants  in  foreign  and  domestic 
woolen  fabrics.  The  business  was  founded  in  1867, 
and  since  then  there  have  been  three  changes  in  the 
composition  of  the  firm.  Before  the  great  fire  of 
1872  the  business  was  conducted  under  the  firm- 
title  of  Ewing  &  Co.,  and  Ewing,  Wise  &  Fuller, 
and  enjoyed  a  high  reputation  all  over  the  country. 
The  firm  suffered  severely  by  the  fire,  but  was  one 
of  the  few  business  houses  which  met  its  obligations 
with  one  hundred  cents  on  the  dollar.  The  present 
members  of  the  firm  are  Mr.  C.  A.  and  Mr.  H.  U. 
Ewing  and  Mr.  N.  B.  Blackstone,  all  of  whom  have 
the  highest  standing  in  the  commercial  circles  of  the 
city.  The  premises  occupied  by  the  firm  at  No.  80 
Chauncy  street  consist  of  a  store  and  basement,  each 
80x40  feet  in  dimensions,  and  these  are  heavily 
stocked  with  the  products  of  the  best  American  and 
European  mills.  The  firm  are  the  selling  agents  for 
Byfield  woolen  mills,  annual  product  of  which  is 
about  one  thousand  packages.  They  handle  immense 
quantities  of  foreign  goods — their  relations  with  deal- 
ers all  over  the  country  being  of  a  very  extensive 
character,  having  the  reputation  in  the  trade  of  being 
strictly  honest  and  honorable  in  all  their  transactions. 

Adams  &  Spitz,  Jobbers  of  Men's  Furnishing 
Goods,  No.  13  Otis  Street,  Winthrop  Square. — This 
reliable  house  was  founded  by  the  present  proprietors, 
Messrs.  Geo.  Adams  and  J.  M.  Spitz,  in  1 883,  and  since 
the  foundation  of  the  business  they  have  attained  a  lib- 
eral and  influential  patronage  from  first-class  retailers 
and  dealers.  The  premises  occupied  are  very  commodi- 
ous, and  are  fully  stocked  with  a  valuable  assortment 
of  gents'  furnishing  goods,  hosiery,  underwear,  etc., 
which  are  unsurpassed  for  quality  and  general  excel- 
lence by  those  of  any  other  first-class  house  in  the  trade. 
These  goods  are  fully  equal  to  anything  of  the  kind 
the  market  affords,  being  made  of  the  finest  material 
in  the  best  possible  manner,  while  the  extent  of  the 
assortment  affords  an  excellent  opportunity  for  a  wide 
exercise  of  individual  taste.  The  sales  are  particu- 
larly heavy,  not  only  in  New  York  and  New  England 
but  likewise  in  the  Middle  States.  All  goods  are 
purchased  direct  from  the  principal  manufacturers 
and  producers  in  the  United  States  and  Europe,  and 
the  newest  styles  and  latest  novelties  are  obtained  as 
soon  as  they  are  ready  for  the  trade. 


Wilcock  &  Cordingley,  Wool  Brokers  and 
Commission  Merchants,  No.  114  Federal  Street. — 
This  firm  is  composed  of  Edwin  Wilcock  and  Wil- 
liam R.  Cordingley,  and  do  a  brokerage  and  com- 
mission business  combined.  Wilcock  &  Cordingley 
have  established  a  reputation  as  prominent  in  the  list 
of  brokers,  selling  mills,  etc.,  large  lines  and  also 
handling  on  commission  many  consignments.  An 
enterprising  and  energetic  house,  in  excellent  repute, 
standing,  and  character,  popular  in  the  trade,  and 


enjoying  the  confidence  and  esteem  buyer  and 
seller,  from  the  wool  grower  on  the  ranch  in  the  West 
to  the  mill  owners  and  corporations  in  the  East. 
Messrs.  Wilcock  &  Cordingley  are  indorsed  as  active 
in  the  brokerage  and  commission  line,  and  as  judges 
of  wool,  and  for  careful  attention  to  consignments, 
grading  the  same,  they  are  surpassed  by  none  in  the 
trade. 

Olney  Brothers,  Oils,  No.  140  Congress- 
Street,  Boston. — Among  the  leading  Boston  houses 
engaged  in  the  oil  trade  that  of  Olney  Brothers,  No. 
140  Congress  street,  occupies  a  prominent  position. 
This  is  a  branch  of  the  great  house  of  Olney  Brothers, 
Providence,  R.  I.  It  was  established  in  that  city  four- 
teen years  ago,  and  in  Boston  eight  years  since,  and 
soon  attracted  the  attention  of  consumers  by  the  supe- 
rior grade  of  oils  handled,  and  rapidly  built  up  a  trade 
at  once  large  and  prosperous.  The  Olney  Brothers 
are  New  England  agents  for  the  Binghamton  Oil 
Refining  Company,  Binghamton,  N.  Y.,  and  are  deal- 
ers in  sperm,  lard,  illuminating,  German  spindle,  and 
wool  oils.  The  celebrated  "Petrolina"  manufac- 
tured by  the  Binghamton  Oil  Refining  Company  is 
made  from  native  petroleum  and  with  the  greatest 
care  without  the  use  of  acids  or  alkalies,  and  can  be 
relied  upon  as  being  of  uniform  quality  and  abso- 
lutely pure.  It  is  one  of  the  safest  and  most  effective 
healing  ointments  made  for  burns,  bruises,  cuts, 
wounds,  sprains,  rheumatism,  etc.,  and  can  be  used 
internally  for  coughs,  colds,  sore  throats,  etc.,  with 
the  most  beneficial  results.  It  is  sold  by  all  drug- 
gists and  chemists  throughout  the  world.  The  firm 
of  Olney  Brothers  is  composed  of  W.  S.  and  A.  W. 
Olney,  both  of  whom  are  natives  of  Providence,  R.  I. 


Bigelow  &  de  Saptes,  Manufacturers  of  Fine 
Furniture  and  Interior  Decorations,  Wood  Mantels 
and  Interior  Finish,  from  Special  Designs,  Nos.  20 
and  21  Studio  Building,  No.  no  Tremont  Street. — 
There  are  several  establishments  in  the  city  who  make 
a  study  and  a  specialty  of  this  kind  of  work,  and  nota- 
ble among  these  is  the  house  of  Messrs.  Bigelow  &de 
Saptes,  of  Nos.  20  and  21  Studio  Building,  No.  no 
Tremont  street.  Though  this  house  was  established 
only  in  1 878,  the  members  of  the  firm  brought  to  it 
an  experience  of  twenty-five  years.  They,  make  a 
specialty  of  manufacturing  fine  furniture  and  interior 
decorations,  wood  mantels  and  interior  finish  from 
original  designs,  etc.,  and  they  contract  for  the  com- 
plete decoration  and  furnishing  of  houses  and  offices. 
They  make  the  most  expensive  furniture  and  handle 
only  goods  that  are  of  the  very  first-class  description. 
Their  salesroom  at  the  Studio  Building,  and  which  is 
25x70  feet  in  dimensions,  is  filled  with  the  most 
elegant  specimens  of  their  products  in  furniture  and 
interior  decorations.  Their  factory  is  located  at  Nos. 
24  to  28  Read's  Block,  Harrison  avenue,  and  this  is 
a  four-story  brick  building  50x1 60  feet  in  dimensions, 
equipped  with  the  best  appliances,  and  furnished 
with  motive  power  by  an  engine  and  boiler  each  of 
ten-horse  power.  From  forty  to  sixty  hands  are 
regularly  employed  here,  and  the  house  has  a  very 
extensive  business  connection,  extending  through  the 
States  of  New  England  and  New  York.  Their 
trade  is  of  a  high- class  character,  and  the  firm  have 
furnished  many  of  the  wealthiest  establishments  in 
the  district.  The  members  of  the  firm  are  Mr. 
Wesley  Bigelow,  a  native  of  this  State,  and  a  re- 
spected member  of  the  Ancients  and  Honorables, 
and  Mr.  Etienne  de  Saptes,  who  is  a  native  of  Paris. 


M 


CITY   OF  BOSTON. 


National    Sewing-Machine    Co.,  Sole 

Manufacturers  of  the  National,  New  England,  and 
Union  Wax-Thread  Sewing-Machines,  for  Boot,  Shoe, 
and     Harness    Work,  No.    126    Pearl  Street. — The 

National  Sewing-Ma* 
chine  Company, 
whose  headquarters 
are  at  No.  126  Pearl 
street,  has  acquired 
more  than  national 
fame.  The  company 
control  several  patent 
rights  for  particular 
classes  of  sewing- 
machines  suited  to 
different  kinds  of  lea- 
ther work,  and  no 
better  testimony  o  f 
the  high  value  of 
these  several  m  a- 
chines  could  be  ad- 
duced than  the  fact 
that  out  of  several 
thousands  of  ma- 
chines sent  out  by 
this  company  not  one 
has  ever  been  returned 
for  any  fault.  The 
various  machines 
made  by  this  com- 
pany are  known  as 
the  "  National  Har- 
ness Machine,"  *'  National  Alligator,"  and  "  National 
Stitching  Machine,"  "  National  Siding  Machine," 
"  National  Double  Row  Machine,"  etc.  The  "  Na- 
tional Sewing  Machine,"  which  has  been  before  the 
public  since  1869,  but  which  has  since  undergone 
many  great  improvements,  is  made  in  different  vari- 
eties for  certain  kinds  of  work.  The  "  National 
Stitching  Machine,"  which  has  a  speed  of  eight  hun- 
dred to  one  thousand  stitches  per  minute,  accord- 
ing to  the  nature  of  the  work  done,  is  adapted  for 
plain  stitching  on  uppers  of  shoes,  such  as  vamping, 
closing  heel  seams,  heavy  gloves  and  mittens,  trunk 
handles,  leather  bags  and  valises,  horse  brushes,  etc., 
and  has  a  capacity  for  sewing  through  leather  half 
an  inch  in  thickness.  The  "  National  Siding  Ma- 
chine "  is  identical  with  the  "  National  Stitching 
Machine,"  with  the  addition  of  a  siding  plate,  foot 
and  gauge  for  siding  long  boots,  the  plate  being  fur- 
nished with  a  knife  on  the  under  side  for  cutting  the 
thread,  which  greatly  facilitates  the  execution  of  the 
work.  The  "  National  Double  Row  Machine," 
which  is  specially  useful  in  vamping  or  putting  on 
stays  to  boots,  is  identical  with  the  "  Stitching  Ma- 
chine "  in  its  principal  features,  differing  oniy  in  the 
needle,  awl,  and  cast-off  bars,  the  presser  foot,  work 
and  throat  plates,  work  post  and  needle  post  rocker 
shaft,  which  are  fitted  for  sewing  on  two  rows  at  a 
time.  The  "  National  Three  Row  Machine"  sews 
three  rows,  and  can  be  used  with  either  one  or  two 
needles,  as  desired.  It  is  sometimes  made  with  a 
lap-seam  gauge  and  stay  guide,  so  that  it  stitches  the 
seam  and  puts  on  the  stay  all  at  one  operation, 
thereby  saving  the  labor  of  two  operatives  on  single 
row  machines,  and  at  the  same  time  doing  the  work 
better  than  it  can  be  done  in  the  old  way.  The 
"  National  Alligator  Machine,"  which  is  only  built 
to  order  and  fitted  for  any  work  desired,  and  which 
can  be  changed  to  an  ordinary  stitching  machine, 
has  a  long  arm  or  "  alligator  "  attachment  for  special 


!  work.     It  is  used   mainly  for  sewing  the   seams  of 
I  Napoleon  or  other  long-leg  boots.     The  "  National 
Saddle  Seam  Machine"  is  used  exclusively  for  stitch- 
ing a  stay  over  the  seam  at  the  ankle  of  long-leg 
boots,  for  the  purpose  of  making  the  boot  stronger  as 
well  as  more  comfortable  to  the  wearer.     When  not 
required  for  saddle-seam  work  the  machine   can  be 
changed    to   an   ordinary    National    Machine,   with 
either  one  or  two  needles.     This  machine  is  sold  to 
manufacturers  only,  and  a  royalty  of  two  cents  per 
pair  is  to  be  paid  to  the  Walker  Saddle-Seam  Asso- 
ciation, of    Worcester,    Mass  ,   the    owners   of    the 
patent   for  saddle-seaming.      The    "  National    Fair 
Stitch    Machine  "  is   a  practical  contrivance  for  fair 
stitch  work  on  boots  and  shoes.  It  is  available  for  the 
lightest  or  heaviest  work  ;   and   it  is  supplied  with  a 
throat  plate  for  stitching  in  a   channel  or  groove  on 
the  surface.       No  royalty    is    required  for    its    use. 
This  machine  differs  in  several  material  points  from 
the  stitching  machine,  but  when   desired  it   can  be 
adapted  to  perform  the  work  done  by  any  ordinary 
stitching   machine.     The    "National     Harness    Ma- 
chine,"   while   identical    with    the    boot    and    shoe 
machine,  is  more  strongly  constructed,  and  is  equally 
adapted  to  work  of  the  lightest  and  heaviest  grades. 
While  doing  the  work  of  five  men,  to  say  the  least, 
it  will  do  that  work  with  greater  regularity  and  in 
all  other  respects  equal  to  hand  work.     It  may  be 
run  by  foot  or  steam  power.     It  has  various  attach- 
ments for  different  classes  of  work.     In  addition  to 
the   machines  mentioned  the  company  manufacture 
the  "  New  England 
Machine "    in   two 
sizes,    known    as 
"  B  "and"  C"  Post. 
The  first  named  has 
a  capacity  for  light 
and    medium    boot 
and  shoe  work  only, 
and  the  latter,  which 
is  considerably  lar- 
ger than  the  "B" 
Post,  has   groovers 
attached  for  use  on 
harness    work,    for 
which  it    is  now    almost    exclusively    used.     These 
machines,    however,    are    inferior   to    the    National 
Stitching    and    the    National     Harness     Machines. 
The  Union  Machine,  which  is  used  on  the  lighter 
kinds    of    work    in    shoe    factories   and    for  glove 
making,  is  now  only  manufactured  in  the  "  B,"  or 
smaller  size,  as  for  most  kinds  of    boot  and  shoe 
work  it  has  been  superseded  by  the  National.     Du- 
plicates of  the  parts  of  any  machine  made  by  the 
company  may  be  had,  together  with   findings  of  all 
kinds  for  wax-thread  sewing-machines,  at  the  com- 
pany's store,  No    126  Pearl  street.       The   premises 
occupied  for   the    business   consist    of    a   four-story 
building,  twenty-five  by  one  hundred  feet  in  dimen- 
sions, and  in  the  work-rooms,  which   are  equipped 
with  the  most  modern  mechanical  appliances,  con- 
stant employment  is  afforded  to    twenty-five  work- 
men.    The  business  was  started   on  Chardon   street 
in  i870,and  removed  to  the  present  address  in  1880. 
The  company  issrte  an  elaborate   catalogue  of  their 
products,  and  every  shoe  manufacturer  and  harness- 
maker   ought   to    possess  himself  of   a  copy.     The 
present  company  was  incorporated  in  1879.  Mf-  J-  H. 
Reed,  the  president,  and   Mr.  P.  L.  Cox,  the  treas- 
urer and   business   manager,  are   both   residents   of 
Boston. 


LEADING    MANUFACTURERS   AND    MERCHANTS. 


149 


Suffolk  Brewing-  Company,  James  M. 
Smith,  Treasurer,  Brewers  of  the  Munich  Lager 
Beer,  also  Fine  Ales  and  Porter,  Nos.  423  to  443 
Eighth  Street,  Boston ;  City  Office,  No.  18  Exchange 
Place. — For  nearly  a  quarter  of  a  century  the  Suffolk 
Brewing  Company  have  been  successfully  engaged  in 
the  brewing  of  first-class  beer,  ale,  and  porter,  and 
for  purity  and  excellence  of  flavor  their  product  is 
unsurpassed  by  that  of  any  other  manufacturers  in 
the  country.  The  company  was  incorporated  under 
its  present  name  in  1875,  witn  a  capital  of  $150,000, 
and  by  reason  of  the  superior  quality  of  their  beer 
and  ale  the  demand  has  steadily  increased  until  at 
time  of  writing  fifty  thousand  barrels  of  malt  liquor 
per  annum  are  manufactured  and  shipped  to  all 
parts  of  the  New  England  States.  The  brands  of 
the  Suffolk  Brewing  Company  are  standard  wherever 
known,  and  their  celebrated  Munich  iager  beer  and 
fine,  pure  ales  and  porter  are  rated  by  connoisseurs, 
wherever  introduced,  as  first-class  in  quality,  excel- 
lent in  flavor,  and  unsurpassed  in  purity.  The  ex- 
tensive plant  of  the  company  covers  an  area  of  over 
ten  acres,  and  the  immense  buildings  are  equipped 
throughout  with  the  most  improved  machinery  and 
appliances.  The  beer  brewery  is  a  substantial,  five- 
story  brick  building,  90x200  feet  in  dimensions,  and 
that  devoted  to  the  manufacture  of  ale  and  porter  is 
also  of  brick,  four  stones  in  height,  and  is  45x100 
feet  in  size,  and  both  are  provided  with  the  latest  im- 
proved machinery  operated  by  steam.  The  other 
buildings  are  devoted  to  storage  of  ice  and  beer, 
offices  and  stables,  and  the  establishment  is  one  of 
the  most  extensive  breweries  in  New  England.  Sixty 
workmen  are  employed  in  the  various  departments 
and  fifteen  double  teams  are  in  constant  use,  supply- 
ing the  trade  throughout  the  city  and  adjacent  country 
and  in  the  shipment  by  rail  and  water.  The  offices 
and  brewery  are  located  at  Nos.  423-443  Eighth 
street,  with  the  city  office  at  No.  18  Exchange  place, 
and  all  orders  have  prompt  attention  and  satisfaction 
as  to  quality  of  merchandise  and  prices  are  uniformly 
guaranteed.  The  conduct  of  affairs  is  in  excellent 
hands,  the  officers  and  those  in  charge  of  the  various 
departments  being  thoroughly  familiar  with  every 
detail  of  the  business.  Mr.  James  M.  Smith  is  the 
treasurer  and  superintendent  of  the  company.  He 
is  a  Scot  by  birth,  and  is  a  business  man  of  sterling 
integrity  and  worth.  He  gives  to  the  management  of 
the  vast  interests  of  the  stockholders  his  undivided 
attention  and  personal  supervision,  and  largely  to 
his  business  ability  and  energy  is  the  prosperous  con- 
dition of  the  affairs  of  this  reliable  and  substantial 
corporation  due. 


George  W.  Gregerson,  Marine,  Fire,  and 
Inland  Insurances ;  Office,  No.  17  Central  Street. — 
In  1875  Mr.  Gregerson  embarked  in  business  upon 
his  own  account,  and  now  he  represents  the  following 
powerful  and  conservatively  managed  corporations: 
In  the  line  of  marine  underwriting,  the  Phoenix  In- 
surance Company,  of  New  York;  the  Union  Insur- 
ance Company,  of  Philadelphia;  the  Equitable  Fire 
and  Marine  Insurance  Company,  of  Providence;  the 
Cattle  Lloyds,  and  the  Germanischer  Lloyds ;  in  the 
line  of  fire  insurance  :  the  Lion  Fire  Insurance  Com- 
pany (limited),  of  London;  the  Citizens'  Insurance 
Company,  of  Pittsburg;  the  British  America  Assur- 
ance Company,  of  Toronto,  Ontario ;  and  is  the  inland 
agent  for  Continental  Insurance  Company,  of  New 
York.  Representing,  as  he  does,  many  millions  of 
dollars  of  assets  and  resources  (two  of  the  corpora- 


tions above  named,  the  Phoenix  and  Lion,  having 
over  $5,000,000  of  assets),  Mr.  Gregerson  is  pre- 
pared to  promptly  place  the  largest  risks,  distributing 
the  same  in  the  most  judicious  manner,  and  quoting 
the  lowest  rates  of  premium,  and  guaranteeing  a 
prompt  and  liberal  adjustment  of  all  losses.  He  is 
very  popular  with  our  receivers  of  grain  and  provisions 
and  exporters  of  the  same,  as  well  as  those  who  han- 
dle and  ship  live  stock,  and  is  equally  prepared  to 
satisfactorily  place  all  hull  and  cargo  risks,  as  well  as 
those  of  our  inland  marine.  In  fire  insurance  circles 
he  is  deservedly  popular  and  respected,  and  controls 
the  insuring  of  many  of  the  choicest  lines  of  business 
and  residential  property  in  the  city  and  suburbs.  In 
addition  to  the  foregoing,  Mr.  Gregerson  represents 
the  Guarantee  Company  of  North  America,  which 
has  proved  such  a  boon  and  a  safeguard  alike  to  em- 
ployees and  officials  filling  important  positions  of 
trust,  and  to  the  great  financial  and  commercial  cor- 
porations, who  find  the  bonds  and  security  afforded 
by  this  company  far  more  tangible  and  acceptable 
than  the  old  style  of  bondsmen,  so  often  affording 
but  a  nominal  guarantee.  There  is  scarcely  a  city, 
town,  or  village  in  this  broad  land  which  does  not 
contain  some  saddening  instance  of  poverty  where 
affluence  once  reigned,  caused  by  giving  bonds  for 
friends  or  acquaintances,  who  either  were  forced  to 
the  wall  by  untoward  circumstances  or  proved  de- 
relict to  their  trusts,  and  thus  brought  about  the  ruin 
of  their  bondsmen.  Nearly  every  business  man  has 
at  one  time  or  another  experienced  embarrassment 
in  refusing  suretyship  to  some  petitioner,  or  uneasi- 
ness after  granting  it,  if,  indeed,  he  has  not  himself 
known  the  mortification  of  refusal  from  others  after 
painfully  forcing  his  self-respect  to  the  ordeal  of  re- 
quest. Often  also  has  it  happened  that  worthy  men 
were  estopped  from  obtaining  positions  that  would 
have  materially  simplified  the  problem  of  life  for 
them,  simply  because  of  their  inability  to  furnish 
bondsmen;  others  have  been  obliged  to  relinquish 
valuable  contracts  for  the  same  reason.  To  obviate 
this  necessity,  The  Guarantee  Company  of  North 
America  was  organized,  and  that  it  has  met  the  de- 
mand there  can  be  no  question.  The  terms  upon 
which  Mr.  Gregerson  issues  Fidelity  bonds  are  very 
low,  and  they  are  deservedly  popular.  He  is  likewise 
the  Boston  agent  for  the  Bureau  Veritas,  whose 
ratings  of  sea-going  vessels  are  the  most  reliable  and 
accurate  in  existence,  and  whose  annual  register  is  a 
necessity  in  every  mercantile  house. 

L.  B.  Rich  &  Co.,  Dealers  in  Flour,  Butter, 
Cheese,  Eggs,  Beans,  Poultry,  and  Fruits  of  all  kinds, 
cellar,  No.  57  Blackstone  Street. — Among  the  houses 
in  this  line  may  be  mentioned  that  of  L.  B.  Rich, 
who  has  been  in  this  business  under  the  firm-name 
of  L.  B.  Rich  &  Co.  for  the  last  twelve  years.  He 
does  an  extensive  wholesale  and  retail  trade  all  over 
the  New  England  States,  but  principally  in  Boston 
and  vicinity.  His  stock  is  complete  in  all  the  best 
brands  of  flour,  superior  makes  of  butter  and  cheese, 
eggs,  beans,  poultry,  and  fruits  of  all  kinds  in  their 
season.  The  store,  at  No.  57  Blackstone  street,  is 
25x75  feet  in  dimensions,  and  has,  in  connection,  a 
very  neatly  arranged  'and  convenient  office.  This 
house  has  excellent  facilities  for  obtaining  the  best 
grades  of  produce,  poultry,  and  fruits,  being  in  con- 
stant communication  with  prominent  fruit-growers, 
farmers,  and  dairymen  all  over  the  country.  L.  B. 
Rich  is  a  native  of  this  State,  and  has  had  many 
years'  experience  in  this  business. 


'5o 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Flinn  &  Co.,  Decorative  Metal  Goods  and 
Artistic  Advertising  Specialties,  No.  30  Hawley 
Street,  Boston  ;  No.  59  West  Fourteenth  Street,  New 
York. — We  are  living  in  a  decorative  age,  in  which 
the  triumphs  of  ancient  arts  are  reproduced  and  com- 
bined with  modern  art  and  everything  that  modern 
skill  anil  taste  can  devise  to  beautify  our  homes,  our 
places  of  business,  and  our  public  institutions  in  a 
sensible  realization  of  the  beautiful  in  everyday 
life.  The  decorative  art  is  not  a  mere  child's  piay, 
invented  in  these  latter  days  to  beguile  a  coterie  of 
"aesthetes."  The  thoughts  and  lives  of  men  and  the 
histories  of  nations  have  been  written  in  decorative 
art  characters  from  the  earliest  ages.  The  decorative 
art  has  been  the  common  language  of  every  people 
and  every  age,  speaking  to  the  minds  of  men  through 
the  eyes,  as  pictures  speak  to  the  child  before  he  un- 
derstands spoken  words.  True  art,  however,  is  but 
the  product  of  the  tastes,  the  sentiments,  and  the 
needs  of  the  people  and  of  the  period  ;  and  in  the 
nineteenth  century  "the  good,  the  beautiful,  and  the 
true"  must  assume  a  very  different  form  from  that  of 
the  seventeenth  or  any  other  century.  Art  does  not 
masquerade  in  borrowed  clothes  or  furniture  of  other 
ages,  but  is  true  to  her  own  age.  Imitation,  charm- 
ing and  fascinating  though  it  be,  is  the  child's  way  ; 
but  when  the  true  art  is  presented  in  keeping  with 
true  beauty  and  refinement,  it  should  meet  with  a 
generous  welcome.  Thus  it  is  presented  in  the  "  Ta- 
hanto "  metal  manufacturers,  for  which  Messrs. 
Flinn  &  Co.,  of  No.  30  Hawley  street,  are  the  selling 
agents.  These  beautiful  goods  consist  of  art  pieces 
and  decorative  goods  in  copper,  brass,  bronze,  and 
silver  from  original  designs,  or  the  reproductions  of 
antique  metal  art  work.  For  interior  decoration  the 
Tahanto  goods  come  in  the  form  of  panels,  plaques, 
dadoes,  and  friezes,  faithfully  reproduced  from  nat- 
ural objects  or  conventional  designs  and  carvings. 
The  beauty  of  these  productions  and  the  exquisite 
delicacy  and  truth  of  their  reproductions  from  nature 
must  be  seen  to  be  realized,  as  no  description  can 
convey  an  adequate  idea  of  their  beauty  and  richness 
for  decorative  purposes.  Messrs.  Flinn  &  Co.  have 
on  exhibition  at  their  salesrooms  in  Boston  and  New 
York  a  large  and  beautiful  assortment  of  these 
unique  goods,  which  are  the  only  productions  of  the 
kind  made  in  this  country. 

Messrs.  Flinn  &  Co.  are  also  agents  for  the  C.  O. 
Baxter  &  Co.  patent  advertising  frames ;  and  control 
many  other  lines  of  artistic  advertising  specialties, 
which  are  shown  at  their  salesrooms,  No.  30  Hawley 
street,  Boston,  Arthur  M.  Flinn ;  No.  59  West  Four- 
teenth street,  Chester  F.  Hardon. 

The  Massachusetts  Title  Insurance 
Company,  No.  53  Tremont  Street. — The  system 
of  insurance  is  entirely  a  product  of  the  modern 
spirit  of  society,  which  tends  in  our  social  and 
industrial  relations  to  replace  the  isolation  of  selfish- 
ness by  the  unity  of  mutual  sympathy  and  aid,  or, 
according  to  the  philosophic  formula,  egoism  by  ul- 
traism.  The  first  application  of  the  principle  of  in- 
surance was  to  marine  risks,  and  this,  as  is  easily  seen, 
was  very  natural.  The  risk  of  a  ship  was  more  un- 
usual than  that  of  a  house;  the  owners  of  such  prop- 
erty were  fewer,  and  the  risk  of  loss  being  so  much 
greater,  it  was  more  natural  that  those  interested 
should  combine.  At  first  the  assumption  of  marine 
risks  was  taken  by  private  persons,  who  agreed  to 
assume  the  responsibility  for  a  certain  amount  of  loss,  j 
and  signed  their  names  with  the  amount  they  would  | 


insure  under  the  list  of  the  ship's  cargo,  and  from 
this  practice  the  name  "  underwriter,"  applied  to 
marine  insurance,  came  into  vogue.  From  this  ar- 
rangement the  joint  stock  company  engaged  in  in- 
surance naturally  arose,  and  the  extension  of  the 
principle  soon  included  fire  insurance,  and  then  life 
insurance.  The  policy  of  insurance  applied  to  ships, 
buildings,  and  lives,  which  has  been  operated  with 
such  advantage  to  communities  as  well  as  to  private 
individuals,  has  been  found  capable  of  extension  in 
a  new  field  of  enterprise.  While  every  sensible  per- 
ton. feels  it  incumbent  upon  him  to  insure  his  prop- 
erty on  sea  against  fire  and  other  disasters,  the  courts 
of  the  country  every  day  furnish  evidences  of  losses 
arising  from  defective  and  disputed  titles  to  real  es- 
tate. The  Massachusetts  Title  Insurance  Company, 
which  has  been  incorporated  during  the  present 
year,  comes  to  the  succor  of  those  who  have  money 
transactions  in  respect  of  real  estate,  to  examine 
titles  and  guard  all  parties  where  there  are  technical 
defects  or  surroundings  of  doubt.  This  company 
has  opened  offices  at  No.  53  Tremont  street,  and  the 
object  of  the  company  is  to  undertake  for  a  moderate 
and  fixed  consideration  the  examination  of  titles  to 
real  estate,  and  to  insure  owners  and  mortgagees 
against  loss  by  reason  of  defects  of  title.  It  offers 
absolute  security  from  loss,  a  saving  of  expense  in 
conveyancing,  and  expedition  in  the  transaction  of 
business.  Charges  are  fixed  and  known  before  the 
work  is  begun.  The  charges  for  an  insurance  policy 
of  $3,000,  or  less,  twenty-five  dollars,  and  five  dollars 
for  each  $1,000,  or  part  of  $1,000,  in  excess  of 
$3,000,  and  disbursements.  No  additional  charge 
is  made  for  examination  of  title.  If  the  insurance  is 
declined  by  the  company,  no  charge  will  be  made 
except  for  disbursements,  which  are  limited  to  sur- 
veys and  plans  when  necessary  (of  which  applicant 
would  be  advised  in  advance),  to  the  required  draft- 
ing of  papers,  and  the  usual  record  fees.  Rates  for 
special  insurance,  and  for  insurance  in  counties  other 
than  Suffolk,  may  be  ascertained  on  application.  Mr. 
Nathaniel  J.  Bradlee  is  the  president  and  Mr.  Arnold 
A.  Rand,  the  vice-president  and  manager  of  this  new 
company,  and  it  starts  with  a  directorate  composed  of 
some  of  the  most  esteemed  business  men  of  this 
State  and  the  country,  namely,  Messrs.  Nathaniel  J. 
Bradlee,  Royal  M.  Pulsifer,  J.  Thomas  Baldwin, 
Henry  Whittemore,  George  H.  Richards,  Henry  H. 
Sprague,  J.  W.  Bissell,  James  Longley,  Samuel 
Wells,  Thomas  Hills,  Francis  V.  B.  Kern,  Alfred  D. 
Foster,  Arnold  A.  Rand,  Thomas  Hill,  Baltimore, 
and  William  Trautwine,  Philadelphia. 

George  G-.  Granger,  Foreign  Wools,  No. 
22  Broad  Street. — Mr.  Granger  is  the  largest  impor- 
ter of  Cape  wool  in  Boston,  also  making  a  specialty 
of  Montevideo  and  fine  Australian  wools.  In  these 
particular  lines  of  business  he  has  had  nearly  a 
quarter  of  a  century's  experience  and  has  kept  an 
agent  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  for  over  fifteen 
years,  who  carefully  selects  and  culls  the  best  and 
finest  grades  and  qualities  of  these  superior  wools  of 
the  Cape.  The  first  Australian  wool  imported  into 
this  country  was  by  Mr.  N.  L.  Rogers  &  Sons  at 
Salem,  Mass.,  in  1837.  Long  after  that  date  the 
British  Government  knighted  Mr.  W.  Cameron,  of 
New  York,  for  his  importation  of  this  now  world- 
renowned  quality  of  fine  wool.  Boston  is  the  head- 
quarters for  the  foreign  as  well  as  the  domestic  wools; 
the  largest  importers  of  Valparaiso,  Cordova,  and 
foreign  carpet-wools  having  their  houses  here. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


*5* 


H.  E.  Woodward  &  Co.,  Wholesale  Deal- 
ers in  Salt  and  Pickled  Fish,  Fort  Hill  Wharf,  Nos. 
446  to  454  Atlantic  Avenue. —  The  bays,  harbors, 
and  ocean  that  bound  New  England  on  the  east, 
which  a  few  score  years  ago  were  unvexed  with  any- 
thing of  man's  contrivance  greater  than  the  Indian's 
stealthy  canoe,  are  now  become  the  fishing-grounds 
upon  which  hardy  fishermen  freight  their  craft. 
Fishing  was  the  first  industry,  next  to  building  habi- 
tations for  themselves  that  the  first  settlers  of  New 
England  applied  themselves  to,  and  from  that  time  to 
this  the  business  of  fishing  and  distributing  fish  has 
been  steadily  growing  in  this  city,  until  it  has  now 
assumed  enormous  proportions,  employing  millions 
of  capital  and  thousands  of  wage-earners.  The  busi- 
ness of  fish-selling  is  divided  into  many  branches, 
and  one  of  the  oldest  and  most  reputable  houses  in 
the  city  engaged  in  handling,  wholesale,  all  kinds  of 
salt  and  pickled  fish  is  that  of  Messrs.  H.  E.  Wood- 
ward &  Co.,  whose  business  was  established  in  1 851 
under  the  firm-name  of  Messrs.  Clark  &  Woodward, 
and  which  was  continued  under  that  title  until  1873, 
when  Mr.  Clark  retired  from  the  partnership.  Since 
that  time  the  business  has  been  controlled  solely  by 
Mr.  H.  E.  Woodward  under  the  caption  of  H.  E. 
Woodward  &  Co.  The  premises  occupied  by  the 
firm  at  Nos.  446  to  454  Atlantic  avenue  afford  facili- 
ties for  carrying  on  an  extensive  wholesale  trade  in 
all  kinds  of  smoked,  pickled,  and  salt  fish,  mackerel, 
codfish,  salmon,  herring,  etc.,  that  are  remarkably 
complete,  and  the  firm's  brands  of  fish  are  known 
throughout  New  England,  the  South,  and  the  West 
Indies.  Dry  codfish  they  ship  in  large  quantities  to 
Hayti,  ten  thousand  pounds  being  sent  in  one  ship- 
ment. The  firm  is  possessed  of  every  convenience 
for  the  proper  curing  of  fish  and  employs  constantly 
a  staff  of  fifteen  men.  The  stock  is  a  carefully 
selected  one,  and  the  policy  upon  which  the  business 
is  conducted  is  such  as  to  meet  with  the  commenda- 
tion of  the  trade.  Mr.  Woodward,  who  is  a  native 
of  Boston,  formerly  ran  the  Packet  Line  between 
Boston  and  Halifax. 


Curtis  &  Mitchell,  Type  Founders  and 
Presses  and  Cutters,  No.  15  Federal  Street. — This  old, 
responsible,  and  well-known  house  was  established 
in  1847  by  Holmes  &  Curtis,  succeeded  by  E.  A. 
Curtis,  who  subsequently,  with  Mr.  E.  L.  Mitchell, 
continued  the  business  for  twenty  years,  when  Mr. 
Mitchell  dying,  Mr.  Curtis  continued  the  business 
under  the  old  name  and  style.  As  one  of  the  oldest 
houses  in  the  trade  of  type  founders,  printing  presses, 
card  and  paper  cutters,  and  general  dealers  in  print- 
ers' ware,  the  name  of  Curtis  has  so  long  been  iden- 
tified with  the  progress  and  best  machines  that  its 
association  now  with  any  press  is  a  guarantee  of  value 
and  excellence. 

The  specialties  manufactured  by  Curtis  &  Mitchell 
are  such  well-known  printing  presses  as  the  "  Gor- 
don," the  "  Columbian,"  the  "  Minerva  "  and  "  Frank- 
lin" paper  cutters  (patent).  Trade  with  local  print- 
ers and  dealers  in  printing  material,  and  a  heavy  ex- 
port trade  through  commission  houses  throughout  the 
United  States  and  Canada  ;  also  foreign  trade.  Curtis 
&  Mitchell  manufacture  largely  of  printers'  rollers. 
Messrs.  Curtis  &  Mitchell  furnish  the  military  posts 
with  these  printing  presses,  principally  the  smaller 
patterns.  Originally  the  firm  was  in  type  founding 
exclusively,  but  the  last  twenty-five  years  have  added 
presses,  which  have  reduced  cost  of  type  fifty  per 
cent.     A  small,  cheap  Columbian    press  (a  lever)  re- 


quires but  an  outlay  of  fifty-six  dollars,  and  will 
print  book  and  job  work.  These  are  used  largely  by 
missionaries  in  remote  frontiers  and  foreign  lands, 
India,  Africa,  etc.,  and  are  capable  of  doing  very  fine, 
neat,  and  pretty  work.  Mr.  Curtis  has  samples  of 
work  done  by  missionaries  in  Africa  which  would  be 
conceded  to  be  first-class  work  in  a  Boston  job  office. 
In  this  country  all  business  is  gradually  drifting 
into  specialties,  the  vast  population  and  immense  de- 
mand for  a  particular  article  necessitating  an  exclu- 
sive devotion  to  its  manufacture. 


Horace  LiOring-,  Sole  Agent  for  the  Old 
Colony  Duck,  No.  27  Commercial  Street. — Owing  to 
the  favorable  location  of  Boston  as  a  centre  of  sup- 
ply for  the  great  manufacturing  industries  of  New 
England,  a  very  extensive  business  has  been  built  up 
in  the  supply  of  cotton  duck.  The  large  producers 
of  the  country,  for  the  convenience  of  the  trade,  have 
established  agencies  and  warehouses  here,  and  among 
such  that  of  Mr.  Horace  Loring  offers  superior  in- 
ducements and  facilities  to  consumers  and  dealers. 
Mr.  Loring  is  the  sole  agent  for  the  far-famed  Old 
Colony  Cotton  Duck  Company,  and  has  acted  in  this 
capacity  since  1879,  when  he  started  business  at  No. 
23  Commercial  street,  removing  to  his  present  prem- 
ises, No.  27  Commercial  street,  in  1882.  Here  he 
occupies  a  large  room,  which  is  stocked  with  samples 
of  the  products  of  the  company  he  represents,  and  he 
has  built  up  a  growing  trade  with  all  parts  of  the 
New  England  States.  The  mills  of  the  company, 
which  was  incorporated  in  18 14,  are  situated  at  Ply- 
mouth, Mass.,  and  furnish  lucrative  employment  to  a 
competent  number  of  skilled  workmen.  The  extent 
and  conveniences  of  the  company's  works  are  greatly 
enhanced  by  the  employment  of  the  latest  improved 
machinery  in  all  departments  of  their  business,  which 
tends  to  insure  good  work  and  to  reduce  the  same  to 
its  minimum  cost.  The  cotton  duck  manufactured 
here,  and  which  is  known  the  world  over  as  the 
"  Old  Colony  Cotton  Duck,"  is  held  in  high  estima- 
tion by  the  trade  and  finds  a  market  in  all  sections  in 
this  country.  At  the  International  Fisheries  Exhibi- 
tion, held  in  London,  England,  in  1883,  the  only 
gold  medal  awarded  for  canvas  manufactured  in  the 
United  States  was  carried  off  by  the  Old  Colony  Cot- 
ton Duck  Company.  Mr.  Loring  is  a  native  of  the 
State  of  Massachusetts,  born  in  Hyannis  in  the  year 

1835. 

Brecken,    Liockhart  &  Co.,  Wholesale 

Fruit,  Produce,  and  General  Commission  Merchants, 
Nos.  139  Atlantic  and  5  Essex  Avenues. — A  repre- 
sentative firm  engaged  in  the  wholesale  fruit  and 
produce  business  in  Boston  is  that  of  Messrs.  Brecken, 
Lockhart  &  Co.,  Nos.  139  Atlantic  and  5  Essex 
avenues,  which,  though  only  recently  established,  in 
February,  1885,  has  already  obtained  a  liberal  and 
influential  patronage.  The  business  connections  of 
this  house,  both  with  producers  and  consumers,  are 
of  the  most  advantageous  character,  enabling  it  to 
place  consignments  of  fruit  and  produce,  however 
large,  without  delay,  and  also  to  fill  orders  promptly 
with  the  products  of  the  best  sections  of  the  East. 
The  premises  occupied  are  conveniently  and  centrally 
located  for  the  receipt  and  shipment  of  supplies  of 
fruit  of  all  kinds,  vegetables,  and  country  produce, 
which  is  offered  to  the  trade  at  the  lowest  market 
prices.  The  copartners,  Messrs.  J.  R.  Brecken  and 
G.  B.  Lockhart,  are  both  esteemed  members  of  the 
Boston  Fruit  and  Produce  Exchanges. 


152 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Buerk's  Watchman's  Time  Detector, 

J.  E.  Buerk,  Proprietor,  No.  230  Washington  Street, 
Room  6. — The  present  age  has  been  productive  of 
many  ingenious  contrivances  for  systematically  regis- 
tering the  movements  of  watchmen  left  in  charge  of 
public  institutions,  mills,  workshops,  stores,  etc.,  and 
.so  establishing  a  silent  but  faithful  record  of  the  ful- 
fillment or  non-fulfillment  of  their  duties.  One  of  the 
most  practical  and  reliable  of  these  inventions  is 
Buerk's  watchman's  time  detector.  This  is  the  in- 
vention of  Mr.  J.  E.  Buerk,  of  No.  230  Washington 
street,  and  consists  of  a  watch-clock,  fitted  by  keys 
of  different  construction,  and  carried  by  the  watch- 
man in  his  rounds.  Mr.  Buerk  is  a  native  of  Ger- 
many, but  has  been  a  resident  in  this  country  about 
thirty-seven  years.  This  watch-clock  was  first  intro- 
duced to  the  public  in  1861,  but  since  that  time  it  has 
had  many  improvements  effected  in  it  by  the  inventor, 
all  of  which  improvements  are  protected  by  patent 
rights.  These  improvements  have  secured  a  perfect 
check  upon  watchmen.  With  other  kinds  of  watch- 
clocks  a  prescribed  and  regular  routine  has  to  be 
followed,  but  with  Mr.  Buerk's  invention  the  routes 
of  a  watchman  can  be  changed  at  will  and  he  can  be 
required  to  visit  any  one  place  or  any  number  of 
places  as  often  as  desired.  The  watch-clock  is  in  the 
form  of  a  watch  but  a  little  larger  and  is  therefore 
portable,  and  it  is  as  reliable  as  the  best  lever.  It  is 
carried  about  by  the  watchman  to  all  the  different 
stations  to  be  guarded.  At  each  station  is  a  small 
key,  securely  fastened  to  prevent  his  taking  it  with 
him.  The  watchman  goes  from  station  to  station, 
takes  the  key  fastened  there,  inserts  it  in  the  clock, 
gives  it  one  turn,  and  goes  on  to  the  next,  or  to  any 
other  station,  for  he  is  not  bound  to  go  in  regular 
order.  By  this,  it  follows  that  a  perfect  record  will 
be  kept  of  each  operation.  The  dial  is  furnished 
with  a  removable  printed  paper  for  records  to  be 
made  upon  it  by  pricking  points,  which  are  operated 
by  the  different  keys,  and  each  small  hole  made  in 
the  paper  tells  what  time  the  man  appeared  at  each 
station,  how  often  he  came  there,  how  long  he  stopped, 
how  long  it  took  him  to  go  from  one  to  another, 
whether  he  went  in  regular  order  or  not — in  short,  it 
gives  a  complete  record  of  his  night's  work.  The 
keys  are  all  different.  A  flange  on  the  side  of  each 
key  preventsit  from  being  turned  unless  it  is  inserted 
quite  into  its  place,  so  that  the  key  used  for  one 
station  cannot  be  used  to  make  the  mark  for  the  key 
of  another,  nor,  indeed,  can  any  except  a  perfect 
duplicate  be  made  to  do  it.  Any  attempt  on  the  part 
of  the  watchman  to  evade  his  duty  by  counterfeiting 
keys  may  be  effectually  baffled  by  occasionally 
changing  keys  from  one  station  to  another.  An 
indefinite  number  of  stations  can  be  served.  The 
watch  is  wound,  set,  and  closed  every  day  by  the 
proprietor  or  superintendent,  and  the  box  locked  with 
a  key  which  he  keeps,  so  that  the  register  within  is 
unseen  by  and  out  of  reach  of  the  watchman  who 
carries  it.  In  the  morning,  when  the  detector  is 
returned  to  the  superintendent,  the  graduated  disk  of 
paper  may  be  removed  from  its  position  and  filed 
away  as  a  permanent  record,  while  a  new  disk  is 
applied  for  succeeding  records.  The  latest  improve- 
ments consist  of  a  lock,  which  cannot  be  picked;  an 
arrangement  of  levers,  which  cannot  get  out  of  order 
or  be  broken,  to  take  the  place  of  the  recording 
spring  previously  used;  a  stationary  barrel  which 
prevents  damage  to  the  wheels  or  pinions  in  case  the 
mainspring  breaks,  and  a  brass  cap,  which  covers  the 
entire  movement,  and  excludes  dust  and  dirt.     When 


it  needs  cleaning  any  good  watchmaker  can  adjust  it, 
its  mechanism  being  simple.  It  requires  no  fixtures 
or  wires  communicating  from  room  to  room,  as  is  the 
case  with  the  ordinary  watch-clocks;  a  small,  inex- 
pensive stationary  key  is  alone  required  at  each 
station.  Its  use  is  not  restricted  to  a  single  building, 
and  places  such  as  railroal  tunnels,  shops,  yards,  etc., 
can  be  guarded,  that  it  would  be  impossible  to  guard 
with  any  other  instrument.  The  detector  is  used 
extensively  by  large  manufacturing  establishments, 
railroad  companies,  hotels,  public  buildings,  asylums, 
hospitals,  and  warehouses  all  over  the  world.  Mr. 
J.  E.  Buerk,  of  this  city,  whose  watch-clock  is 
simpler,  stronger  in  construction,  and  made  by  im- 
proved methods,  is  not  so  liable  to  get  out  of  order 
as  the  foreign-made  clock,  and  will  therefore  last 
longer.  The  appeal  of  Imhaeuser  against  the  deci- 
sion of  the  circuit  court  of  the  United  States, 
Southern  District  of  New  York,  for  infringing  Mr. 
J.  E.  Buerk's  patent,  was  decided  against  him  at  the 
last  term  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States 
at  Washington,  D.  C.  At  No.  230  Washington 
street  Mr.  Buerk  has  a  nice,  pleasant  office,  and  he 
is  a  gentleman  of  courtesy  and  practical  business 
habits,  well  known  and  respected  in  the  community. 

Hooper,  Lewis  &  Co.  (Late  B.  Loring  & 
Co.),  Stationers  and  Blank  Book  Manufacturers,  No. 
8  Milk  Street. — This  is  the  oldest  establishment  in  its 
line  extant  in  the  United  States,  and  throughout  its 
entire  career  has  devoted  itself  to  the  manufacture  of 
blank  books  and  to  handling  stationery  goods.  The 
first  bookbinding  done  in  this  country  was  by  John 
Ratliffe,  an  Englishman,  who  came  over  from  Eng- 
land expressly  to  bind  Eliot's  Indian  Bible,  printed 
at  Cambridge,  Mass.,  in  1661-63,  and  Ratliffe  could 
bind  only  a  single  copy  in  a  day.  Later,  Boston  be- 
came the  great  book  manufacturing  centre  of  the 
country,  a  distinction  it  occupies  to-day.  In  the 
manufacture  of  blank  books  the  house  of  Messrs. 
Hooper,  Lewis  &  Co.  has  always  been  a  noted  one 
from  its  inception,  and  it  has  been  a  well-known  and 
popular  stationery  concern.  This  house  was  founded 
as  far  back  as  1 798,  under  the  firm  style  of  B.  Loring. 
With  this  firm  the  late  Mr.  Hooper,  the  father  of  the 
present  proprietors  of  the  concern,  served  an  appren- 
ticeship, and  subsequently  joined  him  as  partner  in 
1826,  and  they  took  into  partnership  Mr.  John  Lewis 
and  J.  S.  Hooper  in  1847.  Mr.  Hooper  died  in 
1854,  and  Mr.  B.  Loring  in  1859,  and  Mr.  J.  Lewis  in 
1 88 1.  Messrs.  J.  S.  and  C.  H.  Hooper,  who  had 
been  brought  up  to  the  business,  succeeded  to  its  con- 
trol. The  former  is  fifty-nine,  and  the  latter  forty-nine 
years  of  age,  and  have  had  a  life  experience  in  the 
trade.  At  the  time  of  his  death,  Mr.  Lewis  had  been 
connected  with  the  house  for  forty-nine  years.  For 
a  space  of  sixty-eight  years  the  business  was  located 
on  State  street,  whence  it  was  removed  to  its  present 
quarters  at  No.  8  Milk  street,  where  they  have  a 
neatly  appointed  corner,  well  lighted,  and  heavily1 
stocked  store.  The  business  is  both  wholesale  and  re-( 
tail,  and  the  wholesale  department  is  in  the  Old  South 
School-room.  The  firm  manufacture  blank  books  of 
every  description  and  handle  every  variety  of  sta- 
tionery goods,  and  have  a  well-established  business 
connection  with  the  leading  mercantile  houses  and 
with  the  trade  both  in  the  city  and  throughout  the 
New  England  States.  No  business  house  in  this  State 
has  a  more  solid  reputation  than  this,  and  the  mem- 
bers of  the  firm  have  the  respect  of  all  acquainted 
with  them. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND   MERCHANTS. 


x53 


Shepard  &  Co.,  Importers  of  English  Iron, 
Steel,  Oakum,  Ship  Spikes,  Cotton  Ties  and  Bagging, 
No.  54  Kilby  Street. — -The  remarkable  progress  made 
in  the  United  States  in  the  manufacture  of  iron,  steel, 
and  kindred  products  has  enabled  us  to  attain  that 
great  degree  of  perfection  which  is  reached  by  the 
English,  but  the  large  difference  in  the  cost  of  labor  com- 
pels us  to  look  to  that  country  for  the  finest  qualities, 
at  least  for  some  time.  Prominent  among  the  leading 
Boston  houses  engaged  in  this  line  is  the  enterprising 
and  highly  successful  establishment  of  Shepard  & 
Co.,  importers  of  English  iron,  steel,  oakum,  ship 
spikes,  cotton  ties,  and  bagging,  No.  54  Kilby  street. 
This  concern  was  established  in  1878,  and  from  the 
first  was  a  success.  The  superiority  of  the  goods 
handled,  and  the  rare  business  capacity,  ability, 
and  enterprise  that  characterized  its  management, 
together  with  keen  foresight  and  a  thorough  knowl- 
edge of  every  feature  of  the  trade,  being  among  the 
chief  elements  that  contributed  to  this  satisfactory 
result.  The  business,  which  is  steadily  increasing, 
extends  to  all  parts  of  the  United  States.  The  offices 
are  spacious  and  finely  fitted  up.  Mr.  Chas.  W. 
Shepard,  who  is  the  sole  proprietor,  is  a  native  and 
a  resident  of  Boston.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Mer- 
chants' Exchange,  where  he  is  held  in  high  esteem 
by  his  associate  members,  and  takes  a  lively  interest 
in  everything  pertaining  to  the  development  of  the 
trade  and  commerce  of  the  city. 


Dwigllt  Smith,  Dealer  in  Wool  Waste  and 
Flocks,  Nos.  169  to  175  Purchase  Street. — In  every 
manufacturing  industry  there  is  always  unavoidably 
more  or  less  waste,  or,  at  all  events,  material  useless 
for  that  particular  industry.  It  is,  therefore,  collected 
and  sold  to  those  who  may  put  it  to  some  good  use. 
In  the  manufacture  of  woolen  goods  there  is  much  of 
this  waste  which  is  entirely  useless  to  spin  into  yarn, 
and  if  an  attempt  should  be  made  to  do  so  the  fabric 
would  be  of  the  most  poor  and  valueless  description. 
There  is  also  much  of  the  wool  waste  which,  if  well 
worked  and  spun  with  wool,  will  make  smoother  and 
better  yarn  than  wool  alone,  and  give  a  better  finish  and 
feeling  to  the  goods.  Among  those  who  receive  this 
wool  waste  and  flock  is  Mr.  Dwight  Smith,  who  has 
been  engaged  in  this  business  for  seven  years  in  Wor- 
cester, seventeen  years  in  Athol,  Massachusetts,  and 
for  one  year  in  Boston.  Mr.  Smith  purchases  this 
commodity  from  the  many  mills  in  the  New  England 
States,  and  in  return  sells  the  same  to  manufacturers 
of  shoddy,  felts,  etc.  Goods  made  up  from  this 
material  enjoy  a  popularity  and  command  a  large 
sale  all  over  the  country.  Mr.  Smith,  by  the  strictest 
attention  to  business  and  years  of  patient  industry  and 
perseverance,  has  secured  a  leading  position  in  this 
particular  business,  and  is  the  acknowledged  leader  in 
the  industry  in  this  portion  of  the  United  States. 

Boston   Type   Foundry,  No.   104    Milk 

Street,  John  K.  Rogers,  Agent. — The  business 
of  this  company  was  founded  in  181 7,  and  is  the 
oldest  in  its  line  in  the  New  England  States,  and  one 
of  the  oldest  in  the  Union.  In  1865  the  company 
now  controlling  it  was  incorporated,  and  they,  like 
the  founders,  have  ever  been  foremost  in  effecting 
and  adopting  mechanical  improvements.  The  busi- 
ness was  originated  at  Charlestown,  where  it  was 
continued  until  1822,  when  it  was  removed  to  Har- 
vard place,  opposite  the  old  South  Church;  in  the 
following  year  it  was  transferred  to  Salem  street, 
where  a  disastrous  fire  nearly  destroyed  the  whole 


plant  in  1825.  Subsequent  to  this  event  the  firm 
increased  its  facilities  by  the  introduction  of  new 
devices  that  will  be  mentioned  hereafter.  Removals 
were  afterwards  made,  first  to  Congress  street  in 
1829,  to  Spring  Lane  and  Water  street  in  1865,  and 
to  Kilby  street  in  1870,  where  the  firm  were  expelled 
by  the  great  fire  of  1872.  In  February,  1874,  they 
took  up  an  abiding  place  in  their  present  quarters,  at. 
No.  104  Milk  street,  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the 
post-office,  and  printers  from  all  parts  of  the  world 
who  may  chance  to  be  in  Boston  should  not  fail  to 
visit  its  workshops,  examine  its  methods,  and  look 
over  its  collection  of  relics  relating  to  the  "  art  pre- 
servative of  all  arts,"  among  which  is  a  copy  of  its 
first  Specimen  Book,  printed  in  1820.  The  premises 
occupied  consist  of  three  floors,  each  50x100  feet  in 
area,  of  a  four-story  brick  building.  The  upper 
floor  is  used  for  casting  letter,  the  second  floor  for 
salesroom,  wareroom,  and  office,  and  the  third  floor 
is  also  used  for  the  storage  of  type.  The  premises, 
are  neatly  kept  and  order  and  method  are  preserved 
throughout  the  entire  establishment.  As  we  have 
already  remarked,  this  firm  has  always  taken  the 
lead  in  improvements  in  its  line  of  business.  In 
1826  it  introduced  and  used  for  five  years  the  first 
practical  casting-machine,  invented  by  Edwin  Starr, 
and  in  1843  it  developed  and  perfected  the  more  suc- 
cessful one  invented  by  David  Bruce,  which  is  now 
in  use  all  over  the  world,  entirely  superseding  the 
hand  process,  and  the  only  important  invention  in 
type-founding  since  the  days  of  Gutenberg.  To-day 
the  firm  have  twenty-two  type-casting  machines  in 
operation,  together  with  a  large  number  of  other 
machines.  They  have  employed  in  the  casting  and 
adjusting  departments  forty-five  hands,  and  in  the 
finishing  department  fifty-five  operatives.  The  firm 
is  noted  for  its  solicitude  for  the  welfare  of  its  em- 
ployees, and  among  those  formerly  in  its  employ, 
but  since  principals  in  the  business,  may  be  honorably 
mentioned  Nathan  Lyman,  of  the  Buffalo  Foundry., 
James  Connor,  of  New  York,  Sewell  Phelps  and 
Michael  Dalton,  of  the  Dickinson  Foundry,  E.  A. 
Curtis,  of  Curtis  &  Mitchell,  H.  L.  Pelouze,  of  the 
Baltimore  Foundry,  and  Carl  Schraubstadter  and  J. 
A.  St.  John,  of  the  Central  Foundry.  No  opportu- 
nity to  effect  improvements  has  been  permitted  to 
pass,  and  among  those  adopted  may  be  mentioned 
that  of  mixing  metallic  alloys  by  steam-power,  which 
secures  a  far  more  perfect  combination  than  can  be 
effected  by  the  old  process  of  hand-stirring,  and  has 
done  much  to  secure  the  pre-eminent  reputation 
which  it  enjoys  for  its  "  hard  and  tough "  metal, 
which  is  not  only  used  in  the  manufacture  of  type, 
but  also  for  spaces  and  quads,  no  soft  metal  being 
permitted  in  the  establishment.  By  improved 
matrices,  used  in  connection  with  perfect  molds,  all 
its  new  faces  are  so  made  that  "rubbing"  is  dis- 
pensed with,  and  the  type  has  the  smoothness  and 
beauty  of  the  original  casting.  And  its  large  variety 
of  original  faces,  both  body  letter  and  display 
(among  them  the  handsome  series  of  "  Boston 
Scripts"),  which  are  eagerly  called  for  not  only  in 
this  country  but  abroad,  attest  its  success  in  artistic 
improvement.  The  firm  makes  from  four  thousand 
to  five  thousand  styles  of  type,  and  carry  an  immense 
stock.  Its  products  are  shipped  to  all  parts  of  the 
Union,  to  Europe  and  Australia,  and  the  business 
yearly  increases  in  volume.  Mr.  David  Watson  is 
the  president  and  Mr.  John  K.  Rogers  the  treasurer 
and  agent,  both  of  whom  are  gentlemen  of  the. 
highest  repute. 


*54 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


H.  A.  Hartley  &  Co.,  Importers  of  and  Deal- 
ers in  Carpets,  Rugs,  and  Mats,  Draperies  and  Win- 
dow Shades,  Linoleums,  Lignums,  Oilcloths,  Matting, 
«tc,  Nos.  95  to  105  Washington  Street. — One  of  the 


H.  A.  Hartley  &  Co.'s  Carpet  House. 
leading  carpet  establishments  in  this  city  is  that  of 
Messrs.  H.  A.  Hartley  &  Co.,  of  Nos.  95  to  105 
Washington  street,  where  they  occupy  a  handsome 
stone  building  of  five  stories  and  basement,  each 
floor  being  100x80  feet  in  dimensions.  The  lower 
floor  is  fitted  by  large,  handsome  plate-glass  show 
windows,  in  which  are  displayed  the  finest  carpets, 
rugs,  mats,  draperies,  etc.,  the  world  can  produce. 
The  office,  which  is  located  on  this  floor,  is  unique  in 
its  form  and  construction,  and  is  handsomely  fur- 
nished. The  fittings  and  arrangements  throughout 
the  entire  establishment  are  of  the  most  perfect 
description,  neatness  and  order  everywhere  prevail- 
ing. A  staff  of  one  hundred  clerks  and  salesmen, 
courteous  and  attentive  to  the  wants  of  customers, 
are  regularly  employed,  and  the  facilities  of  the 
establishment  for  the  prompt  fulfillment  of  orders  are 
of  the  most  ample  character.  The  stock  carried  is 
one  of  the  largest  and  most  complete  of  any  house 
in  the  trade.  The  firm  import  their  goods  direct 
from  the  most  celebrated  factories  in  Europe,  and 
buy  at  first  hands  from  the  most  popular  domestic 
manufacturers.  The  firm,  while  keeping  in  stock  a 
line  of  cheap  medium  goods,  make  a  specialty  of 
keeping  the  best  grades  produced  of  carpets,  rugs, 
mats,  linoleums, lignums,oilcloths,  matting,  draperies, 
and  window  shades,  etc.,  and  upon  the  reputation  of 
the  first-class  quality  of  their  goods  the  firm  have 
built  up  an  immense  business,  which  is  constantly  in- 
creasing in  volume,  the  transactions  of  the  house  | 
last  year  doubling  those  of  any  other  preceding  year,  j 
an  event  which  no  competing  house  in  the  city  can  \ 
lay  claim  to.  The  trade  of  the  house  is  principally 
Tetail,  but  they  have  a  large  wholesale  business  as 
well. 


J.  B.  Wildes  &  Co.,  Importers  and  Retailers 
of  Ladies'  Suits  and  Garments,  No.  546  Washington 
Street. — This  firm,  established  in  the  principal  busi- 
ness thoroughfare  of  the  city,  conduct  a  most  exten- 
sive and  continually  growing  business  with  the  lead- 
ing families  of  the  city  and  State.  The  firm  have 
been  established  here  since  September  last,  and  the 
principal  member,  Mr,  J.  B.  Wildes,  who  is  a  native 


of  Essex  County,  Mass.,  and  about  forty  years  of  age, 
has  had  a  most  extended  practical  experience  in  the 
business  before  founding  this  house.  For  eight 
years  he  was  associated  with  Messrs.  Spalding,  Hay 
&  Wales,  and  for  a  long  period  was  connected  with 
Chandler  &  Co.,  on  Winter  street.  The  firm's  store, 
which  is  50x40  feet  in  dimensions,  is  neatly  fitted  up 
and  its  appointments  are  handsome  and  attractive, 
while  it  is  well  lighted  by  day  and  by  electric  lights  by 
night.  The  firm  have  imported  some  of  the  choicest 
and  finest  grades  of  new  goods  in  suits  and  garments, 
and  a  valuable  line  of  seal-skin  sacques  and  fur- 
lined  garments.  The  advantages  to  be  derived  from 
dealing  with  a  house  under  the  immediate  supervision 
of  the  proprietor  are  self-evident.  Better  attention 
and  more  courteous  treatment  can  be  given  to  cus- 
tomers than  can  possibly  be  given  by  the  large  estab- 
lishments; they  also  escape  the  crowds  and  the  an- 
noyances of  stairs  or  elevators,  and  are  dealing  with 
those  who  do  one  thing  well  rather  than  with  those 
who  half  do  a  hundred  things.  It  will  be  their  en- 
deavor in  the  future,  as  in  the  past,  to  personally  look 
after  the  wants  of  their  customers  and  see  that  all  are 
courteously  treated,  to  see  personally  every  one  who 
is  from  any  cause  dissatisfied,  and  have  all  mistakes 
or  errors  promptly  and  satisfactorily  adjusted.  The 
store  is  well  situated  to  supply  the  wants  of  patrons, 
and  both  as  regards  quality  and  price  the  house  is 
making  an  excellent  reputation.  The  workrooms 
are  well  equipped  and  an  efficient  staff  of  employees 
is  engaged,  and  every  attention  paid  to  comfort  and 
convenience  of  parties  having  business  relations 
with  the  house. 

S.  B.  IjOg'an  &  Son,  Auctioneers,  Real  Estate 
and  Insurance  Agents,  No.  3  State  Street. — The  auc- 
tioneer's calling  is  one  of  importance  in  a  large  city 
like  Boston,  where  property  and  business  houses  are 
continually  changing  hands.  Prominent  among  the 
leading  auctioneers  of  Boston  must  be  mentioned  Mr. 
S.  B.  Logan,  who  has  been  connected  with  the  busi- 
ness for  the  past  twenty  years  and  is  one  of  the  best 
known  among  the  citizens  of  the  "  Hub."  Mr. 
Logan,  who  came  to  Boston  in  1848,  is  a  gentleman 
of  ripe  practical  experience,  possesses  all  the  methods, 
enterprise,  and  qualifications  of  a  first-class  public 
salesman.  For  ten  years  he  was  located  on  Wash- 
ington street  and  for  the  past  ten  years  he  has  been 
at  his  present  quarters,  No.  3  State  street.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  auctioneering  profession,  Mr.  Logan  car- 
ries on  the  business  of  a  real  estate  and  insurance 
agent.  He  undertakes  the  buying  and  selling  of  real, 
personal,  and  business  properties,  negotiates  mort- 
gages, and  collects  rents.  He  also  engages  to  keep 
buildings  in  repair,  for  which  duty  he  is  well  qualified, 
having,  prior  to  engaging  in  his  present  enterprise, 
been  connected  with  the  building  trade  of  the  city  and 
suburbs  for  a  period  of  twenty  years.  He  now  has 
the  management  of  several  large  estates,  and  he  is 
at  all  times  ready  to  manage  estates  for  parties,  to 
buy,  sell,  let,  or  exchange  real  estate.  He  also 
effects  insurance  at  the  lowest  rates  in  the  best 
offices,  and  altogether  carries  on  a  very  brisk  and  ex-^ 
tensive  business.  In  January,  1885,  he  associated 
with  him  in  the  concern  his  son,  Mr.  H.  D.  Logan, 
who  manages  a  branch  establishment  at  Chelsea, 
where  he  resides.  This  house  is  one  of  the  most 
trustworthy  in  its  line  in  the  city,  and  patrons  may 
rest  assured  that  on  placing  their  commissions  with 
this  house  they  will  be  effectively  and  faithfully 
carried  out. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


155 


Gorham  Rogers  &  Co.,  Importers  of 
Burlaps,  Striped  Bagging,  Hop  Sacking,  and  other 
Dundee  Goods,  No.  20  Federal  Street. — This  well- 
known  and  reliable  house  is  a  leading  one  in  the  im- 
'portation  of  jute  goods,  which  are  manufactured  in 
Dundee,  the  famous  centre  for  these  goods,  and  con- 
signed to  Messrs.  Gorham  Rogers  &  Co.,  who  sell  to 
the  domestic  manufacturers  for  grain,  wool,  bag,  and 
furniture  purposes.  Established  for  twenty-five  years, 
and  maintaining  a  reputation  for  receiving  fullest 
lines  and  selling  at  lowest  market  rates,  this  house 
supplies  some  of  the  largest  consumers  who  use 
Dundee  goods  at  rates  such  as  only  the  importing  of 
large  lots  could  justify.  Messrs.  Gorham  Rogers  & 
Co.  have  conducted  their  business  upon  the  old-time 
conservative  principles,  as  also  is  conducted  the  ex- 
port trade  of  their  correspondents  in  Scotland,  and 
the  name  they  have  acquired  in  consequence  of  this 
and  their  undeviating,  strict  commercial  integrity  and 
honorable  dealing  have  given  them  a  leading  position 
in  their  lines. 

Carver  Cotton  Gin  Company,  Machinists, 
Manufacturers  of  the  E.  Carver  Premium  Cotton  Gin, 
Boot  and  Shoe  Machinery,  etc.,  No.  116  High  Street. 
— Second  in  importance  of  the  ports  of  entry  on  the 
Atlantic  seaboard,  Boston  enjoys  many  advantages 
arising  from  its  location,  which  are  exhibited  in  the 
development  of  numerous  industries  peculiar  to  mar- 
itime and  railroad  centres.  In  illustration  of  this 
statement  we  may  cite  the  house  of  the  Carver  Cotton 
Gin  Company,  which  is  the  largest  establishment  in  its 
line  in  the  country  and  one  of  the  oldest  in  foundation. 
The  business  was  founded  in  1807,  and  until  187 1  it 
was  operated  under  the  style  of  the  E.  Carver  Company. 
On  the  31st  of  December,  in  that  year,  however,  the 
Carver  Cotton  Gin  Company  was  incorporated  for  the 
purpose  of  controlling  and  extending  the  business. 
The  salesroom  of  the  company  is  located  in  a  five- 
story  brick  building,  measuring  twenty-five  by  seven- 
ty-five feet  in  extent,  at  No.  116  High  street,  and 
here  are  displayed  samples  of  the  many  varied  pro- 
ducts of  this  enterprising  and  successful  company. 
The  agent  in  charge  of  this  department  of  the  busi- 
ness is  Mr.  A.  Harden,  who  resides  at  East  Bridge- 
water,  Mass.,  and  who  has  been  connected  with  the 
business  for  the  past  twenty-five  years.  He  is  a  gen- 
tleman of  very  affable  and  agreeable  manners  and  a 
thoroughly  practical  man  of  business,  ever  alive  to 
the  interests  of  the  concern  and  its  many  patrons. 
The  factory  of  the  company  is  located  at  East  Bridge- 
water,  and  consists  of  a  building  one  hundred  and 
eighty  by  fifty  feet  in  dimensions.  It  is  equipped 
with  the  finest  and  best  mechanical  appliances,  the 
motive  power  being  furnished  by  water-power  tur- 
bine wheel.  About  one  hundred  skilled  and  exper- 
ienced operatives  are  permanently  employed  in  man- 
ufacturing the  well  known  and  popular  E.  Carver 
premium  cotton  gin,  patent  cotton-seed  linter, 
Drake's  patent  shingle  machines,  box  board  machine, 
Gilmore's  patent  leveling  and  buffing  machines, 
Stowe's  patent  splitting  and  rolling  machines,  King's 
patent  rotary  heel  trimmer,  heel  scourers,  Tripp's 
patent  leveling  machines,  counter  skiver  and  counter 
divider,  also  iron  and  wood  machinery  of  any  de 
scription.  The  office  of  the  treasurer,  Mr.  Hobart, 
is  at  No.  40  State  street. 

The  trade  relations  of  the  company  extend  to  all 
parts  of  the  Union.  Their  board  and  shingle  machin- 
ery is  sold  direct  to  board  and  shingle  factories,  and 
their  cotton  gins,  which   are    an  improvement  on  the 


old  winding  machines,  and  cotton-seed  and  linter 
feeders  and  condensers,  which  are  used  largely  in  oil 
refineries,  are  sold  to  a  large  extent  in  the  South. 
The  company  recently  received  an  order  for  twenty- 
three  machines  to  be  sent  to  North  Carolina,  and 
another  for  ten  machines  to  be  sent  into  New  York 
State.  The  company  also  export  their  products  to 
Europe,  Australia,  Asia,  South  America,  and  Mexico. 

The  Boston  Woven  Hose  Company, 

corner  Hampshire  and  Portland  Streets,  Cambridge- 
port,  Mass. ;  Boston  office,  No.  234  Devonshire 
Street. — This  well-known  company  are  manufac- 
turers of  linen  and  cotton  hose,  rubber  lined,  and  of 
mechanical  .rubber  goods  generally.  In  addition, 
thev  carry  in  stock  all  kinds  of  valves  for  steam,  air, 
or  hot  water,  and  for  pumps ;  also  full  lines  of  brass 
work  in  couplings,  pipes,  and  nozzles,  any  size  or 
thread  being  made  at  a  week's  notice  to  any  extent. 
Packing,  gaskets,  rings,  fibrous  cloth,  or  self-vulcan- 
izing. All  kinds  of  hose  made  expressly  to  order, 
including  fire  hose,  brewers',  tanners',  steam  and 
petroleum,  mining  and  tank,  down  to  the  spiral 
garden  hose — in  fact,  there  is  nothing  of  this  charac- 
ter that  is  not  manufactured  by  the  Boston  Woven 
Hose  Company.  In  mill  hose  they  lead,  and  the 
New  England  factories  generally  indorse  their  pro- 
duct. Hose  guaranteed  to  stand  four  hundred  pounds 
pressure  is  sold  at  a  price  that  only  ample  capital  and 
experience  could  warrant.  Their  Boston  fire  jacket 
hose  is  guaranteed  to  stand  five  hundred  pounds  with- 
out bursting.  This  hose  is  a  seamless  woven  double 
with  extra  heavy  rubber  lining,  combining  the  great 
desideratum  of  lightness  and  pliability  with  strength. 
It  is  without  tie  thread  and  is  composed  of  two  sep- 
arate and  distinct  jackets,  and  can  be  repaired  at  any 
time  in  any  place  without  a  metal  sleeve,  the  com- 
pany guaranteeing  a  solid  rubber  patch  on  the  inside 
of  any  part  of  the  jacket  hose.  The  Ajax  jacket  has 
three  distinct  bodies.  The  factory  at  Cambridgeport 
runs  seven  circular  looms  and  has  steam  power.  The 
officers  are:  Thos.  A.  Dodge,  President;  J.  Edwin 
Davis,  Treasurer,  and  Robert  Cowen,  Superintendent. 


Fletcher    Manufacturing1  Company, 

Nos.  119  Franklin  and  67  Federal  Streets. — This 
representative  house  was  established  in  1793,  the 
company  having  been  incorporated  in  1865,  and  it 
to-day  occupies  an  enviable  position  as  the  leading 
house  in  its  line  in  this  country.  The  company  are 
extensive  manufacturers  of  boot,  shoe,  and  corset 
laces,  stove  and  lamp  wicks,  of  all  sizes,  in  rolls  or 
cut  to  standard  lengths,  torch  and  fusee  wicksy  rick- 
rack,  star,  glace,  plain  braids,  bobbins,  yarns,  harness, 
and  seinetwines,  wrapping  twines,  braided  and  twisted 
spindle  banding,  etc.,  and  the  recognized  standard 
quality  of  these  goods  have  induced  for  them  a  very 
large  and  constant  demand.  The  factories  are  located 
at  Providence,  R.  I.,  the  company  having  warehouses 
in  New  York,  Boston,  and  Chicago,  and  employ  one 
thousand  hands,  a  fact  that  is  evidence  of  their  exten- 
sive business.  Mr.  S.  G.  Trippe  is  the  manager  of 
the  Boston  house,  and  he  has  been  associated  with 
the  company  for  over  forty  years,  having  been  with  ' 
them  since  boyhood.  He  is  a  native  of  Rhode  Island, 
being  a  member  of  one  of  the  oldest  and  most  highly 
respected  families  of  that  State,  and  as  an  enterpris- 
ing and  honorable  business  man  he  is  well  known  to 
the  commercial  world  and  in  trade  circles.  At  his 
commodious  warerooms  he  carries  a  large  and  well- 
selected  stock. 


i56 


CITY   OF  BOSTON. 


It.  Mitchell  &  Co.,  Brass  Finishers  and 
Manufacturers  of  Lubricators,  Bearing  Cups,  etc., 
No.  3S0  Atlantic  Avenue. — Few  outside  the  regular 
trade  are  aware  of  the  extent  of  the  business  done 
in  that  branch  of  industry  known  as  brass  founding 
and  finishing,  and  especially  with  reference  to  the 
house  of  Messrs.  R.  Mitchell  &  Co.,  of  No.  380  At- 
lantic avenue.  This  business  was  established  in 
1876,  since  which  time  it  has  made  an  enviable  repu- 
tation for  itself  as  the  producer  of  first-class  work 
finished  in  the  best  manner.  The  manufacturing 
plant  consists  of  a  large  floor,  25x100  feet  in  dimen- 
sions, of  a  four-story  brick  building,  the  Foster  Wharf 
Block,  which  is  equipped  with  all  the  necessary  tools 
and  appliances  required  for  the  business,  and  is  in 
possession  of  facilities  of  making  brass  or  composi- 
tion castings  of  any  weight  or  shape,  employment 
being  furnished  at  present  to  six  skilled  workmen. 
The  products  of  this  house  include  all  kinds  of  brass 
castings  used  by  manufacturers,  a  specialty  being 
made  of  lubricators  and  bearing  cups,  in  the  manu- 
facture of  which  the  firm  take  the  lead  in  the  trade, 
and  extensive  stocks  of  which  they  always  keep  on 
hand  to  fulfill  immediate  orders  Every  kind  of  brass 
finishing  is  undertaken,  and  general  jobbing  is  exe- 
cuted on  reasonable  terms.  The  trade  of  the  house 
is  chiefly  with  home  manufacturers  and  is  annually 
increasing.  The  firm  have  occupied  their  present 
premises  since  1883,  when  they  removed  thereto 
from  Haymarket  street,  where  the  business  was  es- 
tablished in  1876.  Mr.  Mitchell  is  a  native  of 
Canada,  but  came  to  reside  in  Boston  when  he  was 
a  small  boy.  He  had  three  years'  experience  in  New 
York,  and  [has  had  twenty- eight  years'  connection 
with  this  branch  of  trade  in  Boston.  He  is  practi- 
cally acquainted  with  all  the  details  of  the  trade,  and 
takes  an  active  part  in  all  the  operations  of  his  busi- 
ness, and  is  so  thoroughly  identified  with  the  trade  as 
to  require  no  personal  commendation  at  our  hands. 
He  belongs  to  the  Flome  Mutual  Society,  being  a 
charter  member  of  Boston,  is  a  Mason,  belonging  to 
all  degrees,  and  a  Knight  Templar.  The  standing 
and  reputation  achieved  by  his  firm  is  such  as  to 
warrant  the  entire  confidence  of  those  with  whom  it 
has  business  relations,  and  entitles  it  to  the  considera- 
tion of  that  community  whose  general  interests  it  has 
done  its  full  share  to  promote. 


John  R.  Farrell,  No.  14  Boylston  Hall,  Mer- 
chant Tailor. — To  succeed  in  business,  and  especially 
as  a  merchant  tailor,  requires  a  rare  amount  of  taste, 
talent,  and  tact,  combined  with  pluck,  perseverance, 
and  probity.  The  importance  of  the  tailor's  art  was 
never  better  understood  than  at  the  present  time,  when 
every  man  desires  to  be  well  dressed.  Mr.  John  R. 
Farrell  is  deserving  of  special  mention  in  his  line,  he 
having  founded  his  business  in  1852,  and  built  it  up 
to  its  present  magnitude.  The  premises  occupied  by 
him  are  convenient  and  spacious,  consisting  of  two 
floors,  45x35  feet,  which  are  well  fitted  up  for  the  ac- 
commodation of  his  customers.  He  carries  a  large 
stock  of  foreign  broadcloths,  cassimeres,  diagonals, 
suitings,  etc.,  of  recent  importation,  and  the  goods 
consist  of  every  variety,  in  stripes,  plaids,  checks, 
mottled,  and  other  patterns,  which  are  made  up  to 
order  in  the  latest  style  of  fashion.  He  makes  a  spe- 
cialty of  band  and  military  uniforms,  satisfaction 
being  guaranteed  in  every  instance.  He  has  recently 
added  a  boys'  and  youths'  custom  department  to  his 
extensive  establishment.     This  department  will  prove 


a  great  convenience,  as  a  customer's  entire  family  can 
be  fitted  out  at  one  and  the  same  time.  Mr.  Farrell 
does  a  large  custom  trade  in  Boston  and  throughout 
the  New  England  States.  The  house  has  unusual 
facilities  for  the  prompt  fulfillment  of  orders,  and 
combines  a  force  of  skilled  workmen  with  an  expe- 
rienced and  artistic  cutter.  Mr.  Farrell  himself  has 
had  an  experience  of  many  years  in  this  line.  His 
popularity  as  a  citizen  is  sufficiently  attested  by  the 
fact  of  his  having  been  for  the  last  three  years  a 
member  of  the  Legislature.  He  is  also  prominent  in 
military  affairs,  having  organized  the  Ninth  Regiment,. 
M.  V.  M.,  of  which  he  was  commissioned  lieutenant- 
colonel,  after  having  raised  Company  A,  which  was 
the  nucleus  of  the  regiment.  He  was  also  captain 
of  Company  "G,"  Forty-Eighth  Regiment  Massa- 
chusetts Volunteers,  during  the  war.  To  those  desir- 
ing a  fine  grade  of  custom  clothing,  this  house  com- 
mends itself  as  one  which  will  furnish  only  such 
goods  as  shall  be  in  all  respects  superior. 


Arthur  Noble,  Artistic  Designs  and  Interior 
Decorations  a  Specialty ;  Painting  in  all  its  branches, 
Fine  Draperies  and  Art  Furniture,  etc.,  No.  12  West 
Street. — The  Rev.  Sidney  Smith  used  to  exclaim,  as 
he  flung  wide  the  shutters,  "  Glorify  the  room!"  and 
in  these  three  words  lies  the  secret  of  decoration. 
Decoration  is  the  glorification  of  the  room.  Let  in 
first  the  light  of  heaven,  the  most  glorious  of  all 
decorations,  then  the  light  of  good  taste,  of  refine- 
ment, of  cultivation.  Drive  out  the  darkness  of  ugly- 
colors  and  vile  combinations;  glorify  the  room  with 
pure  art  and  taste.  Call  a  trained  artist  to  the  work, 
and  not  an  artisan,  and  the  result  will  be  worth  the 
trouble.  Such  an  artist  is  Mr.  Arthur  Noble,  of  No. 
12  West  street,  who  has  had  a  life's  training  and  ex- 
perience in  the  beautifying  of  homes  and  offices, 
churches,  and  other  public  buildings,  with  artistic 
designs,  original  and  tasteful.  Mr.  Noble  has  at- 
tained fifty  years  of  age.  The  greater  part  of  his 
life  has  been  spent  in  the  business  of  an  artistic 
decorator,  and  he  has  been  eminently  successful. 
His  own  office,  at  No.  12  West  street,  is  an  example 
of  what  can  be  achieved  in  the  way  of  magnificence 
in  decorative  beauty  executed  under  the  direction  of 
a  master  mind  in  the  business.  In  addition  to  the 
two  elegant  rooms  he  occupies  at  this  address  he  has  a 
workshop  in  the  rear,  where  he  furnishes  employment 
to  a  large  staff  of  skilled  workmen.  Mr.  Noble  has 
been  located  at  this  place  for  the  past  three  years, 
having  removed  thereto  from  Studio  Building,  where 
he  had  his  business  for  four  years.  Mr.  Noble  is 
prepared  to  execute  all  kinds  of  interior  woodwork 
painting  in  all  its  branches,  to  supply  fine  draperies 
and  art  furniture,  and  to  execute  interior  decorations 
from  the  most  artistic  designs.  Special  designs  and 
estimates  will  be  furnished  on  request.  Locally  he 
has  done  work  for  many  of  our  leading  citizens  to 
their  entire  satisfaction  and  to  his  credit.  Among 
these  may  be  mentioned  Mr.  N.  W.  Rice,  Hon. 
Oliver  Ames,  Hon.  William  Whiting,  representative 
for  Western  Massachusetts;  Mr.  Carleton,  president 
of  the  Security  Bank;  Mr.  B.  F.  Spring;  Mr. 
Hyde,  president  of  Agawam  Bank,  Springfield,  Mass.; 
Mr.  Powers,  of  the  Powers  Paper  Company,  Spring- 
field, Mass.;  B.  F.  Spinney,  Lynn,  Mass.;  Wm.  Mor- 
gan, of  Morgan  &  Dove,  Lynn,  Mass.  ;  P.  A.  Chase, 
of  same  city,  and  Mr.  Currier,  of  Chamberlain  & 
Currier.  In  decorative  work  Mr.  Noble  has  no 
superior. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


157 


The  Hadley  Company,  Spinners  and  Manu- 
facturers of  Fine  Cotton  Yarns  and  Spool  Cottons, 
No.  18  Summer  Street. — The  determination  of  the 
American  people  to  vie  with  the  older  countries  in 
arts,  science,  and  manufactures,  and  all  the  operations 
of  trade,  is  now  recognized  as  a  national  character- 
istic. In  arly  specialty  to  which  investigation  is  ad- 
dressed, the  truth  of  this  reputation  will  be  found  to 
be  borne  out  by  the  perseverance  and  courage  of  her 
manufacturers.  This  is  illustrated  in  the  industry  of 
which  the  Hadley  Company  have  long  been  recog- 
nized as  one  of  the  chief  exponents.  Organized  in 
1863,  when  everything  going  into  a  mill — machinery, 
cotton,  coal,  or  dyestuffs — had  reached  the  highest  of 
inflated  prices,  their  goods  were  hardly  ready  for  the 
market  before  the  end  of  the  deadly  civil  strife  this 
country  was  engaged  in  brought  prices  down  with  a 
rush  that  threatened  the  loss  of  their  entire  capital, 
which  nothing  but  splendid  management  and  their 
unlimited  credit  enabled  them  to  save. 

Those  who  knew  who  the  men  were  who  had 
staked  so  much  money  in  the  enterprise — the  Lowells, 
Lawrences,  Lymans,  etc.,  foremost  names  in  the  his- 
tory of  New  England's  manufacturers — knew  that  it 
wa"s  no  mushroom  concern,  and  that  the  world-wide 
reputation  of  these  names  for  enterprise  and  honor 
meant  success  if  its  attainment  were  possible,  and 
it  was  not  long  before  the  foreign  spinners  and 
thread  makers,  who  had  for  generations  had  a  mo- 
nopoly of  this  market,  b£gan  to  feel  their  influence, 
which  compelled  several  of  the  foremost  of  them  to 
move  their  operatives  and  machinery  over  to 
this  country,  although  they  still  fought,  as  some  of 
them  do  to-day,  under  foreign  tickets,  so  that  while 
the  Hadley  Company  did  not  succeed  in  driving  the 
foreigners  out  of  the  country,  it  can  fairly  claim  to 
have  been  the  means  of  compelling  the  foreign 
manufacturer  to  come  here  to  make  his  goods,  and 
that  in  this  way  it  has  been  of  incalculable  benefit  to 
every  woman  in  the  land  by  reducing,  through  com- 
petition, the  price  of  every  spool  of  thread  used  in 
'her  family.  The  quality  of  the  goods  made  by 
this  pioneer  concern  is  almost  too  well  known  to  need 
comment.  To  say  that  either  cotton  yarns  or  thread 
are  "as  good  as  Hadley's"  is  considered  a  high  re- 
commendation. The  popularity  of  their  goods  is 
shown  in  the  steadily  increasing  demand  for  them, 
which  has  caused  the  company  to  gradually  increase  its 
machinery  from  seventeen  thousand  spindles  in  1863 
to  forty-three  thousand  in  1885;  but  this  only  gives 
a  small  idea  of  the  increase  of  their  business,  as  the 
improved  appliances  to-day  turn  out  goods  much 
faster  and  of  a  more  perfect  character  at  the  same 
time  than  was  possible  twenty  years  ago.  The 
corporation  are  spinners  and  manufacturers  of  fine 
qualities  of  spool  cottons,  "  Persian  "  thread,  "  Hol- 
yoke"  thread,  "  Favorite"  thread,  etc.,  shoe  threads, 
etc.,  special  grades  being  made  for  manufacturers  of 
men's  clothing,  women's  suitings,  cloaks,  and  under- 
wear, corsets,  shirts,  cuffs  and  collars,  ruffling,  ruches, 
straw-goods;  fine  cotton  yarns,  single,  two  and  three- 
ply,  30s.  to  ioos.,  gray,  bleached,  or  colored,  on  cops, 
in  skeins,  or  on  spools;  fine  cotton  warps,  single 
and  two-ply,  in  chain,  etc.;  superior  seaming  thread 
for  hosiery  manufacturers;  harness  twines  of  the  best 
quality,  combed  and  uncombed.  The  "Hadley" 
is  a  four-cord  thread  and  made  in  numbers  20  to  100. 
and  in  white,  black,  and  unbleached.  The  "Persian," 
three-cord,  Nos.  30  to  100,  twenty-four  hundred 
yards,  white  and  black,  Swiss  finish  and  soft  finish ; 
also,  on  two  hundred  yard  spools,  white,  black,  and 


colors.  Every  number  of  this  is  made  of  the  best  of 
combed  cotton.  The  word  "  Swiss  "  as  applied  to 
thread,  or  the  finish  of  thread,  is  the  property  and 
trade-mark  of  the  Hadley  Company,  and  manufac- 
turers and  dealers  -are  cautioned  against  buying  or 
selling  any  thread  with  that  word  on  which  has  not 
their  name  on  it  as  manufacturers.  This  is  very 
popular  with  the  large  manufacturers  of  clothing  and 
other  articles  needing  a  good  thread.  The  "  Favor- 
ite," three-cord,  Nos.  70  to  100,  white;  twenty-four 
hundred  yards,  soft  finish.  The  "  Lisle,"  three-cord, 
Nos.  70  to  100,  white ;  twenty-four  hundred  yards, 
soft  finish.  The  "  Shetland,"  three-cord,  Nos.  70  to 
80  only,  white;  twenty-four  hundred  yards,  soft 
finish.  The  "  Holyoke,"  three-cord,  Nos.  50  to  100; 
twenty-four  hundred  yards,  white  and  black;  soft 
finish.  Coarser  numbers  on  twelve  hundred  yard 
spools,  also  on  two  hundred  yard  spools,  Nos.  8  to 
100,  white,  black,  and  colors.  The  business  of  the 
company  is  one  of  great  extent,  its  products  being 
shipped  to  all  parts  of  this  country  and  to  Canada.  At 
the  office  of  the  company  in  Summer  street  samples 
of  these  products  are  on  view.  They  were  considered 
of  such  superior  quality  by  the  judges  at  the  Centen- 
nial Exhibition  that,  although  the  exhibit  was  entered 
as  "  not  for  competition,"  they  were  given  an  award 
of  the  first  class  for  what  the  judges  fittingly  called 
"  The  excellent  display  of  warp  yarns,  shoe  thread, 
and  seine  and  harness  twines,  all  of  great  evenness 
and  beauty." 

George  ~L.  Kandidg'e,  Merchant  Tailor, 
No.  5  Tremont  Place. — One  of  the  leading  industries 
of  Boston,  and  one  which  requires  great  skill  in  all 
its  branches,  is  that  of  the  merchant  tailor.  This 
trade  is  annually  increasing  in  importance  and  mag- 
nitude. Among  the  oldest  and  leading  houses  in 
this  line  may  be  named  that  of  Geo.  L.  Randidge, 
whose  place  of  business  is  located  at  No.  5  Tremont 
place.  This  business  was  founded  in  1842  at  No.  29 
School  street  and  removed  to  its  present  location  in 
1873,  and  from  the  start  succeeded  in  building  up  a 
first-class  and  permanent  trade.  Measures  are  taken 
and  the  best-fitting  garments,  trimmed  and  made  in 
the  most  desirable  manner  and  accurate  in  cut  and  fit, 
are  furnished  at  short  notice.  Every  suit  that  leaves 
the  establishment  is  made  from  the  best  quality  of 
imported  material  and  is  beautifully  finished  and  of 
the  most  stylish  and  fashionable  patterns.  Mr.  Ran- 
didge keeps  a  fine  stock  of  imported  fabrics,  which 
are  from  the  best  looms  of  Europe,  in  suitings,  cassi- 
meres,  diagonals,  broadcloths,  cheviots,  beavers,  vest- 
ings,  etc.,  in  their  different  varieties  and  qualities,  to 
select  from.  Twenty  experienced  and  skillful  tailors 
are  constantly  employed,  everything  coming  under 
the  personal  supervision  of  Mr.  Randidge,  whose 
long  experience  and  fine  taste  and  judgment  combine 
to  make  him  a  connoisseur  in  this  particular  line.  He 
occupies  large  chambers,  25x50  feet  in  size,  which 
are  fitted  up  handsomely  for  the  reception  of  cus- 
tomers. The  stock  is  large  and  complete  and  makes 
a  tasteful  and  handsome  display.  The  patrons  in- 
clude the  best  classes  of  the  city,  and  the  house  is  one 
of  the  most  popular  of  its  kind.  Mr.  Randidge  is  a 
native  of  St.  John,  New  Brunswick,  and  came  to 
Boston  in  1853.  He  is  well  known  as  a  progressive 
business  man  of  energy  and  enterprise  and  is  prompt, 
reliable,  and  straightforward  in  all  his  transactions 
with  the  public  and  knows  how  to  achieve  the  best 
results  in  the  supplying  of  honestly  made  and  finely 
fitting  garments. 


i58 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


Albert  G.  Mead,  Machinist,  No.  364  Atlan- 
tic Avenue,  Foster's  Wharf. — An  old-established  firm, 
which  devotes  its  skill  and  energies  to  developing 
new  ideas  of  inventors  and  to  perfecting  machinery, 
is  that  of  Mr.  Albert  G.  Mead,  who  is  located  at 
Foster's  Wharf,  No  364  Atlantic  avenue.  This  busi- 
ness was  established  in  1S60  under  the  style  of  Mead 
&  Addy,  but  in  1 872  Mr.  Addy  retired,  and  since 
then  the  operations  of  the  house  have  been  conducted 
solely  by  Mr.  Mead.  Operations  were  begun  in  i860 
at  Chickering  place,  and  continued  there  until  1865, 
when  they  were  transfered  to  Bath  street,  and  thence 
to  Utica  street  in  1872.  In  1876  the  business  was  re- 
moved to  Purchase  street,  and  was  continued  there 
until  1882,  when  it  was  transfered  to  its  present  loca- 
tion at  No.  364  Atlantic  avenue.  These  premises 
comprise  a  workshop  25x65  feet  in  dimensions,  and 
it  is  well  equipped  with  the  most  modern  and  im- 
proved mechanical  contrivances  essential  to  the  suc- 
cessful prosecution  of  the  business,  the  mechanical 
facilities  embracing  ten  machines,  consisting  of  lathes, 
planers,  milling  machines,  etc.,  driven  by  steam 
power.  Mr.  Mead  undertakes  the  designing  and 
building  of  new,  light  machinery,  the  developing  of 
novel  schemes  of  inventors,  the  perfecting  of  ma- 
chinery to  order,  and  machine  work  generally ;  and 
in  addition  is  a  manufacturer  of  improved  screw  presses 
for  stamping  note  paper  and  punching  metals.  He 
perfected  the  now  celebrated  Tapley  heel  burnish- 
ing machine  and  several  other  machines  used  in 
manufacturing  boots  and  shoes.  Recently  he  has 
made  and  patented  a  machine  for  automatically  filling 
bottles  with  blacking,  by  which  twenty-four  bottles 
can  be  filled  per  minute.  His  trade  lies  principally 
in  Boston,  but  he  has  orders  occasionally  from  all 
parts  of  the  country.  His  stationery-stamping  presses 
have  met  with  universal  appreciation.  They  are  un- 
equaled  for  producing  the  fine  illuminated  stamping 
now  required,  and  especially  designed  for  conve- 
nience, accuracy,  and  durability,  rather  than  cheap- 
ness of  first  cost.  Although  higher  priced  than  the 
common  press,  it  is  the  cheapest  to  use — and  more 
satisfactory.  The  patent  device  for  reversing  the  die 
and  counter  is  worth  more  than  the  extra  cost  in  time 
saved  in  changing  the  counters.  Over  fifty  of  the 
principal  stationers  in  the  United  States  are  using 
them.  Eight  hands  are  constantly  employed  in  the 
workshop,  and  every  facility  is  provided  for  the 
prompt  and  reliable  fulfillment  of  orders.  Mr.  Mead, 
who  is  a  native  of  Massachusetts,  was  born  in  1S29, 
is  a  gentleman  of  considerable  intelligence  and  ex- 
perience, his  connection  with  the  trade  extending 
over  a  third  of  a  century. 


W.  G-.  Nasll,  Importer  and  Agent  for  Cement, 
Lime,  Fire  Brick,  Fertilizers,  etc.,  No.  220  State 
Street. — To  supply  the  wants  of  a  large  city  like 
Boston  with  the  essential  and  important  elements  of 
our  comfort  and  happiness  embraced  in  the  above 
caption  is  a  foundation  for  commercial  enterprise  of 
large  and  ever-expanding  dimensions,  while  the  an- 
nually increasing  demand  for  building  materials,  etc., 
is  one  requiring  no  less  energy  for  its  successful 
supply.  One  of  the  most  enterprising  and  reliable 
houses  in  the  city  engaged  in  handling  cement  and 
builders'  materials  and  also  fertilizers,  etc.,  at  both 
wholesale  and  retail,  is  that  conducted  by  Mr.  W.  G. 
Nash,  at  No.  220  State  street.  Mr.  Nash  is  a  native 
of  Maine,  and  came  to  this  city  in  1876.  In  1882  he 
originated  this  business,  which  has  been  attended 
with  the   most  marked   success,  and  there   are  few 


houses  in  the  East  which  enjoy  equal  facilities  for 
the  transaction  of  an  extensive  trade  in  cement^ 
lime,  bricks,  etc.,  and  none  offer  more  favorable  in- 
ducements than  this  one.  The  premises  occupied 
comprise  a  four-story  brick  building,  25x55  feet  in 
dimensions.  Every  convenience  is  at  hand  whereby 
rapidity  of  handling  and  exact  weight  are  secured.. 
The  specialties  of  the  house  embrace  Portland, 
Roman,  Hoffman,  and  Rosendale  cement,  Albert 
Mills  calcined  and  farmers'  plaster,  Rockland  lime, 
hair,  fire  brick,  tile,  marble  dust,  kaolin,  terra  alba, 
fertilizers,  etc.  The  cement  and  plasters  are  fresh- 
ground  direct  from  the  manufacturers  and  the  prices 
are  the  lowest.  The  stock  on  hand  of  these  staple 
goods  is  always  large,  the  firm  having  cargoes  con- 
stantly afloat,  and  enabling  Mr.  Nash  to  fill  the 
largest  orders  with  dispatch.  In  all  respects  th^. 
house  occupies  a  prominent  position,  both  with 
reference  to  the  character  of  the  goods  it  handles  and 
the  admirable  principles  upon  which  all  its  transac- 
tions are  conducted. 


Miller  &  Luce,  Wholesale  and  Retail  Dealers 
in  Fine  Monumental  W  ork,  West  Quincy,  Mass. ; 
Branch  Office,No.  178  Tremont  Street,  Boston. — There 
is  nothing  so  old  in  the  history  of  the  world  as  monu- 
mental work.  It  was  at  one  time  the  sole  medium  of 
communication  with  the  future,  and  so  to-day  it  is„ 
we  find,  that  as  each  old  ruin  of  antiquity  is  digged 
and  delved  over  some  quaint  old  monumental  ruin 
comes  to  light  to  tell  us  that  lost  and  forgotten 
people's  history  It  is  then  in  that  form  of  handing 
down  facts  to  countless  coming  generations  to  com- 
memorate some  great  deed,  immortalize  some  great 
name,  or  enshrine  the  memory  of  some  valued  dead 
one  laid  away  forever,  that  the  monuments  of  the 
Old,  as  well  as  those  of  the  New  World,  are  erected 
to  tell  the  story  or  mark  the  spot.  A  prominent  house 
engaged  in  the  selling  wholesale  and  retail  monu- 
mental work  of  all  kinds  is  that  of  Miller  &  Luce. 
Those  twro  names  unite  to  make  a  representative  firm 
in  its  line  and  one  worthy  of  all  confidence  and  suc- 
cess. The  firm  was  formed  in  the  year  1870,  with 
George  L.  Miller  and  Harry  S.  Luce  as  partners. 
The  growth  since  then  in  the  cutting  and  shipping 
complete  monuments  of  all  kinds,  in  either  granite  or 
marble,  direct  from  the  magnificently  managed  quar- 
ries at  West  Quincy,  Mass.,  has  been  something  that 
marks  an  epoch  in  the  monument  trade  and  has  given 
to  Massachusetts  one  of  its  noblest  industries.  The 
growth  of  Miller  &  Luce's  monumental  works  has 
been  very  marked,  now  giving  employment  to  fifty 
men  at  the  quarries  in  West  Quincy.  There  is  no 
form  of  monument  in  either  granite  or  marble  but 
can  be  supplied  by  the  above  company  absolutely 
complete  before  leaving  the  vicinity  where  the  stone 
has  been  hewn  from  the  hills.  Mr.  George  L.  Miller 
was  born  in  this  State,  and  his  partner,  Harry  S.  Luce, 
in  Maine.  Both  gentlemen  are  particularly  notice- 
able for  the  intelligent  energy  and  indefatigable  en- 
terprise of  their  industry,  and  also  by  the  high  stan- 
dard on  which  the  above  business  is  carried  on  and  its 
progress  insured.  It  is  needless  to  use  words  to  give 
an  idea  of  the  quality  of  the  work  done  by  the  above 
concern  ;  it  must  suffice  to  say  perfection  is  its  standard 
and  all  productions  that  do  not  reach  that  high 
standard  are  not  permitted  to  leave  the  works.  The 
firm  is  absolutely  reliable,  and  gives  the  best  work 
for  the  lowest  prices.  This  company  will  be  pleased 
to  furnish  designs  and  estimates  upon  application  j 
they  will  be  sent  to  any  part  of  the  country. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


159 


Shultz  Belting  Company,  Frank  Peirce, 
Manager,   No.   128  Pearl  Street. — One  of  the  best 
belts  in  the  country  are  those  manufactured  by  the 
Shultz  process,  which  is  operated  by  the  Shultz  Belt- 
ing Company,  whose  works  are  at  St.  Louis,  and  who 
have  a  branch  establishment  in  this  city  at  No.  128 
Pearl  street  J  under  the  management  of   Mr.  Frank 
Peirce.     The  company  manufacture  Shultz's  patent 
fulled  leather  belting,  patent  lace  leather,  belt  grease, 
picker  leather,  rawhide  rope,  leather  valves  for  blast 
furnaces,  etc.,  and  make  a  specialty  of  leather  belt- 
ing.    This   belting   is   made  of    leather,  tanned  on 
the  surface  only;  the  interior  (which  is  the  fibre  and 
strength  of   the   hide)    is  not   tanned,  but   rawhide 
fulled  and  softened  by  their  patented  process;   this 
gives  it  the  peculiar  softness  which  causes  it  to  closely 
hug  the  pulley,  thereby  enabling  it  to  transmit  more 
power  than  any  other  belt.     It  does  not  pull  out  the 
lace  holes  or  rivets,  and  stretches  less  than  any  other 
belt.     It  works  equally  well  for  the  largest  driving 
belts  or  for  the  fastest  running  machinery  and  small- 
est pulleys.     It  is  called  "  fulled  leather,"   for  after 
the  hide  is  tanned  on  the  surfaces  it  is  converted  into 
leather   by   machinery.     The   company   make   from 
this  leather  a  belt  that  can  be  run  slacker,  thus  pre- 
venting  heated    journals,   and   wear    and    tear    on 
machinery,  and   at   the   same   time   transmits   more 
power  than  any  other  belt  in  the  world.     Any  one 
who   has   handled    buckskin    (which   is   fulled   oil- 
dressed  deerskin)  knows  how  pliable  it  is,  but  how 
easily  affected  by  water.     This  last  objection  is  entirely 
remedied  in  the   Shultz  leather,  by  the  oak-tanned 
surfaces   and   the    water-proof   stuffing   used   in   its 
manufacture,  and  the  result  is  a  leather  combining 
imperviousness   to   climatic   influences  and   complete 
pliability,  and  thus  the  two  main  objections  to  oak- 
tanned  leather,  viz. :    stiffness  and  danger  of   being 
over  tanned,  are   entirely  obviated.     The  leather  is 
peculiarly  soft  and  pliable,  and  upon  use  becomes 
very  smooth  on  the  side  next  the  pulley,  thus  hug- 
ging the  pulley  better  and  preventing  lost  motion, 
and  for  uniform  speed  for  roller  mills,  etc.,  has  no 
equal.     Double  belts  are  soft  and  pliable,  and  run 
around  as  small  a  pulley  as  a  single  oak-tanned,  and 
slip  less.     The  smallest  pulley   does  not  strain  the 
belt.     The  belt,  adhering  as  it  does  so  tightly  to  the 
pulley,  prevents  a  single  belt  from  making  a  good 
shifting  belt,  hence,  for  shifting  and  cone  belts  the 
company  recommend  double  or  light  double,  which 
are  well  adapted  for  either.     By  running  the  grain 
side  next  the  pulley  the  belt  will  last  much  longer. 
In  testing  this  company's  belt  with  oak  tanned  belt- 
ing   at    Mr.    Robert   Grimshaw's    engineering   and 
expert  offices,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  this  company's  belt- 
ing showed,  with  a  tension  of  only  forty-three  and 
three-quarter   pounds   per   inch  in  width,  a   grip  of 
seventy  eight  pounds  on  a  thirty-six-inch  pulley,  con- 
tact half  the  circumference,  as  against  twenty-eight 
and  one-quarter  pounds,  the  average  grip  of   oak- 
tanned;  and  with  a  double  belt,  with  a  tension  of 
fifty-six  and  one-quarter  pounds  per  inch  in  width, 
or  about  the  usual  tension  of  a  single  belt,  had  a  grip 
of  one  hundred  and  three  pounds  as  against  twenty- 
eight  and  one-quarter  pounds. 

The  company  are  in  receipt  of  testimonials  from 
users  of  this  belting  all  over  the  country  certifying  to 
its  strength  and  durability.  Shultz's  patent  lace  leather 
is  made  of  rawhide,  by  patent  process ;  no  tanning 
used  in  its  manufacture.  It  is  purely  rawhide,  made 
soft  and  pliable,  all  the  strength  of  the  original  hide 
being  retained.     It  remains  soft  and  pliable  in  all 


climates,  and  age  does  not  affect  it.  The  Shultz 
belt  grease  will  fill  a  want  long  felt.  It  is  made 
from  pure  articles  (no  gum  or  rosin  used).  It  con- 
tracts the  fibres  of  the  leather,  thus  making  it  tighter 
on  the  pulleys,  fills  up  the  pores,  and  makes  it  adhere 
to  the  pulley,  thus  giving  it  more  power.  It  also 
prevents  dampness  from  affecting  the  belting,  and 
adds  life  and  pliability  to  it,  which  makes  it  wear- 
much  longer.  No  rosin  or  any  other  injurious  article 
to  make  the  belt  adhere  to  the  pulley  is  needed  when 
this  belt  grease  is  used.  Valves  made  from  this 
company's  patent  leather  for  blast  furnaces  are  guar- 
anteed to  be  the  best  ever  made  and  to  outwear  any 
other.  They  are  made  in  every  size  and  shape,  and 
in  reference  to  their  utility  and  durability  many  tes- 
timonials could  be  given.  The  company  make  the 
best  quality  of  picker  leather,  on  the  same  principle 
they  make  belting,  only  make  it  more  pliable.  They 
trim  the  belies  and  heads  off,  using  only  the  butts 
of  the  hides,  which  makes  their  picker  cost  a  little 
more  per  pound,  but  the  consumer  does  not  have  to 
pay  for  heads  and  bellies,  which  are  of  little  use. 
They  make  a  superior  article  of  rawhide  rope,  of  all 
sizes,  put  up  in  five  hundred,  feet  coils.  It  makes 
excellent  round  belting,  also  strong  cables,  as  well  as 
sash  cords.  The  company  conduct  the  largest  raw- 
hide leather-belting  establishment  in  the  country, 
and  at  their  works  at  St.  Louis  employ  three  hundred 
hands.  It  is  one  of  the  most  enterprising  and  pros- 
perous concerns  in  the  Union,  and  its  trade  relations 
are  not  merely  national  but  extend  to  foreign  coun- 
tries. The  president  of  the  company  is  Mr.  J.  A.  J. 
Shultz,  and  the  secretary  Mr.  B.  C.  Alvord.  The 
Boston  establishment  is,  as  we  said,  at  No.  128 
Pearl  street.  Here  a  full  stock  of  the  products  of 
the  company  is  always  kept  on  hand.  The  manager, 
Mr.  Frank  Peirce,  who  is  a  native  of  Boston,  born 
in  1850,  has  by  his  assiduity,  promptness,  and  tact 
cultivated  a  most  extensive  trade  throughout  the 
New  England  and  Middle  States  and  Canada,  be- 
sides exporting  largely  to  England,  France,  Ger- 
many, Belgium,  Australia,  etc.  A  working  force  is 
constantly  engaged  at  the  store,  and  eight  traveling 
salesmen  are  regularly  employed. 


George  A.  Sawyer  &  Co.,  Importers  and 
Dealers  in  Men's  Furnishing  Goods  and  Manufac- 
turers of  Fine  Shirts  and.  Collars,  corner  of  Tremont 
and  Winter  Streets. — Among  the  houses  of  this  city 
possessing  a  far-reaching   fame  is  that  of  Geo.  A. 
Sawyer  &  Co.,  corner  of  Tremont  and  Winter  streets. 
As  importers  and  dealers  in  men's  furnishing  goods 
and  manufacturers  of  a  justly  celebrated  and  popular 
line  of  shirts  and  neck  and  wrist  linen  they  have  a 
reputation  widely  diffused  and  of  the  most  unblem- 
ished character.     The  premises  occupied  consist  of  a 
finely  fitted,  convenient  corner  store  in  the  centre  of 
the  busy  portion  of  the  city  and  possessed  of  one  of 
the  most  delightful  locations  on  the  street  and  a  mam- 
moth basement  for  the  storage  of  case-goods.     Per- 
sonally Mr.  Sawyer,  who  is  the  only  member  of  the 
firm,  is  a  man  a  trifle  over  middle  life  and  possessed 
of  a  geniality,  keen  discernment,  and  general  acute- 
ness  that  has  led  up  to  his  present  success.    He  is  by 
birth  a  native  of  the  "  Pine-tree  State,"  having,  how- 
ever, spent  fifteen  years  in  learning  his  present  busi- 
ness   prior    to    his     establishment     here    in     i860. 
Although  doing  a  strictly  retail  trade,  some  idea  of 
its  size  may  be  gleaned  from  the  fact  that  he  keeps 
constantly  employed  seven  salesmen,  each  of  whom 
he  has  specially  and  carefully  instructed. 


i6o 


CITY  OF  BOSTON. 


George  Hegericll,  Merchant  Tailor,  No. 
So6  Washington  Street. — The  number  and  elegance 
of  the  merchant-tailoring  establishments  of  Boston 
clearly  show  the  metropolitan  character  of  the  city 
and  the  solid  and  fastidious  taste  of  its  inhabitants. 
Among  those  engaged  in  this  special  line  of  busi- 
ness who  have  acquired  an  enviable  reputation  and 
patronage  may  be  named  Mr.  George  Hegerich, 
\\  hose  place  of  business  is  eligibly  located  at  No. 
So6  Washington  street.  He  established  himself  here 
about  a  year  ago  with  the  avowed  intention  of  fur- 
nishing the  citizens  of  Boston  with  the  finest  and 
most  fashionable  clothing  at  a  fair  price,  in  which  he 
has  been  very  successful.  He  occupies  a  fine,  large 
store  25x60  feet  in  size,  with  a  large  show  window, 
which  is  fitted  up  in  superb  style,  all  the  surround- 
ings being  made  attractive  to  the  most  cultured  and 
educated  taste.  The  stock  comprises  a  fine  selection 
of  cloths  and  cassimeres,  vestings  and  novelties  in 
all  the  new  goods,  which  are  from  the  best  looms  of 
Europe  and  America,  and  comprise  everything  in 
seasonable  and  fashionable  goods,  and  are  sold  at 
popular  prices.  Mr.  Hegerich  gives  his  personal 
supervision  to  all  the  details  of  his  business  and  is 
considered  one  of  the  most  correct  and  stylish  cut- 
ters in  the  city,  and  never  fails  to  give  entire  satis- 
faction. Measures  are  taken  and  genuine,  well-fitting, 
stylishly  cut  garments  are  supplied  at  the  shortest 
notice.  Employment  is  given  to  twenty  hands,  and 
in  busy  season  the  force  is  increased.  Mr.  Hegerich 
is  a  native  of  Boston  and  a  young  man  of  twenty- 
seven  years  of  age,  who  is  a  thoroughly  energetic 
business  man,  and  was  for  a  long  time  in  the  house 
of  C.  Green  &  Co.,  of  whom  he  is  the  successor. 
His  success  is  justly  due  to  his  enterprise  and  ability, 
and  it  is  indeed  a  rare  treat  to  examine  such  goods 
as  are  to  be  found  displayed  on  his  counters.  He 
has  just  opened  a  fine  line  of  the  choicest  fall  suit- 
ings and  overcoats,  which  he  is  prepared  to  make  up 
at  short  notice  and  at  very  reasonable  prices. 


O.  D.  DOWS  &  Co.,  Manufacturers  of  Soda- 
water  Apparatus,  Jamaica  Ginger  Ale,  and  Jamaica 
Ginger  Cordial,  etc.,  Nos.  41,  42,  and  43  Fort  Hill 
Square. — The  manufacture  of  Jamaica  ginger  ales 
and  cordials  has  become  a  very  extensive  and  promi- 
nent industry,  and  the  oldest  and  leading  firm  en- 
gaged in  it  in  this  country  is  that  of  Messrs.  G.  D. 
Dows  &  Co., of  Nos.  41,  42,  and  43  Fort  Hill  square. 
The  business  was  founded  in  1869,  and  the  premises 
occupied  consist  of  a  four-story  brick  building,  which 
is  equipped  with  all  the  most  modern  improved  ma- 
chinery and  appliances,  which  are  operated  by  steam- 
power.  This  firm  was  the  first  to  introduce  the 
marble  soda-fountain  case,  and  the  products  of  the 
house  embrace  soda-water  apparatus,  copper  foun- 
tains, generators,  etc.,  upon  which  several  important 
patents  have  been  granted  to  the  firm.  They  also 
manufacture  pure  fruit  juices,  extracts,  mineral  and 
soda  waters,  Jamaica  ginger  ale,  and  Jamaica  ginger 
cordial,  the  two  last  named  being  their  principal 
specialties.  These  are  made  from  pure  Jamaica 
ginger-root,  and  that  they  are  of  a  superior  quality  in 
the  essentials  of  fine  flavor  and  purity  is  testified  to 
in  the  most  unquestionable  manner  by  the  twelve 
gold  and  silver  medals  awarded  the  firm  in  Europe 
and  America.  In  1873  their  ginger  ale  received  the 
first-class  gold  medal  at  the  Vienna  Exposition, 
where  it  was  in  direct  competition  with  Cantrell  & 
Cochrane's  (Belfast,  Ireland)  and  other  noted  ginger 
ales.     The  highest  award  has  always  been  given  to 


Dows'  ginger  ale  whenever  exhibited,  and  at  the 
Mechanics'  Fair  in  1881  in  this  city  it  was  pro- 
nounced by  the  judges  entirely  superior  to  any  other 
goods  shown.  The  business  requires  the  con- 
stant employment  of  twenty  hands,  and  there  is  in 
regular  operation  two  generators  and  three  bottle- 
cylinders  and  five  bottle-tables,  the  output  being  two 
thousand  five  hundred  bottles  daily.  The  manufac- 
turing department  is  under  the  foremanship  of  Mr. 
E.  M.  Bailey,  a  most  pleasant  and  agreeable  gentle- 
man. Prior  to  1877  Mr.  G.  D.  Dows  had  a  partner 
with  him  in  the  business,  but  since  then  he  has  been 
the  sole  owner.  He  is  a  native  of  Massachusetts. 
His  son,  Mr.  J.  H.  Dows,  who  is  twenty-five  years 
of  age,  has  been  associated  with  him  in  the  business 
since  1881,  and  the  latter  attends  to  the  management 
of  the  business  during  the  absence  of  his  father,  who 
travels  during  the  winter  in  the  South  in  the  interests 
of  the  concern.  The  firm  run  four  teams  and  do  a 
large  shipping  trade  with  coastwise  steamers. 


Joseph  H.  Adams,  Solicitor  of  Patents, 
American  and  Foreign,  Notary  Public,  Office,  No. 
33  School  Street. — Mr.  Adams  has  been  closely 
identified  with  patent-law  practice  and  as  an  ex- 
aminer in  the  United  States  Patent  Office  since  1856, 
he  has  had  rare  facilities  for  the  successful  practice 
of  his  profession  before  that  important  bureau  of  the 
Government.  In  1849  ne  received  an  appointment 
to  prepare  maps  and  surveys  in  the  General  Land  Office 
at  Washington,  in  which  capacity  he  remained  until 
1856,  when  he  was  appointed  an  assistant  examiner 
in  the  United  States  Patent  Office  under  Charles 
Mason,  Commissioner.  In  1861  he  was  promoted  to 
the  position  of  a  principal  examiner,  and  in  1865  he 
resigned  to  commence  the  practice  of  patent  law  in 
the  city  of  Boston.  In  1868  he  was  reappointed  by 
the  Commissioner  of  Patents  to  edit  the  Patent  Office 
Reports,  on  the  completion  of  which  he  received  the 
appointment  of  Examiner  of  Interferences.  This  latter 
position  is  a  very  important  one  in  the  administration 
of  the  bureau,  this  examiner  being  called  upon  to 
decide  upon  the  priority  of  invention  in  cases  where 
two  or  more  applicants  claim  to  be  the  original  inven- 
tor. He  administered  the  duties  of  this  office  with 
marked  ability  until  his  resignation  in  1874  to  resume 
his  practice  as  a  solicitor  of  patents  at  his  old  office 
in  Boston.  Mr.  Adams'  record  as  an  attorney  before 
the  office  is  a  part  of  the  history  of  that  bureau 
during  the  time  since  he  resumed  practice.  His 
reputation  was  long  ago  established  as  an  able, 
scientific,  and  successful  solicitor  and  counselor  in 
patent  causes.  His  practice  relates  to  the  preparation 
of  specifications  and  drawings,  to  the  making  out  of 
caveats,  assignments,  re-issues,  designs,  and  cases  in 
interference;  also  to  securing  the  registration  of 
trade-marks  and  labels  and  of  copyrights;  to  mak- 
ing preliminary  examinations  as  to  the  patentability 
of  an  invention,  making  searches  in  the  office,  and 
to  every  other  item  of  service  necessary  to  the  suc- 
cessful prosecution  of  the  inventor's  application,  up 
to  the  time  the  patent  is  granted  and  issued  by  the 
office.  Mr.  Adams  was  born  in  this  city  January 
2d,  1 81 8,  and  after  attending  the  Boston  Latin  School 
entered  Harvard  College  at  the  age  of  fifteen.  After 
graduating  he  studied  civil  engineering  under  the 
veteran  James  Hayward,  Esq.,  and  was  then  engaged 
as  civil  engineer  on  the  Eastern  Railroad  from  its  con- 
struction at  Salem,  Mass.,  to  its  completion  at  Port- 
land, Me.  He  is  an  active  member  of  the  Society  of 
Arts,  of  Boston. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


161 


Geo.  N.  Big-elow  &  Co.,  Manufacturers  and 
Dealers  in  Ladies'  Furs,  Robes,  Gloves,  etc.,  No.  407 
Washington  Street. — To  show  what  this  city  produces, 
the  extent  and  character  of  its  resources,  and  the  at- 
tractions it  offers  to  the  trade  as  a  purchasing  centre 
is  the  mission  of  this  volume,  and  among  those  houses 
which  have  done  much  to  enhance  its  reputation  un- 
doubtedly is  that  of  Geo.  N.  Bigelow  &  Co.  This 
house  manufactures  and  deals  in  all  kinds  of  ladies' 
furs,  gents'  fur-lined  coats,  robes,  gloves,  etc. 
All  of  these  goods  are  of  the  finest  grade  and  are 
made  in  a  superior  manner.  No  inferior  materials 
are  ever  used,  and  as  this  house  imports  its  skins  di 
rect  from  Europe  purchasers  can  rely  on  getting  what 
they  pay  for. 

Another  branch  of  business  carried  on  by  this  firm 
is  the  insurance  of  furs  against  fire  and  moths,  which 
costs  very  little  and  is  very  convenient  for  those  who 
are  the  owners  of  these  articles.  Their  insured  furs 
are  suspended  in  closets  constructed  for  this  purpose, 
thereby  avoiding  packing,  and  keeping  the  articles 
from  creasing.  Special  attention  is  also  given  to  the 
repairing  and  coloring  of  furs.  This  business  was 
founded  in  1852,  on  Hanover  street,  by  Geo.  N. 
Bigelow,  who,  in  1875,  removed  to  Washington 
street.  In  1883  he  opened  at  No.  407  Washington 
street,  when  he  associated  with  him  as  his  partner  O. 
A.  Jenkins,  who  had  been  with  him  many  years  pre- 
vious to  this  date.  At  this  location  three  floors  are 
occupied,  the  office  and  salesroom,  which  are  25x80 
feet  in  dimensions,  being  on  the  ground-floor.  The 
shop  covers  three  thousand  square  feet  and  is  well 
equipped  with  machinery  and  a  large  force  of  work 
people.  The  trade  extends  over  the  New  England 
States.  G.  N.  Bigelow  was  born  in  Massachusetts  in 
1826,  and  his  partner,  O.  A.  Jenkins,  who  is  still  a 
young  man,  hails  from  Portsmouth,  New  Hampshire. 


Northwestern  Investment  Company, 

Wahpertan,  Dakota  Territory  ;  Eastern  Office,  No. 
82  Equitable  Building,  Boston. — G.  T.  Swasey,  No. 
82  Equitable  Building,  representing  the  Northwestern 
Investment  Company,  has  recently  opened  an  office 
as  above  to  handle  Western  commercial  paper  for 
Boston  loans.  The  Northwestern  Investment  Com- 
pany, located  in  Wahpertan,  Dakota  Territory,  U.  S., 
control  lands  and  carry  mortgages,  etc.,  on  the  same, 
selling  securities  East,  where  the  investment  is  con- 
sidered paying,  and  will  eventually,  when  the  merits 
and  security  are  more  fully  understood,  be  considered 
a  first-class  paying  stock.  Few  gentlemen  could  be 
selected  by  the  Northwestern  Investment  Company 
who  is  so  well  calculated  to  make  their  securities 
popular  than  the  gentlemanly  agent,  Mr.  Swasey, 
whose  representation  of  this  responsible  company  has 
so  far  given  the  most  general  satisfaction. 

George  Upton,  Manufacturer  of  all  Grades  of 
Broken  and  Ground  Glue,  No.  105  Milk  Street. — One 
of  the  oldest  established  manufactories  now  existing 
in  Boston  is  that  of  George  Upton,  manufacturer  of  all 
grades  of  broken  and  ground  glue.  No.  105  Milk  street. 
This  business  was  started  in  1808  by  the  great  grand- 
father of  the  present  manager.  The  manufactory  is 
located  at  Peabody,  Mass.,  covering  five  acres  of 
ground,  using  an  engine  of  one  hundred-horse  power 
with  other  necessary  machinery,  and  employing  two 
hundred  hands.  It  is  one  of  the  largest  concerns  for 
the  manufacture  of  glue  in  the  country.  The  busi 
ness  of  the  establishment  is  far  reaching,  extending 
throughout  the  United  States,  and  known  everywhere 


as  one  of  the  soundest  and  most  reputable  houses  ex- 
tant. The  business  is  carried  on  directly  with  the 
dealers,  and  the  sales  of  the  house  are  increasing  every 
year.  Nothing  but  the  best  grade  of  glue  is  manu- 
factured, and  none  but  experts  are  employed  in  the 
business.  A  large  stock  is  kept  constantly  on  hand 
at  the  warehouse  in  Boston,  and  orders  are  readily 
and  quickly  filled  without  delay.  The  location  on 
Milk  street  is  well  adapted  for  the  business,  the  estab- 
lishment occupying  an  entire  floor  and  basement  of  a 
five-story  brick  building,  with  offices  and  every  con- 
venience and  appointment  for  the  work  in  hand.  The 
manufacture  of  glue  requires  great  care  and  skill  to 
achieve  the  best  results,  and  no  one  knows  better  the 
needs  and  requirements  of  the  business  than  Mr.  Up- 
ton and  his  efficient  co-laborers,  many  of  whom  have 
devoted  their  lives  to  this  special  work. 


Safford  &  Sargent,  Commission  Merchants 
in  Hides,  Leather,  and  Sheepskins,  Nos.  200  and  202 
Congress  Street  and  Nos.  112  and  114  High  Street. 
— A  representative  house  engaged  in  the  hide, 
leather,  and  sheepskin  line  of  trade  is  that  of 
Messrs.  Safford  &  Sargent.  The  business  was 
founded  many  years  ago  by  Mr.  J.  O.  Safford,  who 
was  succeeded  by  James  O.  Safford  &  Co.,  and  the 
latter  by  James  O.  Safford  &  Son.  In  1883  the 
present  firm  of  Safford  &  Sargent  was  formed.  The 
business  at  the  outset  was  located  on  Blackstone 
street,  whence  it  was  removed  to  Congress  street,  and 
the  premises  occupied  there  in  1872  were  destroyed 
by  the  great  fire  in  that  year.  The  present  structure 
was  built  on  the  site  of  the  building  destroyed,  and  it 
has  ever  since  been  occupied  by  the  firm.  The 
building  now  used  is  50x200  feet  in  dimensions,  that 
portion  fronting  on  Congress  street  having  five  stories 
and  a  basement,  and  that  fronting  on  High  street 
four  stories  and  no  basement.  The  firm  occupy  the 
whole  of  the  High  street  building  and  the  store  of 
that  in  Congress  street,  and  the  various  rooms  are 
crowded  with  hides,  leather,  and  skins,  the  business 
of  the  house  in  these  lines  being  of  a  very  extensive 
character.  The  firm  make  specialties  of  sole,  fin- 
ished, and  rough  leather,  and  these  they  dispose  of  in 
large  quantities  to  the  principal  boot  and  shoe  manu- 
facturers in  all  parts  of  the  New  England  States. 
The  individual  members  of  the  firm  are  Mr.  James  P. 
Safford  and  Mr.  Charles  W.  Sargent,  both  natives  of 
Boston. 


John  C.  Chaffin  &  Co.,  Gents'  Furnishing 
Goods,  No.  384  Washington  Street. — Messrs.  Chaffin 
&  Co.  have  been  engaged  in  this  business  for  thirty 
years,  and  at  their  present  address  thirteen  years.  They 
occupy  the  fine  store  at  the  corner  of  Washington 
and  Franklin  streets,  with  a  capacity  of  40x90  feet, 
which  is  well  filled  with  as  nice  a  stock  of  gentle- 
men's furnishing  goods  as  can  be  found  in  the  city, 
consisting  of  a  complete  assortment  of  dress  shirts, 
neckwear,  underwear,  gloves,  hosiery,  etc.  They 
import  their  goods  directly  from  some  of  the  largest 
houses  in  Europe,  and  consequently  keep  constantly 
a  supply  of  the  latest  styles  and  material.  The  firm 
consists  of  John  C.  Chaffin  and  George  Sawin,  both 
of  whom  are  natives  of  Massachusetts.  They  were 
burned  out  in  the  great  fire  of  1872,  since  which 
time  they  have  occupied  their  present  fine  location, 
where  they  are  doing  a  large  business.  Socially 
they  are  men  of  high  standing,  are  genial  and  polite 
to  their  patrons,  and  are  both  men  of  the  strictest 
integrity. 


1 62 


CITY   OF  BOSTON. 


Bent  &  Busll,  Manufacturers  of  Hats,  Caps, 
and  Furs,  Army,  Navy,  and  Society  Goods,  No.  387 
Washington  Street. — One  of  the  oldest  manufacturing 
establishments  in  its  line  of  trade  in  the  city  of  Boston 
is  that  of  Bent  &  Bush,  manufacturers  of  hats,  caps, 
and  furs,  army,  navy  and  society  goods,  at  No.  387 
Washington  street.  This  business  was  established 
as  early  as  1823,  and  has  been  in  the  front  rank  in 
the  hat,  cap,  and  fur  trade  of  Boston  for  a  long  num- 
ber of  years.  The  firm  occupies  a  large  and  well- 
appointed  store- in  a  six-story  brown  stone  building, 
150x50  feet  in  size,  elegantly  arranged  for  the  proper 
display  of  the  large  and  choice  assortment  of  goods 
that  are  always  kept  in  stock.  They  supply  the  reg- 
ular army,  the  United  States  navy,  and  the  State  mili- 
tia with  their  hats  and  caps,  and  as  caterers  to  this 
particular  class  of  trade  have  acquired  a  national 
reputation  as  enviable  as  it  is  extensive.  They  rely 
wholly  upon  the  good  quality  of  the  goods  they 
manufacture  for  their  claim  to  public  favor,  and 
allow  no  similar  establishment  to  outdo  them  in  this 
important  particular.  As  manufacturers  of  furs  they 
have  also  achieved  a  marked  success,  and  have  built 
up  a  trade  all  over  the  United  States  that  is  rarely 
equaled  by  any  like  establishment  in  the  country. 
They  import  all  their  raw  fur  direct  from  the  best 
dealers,  and  make  it  up  in  the  most  skillful  and 
satisfactory  manner  possible.  They  carry  a  large  line 
of  hats,  caps,  furs,  and  straw  goods  for  their  large 
retail  trade,  displaying  always  the  latest  novelties  in 
season.  All  the  members  of  the  firm  are  noted  for 
their  enterprise  and  activity,  and  comprise  a  partner- 
ship representing  ability  and  worth  of  the  highest 
order. 


Temple  R.  Fay,  Importer  of  East  India 
Goods,  No.  54  Kilby  Street. — Prominent  among  the 
enterprising  business  men  of  Boston  may  be  men- 
tioned Mr.  Temple  R.  Fay,  importer  of  East  India 
goods,  No.  54  Kilby  street.  This  concern  was  es- 
tablished in  1875,  and  from  its  inception  to  the  pres- 
ent day  has  enjoyed  a  continuous  and  unbroken  suc- 
cess. Being  conducted  on  sound  business  principles 
and  its  every  department  and  detail  being  managed 
and  directed  with  ability  and  a  thorough  knowledge 
of  the  trade,  together  with  the  unexcelled  quality  of 
the  goods  handled,  the  result  could  hardly  be  other 
than  the  success  it  has  attained.  A  specialty  is  made 
of  the  handling  of  coffees,  spices,  sago,  nutmegs, 
gum  copal,  etc.,  and  other  articles  coming  from  Sing- 
apore and  Java,  and  the  business  transacted  in  these 
goods  is  exceedingly  extensive.  Mr.  Fay  is  a  com- 
paratively young  man,  being  about  forty  years  of  age, 
and  is  a  native  and  a  resident  of  Boston.  Mr.  Fay 
resided  in  China  for  eight  years  as  manager  of  Wm. 
F.  Weld's  establishment.  He  is  an  active  member  of 
the  Board  of  Trade,  where  he  is  regarded  with  the 
highest  esteem. 


Abington    Mutual    Fire     Insurance 

Company,  Abington,  Mass. ;  Joseph  Vaughn, 
Agent,  No.  43  Kilby  Street. — The  Abington  Mutual 
Fire  Insurance  Company,  of  Abington,  Mass.,  is 
represented  in  this  city  by  Mr.  Joseph  Vaughn, 
who  is  the  general  agent  and  the  president  of  the 
company,  who  has,  since  opening  an  office  at  No.  43 
Kilby  street,  in  1882,  built  up  a  very  extensive  and 
substantial  business  as  general  insurance  broker, 
which  is  the  largest  part  of  his  business.  Insurance 
protects  both  rich  and  poor,  and  enables  industry  and 
enterprise  to  preserve  and  secure  the  result  of  their 


labors  and  to  render  them  available  for  still  greater 
prosperity.  By  the  careful  manner  in  which  his  busi- 
ness is  conducted  in  all  its  departments,  Mr.  Vaughn 
is  well  known  to  the  whole  mercantde  community  in 
this  city,  and  is  prompt  and  reliable  in  all  affairs — in- 
surance being  effected  to  any  amount  on  all  classes 
of  merchandise  and  buildings.  The  main  office  of 
the  company  is  at  Abington.  Mr.  Vaughn  is  highly 
esteemed  for  his  unswerving  honor.  He  is  an  active 
competitor  for  legitimate  business,  and  is  energetic 
and  enterprising  in  his  dealings. 

Presby  Brothers,  Direct  Shippers  of  Glass- 
ware of  every  description,  Nos.  12  Central  Wharf  and 
93  Central  Street. — This  house  was  founded  in  the 
beginning  of  the  present  year,  operations  being  started 
at  No.  24.  Kingston  street,  whence  they  recently  re- 
moved to  more  convenient  premises  at  No.  1 2  Cen- 
tral wharf.  These  premises  comprise  four  floors  and 
the  basement  of  a  five-story  brick  building,  25x50  feet 
in  dimensions.  Since  their  removal  to  their  new 
quarters  the  firm  have  experienced  a  very  visible  in- 
crease in  their  business  transactions.  The  arrange- 
ments are  of  a  character  for  successfully  facilitating 
the  filling  of  orders  and  the  transaction  of  business 
generally.  The  firm  keeps  a  full  and  complete  line 
of  bottles,  glass,  table  ware,  and  every  description  of 
glass  goods,  both  plain  and  ornamental,  and  among 
these  are  many  beautiful  specimens  of  the  finest  ar- 
tistic productions  of  the  most  celebrated  glass  manu- 
facturers of  the  Old  World.  The  firm  imports  ex- 
tensively from  the  glass  factories  of  Germany,  Eng- 
land, France,  Spain,  etc.,  and  their  large  store  will  be 
found  fully  stocked  with  a  complete  line  of  these 
goods,  nothing  being  wanted.  The  firm  consists  of 
Mr.  F.  B.  and  Mr.  H.  B.  Presby,  both  of  whom  are 
natives  of  this  city. 


G.  N.  Emery  &  Co.,  Commission  Merchants 
and  Jobbers  of  Foreign  and  Domestic  Fruits,  Nos.  55 
and  57  Commercial  and  No.  62  Clinton  Streets. — The 
firm  of  G.  N.  Emery  &  Co.  is  one  of  the  best  known  and 
most  reliable  establishments  in  this  city,  and  while  the 
house  has  only  been  established  nine  years,  the  busi- 
ness experience  of  the  proprietor,  Mr.  G.  N.  Emery, 
extends  over  a  much  longer  period.  The  business 
was  originally  established  under  the  firm-style  of 
Hollbrook  &  Emery;  but  early  in  1876  Mr.  Holl- 
brook  withdrew  from  the  partnership,  and  Mr. 
Emery  has  since  conducted  the  business  under  the 
title  of  G.  N.  Emery  &  Co.  The  firm  occupy  a  large 
six-story  building,  35x70  feet  in  dimensions,  and  it 
contains  a  large  and  valuable  stock  of  the  choicest 
foreign  and  domestic  fruits  ready  for  prompt  shipment 
to  dealers.  The  firm  deal  in  all  kinds  of  choice 
foreign  and  domestic  fruits,  and  make  specialties  of 
apples,  oranges,  lemons,  bananas,  also  Cape  Cod 
cranberries,  keeping  on  hand  both  the  Jamaica  growth 
and  those  from  Aspinwall,  Central  America,  and 
Florida,  particular  attention  being  given  to  the  sale 
of  Florida  fruit.  A  large  and  extensive  trade  is 
also  done  in  potatoes,  and  pineapples,  cocoanuts, 
apples,  oranges,  bananas,  and  box  fruit  are  put  up  for 
shipment  by  the  firm  on  the  shortest  notice.  The 
firm  has  an  extensive  trade  throughout  New  England, 
and  its  facilities  for  offering  advantages  to  both  con- 
signors and  customers  are  unexcelled  by  those  of  any 
rival  establishment.  Mr.  Emery  is  a  native  of  Mas- 
sachusetts and  forty  years  of  age,  and  has  had  twelve 
years'  experience  in  this  branch  of  commercial  en- 
terprise. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


163 


comprising  more  than  sixty  ocean  steamers. 
These  vessels  are  weekly  visitants  to  more  than 
fifty  ports,  which  dot  the  coast  of  Europe  from 
bt.  Petersburg  to  Odessa,  on  the  Baltic,  the  Ger- 
man Ocean,  the  Atlantic,  the  Mediterranean, 
and  the  Black  Sea,  as  well  as  to  Boston  and 
New  York  on  this  side  of  the  ocean.  The 
agencies  of  the  Messrs.  Wilson  are  located  in 
more  than  seventy-five  of  the  principal  cities 
and  ports  of  Europe  and  America. 

The  ships  of  this  line  which  run  from  Hull  to 
Boston  and  New  York  have  been  built  expressly 
for  the  Atlantic  trade  and  are  first-class  in  every 
particular  and  furnished  with  every  appliance 
which  modern  ingenuity  has  devised  for  in- 
creasing the  strength,  power,  and  safety  of 
ocean  steamers.  While  in  general  they  aie  spe- 
cially adapted  to  the  safe  carriage  of  their  car- 
goes, some  of  these  ships  have  excellent  accom- 
modations for  a  limited  number  of  passengers. 
They  are  commanded  and  officered  by  able  and 
experienced  navigators  who  have  spent  their 
lives  upon  the  sea,  and  have  been  appointed  to 
their  positions  after  years  of  experience  and 
proved  ability.  The  agent  of  the  Messrs. 
Wilson  in  Boston  is  Mr.  George  W.  Preston, 
who  has  held  the  post  since  the  establishment  of 
the  line  in  1876. 


Stationery  Warehouse.  —  Thomas 
Groom  &  Co.,  Importers,  Stationers,  and  Ac- 
count Book  Manufacturers,  No.  82  State  Street. — In 
reviewing  the  business  interests  of  Boston  there  are 
many  houses  which,  by  reason  of  their  lengthy  and 
honorable  career  and  the  extended  and  influential 
connection  they  enjoy,  deserve  especially  prominent 
mention.  Among  such  is  the  establishment  conducted 
by  Messrs.  Thomas  Groom  and  Charles  A.  Cutting, 
the  individual  members  of  the  firm  under  considera- 
tion. For  fifty  years  this  house  has  stood  in  the  fore- 
most rank  of  importers,  stationers,  and  blank  book 
manufacturers,  and  the  high  personal  standing  of  its 
proprietors,  as  well  as  the  superior  quality  ofits  goods, 
has  secured  for  it  a  prominence  accorded  to  but  few 
contemporary  concerns.  In  the  execution  of  printing 
and  engraving  the  firm  has  acquired  a  wide  reputa- 
tion, and  in  this  branch  of  the  business  they  also  oc- 
cupy a  representative  position.  Messrs.  Groom  & 
Co.  occupy  very  commodious  premises,  completely 
fitted  for  the  efficient  conduct  of  their  business,  and 
employing  only  the  most  competent  assistants,  and 
giving  close  personal  attention  to  every  detail,  they 
are  prepared  to  guarantee  the  quality  of  their  goods 
and  work. 


The  Wilson  Line  of  Steamships,  No. 

97  State  Street,  George  W.  Preston,  Agent. — The 
steamships  of  this  line  are  owned  by  Messrs.  Thomas 
Wilson,  Sons  &  Co  ,  of  Hull,  England,  undoubtedly 
the  largest  steamship  owners  in  the  world,  their  fleet 


Weeks  &  Potter,  Importers  and  Job- 
bers of  Drugs  and  Druggists'  Sundries,  No. 
360  Washington  Street. — One  of  the  few  in- 
stances of  a  long  lived  and  still  vigorous  busi- 
ness is  the  drug  house  mentioned  at  the  head 
of  this  article.  For  thirty-three  years  the  firm 
has  been  in  existence  without  any  change. 
The  premises  occupied  at  the  time  of  the 
great  fire  iri  1872  were  reduced  to  ruins  and 
the  present  building  was  erected  on  their  site. 
The  building  consists  of  four  immense  floors 
and  basement,  the  store  having  a  double  front. 
Weeks  &  Potter  are  the  leading  firm  in  its  line  in 
the  New  England  States,  and  the  house  carries  an 
immense  stock  of  drugs,  druggists'  supplies,  patent 
medicines,  etc.  The  firm  are  importers  and  jobbers 
of  everything  required  by  druggists  and  chemists. 
They  import  directly  from  European  producers,  and 
every  novelty  comprehended  in  the  range  of  drug- 
gists' supplies,  useful  and  ornamental,  is  to  be  had 
of  the  firm  at  most  reasonable  rates.  Their  trade 
extends  in  general  throughout  all  the  States  in  the 
Union  and  the  Canadian  provinces.  They  are  like- 
wise exporters  of  American  drugs,  inclusive  of  those 
from  South  and  Central  America,  such  as  all  kinds  of 
roots,  like  sarsaparilla,  etc.,  and  other  specialties.  The 
exigencies  of  the  business  demand  the  constant  em- 
ployment in  the  store  of  fifty  skilled  and  experienced 
assistants,  and  this  large  concern  has  a  business  which 
is  not  merely  national,  it  being  as  familiarly  known 
on  the  Pacific  slope  as  here  on  the  Atlantic  seabo  ard, 
but  is  known  in  remote  and  far-distant  points'  to 
which  they  export  extensively.  The  firm's  factories, 
where  they  manufacture  an  endless  line  of  pharma- 
ceutical products,  have  everything  that  modern  equip- 
ment, machinery,  etc.,  can  furnish  for  a  laboratory. 
In  these  factories  forty  skilled  operatives  are  em- 
ployed. No  house  has  a  better  commercial  standing 
or  possesses  greater  facilities  for  supplying  the  trade. 
The  firm  consists  of  Mr.  A.  G.  Weeks,  who  is  a  native 
of  Maine,  and  Mr.  W.  B.  Potter,  who  was  born  in 
Massachusetts. 


164 


CITY    OF    BOSTON. 


Bartlett,  Swadkins  &  Miller,  Commis- 
sion Merchants  in  Hosiery,  Yarns,  and  Small  Wares, 
No.  29  Kingston  Street. — An  important  branch  of 
commercial  activity  and  one  deserving  of  special 
mention  in  a  review  of  the  leading  business  interests 
of  Boston  is  the  commission  business  in  hosiery  and 
small  wares.  One  of  the  oldest  wholesale  establish- 
ments in  this  line  of  business  in  the  city  is  that  of 
Messrs.  Bartlett,  Swadkins&  Miller,  No.  29  Kingston 
street.  The  business  was  established  originally  by 
Baldwin,  Burnham  &  Welton  ;  afterward  the  style 
became  Messrs.  Burnham  &  Scott,  with  whom  the 
members  of  the  present  firm  held  positions  of  re- 
sponsibility for  a  number  of  years  previous  to  their 
succession  in  1866,  and  since  the  latter  took  hold 
they  have  always  commanded  an  influential  patronage 
among  dealers  in  all  parts  of  the  country.  The  firm 
suffered  severely  by  the  great  fire  in  Boston  in  1872, 
but  they  met  their  losses  manfully  and  paid  every 
dollar  of  their  indebtedness.  The  premises  occupied 
are  spacious  and  commodious,  nevertheless  much  of 
the  merchandise  consigned  to  the  firm  never  enters 
their  store,  it  being  delivered  directly  from  the  manu- 
facturing establishments  they  represent  to  the  custo- 
mers of  the  firm.  Their  premises  are  centrally  located 
for  their  business  and  have  a  pleasant,  inviting  ap- 
pearance. The  salesrooms  are  stocked  with  hosiery 
and  small  wares,  in  which  they  do  a  large  business 
in  special  lines.  The  firm  are  the  selling  agents  for 
the  Kensington  Knitting  Company,  the  Montcalm 
Hosrery  Mills,  the  Kennedy  &  Miller  Manufacturing 
Company,  Union  Lace  Company,  Star  Pin  Company, 
etc.  The  firm  is  also  represented  at  No.  99  Frank- 
lin street,  New  York. 

At  the  Boston  house  the  firm  carry  a  large  stock  of 
goods  ready  for  immediate  shipment  to  dealers  in  any 
part  of  the  country.  The  business  is  entirely  whole- 
sale, and  the  long  experience  and  personal  acquaint- 
ance of  the  firm  with  all  the  principal  dealers  in  the 
country  affords  them  excellent  facilities  for  readily 
disposing  of  stock,  knowing  well  the  quantity, 
quality,  and  the  grades  required  by  the  different 
business  houses  for  their  especial  lines  of  trade,  makes 
ithem  a  house  devoted  to  the  interest  of  the  manu- 
facturer as  well  as  the  buyer.  The  individual  mem- 
bers of  the  firm  are  Mr.  George  Bartlett,  who  is  a 
native  of  New  Hampshire;  Mr.  Thomas  Swadkins, 
'Jr.^who  was  born  in  England,  and  Mr.  George  A. 
Miller,  who  is  a  native  of  Massachusetts.  All  these 
gentlemen  are  thoroughly  practical  business  men,  and 
ibyvthe  exercise  of  unswerving  integrity  and  financial 
.ability,  combined  with  a  system  of  honorable  dealing 
and-energetic  management,  they  have  made  their  house 
one  of  the  most  honored  and  trusted  in  the  trade. 


Granite  Railway  Company,  No.  31  Pem- 
berton  Square. — All  New  England  abounds  in  gran- 
ite, but^for  hardness  and  durability  the  Quincy  granite 
is  ihe  most  esteemed  of  any  in  the  United  States,  and 
the  extensive  quarrying  of  this  granite  was  com- 
menced in  a 826  by  the  Granite  Railway  Company, 
whose  headquarters  are  at  No.  31  Pemberton  square, 
in  this  city,  and  this  company  built  from  their  quarries 
the  first  railway  in  this  conntry.  This  railway  was 
three  miles  long,  and  extended  from  the  company's 
quarries  to  th-e'Neponset  river.  It  was  built  in  1827, 
and  was  a  horse  railroad,  used  exclusively  for  the 
transportation,  of  stone  for  shipment.  The  company's 
quarries,  which  yield  a  blue  granite,  cover  an  area  of 
several  acres  in  extent,  and  granite  from  these  quar- 
riesiis-seeni m:masay! buildings  in  the  large  cities  on 


the  Atlantic  coast,  and  it  has  been  exported  to  the 
West  Indies.  Notable  buildings  of  this  stone  are  the 
Boston  Custom  House,  Custom  House  and  Asior 
House  in  New  York,  the  Agricultural  Hall  and  Cus- 
tom House  in  New  Orleans,  City  Hall  and  Rialto 
Building  in  Boston,  and  many  other  prominent  build- 
ings in  different  parts  of  the  United  States.  Enor- 
mous blocks  for  pillars,  weighing  many  tons,  have 
been  got  out  in  these  quarries,  and  the  stone  for  many 
buildings  has  been  cut,  finished,  and  numbered  at  the 
quarries  in  readiness  for  laying  in  their  proper  place 
in  the  building,  which  may  be  hundreds  of  miles 
away.  The  granite  is  quarried  by  drilling  holes  to  a 
small  depth  in  the  face  of  the  rock,  into  which  small 
steel  wedges  are  inserted  and  driven,  and  also  with 
the  aid  of  powder,  and  the  blocks  of  almost  any  size 
are  thus  *plit  off.  In  this  work  steam  power  is  em- 
ployed. The  company  also  operate  a  large  white 
granite  quarry  at  Concord,  N.  H.,  and  they  undertake 
monumental  work  in  these  stones.  The  general 
manager  of  the  company  is  Mr.  Henry  E.  Sheldon. 
Mr.  John  C.  Pratt  is  the  president  and  Mr.  George 
Lewis  the  treasurer  of  the  company,  the  business 
of  which  is  one  of  vast  dimensions,  while  the  honor- 
able business  policy  of  the  company  is  too  well 
known  to  call  for  any  comment  from  us. 


I.  O.  Whiting"  &  Co.,  Importers  of  and 
Dealers  in  Molasses  and  Sirups,  No.  18  Central  Street. 
— The  commodities  specially  handled  by  the  house 
under  review  are  such  as  enter  into  constant  daily 
consumption,  and  their  purity  and  general  excellence 
is,  of  course,  the  primal  consideration  with  buyers.  The 
extended  connection  enjoyed  by  the  firm  of  I.  O.  Whit- 
ing &  Co.  enabling  them,  as  it  does,  to  secure  the  very 
best  of  foreign  and  domestic  products  in  their  line,  ren- 
ders their  house  a  very  desirable  purchasing  centre,  and 
the  careful  attention  paid  to  the  selection  of  their  goods, 
combined  with  the  low  figures  at  which  they  are  sold, 
is  another  inducement  to  the  trade  and  general  buyers. 
Messrs.  Irving  O.  Whiting  and  Stillman  F.  Kelley,  the 
individual  members  of  the  firm,  established  their  house 
in  1872,  and  the  reputation  quickly  gained  by  their 
hou^e  induced  for  them  a  very  large  trade,  and  to-day 
the  concern  stands  prominently  forward  as  one  of  the 
leading  houses  of  the  kind  in  the  country.  Both  gen- 
tlemen are  natives  of  Boston. 


Newell  A.  Thompson,  Shipper  of  Coal  and 
Sales  Agent  for  Maryland  Union  Coal  Company, 
Miners  of  Georges  Creek  '*  Franklin  "  Cumberland 
Coal;  also,  Selling  Agent  for  Park  (Buck  Mountain 
Vein),  Big  Mine  Run,  Mount  Carmel,  and  Big  Moun- 
tr.in  Shamokin  Coal.  Shipping  ports,  Perth  Amboy 
and  Port  Johnston,  N.  J. ;  Port  Richmond  and  Green- 
wich, Philadelphia,  and  Locust  Point,  Baltimore. 


J.  W.  Dean,  Agent  for  Thomas  C.  Williams 
&  Co.,  Manufacturers  of  Tobacco,  No.  4  Central 
Wharf. — A  prominent  house  engaged  in  the  tobacco 
trade  in  Boston  is  that  of  Thomas  C.Williams  &  Co., 
tobacco  manufacturers.  No.  4  Central  Wharf,  under 
the  management  of  J.  W.  Dean.  The  Boston  house 
was  established  some  five  years  ago,  and  has  grown 
to  very  considerable  proportions,  and  is  steadily  in- 
creasing in  volume.  Mr.  Dean  handles  only  the 
tobacco  manufactured  by  Thomas  C.  Williams  &  Co., 
of  Richmond  and  Danville,  which  has  a  world-wide 
reputation  for  superior  excellence  in  grrde  and  flavor. 
He  is  a  native  of  Boston  and  is  a  comparatively 
young  man. 


LEADING  MANUFACTURERS  AND  MERCHANTS. 


1 65 


Myers  &  Andrews,  Manufacturers  and  Job- 
bers of  Boys'  and  Children's  Clothing,  No.  13  Otis 
Street. — Among  the  leading  houses  in  this  city  is 
that  of  Messrs.  Myers  &  Andrews.  For  about  fifteen 
years  the  present  senior  member  of  the  firm,  Mr. 
Marcus  Myers,  who  is  a  native  of  Germany,  about  fifty 
years  of  age,  was  in  the  manufacturing  business  in  this 
city.  About  three  years  ago  the  present  partnership 
was  formed  by  the  admission  of  Mr.  Julius  Andrews, 
who  is  a  native  of  this  State  and  about  thirty-five  years 
of  age,  and  who  has  had  a  practical  training  in  the 
business.  The  premises  occupied  are  situated  at  No. 
13  Otis  street,  where  the  firm  utilize  two  floors,  each 
40x50  feet  in  dimensions,  and  lighted  from  both  front 
and  rear.  The  premises  are  efficiently  equipped  for 
manufacturing  clothing  on  an  extensive  scale,  and 
a  considerable  number  of  hands  are  employed  in  the 
building  and  a  much  larger  number  outside.  The  firm 
keep  a  staff  of  experienced  cutters  and  all  the  latest 
styles  in  boys'  and  children's  clothing  are  in  stock. 
The  firm  not  only  carry  on  an  extensive  business  in 
the  manufacturing  department,  but  they  purchase  the 
products  of  other  manufacturers  in  large  quantities, 
and  these  they  sell  to  clothiers  in  all  parts  of  the 
country. 


Harvard  Pen  Company,  Manufacturers  of 
the  Harvard  Fountain  Pen,  the  Gem  Fountain  Pen, 
and  the  McKenzie  Stylographic  Pen,  No.  421  Wash- 
ington Street. — In  this  progressive  age  valuable  in- 


ventions are  so  frequent,  and  those  having  little  or  no 
material  merit  so  plenty,  that  we  are  apt  to  overlook 
the  good  qualities  of  the  really  meritorious  and  be 
satisfied  with  an  article  of  inferior  quality  without  in- 
quiring whether  or  not  there  is  anything  better.  The 
Harvard  Pen  Company  at  their  office,  No.  421  Wash- 
ington street,  Boston,  have  a  number  of  new  inven- 
tions in  the  line  of  pens  which  are  really  meritorious, 
and  deserve  more  than  a  passing  mention.  One  of  these 
is  the  Gem  fountain  pen,  which  has  gained  great 
popularity  in  the  short  time  it  has  been  in  the  market. 
This  is  probably  the  most  successful  reservoir  pen 
before  the  public  for  the  price,  and  is  guaranteed  by 
the  Harvard  Pen  Company  to  stand  any  test  that  it 
may  be  subjected  to.  It  is  simple,  clean,  and  ready, 
and  the  most  easily  managed  of  all  fountain  pens. 
Its  materials  being  vulcanized  rubber,  gold,  and  irid- 
ium, all  of  which  are  unaffected  by  acids,  ink  can- 
not corrode  it.  When  not  in  use,  being  perfectly  air- 
tight, the  ink  never  can  thicken  or  dry  in  it.  The 
pen  used  is  of  the  best  quality  of  gold,  and  writes  on 
any  kind  of  paper.  With  one  filling  it  will  write  from 
thirty  to  forty  pages  of  foolscap  paper,  does  the  work 
in  a  third  less  time  and  with  less  fatigue  than  attends 
the  writing  of  twenty  pages  with  the  ordinary  pen. 
T'iey  are  also  manufacturers  of  the  celebrated  Harvard 
fountain  pen,  the  most  reliable  pen  made  for  commer- 
cial purposes.  The  McKenzie  stylographic  pen  is 
made  by  them  in  eight  styles  at  prices  ranging  from 
one  dollar  and  fifty  cents  to  three  dollars.  At  the 
branch  office  in  Boston  a  large  stock  of  the  company's 
goods  can  be  found,  and  all  dealers  interested  are  re- 
quested to  call  and  get  their  prices.  The  Harvard 
Pen  Company  was  established  in  1882  and  incor- 
porated as  a  company  in  1885.  James  A.  McKenzie 
is  the  president,  D.  B.  Mudge,  vice-president ;  Samuel 
R  Murphy,  secretary  and  treasurer.  The  vice-presi- 
dent, Mr.  Mudge,  has  charge  of  the  Boston  house, 


and  is  developing  a  large,  permanent  trade  in  Boston 
and  throughout  New  England.  The  factory  of 
the  company  is  located  in  New  York,  where  is 
also  the  main  office.  The  Harvard  Pen  Company  are 
the  largest  manufacturers  of  pens  in  the  country. 


Fairinount  Manufacturing-  Company, 

Nos.  215  to  235  Franklin  Street. — The  business  of 
this  company  was  established  in  1874  for  the  manu- 
facture of  ladies'  white  cotton  underwear  and  corsets, 
and  particularly  of  the  Waterhouse  patent  bustle  cor- 
set, which  is  a  specialty  of  this  company.  This  corset 
is  the  invention  of  Mr.  M.  A.  Waterhouse,  the  general 
agent  for  this  corset,  and  it  is  meeting  with  an  extra- 
ordinary sale  in  all  parts  of  the  country.  It  combines 
four  garments  at  one  price,  for,  while  it  is  an  elegant 
corset,  it  is  a  perfect  and  indestructible  bustle,  a  fine 
back  supporter,  and  a  superb  skirt  supporter,  giving- 
health,  comfort,  and  elegant  style.  All  the  corsets  are 
made  with  the  unbreakable  watch-spring  clasp,  and 
with  the  celebrated  "perfect  health  bust"  when  so 
ordered,  doing  away  with  all  injurious  padding.  This 
is  the  only  perfect  bustle  ever  made,  being  supported 
and  kept  in  place  by  thin,  flat,  clock  steel  springs, 
which  are  shaped  first  and  then  clock  spring  tem- 
pered, thereby  making  it  impossible  for  them  to  e\er 
break  or  change  their  form.  The  company  are  in 
receipt  of  numerous  letters  from  modistes  and  pri- 
vate ladies  in  all  parts  of  the  country  testifying  to 
the  comfort  and  satisfaction  given  by  the  wearing  of 
these-  patent  bustle  corsets.  The  other  classes  of 
goods  made  by  the  company  are  sold  only  wholesale. 
The  business  was  originally  started  in  Hyde  Park, 
Massachusetts,  and  subsequently  removed  to  Boston, 
on  Oliver  street,  in.  1884.  A  removal  was  effected 
to  the  present  premises,  Nos.  215  to  235  Franklin 
street,  where  the  company  occupy  the  fourth  and  fifth 
floors  of  a  five-story  brick  building,  the  dimensions 
of  the  floors  being  1 15x80  feet,  and  iooxroo  respect- 
ively. The  fifth  floor  is  wholly  devoted  to  manufac- 
turing purposes,  and  is  furnished  with  one  hundred 
and  fifty  machines  and  other  appliance-;,  employment 
being  given  to  about  two  hundred  hands,  who  pro- 
duce from  one  hundred  to  two  hundred  dozen  of 
plain  and  bustle  corsets  per  day.  The  fourth  floor  is 
used  for  packing,  ironing,  pressing,  and  lacing  corsets 
and  for  office  and  sale  purposes.  Every  modern 
mechanical  appliance  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
these  goods.  The  business  is  superintended  by  C.  A. 
House,  the  treasurer  of  the  compnny,  and  the  com- 
pany is  represented  in  New  York  by  Mr.  F.  A.  Crapo, 
of  No.  100  Franklin  street. 


The  American  Insurance  Company, 

Main  Office,  No.  45  State  Street. — Every  man  iden- 
tified with  the  control  of  properties,  whether  as 
owner,  trustee,  or  administrator,  will  recognize  the 
importance  of  fire  insurance.  No  man  can  lay  any 
claim  to  business  wisdom  who  disregards  this  duty, 
whether  it  be  to  himself  or  through  himself  to  others. 
The  American  (Fire  and  Marine)  Insurance  Com- 
pany of  this  city  offers  to  insurers  the  mo-t  exceptional 
advantages  and  security.  The  company  has  been 
doing  a  flourishing  and  satisfactory  business  for  the 
past  sixty-seven  years,  having  been  incorporated  on 
the  12th  of  June,i8i8.  This  is  one  of  the  only  two 
companies — the  Mercantile  Marine  Insurance  Com- 
pany being  the  other — that  at  the  time  of  the  great 
Boston  fire  in  1872  not  only  pnid  all  its  losses  in  full, 
but  also  kept  its  capital  intact  and  held  a  surplus  be- 
sides. 


1 66 


CITY   OF  BOSTON. 


Burton  Stock  Car  Company' s  New  Stock  Car. 


The  Burton  Stock  Car  Company,  Gen- 
eral Office,  No.  194  Washington  Street,  Boston;  Port- 
land Office,  No.  93  Exchange  Street;  Chicago  Office, 
No.  135  Randolph  Street;  Kansas  City  Office,  No. 
44  Live  Stock  Exchange. — The  handling  of  the  live 
stock  raised  in  the  United  States  and  adjoining  coun- 
tries is  assuming  importance  as  one  of  the  momentous 
problems  in  the  solving  of  which  the  public  and  leg- 
islative bodies  are  interested.  The  vast  extension  of 
the  grazing  grounds  and  the  immense  increase  in  the 
number  of  horses,  cattle,  sheep,  and  hogs  which  are 
raised  in  the  West  and  transported  East  present  fig- 
ures which  are  not  easy  of  comprehension.  With 
the  increase  in  the  number  of  food  animals  raised  and 
the  consequent  great  demand  for  additional  transpor- 
tation facilities,  it  is  a  very  noticeable  fact  that  until 
within  the  past  two  years  but  little  improvement  has 
been  made  in  the  method  of  handling  the  animals  in 
transit.  Loaded  into  the  uncomfortable  box-cars, 
cattle,  sheep,  hogs,  and  horses  have  year  in  and  out 
been  subjected  to  the  cruel  privations  and  abuses 
which  of  necessity  accompany  transportation  when 
cars  utterly  unadapted  for  the  purpose  are  employed. 
Into  such  cars  the  animals  are  loaded  in  the  most 
barbarous  manner,  being  crowded  in  by  the  blows 
and  thrusts  of  the  prods  of  the  attendants  until  they 
are  so  wedged  together  that  for  one  to  lie  down  is  to 
invite  death  by  being  trampled  under  the  hoofs  of  its 
companions.  As  a  result,  dead  and  dying  animals 
are  almost  invariably  found  at  the  end  of  the  journey, 
and  some  of  the  poor  brutes  are  more  or  less  cut, 
bruised,  and  mangled  by  the  constant  horning  as  the 
animals  fight  for  standing  room.  In  sheep  the 
overcrowding  begets  a  special  disease,  the  ani- 
mals, because  of  their  cramped  positions,  being  un- 
able to  protect  their  nostrils  from  the  flies,  and  these, 
laying  their  eggs,  produce  maggots,  which  eat  into 
the  brain  and  quickly  produce  death.  Swine,  because 
of  the  overcrowding,  are  easily  overcome  by  the 
heat,  and  "  melt,"  as  it  is  termed,  the  flesh  becoming 
soft  and  valueless.  If  there  were  no  other  reasons, 
illustrating  the  great  need  of  an  improvement  in  our 
stock  cars,  the  above  are  alone  sufficient 

But  there  is  another  item  of  loss  to  the  shipper 
which  has  not  been  mentioned,  and  that  is  "  shrink- 
age." which  in  a  journey  of  one  thousand  miles  will 
amount  to  fully  five  per  cent.,  or  from  sixty  to  one 
hundred  pounds  to  the  steer.  This  places  an  addi- 
tional heavy  burden  upon  the  shipper,  which  can  be 
recovered  only  by  increasing  the  price  of  the  meat  to 


the  public.  This  shrinkage  in  weight  results  from 
the  privations  and  cruelty  the  animals  suffer,  they 
being  commonly  kept  in  the  cars  for  from  forty  to 
sixty  hours  without  food,  water,  or  rest.  The  amount 
of  loss  by  shrinkage  during  transportation  in  the  U.  S. 
is  over  $  1 6,000,000  annually,  or  more  than  two- 
thirds  of  the  capital  invested  in  live-stock  cars.  With 
a  knowledge  of  these  facts  it  is  but  natural  that  the 
shippers  and  the  public  should  demand  a  change  in 
the  system  of  transportation  which  causes  so  much 
unnecessary  suffering  and  loss,  and,  that  the  means 
of  accomplishing  this  is  at  hand,  the  examination  of 
the  cars  of  the  Burton  Stock  Car  Company  will  dem- 
onstrate. The  first  important  feature  in  the  Burton 
car  is  that  the  animals  stand  lengthwise,  facing  the 
ends  of  the  car,  in  which  position  they  are  best  able 
to  resist  the  motion  of  the  train.  The  cattle  car  is 
divided  into  two  main  compartments,  in  each  of 
which  eight  cattle  are  comfortably  housed,  each  ani- 
mal having  ample  space  in  which  to  stand  or  lie 
down  at  will.  At  the  top  of  the  car,  and  running  its 
entire  length,  is  a  pipe  into  which  water  is  received 
from  the  roadside  crane  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  engine  tender  is  supplied.  From  the  general 
supply-pipe  smaller  pipes  conduct  the  water  in 
the  troughs  extending  across  the  car.  By  this 
arrangement  water  can  be  let  into  the  troughs 
of  an  entire  train  in  a  few  minutes,  and  the  cattle 
allowed  to  drink  at  leisure  as  the  train  proceeds. 
The  animals  can  also  be  fed  hay  or  grain  while  the 
train  is  in  motion.  Between  the  compartments  for 
cattle  is  a  third  compartment  for  the  attendant  and 
the  storage  of  hay  and  grain,  allowing  feed  for  the 
entire  journey  to  be  taken  from  the  shipping  point, 
thus  avoiding  the  exorbitant  charges  at  stockyards. 
Between  the  compartments  and  in  the  roof  of  the  car 
are  doors,  by  which  the  attendant  can  have  access  to 
any  part  of  the  car  or  train  while  it  is  in  motion. 

The  company  also  furnishes  cars  for  transporting 
horses,  each  compartment  having  three  stalls,  in 
which  the  animals  are  fed  and  watered  as  in  the 
cattle  cars.  Each  horse  car  has  accommodations  for 
twelve  animals.  The  cars  for  sheep  and  hogs  have 
two  floors,  and  are  provided  with  troughs  and  com- 
plete arrangements  for  feeding  and  watering  in  tran- 
sit. These  latter  cars  also  have  sprinklers,  which 
spray  water  upon  the  animals  when  desired,  a  very 
necessary  precaution  in  hot  weather.  All  of  the  cars 
are  mounted  upon  swing-beam  trucks  having  double 
elliptic   springs,  and  are  furnished  with  either  the 


LEADING    MANUFACTURERS   AND    MERCHANTS. 


167 


"Janney"  or  the  "  United  States  "  car-couplers  and 
air  brakes,  enabling  the  cars  to  be  run  on  passenger 
time.  Summed  up,  the  advantages  of  the  Burton 
stock  cars  are  that  they  are  more  humane,  prevent 
overcrowding,  give  each  animal  plenty  of  room  in 
which  to  stand  or  lie  down,  and  prevent  their  being 
injured  by  their  fellows  or  the  motion  of  the  train; 
animals  are.kept  clean,  no  matter  how  long  the  trip; 
are  loaded  and  unloaded  the  quicker,  but  do  not 
have  to  be  unloaded  for  food  and  water,  as  do  ani- 
mals carried  in  the  common  stock  cars;  the  attendant 
has  access  to  all  parts  of  the  car  at  any  time ;  ample 
feed  for  the  longest  journey  is  carried  in  the  car  with 
the  animals;  the  animals  are  not  liable  to  contract 
contagious  diseases,  as  they  are  not  unloaded  in  tran- 
sit; the  journey  is  made  in  one-half  of  the  time  or- 
dinarily required,  which  is  better  for  the  animals, 
saves  shrinkage,  and  lessens  the  time  on  the  invest- 
ment and  insurance.  At  the  end  of  the  trip,  the  ani- 
mals are  ready  for  immediate  slaughter  or  re-ship- 
ment abroad.  When  butchered,  portions  of  the  meat 
do  not  have  to  be  cut  out  on  account  of  bruises,  and 
the  meat  is  more  wholesome  and  commands  a  better 
price.  There  is  a  saving  of  from  two-thirds  to  three- 
fourths  of  the  loss  by  shrinkage — shrinkage  amounts 
tJ  $ 1 6.000,000  a  year  in  the  United  States.  There 
are  no  hides  spoiled  by  the  prods  of  the  attendants — 
the  loss  by  punctured  hides  amounts  to  $500,000  an- 
nually in  the  United  States.  That  these  advantages 
do  exist  is  proven  by  the  fact  that  the  company  has 
never  been  able  to  supply  the  demand  for  its  cars. 
The  company  owns  and  operates  the  cars  that  it 
builds,  and  now  has  eighty-five  cattle,  horse,  sheep, 
and  hog  cars  running  in  the  United  States  and  Can- 
ada on  a  profitable  basis,  besides  several  which  were 
sent  to  Australia  upon  the  order  of  the  government, 
where  the  engineer-in-chief  of  the  government  rail- 
ways has  recommended  their  adoption. 

.The  company  is  deriving  material  benefit  from  the 
act  of  Congress  of  1878,  which  prohibits  railway  com- 
panies from  overcrowding  their  cars  or  "  confining 
cattle,  sheep,  swine,  or  other  animals  for  a  longer 
period  that  twenty-eight  consecutive  hours  without 
unloading  the  same  for  rest,  water,  and  food  for  a 
period  of  at  least  five  consecutive  hours,  unless  pre- 
vented from  so  unloading  by  storm  or  other  acciden- 
tal causes,"  an  exception  being  made  that  "  when 
animals  are  carried  in  cars  in  which  they  can  and  do 
have  proper  food,  water,  space,  and  opportunity  to 
rest,  the  provisions  in  regard  to  their  being  unloaded 
shall  not  apply."  The  Burton  Stock  Car  Company 
was  incorporated  February  14th,  1882,  with  a  capital 
of  $500,000,  in  fifty  thousand  shares  of  the  par  value 
of  $10.  The  officers  of  the  company  are:  John  H. 
Fox,  president;  Joel  M.  Holden,  vice  president; 
George  D.  Burton,  secretary  and  treasurer;  Clarence 
Hale,  assistant  secretary;  E.  F.  Perkins, general  man- 
ager. The  directors  are :  John  H.  Fox,  James  Stur- 
gis,  Louis  C.  Southard,  E.  F.  Perkins,  Joel  M.  Holden, 
David  H.  Goodell,  and  George  D.  Burton;  Louis  C. 
Southard  is  counsel. 

The  Northern  Assurance  Company 
of  London,  New  England  Department,  No.  13 
Congress  Street,  George  W.  Babb,  Jr.,  Manager. — 
The  Northern  Assurance  Company  of  London  was 
established  in  1836— nearly  fifty  years  ago — through 
which  period  it  has  encountered  the  trying  ordeals 
that  have  visited  the  business  interests  during  that 
time,  and  from  them  all  appeared  without  a  blemish 
upon  its  name.     Its  ramifications  extend  to  all  parts 


of  the  world,  and  it  aims  to  do  a  safe  business,  only 
taking  risks  after  thorough  inquiry  and  investigation, 
believing  it  can  thus  best  serve  the  interests  of  its 
policy-holders,  and  thereby  secure  for  them  a  greater 
degree  of  safety  as  to  payment  of  losses  than  if  they 
sought  a  volume  of  business  rather  than  quality. 
The  Northern  Assurance  insures  buildings,  dwellings, 
merchandise,  furniture,  etc.,  at  the  lowest  current 
rates,  and  equitably  adjusts  all  losses  and  promptly 
pays  the  same  in  full.  The  headquarters  of  the 
New  England  department  of  the  company  are  located 
at  No.  13  Congress  street  in  this  city,  and  under  the 
management  of  Mr.  George  W.  Babb,  Jr.,  who  is  a 
native  of  Boston.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Boston 
Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  and  of  the  New  England 
Insurance  Exchange,  and  he  has  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  branch  agencies  in  all  parts  of  New  Eng- 
land under  his  control.  A  special  agent  is  employed 
to  assist  in  adjusting  losses,  and  this  office  adjusts  and 
pays  all  losses  without  referring  to  the  home  office, 
thus  avoiding  delay  in  settlements. 


M.  M.  PigfOtt  &  Son,  Manufacturers  of  Paints, 
Putty,  Colors,  and  Eagle  Mixed  Paint,  Nos.  71  and 
73  Broad  Street. — This  business  was  established  by 
B.  M.  Clark  and  M.  M.  Pigott  in  1845,  and  is  there- 
fore one  of  the  oldest  houses  in  its  line  in  the  city. 
The  son,  Mr.  M.  M.  Pigott,  Jr  ,  was  admitted  to  co- 
partnership in  1875,  on  the  death  of  B.  M.  Clark, 
and  the  firm-name  changed  to  M.  M.  Pigott  &  Son, 
and  having  been  literally  raised  in  the  business,  is 
eminently  qualified  for  its  conduct.  The  house  is  also 
one  of  the  largest  of  its  kind,  the  area  of  occupation 
comprising  a  six-story  and  basement  building,  25x100 
feet  in  area.  The  establishment  is  thoroughly  equipped 
with  every  facility  for  the  manufacture,  and  a  good  st<  >ck 
of  the  productions,  comprising  paints,  putty ,  colors^  etc., 
is  displayed  in  the  attractive  and  commodious  sales- 
rooms. A.  specialty  is  made  of  the  famous  "  Eagle 
mixed  paint,"  ready  prepared  for  use,  in  connection 
with  which  the  house  has  acquired  a  wide  celebrity 
in  the  trade.  The  business  is  large  and  lucrative  and 
the  annual  volume  of  trade  is  of  great  magnitude. 
Mr.  Pigott,  Sr.,  the  founder  of  the  business  and  head 
of  the  present  firm,  is  a  well-known  and  highly  es- 
teemed merchant,  whose  eminent  business  principles 
have  made  him  generally  popular  in  trade  circles. 
His  son  and  partner  is  also  a  gentleman  of  rare  busi- 
ness tact  and  ability,  whose  enterprising  activity  has 
aided  materially  in  the  attainment  of  the  signal  suc- 
cess enjoyed. 


T.  F.  &  W.  W.  Taff,  Importers  and  Deal- 
ers in  Gins,  Brandies,  Wines,  Cordials,  and  Cigars, 
Nos.  157  and  IS7/4  Blackstone  Street. — An  old  es- 
tablished and  eminently  popular  house  in  the  import- 
ing and  wholesale  liquor  and  cigar  trade  is  that  of 
Messrs.  T.  F.  &  W.  W.  Taff,  which  for  the  past  thirty 
years  has  been  conducted  at  the  present  location. 
The  business  was  originally  established  by  Mr. 
Thomas  Taff  in  1855,  who  conducted  it  with  success 
until  his  death  in  1876,  when  his  sons  organized  the 
present  firm.  The  spacious  premises  contain  a  large 
and  complete  stock  of  imported  and  domestic  gins, 
brandies,  wines,  tonics,  cordials,  cigars,  etc.  The 
Messrs.  Taff  are  well  known  in  trade  circles,  and  are 
considered  a  leading  house  in  their  line.  A  long  ex- 
perience has  given  them  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the 
business,  and  to  their  energetic  ability  and  sterling 
business  principles  maybe  ascribed  the  success  which 
follows  their  enterprise. 


1 68 


CITY    OF   BOSTON. 


Joseph  P.  Pray  (successor  to  Pray  Brothers), 
Manufacturer  of  Fine  Carriages  of  every  description, 
Nos.  108  and  112  Chestnut  Street,  and  Nos  70,  72, 
and  74  Brimmer  Street. — This  house  was  established 
in  1845  by  Mr.  Joseph  C.  Pray,  and  in  1S63  Mr.  Jos- 
eph F.  Pray,  the  present  proprietor,  succeeded  to  the 
sole  control  of  the  business.  The  house,  since  its 
foundation,  has  merited  and  received  a  liberal  and 
permanent  patronage,  owing  to  the  unsurpassed  char- 
acter and  quality  of  their  manufactures.  This  house 
turns  out  fine  carriages,  open  and*«top  buggies,  phae- 
tons, road  wagons,  track  sulkies,  and  sleighs  made  in 
the  latest  improved  styles  and  in  the  highest  quality 
of  workmanship.  The  premises  occupied  consist  of 
a  building  covering  an  area  of  200x75  feet,  and  com- 
prises a  basement  and  two  stories.  They  are  admirably 
arranged,  employment  being  given  to  a  staff  of  thirty- 
four  operatives,  the  work  turned  out  by  this  house 
being  exclusively  the  best  quality  of  handmade  work, 
for  which  Mr.  Pray  his  established  his  reputation. 
In  the  factory  all  the  operations  of  wood  and  iron 
working,  trimming,  upholstering,  and  p.iinting,  are 
carried  on  under  the  personal  supervision  of  the  pro- 
prietor. In  addition  to  manufacturing  carriages  of 
the  newest  and  most  popular  designs,  Mr.  Pray  is  cel- 
ebrated for  the  invention  and  manufacturer  of  "  Pray's 
Combination  Sulky."  This  celebrated  sulky  has  now 
the  highest  bent  axle  of  any  offered  in  the  market 
In  construction,  durability,  strength,  stiffness,  and 
steadiness  it  excels  all  competitors,  possessing  every 
desirable  feature.  He  has  customers  in  all  parts  of 
the  country,  and  many  of  the  products  of  his  establish- 
ment are  shipped  abroad. 

Bancroft  &  Dyer,  Furniture,  Upholstery 
Goods,  and  Interior  Decorations,  No.  180  Tremont 
Street — There  are  some  few  business  houses  in  this 
city  that  have  not  only  been  long  established,  but 
whose  reputation  for  good,  honest  work  and  artistic 
skill  have  made  them  pre-eminent  in  their  line  of 
manufacture  and  business.  Among  such  industrial 
enterprises  which  claim  recognition  there  is  probably 
none  which  is  conducted  with  more  energy  and 
marked  ability  than  that  of  Messrs.  Bancroft  &  Dyer, 
manufacturers  of  and  dealers  in  fine  furniture,  uphol- 
stery goods,  and  interior  decorations.  This  is  one  of 
the  oldest  houses  in  its  line  in  this  city,  having  been 
established  in  1847.  The  firm  occupy  a  five-story 
building  for  the  sale  of  furniture  of  all  kinds,  up- 
holsterings,  etc.  These  include  new  and  original 
designs,  and  all  are  elegantly  finished  and  upholstered 
in  costly  and  medium-priced  fabrics,  comprising  all 
the  elements  of  attractive  appearance,  durability,  and 
usefulness.  When  one  can  gratify  their  own  taste, 
aided  by  the  experienceo^taste  and  talent  of  those 
who  have  given  years  to  this  study,  there  is  no  reason 
why  a  beautiful  and  tasteful  drawing-room,  library, 
hall,  or  sleeping-room  may  not  be  produced.  Fres- 
coing done  by  their  own  men,  under  their  own  super- 
vision, aiding  in  the  selection  of  wttll  papers  and  car- 
pets— the  countless  effects  given  by  draperies  to  aid 
these  "first  principles"  of  housefurnishing — these  the 
firm  offer  at  prices  that  compete  with  those  usually 
asked  for  similar  goods  While  they  aim  to  supply 
their  warerooms  with  new  goods  and  recent  novelties 
for  the  transient  trade,  their  business  is  largely  of  or- 
dered work  from  new  and  original  designs.  They 
also  undertake  every  description  of  artistic  decoration. 
The  uniform  success  this  firm  has  met  in  furnishing 
satisfactorily  apartments  and  residences,  the  procure- 
ment of  which  has  been  to  a  great  extent  the  result 


of  sharp  competition,  demonstrates  that  not  only  are 
they  able  to  carry  out  important  orders,  but  to  give 
the  best  value.  Their  special  attention  given  to  fur- 
nishing in  perfect  taste  and  securing  a  general  har- 
mony in  color  effects  often  relieves  their  patrons  cf 
needless  anxiety  and  solicitude.  With  the  employ- 
ment of  competent  artists  and  workmen  to  superin- 
tend details  and  construction,  it  costs  no  more  to 
secure  entirely  pleasing  effects  than  is  too  often  ex- 
pended for  those  which  are  never  satisfactory.  The 
members  of  the  firm  are  Mr.  Charles  P.  Bancroft  and 
Mr.  George  B.  Dyer — one  a  resident  of  Brookline, 
the  other  of  this  city — and  no  merchants  in  the 
"  Hub"  are  more  highly  esteemed  than  they.  Their 
trade  extends  throughout  New  England,  and  many  a 
beautiful  house  in  the  West  and  South  holds  the  art- 
istic effects  and  fine  furnishings  which  came  from  this 
establishment. 

Morss  &  Whyte,  "  Boston  Wire  Works  and 
Wire  Railing  Company,"  Manufacturers  of  Four- 
drinier,  Cylinder,  and  Washer  Wires,  etc.,  Nos.  75 
to  81  Cornhill  and  11  Brattle  Street. — Of  all  the 
qualities  possessed  by  iron,  brass,  and  copper,  none 
is  more  valuable  than  that  of  ductility,  or  the*capacity 
to  be  drawn  into  wire  and  wire  cloth,  and  now  used 
for  such  a  remarkable  variety  of  purposes  that  it 
would  be  puzzling  to  find  out  what  the  world  would 
do  without  them.  A  very  prominent  house  engaged 
in  this  business  is  that  of  Messrs.  Morss  &  Whyte, 
"  Boston  Wire  Works  an